Transkei: Imithetho, Statutes, Statute. 1974

Table of contents :
Front Cover
1974

Citation preview

URULUMENTE WASETRANSKEI

TRANSKEIAN

TRANSKEISE

GOVERNMENT

REGERING

IMITHETHO

TRANSKEI :

STATUTES STATUTE

1974

.. Haw , statutes, she Transko LNA EA

1974

OKUNGAPHAKATHI/INDEX/ INHOUD . INOMBOLO

UMTHETHO .

ІРНЕРНА.

NUMBER

ACT .

PAGE.

NOMMER

WET .

1/1974

2/1974

3/1974

Umthetho woQingqo-mali e-Transkei, 1974 .

4

Transkeian Appropriation Act , 1974.

6

Transkeise Begrotingswet , 1974.

8

Umthetho owenza imiBandela woGunyaziwe e-Transkei,

1974. Transkeian Authorities Amendment Act, 1974.

10 11

Wysigingswet op Transkeise Owerhede , 1974.

12

Umthetho ofakela imiBandela waseTranskei weziHamba13

ndleleni, 1974.

4/1974

Transkeian Road Traffic Amendment Act , 1974.

15

Transkeise Wysigingswet op Padverkeer , 1974.

17

Umthetho waseTranskei woThengiso-ziveliso zoLimo , 19

1974.

5/1974

BLADSY .

Transkeian Marketing Act, 1974 .

44

Transkeise Bemarkingswet , 1974 .

66

Umthetho waseTranskei oFakela imiBandela woThutho ngeziThuthi eziziMoto , 1974.

89

Transkeian Motor Carrier Transportation Amendment

Act , 1974 .

R ་ མ

Transkeise Wysigingswet op Motortransport , 1974 .

6/1974

7/1974.

Umthetho weeTrongo zaseTranskei, 1974 . Transkeian Prisons Act, 1974 .

185

Transkeise Wet op Gevangenisse , 1974.

263

Umthetho owenza imiBandela wamaHlathi ase-Transkei ,

1974.

347

Transkeian Forest Amendment Act, 1974.

349

Transkeise Boswysigingswet , 1974 .

351

2.

OKUNGAPHAKATHI/INDEX/ INHOUD . INOMBOLO

UMTHETHO .

ІРНЕРНА.

NUMBER

ACT .

PAGE.

NOMMER

WET.

BLADSY .

8/1974

Umthetho owenza imiBandela weNkonzo kaRulumente

353

waseTranskei , 1974.

9/1974

Transkeian Government Service Amendment Act, 1974 .

354

Transkeise Regeringsdienswysigingswet, 1974.

355

Umthetho owenza umBandela wemiHlala-phantsi yeNkonzo kaRulumente waseTranskei, 1974.

356

Transkeian Government Service Pensions Ame ndment 357

Act, 1974. Transkeise Wysigingswet op Regeringsdienspensioene ,

358

1974 .

10/1974

Umthetho waseTranskei woQeqeshelo-msebenzi wobu-

359

Chule , 1974.

11/1974

Transkeian Apprenticeship Act, 1974.

401

Transkeise Wet op Vakleerlinge, 1974.

436

Umthetho owenza umBandela weMfundo yaseTranskei,

1974.

473

Transkeian Education Amendment Act, 1974.

474

Transkeise Wysigingswet op Onderwys, 1974.

475

3.

UMTHETHO WOQINGQO-MALI E-TRANSKEI , 1974 .

UMTHETHO WE 1 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

Wokusebenzisa isambuku-mali kwinkqubo-msebenzi waseTranskei ngonyaka- mali ophela ngomhla wamashumi amathathu ananye kuMatshi , 1975 .

(Ob halwe ngesiXhosa usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 16 ka Meyi 1974)

KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo :-

Ingxowa yemali engenayo e-Transkei ixakathiswa izambuku -mali njengok zidwelisweo emhlathini 1 we Sihlomelo .

benzi

Indlela eza kusetyenziswa ngayo le mali.

eqingqwa ngulo Mthetho iya kusetyenziswa kuphela kwimisebenzi ecalulwe eSihlomelweni necaciswa ngakumbi ngoku-

1.

Ingxowa yemali engenayo eTranskei ngokwenjenje ixakathiswa

ezo zambuku-mali ziya kuthi zifuneke ukuhlangabeza inkqubo-msewaseTranskei

ngonyaka-mali

ophela ngomhla wamashumi

amathathu ananye kuMatshi , 1975 , njengoko zidwelisiweyo emhlathini wokuqala weSihlomelo .

2.

Imali

ngaphezulu kwiNtelekelelo-nkcitho (T.G. 2-1974), njengoko kuvunyelweyo yiNdlu yoWiso-mithetho. UMphathiswa angavumela ukuphambuka enkqubeni.

3.

Ngemvume yoMphathiswa wezeMali imali engasetyenziswanga

kuyo nayiphi na intlokwana yevoti ingenziwa ifumaneke ukuhlangabeza inkcitho ethe kratya kuyo nayiphi na enye intlokwana , okanye inkcitho kwintlokwana entsha yakwaleyo voti. Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akusayi kugqithwa kwizam buku-mali ezibonakala emhlathini 2 weSihlomelo , zaye ke neemali eziqoqoshiweyo apho azasetyenziswa azisayi kufumaneka ngokuphathelele kuwo nawuphi na umcimbi ngaphandle kwalowo iphawulelwa wona imali njengoko kubonisiweyo kwesi Sihlomelo sikhan kanyiweyo .

Igama elifutshane.

4. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho woQingqo- mali waseTranskei, 1974.

4.

ISIHLOMELO

Ivoti Umhlathi 1.

No.

1.

2.

Igama

Inkulumbuso neze Mali ....... Ekuquk wa Izonwabiso

....

R 1 327 000

R

850

EzoBulungisa

2 058 000

Ekuqukwa Izonwabiso .....

350 1 200

Ukuvuzwa kweempimpi Isipho sokuncedisa iQumru le Nkuselo-zingozini ezindleleni loMzantsi -Afrika

3.

Umhlathi 2.

IMfundo

10 000 20 036 000

Ekuqukwa Izonwabiso ......

350

Izipho zokuncedisa : Umbutho waseTranskei we Midlalo yaBangahla2 500

wulwa ngokusisigxina iBuro yaseTranskei yoLwimi Iwesi Xhosa ne-

27 000

Mpucuko

4.

13 693 000

EzaseKhaya Ekuqukwa Izonwabiso

5.

350

14 025 000

ULimo nezaMahlathi

Ekuqukwa Izonwabiso 6.

7.

350

IiNdlela ne Misebenzi Ekuqukwa Izonwabiso .....

11 904 000

Impilo

10 377 000

350

Ekuqukwa Izonwabiso

350

Izipho zokuncedisa iQumru lee Mfama le Sizwe 7 000

jikelele eMzantsi -Afrika R

Itotali.

5.

73 420 000

TRANSKEIAN APPROPRIATION ACT , 1974.

ACT NO. 1 ACT

OF 1974 .

To apply a sum of money towards the service of the Transkei, for the financial year ending on the thirty-first day of March , 1975 .

(Xhosa text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 16 May 1974)

BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows: -

Transkeian Revenue Fund charged with sums of money as shown in column 1 of the Schedule.

How money to be applied .

1.

The Transkeian Revenue Fund is hereby charged with such

sums of money as may be required for the service of the Transkei for the financial year ending on the thirty-first day of March, 1975 as shown in column 1 of the Schedule.

2. The money appropriated by this Act shall be applied to the services detailed in the Schedule and more particularly specified in the Estimate of Expenditure (T.G. 2-1974) , as approved by the Legislative Assembly, and to no other purpose.

The Minister may approve variation .

3. With the approval of the Minister of Finance , a saving on any sub-head of a vote may be made available to meet excess expenditure on any other sub-head, or expenditure on a new sub-head of the same vote : Provided that the sums appearing in column 2 of the Schedule shall not be exceeded , nor shall savings thereon be available for any purpose other than that for which the money is hereby granted as indicated in the said Schedule.

Short title.

4.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Appropriation Act , 1974.

6.

SCHEDULE

Vote Column

1. No.

Designation

R 1.

Chief Minister and Finance Including -

850 2 058 000

Justice .... Including Entertainment

350

Rewards to informers .....

3.

R

1 327 000

Entertainment 2.

Column 2.

1 200

Grant-in-aid to the S.A. Road Safety Council ... Education ......

10 000 20 036 000

Including Entertainment

350

Grant-in- aid- to : 2 500

Transkei Amateur Sports Association

Transkei Bureau for Xhosa Language and Culture ....

4.

27 000

Interior

13 693 000

Including Entertainment

5.

350 14 025 000

Agriculture and Forestry Including Entertainment

6.

350 11 904 000

Roads and Works ..... Including -

350

Entertainment 7.

Health .....

10 377 000

Including Entertainment

350

Grant- in-aid to : 7 000

S.A. National Council for the Blind

..R

Total ........

7.

73 420 000

TRANSKEISE BEGROTINGSWET , 1974. WET NR . 1 VAN 1974.

WET

Tot aanwending van ' n som geld vir die diens van die Transkei vir die boekjaar wat op die een-en-dertigste dag van Maart 1975 eindig.

(Xhosa teks deur die Staatspresident geteken ) ( Goedgekeur op 16 Mei 1974)

DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg:-

Transkeise Inkomstefonds belas met somme geld soos uiteengesit in kolom 1 van die Bylae.

1. Die Transkeise Inkomstefonds word hierby belas met die somme geld wat nodig mag wees vir die diens van die Transkei vir

Hoe die geld bestee moet word.

Die geld wat deur hierdie Wet beskikbaar gestel word , moet aangewend word vir die dienste in besonderhede in die Bylae vermeld en meer omstandig uiteengesit in die Begroting van Uitgawes

die boekjaar wat op die een- en-dertigste dag van Maart 1975 eindig, soos uiteengesit in kolom 1 van die Bylae.

2.

(T.G. 2-1974) , soos deur die Wetgewende Vergadering goedgekeur, en vir geen ander doel nie.

Die Minister kan afwyking goedkeur.

3.

Met goedkeuring van die Minister van Finansies kan ' n besparing

onder die een subhoof van ' n begrotingspos aangewend word tot dekking van uitgawes bo die gemagtigde bedrag onder ' n ander subhoof, of van uitgawes onder ' n nuwe subhoof van dieselfde begrotingspos: Met dien verstande dat die somme wat in kolom 2 van die Bylae voorkom, nie oorskry mag word nie, en besparings daarop ewemin aangewend mag word vir enige ander doel as die 'waarvoor die geld hierby toegestaan word soos in gemelde Bylae aangedui.

Kort titel .

4.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Begrotingswet , 1974.

8.

BYLAE

Begrotingspos

Kolom

Kolom 2.

1. No.

Benaming

1.

1 327 000

Hoofminister en Finansies Met inbegrip van – Onthaal

2.

850 2 058 000

Justisie

Met inbegrip van – Onthaal ......

350

1 200

Belonings aan aanbrengers

10 000

Hulptoelae aan die S.A. Padveiligheidsraad 3.

20 036 000

Onderwys

Met inbegrip van Onthaal

350

Hulptoelaes aan: Transkeise Amateursportvereniging Transkeise Buro vir Xhosa Taal en Kultuur ..... 4.

2 500 27 000 13 693 000

Binnelandse Sake .... Met inbegrip van Onthaal

5.

350

14 025 000

Landbou en Bosbou

Met inbegrip van Onthaal ...... 6.

350

Paaie en Werke

11 904 000

Met inbegrip van – Onthaal 7.

Ꭱ

R

R

350

10 377 000

Gesondheid

Met inbegrip van 350

Onthaal ...... Hulptoelae aan : S.A. Nasionale Raad vir Blindes

Totaal

7 000 ....... R

9.

73 420 000

UMTHETHO OWENZA IMIBANDELA WOGUNYAZIWE ETRANSKEI , 1974 . UMTHETHO UMTHETHO

WE 2 KA 1974.

Wokwenza imiBandela kuMthetho woGunyaziwe eTranskei , 1965. (Obhalwe ngesi Ngesi usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla 2 Julayi 1974) KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI, ngolu hlobo : -

Ulwenziwomibandela kwisiqendu 24 so Mthetho 4 wowe 1965 .

1.

Kwisiqendu

24

soMthetho

woGunyaziwe

eTranskei ,

1965

ngokwenjenje kwenziwa imibandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana (4 ) nesesi ( 5 ) ezi ziqendwana zingezants'apha :

"(4) Iqoqo lenqila liya kuhlangana xa sukuba iimeko zifuna kwenjiwe njalo .

(5 ) Intloko kagunyaziwe wenqila iya kuthabatha inyathelo lokuba ilungu ngalinye leqoqo lenqila neziko ngalinye lolawulo lweziphaluka

nogunyaziwe wesizwe

enqileni anikwe

isaziso

esibhaliweyo esingengaphantsi kweentsuku ezisixhenxe somhla neyure emiselwe intlanganiso yeqoqo lenqila nesemicimbi eya kuqwalaselwa kulo ntlanganiso ." .

Igama elifutshane.

2.

Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba ngumthetho owenza imi-

Bandela woGunyaziwe eTranskei , 1974.

10.

TRANSKEIAN AUTHORITIES AMENDMENT ACT, 1974. ACT NO. 2

ACT

OF 1974.

To amend the Transkei Authorities Act , 1965. (English text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 2 July 1974) BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows: -

1.

Section 24 of the Transkei Authorities Act , 1965 is hereby

amended by the substitution for subsections ( 4) and ( 5 ) of the

Amendment of section 24 of Act 4 of 1965 .

following subsections:

"(4) A regional executive committee shall meet whenever circumstances so require.

(5 ) The head of the regional authority shall cause each member of the regional executive committee and every local government bureau and tribal authority in the region to be given not less than seven days' notice in writing of the day and hour appointed for a meeting of the regional executive committee and of the matters to be dealt with at that meeting.".

2.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Authorities Amendment

Act , 1974 .

11 .

Short title.

WYSIGINGSWET OP TRANSKEISE OWERHEDE, 1974 .

WET NR. 2 WET

VAN 1974.

Tot wysiging van die Wet op Transkeise Owerhede , 1965 . (Engels teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 2 Julie 1974) DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg: -

Wysiging van artikel 24 van Wet 4 van 1965 .

1.

Artikel 24 van die Wet op Transkeise Owerhede , 1965 word

hierby gewysig deur subartikels ( 4 ) en ( 5 ) deur die volgende subartikels te vervang :

,,(4) ' n Streek suitvoerende-komitee kom byeen wanneer ook al omstandighede aldus vereis .

(5 ) Die hoof van die streeksowerheid laat skriftelike kennis van minstens sewe dae aan elke lid van die streeksuitvoerendekomitee en aan iedere plaaslike bestuursburo en stamowerheid in die streek gee van die dag en uur vasgestel vir ' n vergadering van die streeksuitvoerende-komitee en van die aangeleenthede waaraan daar op bedoelde vergadering aandag gegee sal word ." .

Kort titel

2.

Hierdie Wet heet die Wysigingswet op Transkeise Owerhede , 1974.

12 .

UMTHETHO OFAKELA IMIBANDELA WASETRANSKEI WEZIHAMBANDLELENI, 1974 .

UMTHETHO WE 3 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

Wokufakela imibandela kuMthetho waseTranskei weziHamba-Ndleleni , 1967. (Obhalwe ngesi Afrikaans usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla 2 Julayi 1974) KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI, ngolu hlobo : -

1.

Kwisiqendu 65 soMthetho waseTranskei weziHamba-ndleleni,

1967 (ngezants'apha obizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho oyintloko) ngokwenjenje kwenziwa imibandela: (a)

ngokucima umhlathi (a) wesiqend wana ( 3 ) ; na

(b)

ngokucima isiqendwana ( 5) .

Ulwenziwo -mibaadela kwisiqendu 65 soMthetho 5 wowe 1967, njengoko sifakelwe imibandela ngesiqendu 10 soMthetho 3 wowe 1972.

2. Kwisiqendu 90( 1 ) (c) soMthetho oyintloko ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yegama elithi "ipersenti" igama elithi "amandla".

Ulwenziwo -mbakwisiqendu ndela 90 soMthetho 1967. 5 wowe

3.

Ulwenziwo - mbandela kwisiqendu 106 soMthetho 5 wowe 1967.

Kwisiqendu 106 ( 5 ) soMthetho oyintloko ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ozokubeka endaweni yomhlathi (b ) lo mhlathi

ungezants'apha : "(b) Eso siphatha-mandla sendawo siya kugcina iincwadi ezizizo zeengxelo zeentlawulo

ezithululelwa

nezeemali

ezikhu-

tshwa eNgxoweni.".

4.

Kwisiqendu 140 soMthetho oyintloko ngokwenjenje kwenziwa

imibandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana ( 2 ) nesesi ( 3 ) ezi ziqendwana zingezants'apha : “(2) Nawuphi na umntu othi kuhola woluntu (a)

aqhube isithuthi, okanye

(b)

ahlale esihlalweni somqhubi wesithuthi esiyimoto , esinjini yaso iduduzayo ,

lo gama amandla ealkhoholi egazini lakhe angengaphantsi konothi koma nothi zisibhozo iigramu ngekhulu ngalinye leemililitha uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze ekugwetyweni amelwe kukuba adliwe imali engengaphaya kwamakhulu amane eerandi okanye afakwe entolongweni isithuba esingengaphaya

13.

Ulwenziwo-mbandela kwisiqendu 140 soMthetho 1967, nje-5 wowe ngoko sifakelwe imibandela sisiqendu 12 soMthetho 5 wowe 1968 .

UMTHETHO OFAKELA IMIBANDELA WASETRANSKEI WEZIHAMBANDLELENI, 1974. komnyaka omnye, okanye kokubini olo dliwo-mali nolo lantsho-ntolongweni . (3 ) Ukuba, nakusiphi na isimangalelo ngogqitho lwayo nayiphi na imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) , kukho ubungqina bokuba amandla ealkhoholi egazini laloo mntu ayengengaphantsi konothi koma nothi zisibhozo iigramu ngekhulu ngalinye leemililitha zegazi nangaliphi na ilixa elingagqithileyo kwiiyure ezimbini emveni kokwenziwa kwelo tyala abekwa lona, ngaphandle kokuba kuveliswa bungqina bumbi kuya kuthatyathwa ngokuthi amandla ealkhoholi ayengengaphantsi konothi koma nothi zisibhozo iigramu ngekhulu ngalinye leemililitha ngexesha lokwenziwa kwelo tyala." . Ulwenziwo-mbandela kwisigendu 165 soMthetho 5 wowe 1967, njengoko sifakelwe umbandela sisigendu 45 soMthetho 7 wowe 1971 .

5.

Kwisiqendu 165 ( 1 ) soMthetho oyintloko kwenziwa umbandela

ngokufakela emva komhlathi (u) lo mhlathi ungezants'apha: “(uA) iiyunifomu , izidanga , iibheji , amaqhosa nezinye izincedisi emazinxitywe okanye zisetyenziswe ngamagosa ezihamba-ndleleni

ekusebenziseni naliphi na igunya okanye ekwe

nzeni nawuphi na umsebenzi ngokwalo Mthetho ;".

Igama elifutshane. 6.

Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho waseTranskei o-

Fakela imiBandela weziHamba-ndleleni , 1974 .

14.

TRANSKEIAN ROAD TRAFFIC AMENDMENT ACT, 1974.

ACT NO. 3 OF 1974.

ACT

To amend the Transkei Road Traffic Act , 1967 . (Afrikaans text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 2 July 1974) BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows: Section 65 of the Transkei Road Traffic Act , 1967 (hereinafter Amendment of section 65 of Act 5 of 1967, as amend referred to as the principal Act) is hereby amended : ed by section 10 of (a) by the deletion of paragraph (a) of subsection ( 3) ; and Act 3 of 1972. 1.

(b)

by the deletion of subsection ( 5 ) .

2.

Section 90 ( 1 ) (c) of the principal Act is hereby amended by the section Amendment 90 ofof Act 5 substitution for the word "percentage " of the word "concentration". of 1967.

3. Section 106 ( 5) of the principal Act is hereby amended by the Amendment ofAct section 106 of 5 of 1967. substitution for paragraph (b) of the following paragraph : "(b) Such local authority shall keep proper books of account of payments into and withdrawals from the Fund .".

4.

Section 140 of the principal Act is hereby amended by the section Amendment ofAct 140 of 5 of 1967,byassection Substitution for subsections (2 ) and ( 3 ) of the following subsections: amended 12 of Act 5 of 1968. "(2 ) Any person who on a public road -

(a)

drives a vehicle, or

(b)

occupies the driver's seat of a motor vehicle, the

engine whereof is running, while the concentration of alcohol in his blood is not less than nought comma nought eight gram per one hundred millilitres shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding four hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding one year, or to both such fine and such imprisonment . (3) If, in any prosecution for a contravention of the provisions of subsection (2) , it is proved that the concentration of alcohol in the blood of the person concerned was not less than nought comma nought eight gram per one hundred millilitres at any time within two hours after the alleged offence , it shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved , that such concentration was not less than nought comma nought eight gram per one hundred millilitres at the time of the alleged offence .".

15 .

TRANSKEIAN ROAD TRAFFIC AMENDMENT ACT, 1974. Amendment of Section 165 ( 1 ) of the principal Act is hereby amended by the section 165 of Act 5. 5 of 1967, as insertion after paragraph (u) of the following paragraph : amended by section 45 of Act 7 of 1971 . "(uA) the uniforms, insignia, badges , buttons and other accessories to be worn or used by traffic officers in the exercise of any power or the performance of any duty in terms of this Act;".

Short title.

6.

This Act thall be called the Transkeian Road

ment Act , 1974.

16 .

Traffic Amend-

TRANSKEISE WYSIGINGSWET OP PADVERKEER, 1974.

WET NR. 3 WET

VAN 1974.

Tot wysiging van die Transkeise Wet op Padverkeer, 1967 . (Afrikaans teks deur die Staatpresident geteken ) (Goedgekeur op 2 Julie 1974)

DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg :-

1.

Artikel 65 van die Transkeise Wet op Padverkeer, 1967 onder die hoofwet genoem ) , word hierby gewysig (a) (b)

deur paragraaf ( a) van subartikel ( 3 ) te skrap ; en deur subartikel ( 5 ) te skrap .

(hier- Wysiging van artikel 65 van Wet 5 van 1967 , soos gewy sig deur artikel 10 van Wet 3 van 1972.

Artikel 90 ( 1 )( c) van die hoofwet word hierby gewysig deur die 2. woord ,,persentasie " deur die woord ,,konsentrasie" te vervang.

Wysiging artikel 90 van van Wet 5 van 1967,

Artikel 106( 5 ) van die hoofwet word hierby gewysig deur para-

Wysiging van artikel 106 van Wet 5 van 1967.

3.

graaf (b) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang : ,,(b) Sodanige plaaslike owerheid moet behoorlike rekeningboeke van betalings in en uitrekkings uit die Fonds hou . ".

4. Artikel 140 van die hoofwet word hierby gewysig deur subartikels (2 ) en (3) deur die volgende subartikels te vervang : ,,(2) Iedereen wat op ' n openbare pad (a)

' n voertuig bestuur, of

(b)

in die bestuurdersitplek

sit van ' n motorvoertuig

waarvan die enjin loop, terwyl die konsentrasie alkohol in sy bloed nie minder as nul komma nul agt gram per honderd milliliter is nie, is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens vierhonderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens een jaar, of met sodanige boete sowel as sodanige gevangenisstraf. (3) Indien daar, by enige vervolging weens ' n oortreding van die bepalings van subartikel ( 2) , bewys word dat die konsentrasie alkohol in die bloed van die betrokke persoon te eniger tyd binne twee uur na die beweerde misdryf nie minder as nul komma nul agt gram per honderd milliliter was nie, word daar vermoed, tensy die teendeel bewys word , dat sodanige konsentrasie ten tye van die beweerde misdryf nie minder as nul komma nul agt gram per honderd milliliter was nie . " .

17.

Wysiging van artikel 140 van Wet 5 van 1967, soos gewysig deur artikel 12 van Wet 5 van 1968.

TRANSKEISE WYSIGINGSWET OP PADVERKEER, 1974 . 5. Wysiging van Artikel 156 ( 1 ) van die hoofwet word hierby gewysig deur na artikel 165 van Wet 5 van 1967. paragraaf (u ) die volgende paragraaf in te voeg : SOOS gewysig deur artikel 45 van Wet ,,(uA) die uniforms, onderskeidingstekens, wapens, knope en 7 van 1971. ander toebehore wat deur verkeersbeamptes in die uitvoering

van enige bevoegdheid of die uitvoering van enige plig ingevolge hierdie Wet gedra of gebruik moet word;".

Kort titel.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Wysigingswet op Padverkeer, 1974.

6.

18.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

UMTHETHO WE 4 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

(Obhalwe ngesi Xhosa usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe ) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 21 Aprili 1975) Wokulungiselela ulawulo ngemigaqo lwentengiso-ziveliso zolimo eTranskei nemicimbi enxibelelene noko.

KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo:-

1.

Kulo Mthetho , ngaphandle kokuba umxholo ophethweyo unantsingiselo yimbi ukuthi -

(i)

"isiveliso solimo" okanye " isiveliso" kuthetha uboya, izikhumba okanye iimfele okanye nayiphi na enye impahla yorhwebo ebhengezwe nguMphathiswa ngesaziso e Gazethini kaRhulumente ngokuba isisiveliso solimo ukulungiselela iinjongo zalo Mthetho ;

(ii)

"inkqubo esetyenziswayo" kuthetha nayiphi na inkqubo yokuthengisa isiveliso solimo eyenziwe yasebenza eTranskei okanye kuyo nayiphi na inxenye yayo ngokwesiqendu 2(1)(a) ;

(iii)

"isiGqeba soMbuso" kuthetha isiGqeba soMbuso waseTranskei esisekwe ngokwesiqendu 10 soMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo IwaseTranskei, 1963 (uMthetho 48 wowe 1963);

(iv)

(v)

"isebe" kuthetha iSebe loLimo nezamaHlathi ;

"uMthetho

woThengiso-ziveliso zoLimo" kuthetha uM-

thetho woThengiso-ziveliso zoLimo , 1968 (uMthetho 59 wowe 1968 ) weleRiphabliki ;

(vi)

(vii)

"uMphathiswa" kuthetha uMphathiswa woLimo nezamaHlathi ;

"iGazethi kaRhulumente " kuthetha

iGazethi

kaRhulu-

mente waseTranskei:

(viii)

"isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo " kuthetha isiveliso solimo ekubhekiselele kuso nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo ;

19.

Ingcacisomagama.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974. (ix)

"uSibakhulu " kuthetha uSibakhulu woLimo nezamaHlathi ;

(x)

" isiveliso esingalawulwa ngemigaqo " kuthetha nasiphi na isiveliso solimo esingesiso isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo ;

laye ke naliphi na elinye igama okanye ibinzana-ntetho kulo Mthetho

okanye

kuyo

nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo

elinikwe intsingiselo eMthethweni woThengiso-ziveliso zoLimo liya kuthi, kangangoko imigaqo yoMthetho woThengiso-ziveliso zoLimo ithi ibe nokusetyenziswa ize ibe iyavumelana nemigaqo yalo Mthetho , libe naloo ntsingiselo .

Ulawulo ngemigaqo uthengiso lwesiveliso soLimo.

2.

(1)

( a)

Elawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho , uMphathiswa angathi, ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente kunjalo nje ngokwaloo migqaliselo nangezo zingqinelaniso neenguqunguqulo angathi azimisele , asebenzise eTranskei okanye nakuyiphi na inxenye yayo ekhankanywe kweso saziso , ukususela emhleni okhankanywe kweso saziso , ukususela emhleni okhankanywe kwangokunjalo ,

yonke

okanye nayiphi na kwimigaqo

yayo nayiphi na inkqubo yolawulo ngemigaqo lothengiso lwaso nasiphi na isiveliso solimo eseyisebenza kwenye indawo kweleRiphabliki ngokwemigaqo yoMthetho woThengiso-ziveliso zoLimo.

(b )

Ekupapashweni kwesaziso ngokomhlathi ( a) -

(i)

imigaqo yenkqubo esetyenzisiweyo

iya kuthi ,

ukususela emhleni okhankanyiweyo , imelwe kukuba ithotyelwe ngokusemthethweni ngabo bonke abantu abavelisa okanye abasebenzisa xa barhwebayo isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo eTranskei okanye phakathi kwemida yenxenye ekhankanyiweyo yaseTranskei , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanye-kanye koku ; laye ke

(ii)

isebe liya kuba nawo onke loo magunya athweswe yinkqubo leyo ibhodi elawulayo eyongamele ukusebenza kwaloo nkqubo ngoкOMthetho woThengiso-ziveliso zoLimo angathi afuneke khona ukuze inkqubo le isetyenziswayo ilawulwe ngokukuko , kodwa ke loo magunya

20.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO , 1974 .

akabandakanyi igunya lokuwisela isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo nayiphi na ilevi okanye ilevi eyodwa.

(2)

Ekusebenziseni

amagunya

akhe

ngokwesiqendwana

(1)

okanye nangaliphi na ilixa emva koko uMphathiswa angathi, ngesaziso njengoko sekukhankanyiwe

(a)

(i)

ayalele nawuphi na umntu okanye nawuphi na umntu wodidi okanye weqela naliphi na elixeliweyo labantu ukuba afumanise isebe loo ngxelo ibhekiselele kwisiveliso

esilawulwa ngemigaqo

okanye nayiphi na into esiphuma kuyo isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo , okanye nayiphi na into ephuma kwisiveliso

esilawulwa ngemigaqo , a-

ngathi loo mntu abe nokuyifumana kunjalo nje angathi uMphathiswa ayikhankanye ;

(ii)

amisele imibhalo yeengxelo emayigcinwe ngokuphathelele

kwisiveliso

esilawulwa

ngemigaqo

okanye into enjalo , isithuba sexesha oya kuthi nawuphi na umbhalo onjalo uqingqelwe sona ekugcinweni kwawo neengxelo emazithunyelwe esebeni ngokuphathelele kwisiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo okanye into enjalo nguye nawuphi na umntu , okanye nguye nawuphi na umntu wodidi okanye weqela elixeliweyo labantu, kunjalo nje amaxesha eziya kuthi ngawo nendlela nohlobo eziya kuthi ngalo ezo ngxelo zithunyelwe ngolo hlobo;

(b)

amalele

nawuphi na

umntu ukuba asebenzise xa

arhwebayo isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo ngaphandle kokuba loo mntu ubhalisiwe esebeni ngokwemigaqo yenkqubo esetyenziswayo ; (c)

amalele nawuphi na umvelisi- siveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo ukuba athengise isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo okanye naluphi na udidi , isixa okanye ipersenti yaso angathi uMphathiswa ngamaxesha,

ngaphandle

ayimisele

ngamaxesha

kokuba ukuthengisa oko

esebeni okanye esebenzisa isebe okanye ukuthengisa

21 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974 .

emntwini obhaliswe esebeni ngokwemigaqo yenkqubo esetyenziswayo ;

(d)

amalele

nawuphi na umntu , okanye nawuphi

na

umntu walo naluphi na udidi okanye iqela elixeliweyo labantu ukuba afumane okanye athengise nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo, okanye saso nasiphi

na isiveliso

esilawulwa

ngemigaqo

sodidi

okanye sehlelo elithile , ngokubanzi okanye emmandleni

oxeliweyo , ngexabiso elingelilo okanye eli-

ngaphantsi okanye elingaphezulu kwexabiso elimiselwe nguMphathiswa , okanye eliqingqwe ngokwengongoma esisiseko emiselwe nguMphathiswa, ngokuphathelele kweso siveliso okanye kolo didi, ihlelo

o-

kanye isixa saso .

Uwiselo-rhafu isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo.

3.

(1)

Umphathiswa angathi ngesaziso e Gazethini kaRhulumente, esebenzisa ingongoma awisele

irhafu

esisiseko

isiveliso

exelwe kweso

esilawulwa

ngemigaqo

saziso , okanye

nasiphi na isiveliso esinjalo sodidi , ihlelo okanye umgangatho wobunjani othile ;

(2)

Irhafu ewiswe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) iya kumelwa kukuba ihlawulwe esebeni ngolo hlobo nangaloo maxesha, yaye iya kumelwa kukuba ihlawulwe ngolo hlobo ngabantu abakwezo ndidi zabantu , ezingathi zimiselwe esazisweni esiwisa loo rhafu .

(3)

Eso saziso singa -

(a)

lungiselela ukuba

nawuphi na umntu

abuyiselwe

nguye nawuphi na omnye umntu nayiphi na irhafu ehlawuliweyo okanye emelwe kukuhlawulwa nguloo mntu ukhankanywe kuqala ; size

(b)

simisele

iimeko

engathi

ibuyiswe

kuzo loo

mali

nohlobo ekuya kuqinisekiswa ngalo umntu engathi ibuyiswe nguye loo mali.

Jsixa serhafu. 4.

(1 )

Ilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) , irhafu ekubhekiswe kuyo kwisiqendu 3-

22.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

(a)

ingaba yipersenti okanye inxenye yexabiso lokuthengisa umlinganiselo okanye isixa ngasinye sesiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo esithengiweyo okanye esithengisiweyo ; okanye

(b)

ingaba yimali emiselweyo kuwo nawuphi na umlinganiselo okanye isixa sesiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo esisetyenziswa ngendlela emiselwe ngesaziso esiwisa loo rhafu ; okanye

(c)

ingathi ibonakaliswe ngeformula ekuya kuthi ngayo kubalwe isixa saloo rhafu kumlinganiselo okanye kwisixa ngasinye se so siveliso sithengiweyo okanye sithengisiweyo ; okanye

(d )

ingathi, kangangoko ke ichaphazela abavelisi-ziveliso , imiselwe ngesilinganiso esihla-sinyuka ngokwesixa seso siveliso

esithengiswa nguye nawuphi na umvelisi-

siveliso ngaso nasiphi na isithuba esimiselwe nguMphathiswa .

(2)

Loo rhafu -

(a)

ingathi ngokuphathelele kulo naluphi na udidi, ihlelo okanye umgangatho wobunjani othile wesiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo , yahluke kuyo nayiphi na irhafu enjalo ngokuphathelele kulo naluphi na olunye udidi , ihlelo okanye umgangatho wobunjani weso siveliso ; okanye

(b)

ingathi, ngokuphathelele kumlinganiselo okanye kwisixa nasiphi na seso siveliso siveliswe okanye sithengiswa kuwo nawuphi na ummandla othile eTranskei, okanye kuyo nayiphi na inxenye ethile yawo nawuphi na ummandla onjalo , yahluke kuyo nayiphi na irhafu enjalo ngokuphathelele kumlinganiselo okanye kwisixa

nasiphi

na seso

siveliso

siveliswe okanye

sithengiswe kuwo nawuphi na omnye ummandla eTranskei, okanye kuyo nayiphi na enye inxenye yaloo mmandla, kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanyekanye koku .

23.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

Irhafu eyodwa.

5.

(1)

Umphathiswa angathi ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente awisele irhafu eyodwa nasiphi na isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo okanye nasiphi na isiveliso esinjalo sodidi, ihlelo okanye somgangatho wobunjani othile .

(2)

Imigaqo yesiqendu 3 ( 2 ) nesi ( 3 ) neyesiqendu 4 iya kusebenza iguqulwe

nje apho kufunekayo ngokuphathelele

kuyo nayiphi na irhafu eyodwa enjalo. Iiakhawunti zenkqubo esetyenziswayo.

6.

(1)

(a)

Kuya kuvulwa e-ofisini yesebe , ngokuphathelele kwinkqubo nganye esetyenziswayo , iakhawunti ngokubanzi nje ekuya kuthululelwa kuyo zonke iimali ezizuzwe ngayo nayiphi na irhafu ewiselwe ngokwesiqendu 3 isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo ekuphathelele kuso loo nkqubo kunye ke nazo zonke ezinye iimali ezizuzwa lisebe egameni okanye ukunceda loo nkqubo ngaphandle kwezo mali kufuneka zithululelwe kwi-akhawunti esisinceda-ngxakini ekuthethwe ngayo kwisiqendwana (2), kwiakhawunti eyodwa ekuthethwe ngayo kwisiqendwana ( 3 ) okanye kwiakhawunti yayo

nayiphi na indibaniselwano eqhutywa lisebe

ngokwayo nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo . (b)

Imali ekuloo akhawunti engokubanzi-nje iya kusetyenziselwa -

(i)

ukuhlawula ezo ndleko zenziwe lisebe ekongameleni inkqubo esetyenziswayo angathi azimisele uMphathiswa ecebisana noMphathiswa wezeMali;

(ii)

ukuhlawulela umvuzo okhankanywe esiqendwini 12 (2 ), ukuba ukho ; kunye ke

(iii)

nayiphi na enye injongo eya kuthi ngokoluvo loMphathiswa ibe luncedo kubantu abanomdla kwisiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo .

(2 )

(a)

Umphathiswa uya kuthabatha inyathelo lokuba kuvulwe eofisini yesebe ngokuphathelele kwinkqubo nganye esetyenziswayo iakhawunti esisinceda-ngxakini enye okanye engaphezulu kwelo nani ekuya kuthululelwa kuyo -

24.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO , 1974.

(i)

ezo

mali zamkelwe

lisebe egameni lenkqubo

zingathi zimiselwe nguMphathiswa ;

(ii)

ezo zambuku-mali ziselulawulweni lwesebe zokunceda

inkqubo

zingathi

xesha zivunyelwe

(iii)

ngamaxesha

nguMphathiswa ;

ngama-

nazo

naziphi na iimali ezizezenkqubo angathi uMphathiswa ayalele kukuba ekupheleni kwawo nawuphi na unyaka wemali wenkqubo zibekelwe uncedo-ngxakini.

(b)

Isebe liya kuzisebenzisa iimali kuyo nayiphi na iakhawunti

yoncedo-ngxakini

ngolo hlobo angathi

uMphathiswa aluyalele . (3)

( a)

Isebe lingathi, laye ke ngokubhekiselele kuyo nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo uMphathiswa ayiwisele irhafu eyodwa ngokwesiqendu 5

liya kuthi, livule

iakhawunti eyodwa ekuya kuthululelwa kuyo -

(i)

imali ezuzwe ngaloo rhafu iyodwa seyixeliwe ;

(ii)

ezo zambuku zamkelwe egameni lenkqubo angathi uMphathiswa azimisele ; nazo

(iii)

ezo

zambuku

ziselulawulweni

lwesebe

zoku-

nceda inkqubo angathi uMphathiswa azivumele .

(b)

Isebe liya kuzisebenzisa iimali kuyo nayiphi na iakhawunti eyodwa ngolo hlobo angathi uMphathiswa aluyalele.

7

(1)

Nangona

ikho

le

migaqo

yalo

Mthetho ungaphambili

apha, uMphathiswa angathi, ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isiveliso esingalawulwa ngemigaqo , ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente -

(a)

awisele , ngengongoma eyindoqo exelwe esazisweni, irhafu eso siveliso okanye naluphi na udidi, ihlelo okanye umgangatho othile wobunjani waso okanye nasiphi

na

isiveliso

esinjalo

okanye

udidi ,

ihlelo

okanye umgangatho wobunjani waso esiveliswa o-

25.

Ulawulo lothengiso lwesiveliso esingalawulwa ngemigaqo

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

kanye esithengiswa kummandla ndaweni ethile ;

(b)

othile okanye

e-

abalele abavelisi beso siveliso ukuba bathengise emmandleni ochazwe kweso saziso , nasiphi na isixa seso siveliso ngaphandle kokuba ludidi oluxeliweyo , ihlelo , isixa okanye ipersenti yaso okanye ngaphandle kokuba kungenjongo exeliweyo ;

(c)

amalele

nawuphi

na

umntu ,

okanye

nawuphi na

umntu wodidi okanye iqela elixeliweyo , ukuba afumane okanye athengise nasiphi na isixa seso siveliso , okanye naluphi na udidi okanye ihlelo elithile laso, ngokubanzi okanye emmandleni oxelwe kweso saziso, ngexabiso elingelilo okanye elingaphantsi okanye elingaphezulu kwexabiso eliqingqwe nguMphathiswa okanye elibalwa esazisweni ;

(d)

amalele

ngengongoma eyindoqo emiselwe

nawuphi na umvelisi weso siveliso ukuba

athengise , ngokubanzi okanye emmand leni ochazwe esazisweni,

eso

siveliso

okanye

naluphi na udidi ,

ihlelo , isixa okanye ipersenti yaso angathi uMphathiswa ayimisele ngamaxesha ngamaxesha , ngaphandle kokuba kusese beni okanye kungokusebenzisa isebe okanye abantu abalathelwe nguMphathiswa baza baxelwa esazisweni .

(2 )

Isaziso ngokomhlathi (d ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) singalungiselela -

(a)

ukuqhutywa , lisebe okanye nguye nawuphi na okanye nguye ngamnye kubantu abalathelwe esazisweni okanye bonke abo bantu bedibene kunjalo nje ngengongoma eyindoqo emiselwe esazisweni, kwendibaniselwano yokuthengisa eso siveliso ; okanye

(b )

ukuthululelwa kwemali ezuzwe ngezixa zeso siveliso ezithengiswe lisebe okanye nawuphi na umntu onjalo eakhawuntini eya kuvulwa eofisini yesebe nolwabelo lwemali ezuziweyo eakhawuntini leyo , ngengongoma eyindoqo emiselwe esazisweni nasemva kokuthabatha

26 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

ezo zambuku-mali zingathi zixelwe esazisweni , abavelisi-ziveliso abebezise eso siveliso ngenjongo yokuba sithengiswe besebenzisa njalo .

(3)

isebe okanye abantu aba-

Umphathiswa angenza ukhululo , ngaloo migqaliselo angathi ayimisele , ekusebenzeni kwalo naluphi na ulwalelo oluwiswe nguye ngokomhlathi (d ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) .

8.

(1)

Imigaqo yesiqendu 3 ( 2 ) nesesi ( 3 ) neyesiqendu 4 iya Imigaqo ephathelele erhafini kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokumalunga ewisiweyo nakunayo nayiphi na irhafu ewiswe , nasq nasiphi na isaziso manyathelo olawulo athatyathwa, ngokwesiqendu 7. esipapashwe , ngokwesiqendu 7( 1 )( a) .

(2 )

( a)

Kuya kuvulwa eofisini yesebe , ngokumalunga nerhafu nganye ewiswe ngokwesiqendu 7 ( 1 ) (a) , iakhawunti ekuya kuthululelwa kuyo imali ezuzwe ngaloo rhafu nezo mali zingathi zingene kuloo akhawunti zivela nakuwuphi na omnye "umthombo", kunjalo nje ekuya kutsalwa kuyo zonke iintlawulo ezigunyaziswe ngokomhlathi (b).

(b)

limali ezikuloo akhawunti zingasetyenziselwa -

(i)

uthengo, ngexabiso elimiselwe nguMphathiswa, Iwaso nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso ekuwiswe irhafu ngokubhekiselele kuso ;

(ii)

uhlawulo-zindleko

ezinxulumene nalo naluphi

na uthengo olunjalo noshenxiso , uphambukiso , ugcino, uthutho , ulwabiwo okanye uthengiso Iwaso nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso esithengwe ngolo hlobo ;

(iii)

uhlawulo

lwenkxaso-mali

ezinxulumene

neso

siveliso kwezo meko kunjalo nje kuloo mntu okanye kwabo bantu abavelisa , okanye abasebenzisa xa barhwebayo , eso siveliso angathi uMphathiswa asimisele ; (iv)

inkuthazo yoveliso okanye yokuthengiswa kwe-

so siveliso ;

27.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

(v)

ukhuthazo okanye ukuvuselela ukufunwa kweso siveliso ;

(vi)

uphando-!wazi

oluphathelele

kulwenziwo-bhe-

tere , imveliso , ulwenziwo ezifektri, usetyenzo , ulondolozo

(vii)

okanye

uthengiso lweso siveliso;

uhlawulo lwazo naziphi na iindleko ezinxulumene nolawulo lwaloo akhawunti nohlawulomvuzo okhankanywe esiqendwini 12 (2) , ukuba ukho .

Amagunya onge- 9. zelelweyo oMphathiswa.

(1)

Ekusebenziseni amagunya awathweswe ngokwesiqendu 2 (2 )(d) okanye 7( 1 ) (c) uMphathiswa angathi -

(a)

aqingqe iindleko okanye iimali ezibizwayo emaziqukwe , emazongezwe okanye amazixhuzulwe kulo naliphi na ixabiso elimiselwe ngokwaloo mhlathi uxeliweyo , okanye umdidimbo omawuvunyelwe , kuso nasiphi na isikhongozelo sesiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isixa ekubhekiswe kuso kuloo mhlathi;

(b)

ayalele ukuba nawuphi na umntu "osichithayo "

isi-

veliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo , okanye naluphi na udidi , ihlelo okanye isixa saso , ngetyala okanye ngemali engaphezulu kwaleyo imiselwe esazisweni, athumele i-invoyisi enaloo ngcombolo ingathi imiselwe ngolo hlobo;

(c)

ayalele ukuba naliphi na ixabiso eliqingqwe ngolo hlobo malibonakaliswe ngolo hlobo nangaloo ndlela , kunjalo nje kwezo ndawo okanye kwezo zithuthi nangabo bantu okanye ngezo ndidi zabantu , ezingathi zimiselwe esazisweni ;

(d )

aqingqe ngokumalunga nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo okanye salo naluphi na udidi okanye ihlelo laso esifunyanelwa ukufeza nayiphi na injongo okanye esifunyanwa lulo naluphi na udidi Iwabantu ixabiso elahlukileyo kwixabiso eliqingqelwe isixa seso siveliso , okanye solo didi okanye ihlelo

28 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

laso, esizuzelwe ukufeza nayiphi na enye injongo okanye esizuzwe lulo naluphi na olunye udidi lwabantu;

(e)

aqingqele eso siveliso , okanye naluphi na udidiokanye ihlelo laso, amaxabiso ahlukeneyo ngokuphathelele kwizixa ezahlukeneyo okanye ngokuphathelele kumaxesha ahlukeneyo onyaka okanye ngokuphathelele kwimimandla eyahlukeneyo .

(2)

Umphathiswa angathi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente ayalele umntu ngamnye othi, egameni laso nasiphi na isiphathamandla sesiphaluka, alawule okanye ongamele nayiphi na indawo , ekummandla ochazwe kweso saziso , apho iziveliso zidla ngokuthengiswa esidlangalaleni khona,

okanye

okanye umntu

apho imfuyo ngamnye

idla ngokuxhelwa

(ingenguye

umvelisi)

othi, emmandleni ochazwe ngolo hlobo , athengise , athenge okanye ngenye indlela asebenzise nasiphi na isiveliso eshishinini lakhe , ukuba

athumele

esebeni ezo ngxelo

zamaxesha ngamaxesha zingathi zimiselwe kweso saziso sixeliweyo, ngokulandelelana kwazo ngolu hlobo ke : Zaso nasiphi na isiveliso okanye zazo zonke iziveliso eziziselwa ukuthengiswa kuyo nayiphi na indawo enjalo

okanye

ukuxhelwa apho njengoko sekutshiwo , okanye zaso nasiphi na isiveliso okanye zazo zonke iziveliso awathi loo mntu wazithengisa, wazithenga okanye ngenye indlela wazisebenzisa njengoko sekutshiwo . 10.

Akukho

gunya liya

kusetyenziswa nguMphathiswa ngokwe-

siqendu 2 , 3 , 5 , 7 okanye 9 kungengayo imvume yesiGqeba soMbuso waseTranskei.

11.

(1)

Umphathiswa angathi, ukulungiselela ukufeza injongo yokwenza kusebenze imigaqo yalo Mthetho , nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo okanye nayiphi na inkqubo yokulawula uthengiso lwesiveliso esingalawulwa

ngemigaqo ,

agunyazise osesikhundleni nasiphi na esebeni elixelwe nguMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu ngokubanzi-nje okanye mcimbini-nje uthile , ngazo zonke iiyure ezifanelekileyo -

29.

Ukusetyenziswa nguMphathiswa kwamagunya athile kuxhomekeke kwimvume yesiGqeba soMbuso.

Ugunyazisobahloli.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974 .

(a)

ukuba angene kuyo nayiphi na indawo ekuhlala kuyo nawuphi na umntu ongumvelisi okanye orhaneleka ngokuba ungumvelisi-siveliso , okanye umntu osebenzisa xa arhwebayo , isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo okanye nayiphi na into esiphuma kuyo eso sivelisc okanye nayiphi na into ephuma kweso siveliso, okanye nayiphi na indawo okanye isithuthi ekugcinwa kuso

okanye

ekurhanelwa ukuba

nasiphi na isixa

seso

siveliso

kugcinwa kuso

okanye into nguye

nawuphi na umntu ;

(b)

ukuba

axilonge

nasiphi

na isiveliso

okanye

into

enjalo aze ahlole zonke iincwadi namaxwebhu kuyo nayiphi na indawo enjalo okanye kuso nasiphi na isithuthi esinjalo , ekukholeka ngezizathu ezifanelekileyo ukuba zibhekiselele kweso siveliso okanye kuloo nto ;

(c)

ukuba afune kumnini okanye kumgcini weso siveliso okanye waloo nto nayiphi na ingxelo ngeso siveliso okanye loo nto ;

(d)

ukuba abize kumnini okanye kumgcini wayo nayiphi na incwadi okanye ixwebhu elinjalo inkcazo ngomcimbi obhalwe apho ;

(e)

ukuba axhiphule nayiphi na incwadi, ixwebhu okanye into

engaba bubungqina bokwenziwa kwe-

tyala naliphi na ngokwalo Mthetho , okanye nasiphi na isixa seso siveliso ekurhanelwa ngaso ukuba naliphi na ityala elinjalo lenziwe , nokuba asuse kuloo ndawo okanye kweso sithuthi okanye ukuba ashiye kuloo

ndawo

okanye kweso

sithuthi

nayiphi

na

incwadi, ixwebhu okanye into okanye nasiphi na isixa seso siveliso esithinjiweyo ngolo hlobo , aze ke , ukuba ubona kufanele, abeke kuyo nayiphi na incwadi, ixwebhu , into okanye isiveliso esinjalo okanye "entweni" esikuyo , naluphi . na uphawu lokuyibalula angalubona lufuneka ;

(f)

ukuba aca

30.

ule iimfuzisela zaso nasiphi na isiveliso

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974 .

esinjalo , ekuqukwa apho nasiphi na isixa saso esithinjiweyo ngokwegunya alinikelwe ngokomhlathi (e) , ukucalula, ukuhlela okanye ukubeka

nokuxilonga,

ngokweendidi zazo ezo zimfuzisela okanye athathe inyathelo lokuba zixilongwe, zicalulwe , zihlelwe okanye zibekwe ngokweendidi zazo .

(2)

Xa sukuba nayiphi na irhafu iwiswe ngokwawo nawuphi na umgaqo walo Mthetho uMphathiswa angagunyazisa okuso nasiphi na isikhundla esebeni elixelwe nguMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu ukuba ngawo onke

amaxesha

afanelekileyo angene nakuwuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo okanye esithuthini ekuhlala kuso umntu emelwe kukuhlawulwa nguye okanye ekurhanelwa ukuba imelwe kukuhlawulwa nguye nayiphi na irhafu enjalo aze ke (a)

ahlole nayiphi na incwadi, umbhalo okanye ixwebhu eliphathelele kwisiveliso esiwiselwe loo rhafu, nokuba afune kumgcini okanye komnye umntu olawula loo ncwadi, umbhalo okanye ixwebhu inkcazo

ngako

nakuphi na okubhalwe apho ; (b)

abuze nawuphi na umntu akholelwa ngokufanelekileyo kukuba unolwazi rhafu leyo ;

(c)

ngotyeshelo-luhlawulo lwe-

afune uveliso , okanye inkcazo yako nakuphi na okubhaliweyo , kuyo

nayiphi na iakhawunti, i-invoyisi

okanye olunye uxwebhu olukhutshwe

ngumntu orhweba ngeso siveliso , nguloo mntu okanye umgcini waloo akhawunti, i-invoyisi okanye olunye uxwebhu ;

(d )

ukucaphula izicaphulo kuyo okanye ukwenza iikopi zayo nayiphi na incwadi , umbhalo , uxwebhu , iakhawunti okanye i-invoyisi ekhankanywe emhlathini (a) okanye (c ) kunjalo nje ke, ukulungiselela naziphi na iinjongo zokumangalela nawuphi na umntu , ukuba ayixhiphule nayiphi na incwadi, umbhalo , uxwebhu , iakhawunti okanye i-invoyisi enjalo .

12.

(1)

Xa sukuba uMphathiswa ewisele irhafu nasiphi na isiveliso ngokwalo Mthetho angalathela abo bantu angababona be-

31 .

Jikomiti ezicebisayo.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

fanelekile ukuba babe yikomiti ngenjongo yokumcebisa ngokumalunga nawuphi na umcimbi ophathelele kweso siveliso .

( 2)

Nawuphi

na umntu

owalathelwe ngolo hlobo ongaqe-

shwanga ngokusisigxina nguRhulumente waseTranskei uya kuba sesikhundleni sakhe ngokwaloo migqaliselo ngokumalunga nomvuzo okanye ngenye indlela angathi uMphathiswa ayimisele ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali xa loo mntu alathelwayo.

Ulwenziwo-mibandela kwizaziso nolwenziwo-mibandela okanye utshitshiso lweenkqubo zothengiso.

13.

(1)

Elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu

10 uMphathiswa angathi

ngamaxesha ngamaxesha afake imibandela okanye atshitshise nasiphi na isaziso esipapashwe ngokwalo Mthetho waye ke, ukuba ugunyaziswe okanye uyalelwe olo hlobo sisiGqeba soMbuso okanye ucelwe ukuba enjenjalo ngesiGqibo seNdlu yoWiso-mthetho , uya kutshitshisa nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo okanye nayiphi na inkqubo yokulawula uthengiso-siveliso esingalawulwa ngemigaqo .

(2)

Xa ipheliswayo nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo okanye nayiphi na inkqubo yolawulo- luthengiso lwesiveliso esingalawulwa ngemigaqo , naziphi na iimali eziseleyo kuyo nayiphi na iakhawunti yaloo nkqubo emveni kokuba ehlawuliwe onke amatyala ziya kuthi, zilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 23 (4) , zithululelwe kwiNgxowa-mali yeNkqubela neyoNcedo-ngxakini yaseTranskei eyasekwa ngokwesiqendu 2 soMthetho weNgxowa-mali yeNkqubela neyoNcedo-ngxakini yaseTranskei , 1964) .

(3)

1964 (uMthetho 3 wowe

Naziphi na iimali kuyo nayiphi na iakhawunti yayo nayiphi na inkqubo enjalo ezihlala kungekho bango kuzo lenziwayo nguye nawuphi na umntu onelungelo

kuzo

ekupheleni kwexesha eliyiminyaka emithathu emva komhla loo mntu wathi waba nelungelo kuzo ngolo hlobo , ziya kumlahlekela onelungelo kuzo kuze ke kusetyenzwe ngazo njengoko kuqingqiweyo kwisiqendwana (2).

Imimiselo. 14.

(1)

Umphathiswa angawisa imimiselo emisela -

(a)

amaxesha eyakuthi ihlawulwe ngawo nendlela eya ku-

32.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

thi ihlawulwe ngayo nayiphi na irhafu ewiswe ngokwesiqendu 3 okanye 7 ( 1 )( a) okanye nayiphi na irhafu eyodwa ewiswe ngokwesiqendu 5 ;

(b)

amahlelo okanye ezinye iindidi ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isiveliso, indlela yokubeka ngokweendidi okanye yohlelo

kunjalo

nje

nendlela esiya kuthi

ngayo nasiphi na isiveliso esinjalo sinyangwe , silungiswe okanye sisetyenzwe ukulungiselela ukufeza injongo (c)

yelo

hlelo

okanye

ubeko

ngokweendidi ;

ixesha nendlela ekuya kuqhutywa ngayo nakuphi na ukubhenela kuMphathiswa ngokwemigaqo yayo nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo , isibambiso ( ukuba sikho) emasibekwe kwabasemagunyeni ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isibheno esinjalo nento emayenziwe ngaso nasiphi na isibambiso esibekwe ngolo hlobo;

(d )

inkqubo emayisetyenziswe neendlela emazicatshulwe ngazo iimfuzisela ngokwalo Mthetho okanye ngayo nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo okanye ngokwawo nawuphi na ummiselo owenziwe ngokwesi siqendu ; kunjalo nje ke

(e)

ngokubanzi nawuphi na umcimbi abona kufuneka awumisele khona ukuze kufezwe iinjongo zalo Mthetho okanye ukuqinisekisa ukuba eTranskei nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo okanye nayiphi na inkqubo yokulawula uthengiso lwesiveliso esingalawulwa ngemigaqo esebenza ize ivelise iziqhamo ezihle ; ukungokubanzi kwamagunya anikelwe ngulo

sebenza

mhlathi, akusikelwanga imida ngayo nayiphi na indlela yimigaqo yemihlathi engaphambili.

(2)

Imimiselo eyahlukeneyo ingenziwa ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) -

(a)

(b)

(c)

ngokuphathelele

kwiindidi

ezahlukeneyo

zabantu ;

ngokuphathelele kwiziveliso ezahlukeneyo ,

okanye

kwiindidi

okanye

ezahlukeneyo

zesiveliso

esinye ;

ngokuphathelele kwimimandla eyahlukenevo .

33.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO , 1974.

Izaphulo- mthetho 15. nezohlwayo .

(1)

Nawuphi na umntu -

(a)

owaphula okanye otyeshela nasiphi na isaziso okanye nakuphi na okufunekayo ngokwesiqendu 2 ( 2 ) ( a) , 9 ( 1 )(b) okanye (c) okanye 9( 2 ) okanye obikela isebe nayiphi na into ebubuxoki okanye engaphelelanga okanye eyingxelo ngokwezo ziqendu , esazi ukuthi oko akubikayo okanye loo ngxelo ibubuxoki okanye ayiphelele , okanye

(b)

owaphula nasiphi na isalelo esiwiswe ngokwesiqendu 2(2 )(b) , ( c) okanye ( d ) okanye 7 ( 1 ) (b) , ( c ) okanye (d ), okanye

(c)

otyeshela ukuhlawula irhafu ewiswe ngokwesiqerdu 3 okanye 7 ( 1 ) (a) okanye irhafu eyodwa ewiswe ngokwesiqendu 5 ngendlela emiselweyo okanye lingekagqithi ixesha elimiselweyo , okanye

(d)

othintela nawuphi na umntu ukuba aqhube ngokusemthethweni umsebenzi wakhe ngokwalo Mthetho okanye ngokwawo nawuphi na ummiselo owenziweyo okanye inkqubo esetyenziswayo esaqhubayo ngokwaloo Mthetho , okanye otyeshela okanye owalayo ngabom ukwenza nayiphi na ingxelo okanye

inkcazo

efunwa nguye nawuphi na umntu onjalo okanye owenza ingxelo okanye inkcazo ebubuxoki okanye obangela ukuba kwenziwe ingxelo okanye inkcazo ebubuxoki kuye nawuphi na umntu onjalo , esazi nje ukuthi loo ngxelo okanye inkcazo ibubuxoki , okanye

(e)

othi kungengamvume ibhaliweyo yomntu osesikhundleni okanye yomntu okhankanywe esiqendwini 11 , ashenxise okanye abangele ukuba kushenxiswe nayiphi na incwadi, uxwebhu , into , isiveliso , umbhalo , iakhawunti okanye i-invoyisi exhitshulwe ngokwawo nawuphi na umgaqo weso siqendu kwindawo eyayishiywe kuyo ngulowo usesikhundleni okanye umntu okanye ophazamisana nayo nayiphi na incwadi enjalo , uxwebhu, into, isiveliso , umbhalo , iakhawunti okanye i-invoyisi okanye naluphi na uphawu lobalulo olubekwe apho nguloo mntu, okanye

34 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

(f)

othi kungengamvume

ibhaliweyo yesebe athengise

esebeni okanye azise esebeni ngenjongo yokuba sithengiswe lisebe isixa sesiveliso angengomvelisi waso okanye asizuze esebeni, okanye

(g)

(h)

okreqa okanye otyeshela nawuphi na ummiselo owiswe ngokwesiqendu 14 , okanye

othi akreqe okanye atyeshele imigaqo yayo nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo apho, ngokwaloo nkqubo olo kreqo okanye utyeshelo lumelwe kukuba lohlwaywe njengetyala lesizi,

uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze ekugwetyweni amelwe kukuba adliwe imali engathe kratya kumakhulu amane eerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingathe kratya kwishumi elinambini leenyanga okanye amelwe kukuba adliwe loo mali aze afakwe nasetrongweni ngolo hlobo.

(2)

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu athe, wakreqa isalelo esiwiswe ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu 2 (2 )(b) , (c) okanye (d) okanye 7 ( 1 )(b) , ( c) okanye (d) , wathengisa okanye “ wachitha" nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso kuye nawuphi na omnye umntu, umntu ozuze eso sixa kuloo mntu ukhankanywe kuqala uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze amelwe kukuba ohlwaywe ngezohlwayo eziqingqwe kulo Mthetho ngokuphathelele kukreqo lwesi mntu uxeliweyo ukhankanywe kuqala .

(1)

salelo

ngulo

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu egwetywa ngetyala ngo- Olunye ualiwomali nolahkekelo. inkundla emgwebayo yothi, ngaphezu

kwalo Mthetho,

kwaso nasiphi na esinye isohlwayo esiwiselwa eso saphulomthetho -

(a)

xa isisaphulo-mthetho esimxholo waso ikukungaphumeleli ukusihlawula isambuku-mali esipheleleyo esimelwe kukuhlawulwa nguloo mntu ngokuphathelele kuyo nayiphi na irhafu okanye irhafu eyodwa ewiswe ngokwesiqendu 3 , 5 okanye 7 ( 1 )( a) iphande ngoko nangoko ize iqingqe isambuku-mali esimelwe kukuhlawulwa nguloo mntu esebeni khona ukuze singene eakhawuntini efanelekileyo ize yenze isigwebo nga-

35.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974. phandle kokulibazisa ngesambuku-mali

esiqingqwe

ngolo hlobo esibubutyala kuloo mntu nesiyinzuzo esebeni;

(b)

xa isiso nasiphi na esinye isaphulo-mthetho , ngoko nangoko iphande ize iqingqe umlinganiselo olinganayo ngokobumali nalo naluphi na uncedo oluzuzwe nguloo mntu ngenxa yolo lwaphulo-mthetho ize imwisele

isigwebo

sodliwo-mali

elingana nesambuku-

mali esiqingqwe ngolo hlobo okanye , xa angahlawuliyo, imwisele isigwebo sofako-trongweni isithuba esingengaphaya kweenyanga ezintandathu .

(2)

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu egwetywa ngesaphula-mthetho ngokwesiqendu 15 ( 1 )( f) inkundla emgwebayo yophanda ngoko nangoko ize iqingqe umlinganiselo ngokobumali walo

naluphi

na uncedo oluzuzwe nguloo mntu

ngenxa yolo lwaphulo-mthetho ize ke, ngaphezu kwaso nasiphi na isohlwayo esiwiselwe eso saphula-mthetho , imyalele loo mntu ukuba ahlawule esebeni khona ukuze singene eakhawuntini efanelekileyo isambuku-mali esilingana nesambuku-mali esiqingqwe ngolo hlobo .

(3)

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu egwetywa ngolwaphulomthetho ngokwesiqendu 15 ( 2 ) inkundla emgwebayo yothi, ngaphezu kwaso nasiphi na isohlwayo esiwiselwa olo lwaphulo-mthetho -

(a)

ukuba isixa sesiveliso ebekwenziwe isaphulo- mthetho ngaso, sisemntwini okanye kulawulo lomntu ogwetywayo okanye sixhitshulwe ngokwesiqendu 11 ( 1 ) (e ) , ivakalise ukuba eso sixa simlahlekele umniniso saza sawela esebeni ukuze sibe yinzuzo eakhawuntini efanelekileyo ; okanye

(b)

ukuba eso sixa asikho mntwini okanye kulawulo lomntu ogwetywayo sixe sibe asixhitshulwanga ngolo hlobo, imyalele loo mntu ukuba ahlawule esebeni khona ukuze sibe yinzuzo kwiakhawunti efanelekileyo isambuku-mali esilingana nexabiso leso sixa esibalwa ngexabiso eliqingqwa nguMphathiswa, ngokodidi okanye ihlelo esikulo , okanye ukuba udidi okanye ihlelo leso sixa alingqineki ngendlela eyanelisa inku-

36.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

ndla, ngexabiso eliqingqelwe ngolo hlobo olona didi okanye ihlelo eliphezulu leso siveliso .

(4)

(a)

Xa

sukuba umvelisi-siveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo ,

okanye umntu osebenzisa isiveliso esilawulwa ngemigaqo xa arhwebayo , agwetywayo ngokreqo-salelo esiwiswe ngokwesiqendu 2 ( 2 ) (b ) okanye ( c) kwaye kukho ubungqina bokuba, ubuncinane kwezinye izihlandlo ezibini ngeeyure ezingamashumi amabini anesine ezandulela nqo umhla wolo gwetyo , wafunyanwa enetyala kwangeso saphulo-mthetho , inkundla emgwebayo ingathi, ngaphezu kwaso nasiphi na esinye isohlwayo esiwiselwa eso saphula-mthetho , ukuba iyaneliswa kukuba naziphi na izixhobo zokusebenza , isimatshini

okanye

iaparati,

kodwa

oku

akuquki

nasiphi na isithuthi, sasisetyenziselwa ukwenza eso . saphulo-mthetho okanye ngokubhekiselele ekusenzeni, ivakalise ukuba ezo zixhobo zokusebenza , isimatshini, iaparati, okanye amalungelo omgwetywa kuzo amlahlekele umniniwo aza awela kuRhulumente waseTranskei: Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi olo vakaliso aluyi kwuwachaphazela nawaphi na malungelo angaba nawo nawuphi na omnye umntu , ongenguye umgwetywa, kwezo zixhobo zokusebenza, isimatshini okanye iaparati ukuba kukho bungqina bokuba umntu onjalo ongomnye wayengazi ukuba zazisetyenziselwa okanye ziya kusetyenziselwa ukwenza okanye ngokubhekiselele

ekwenzeni

eso

saphulo- mthetho

okanye ukuba wayengenakho ukuluthintela olo setyenziso .

(b)

Imigaqo yesiqendu 360 (4) nesesi ( 5 ) soMthetho weNkqubo kumatyala eSizi, 1955 (uMthetho 56 wowe 1955) iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo kulo naluphi na ulahlekelo-mntu ngokomhlathi ( a) .

(5)

(a)

Nasiphi na isigwebo esiwiswa okanye umyalelo owenziwa yiyo nayiphi na inkundla ngokwesi siqendu ungenziwa usebenze nqwa kanye ngokungathi besiwiswe okanye ube wenziwe kuxubusho-micimbi yetyala lembambano .

37.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974. (b)

Akukho nto isemhlathini (a) iya kutolikwa ngokuba ithintela ukuba kuzuzwe konetyala ngesigwebo isambuku-mali saso nasiphi na isigwebo esiwiswe ngokwesiqendu 16 ( 1 )(a) ngokwenkqubo eqingqwe esiqendwini 17(3) soMthetho weRhafu yaseTranskei , 1969 (uMthetho 8 wowe 1969 ) eya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokuphathelele koko kuzuza .

Ukwenza nokungenzi kwabaphathi-mashishini, iiarhente nabaqeshwa.

17.

(1)

( a)

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umphathi-shishini , iarhente okanye umqeshwa wakhe nawuphi na umvelisi, okanye umsebenzisi xa arhwebayo , wesiveliso esenza okanye engayenzi nayiphi na into ethi, ukuba yayenziwe okanye yayingenziwanga nguloo mvelisi okanye umsebenzisi , ibiya kuba sisaphulo - mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho, loo mvelisi okanye umsebenzisi uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba yena siqu uyenzile okanye akayenzanga loo nto waye uya kumelwa kukuba ohlwaywe ngezohlwayo eziqingqelwe oko ngaphandle kokuba uvelisa ubungqina obanelisa inkundla -

(i)

bokuba akakhange nangayiphi na indlela akuyeke nje ekubona okanye akuvumele oko kwenza okanye ukungenzi ; kunjalo nje

(ii)

bokuba oko kwenza okanye ukungenzi, okanye nasiphi na isenzo okanye ukungenzi okuyelele apho kusemthethweni kungekho mthethweni , kwakungekho gunyeni okanye msebenzini aqeshelwe wona umphathi-shishini, iarhente okanye umqeshwa , no-

(iii)

bokuba wayethabathe onke amanyathelo afanelekileyo ukuthintela nakuphi na ukwenza okanye ukungenzi kolo hlobo .

(b)

Into yokuba ke loo mvelisi okanye umsebenzisi wayenike imiyalelo ekwalelayo nakuphi na ukwenza okanye ukungenzi okunjalo yona ngokwayo nje ayiyi kwamkelwa njengobungqina obaneleyo bokuba wayethabathe onke amanyathelo afanelekileyo okunqanda eso sehlo singenzeki .

38.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974 (2)

Nangona ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ) umphathi-shishini , iarhente okanye umqeshwa ekuthethwe ngaye kweso siqendwana yena nkqu uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho , waye eya kumelwa kukuba afunyanwe enetyala aze agwetywe , akukhathaleki nokokuba ngaphezu komvelisi okanye umsebenzisi lowo okanye ngenye indlela, njengokungathi ebenguloo mvelisi okanye umsebenzisi.

8.

(1)

Kuthetho-tyala lakhe nawuphi na umntu

ngesaphulo-

mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho nayiphi na inkcazo kuyo nayiphi na ingxelo enikwa isebe ngumbekwa-tyala okanye egameni lakhe , kunjalo nje nayiphi na inkcazo okanye umbhalo kuyo nayiphi na incwadi okanye uxwebhu eligcinwa ngumbekwa-tyala okanye ngumqeshwa okanye yiarhente yakhe okanye eyayisendaweni nangaliphi na ilixa ekuhlala kuyo umbekwa-tyala , iya kuvunyelwa njengobungqina obuchasa umbekwa-tyala njengovumo lweenyani ezandlalwe enkcazweni okanye embhalweni lowo .

(2)

Xa sukuba, kuthetho- tyala lakhe nawuphi na umntu ngokwalo Mthetho , kuvela umbuzo wokuba ngaba nawuphi na umntu onegama elithile -

(a)

unike isebe ingcombolo ethile na okanye ingxelo ethile okanye olunye uxwebhu singekapheli isithuba esithile , okanye

(b)

uyihlawule na irhafu ethile okanye inxalenye yayo singekapheli isithuba esithile , okanye

(c)

ubhalisiwe na esebeni , okanye

(d )

walathelwe na ukuba abe yiarhente yesebe , ixwebhu elibonakala ngathi yintetho efungelweyo eyenziwe ngumntu othi, kuloo ntetho , yena

usengqeshweni

yesebe, nokuthi akukho mntu unelo gama selixeliwe unikele loo ngcombolo okanye ingxelo okanye elinye ixwebhu esebeni singekapheli eso sithuba , uhlawule loo rhafu okanye inxalenye yayo esebeni singekapheli eso sithuba , okanye ubhaliswe esebeni , okanye walathelwe ukuba abe yiarhente yesebe , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanye-kanye koku , liya kuthi ngokuveliswa nje kolo thetho-tyala nguye na39.

Ubungqina nongqiniseko.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

wuphi na umntu libe bubungqina obusekuhleni kodwa obusenokuphikiswa ngeengongoma ezandlalwe apho.

(3 )

Kulo naluphi na uthetho-tyala olunjalo isiqiniselo esixela isiphumo sohlelo, uhlahlelo , intlelo okanye olunye ubeko ngeendidi oluqhutywa ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho okanye nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo okanye nawuphi na

ummiselo

owiswe

ngokwesiqendu

14

nesibonakala

ngathi besisayinwe ngumntu oqhube olo hlolo , uhlahlelo , intlelo okanye ubeko-ngeendidi, siya kwamkelwa njengobungqina obusekuhleni kodwa obusenokuphikiswa ngeenyani ezandlalwe apho. Izithatyathwakuthi.

19.

(1)

Ukuba ke kuthetho-tyala lakhe nawuphi na umntu obekwa ityala lokwenza isaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho -

(a)

kukho ubungqina bokuba kukho inkcazo ebubuxoki ebonakala kulo naliphi na ixwebhu elisayinwe okanye nayiphi na ingxelo enikwe nguloo mntu okanye egameni lakhe, kuya kuthatyathwa ngokuthi , kude kuvele bungqina bumbi , wenze loo nkcazo okanye uthabathe amanyathelo okuba yenziwe , esazi ukuthi ibubuxoki ;

(b )

kuthiwa kwixwebhu lobeko-tyala isixa sesiveliso esithile sasiveliswe mmandleni uthile , kude kuvele bungqina bumbi ke kuya kuthatyathwa ngokuba eso sixa seso siveliso sasiveliswe kuloo mmandla .

(2)

Kuthetho-tyala lakhe nawuphi na umntu obekwa ityala lokwenza isaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho, nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso kuyo okanye phezu kwayo nayiphi na indawo okanye isithuthi ngexesha kuthatyathwa

imfuzi-

sela yeso siveliso ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho , siya kuthi, kude kuvele bungqina bumbi, sithatyathwe ngokuba sesodidi okanye ihlelo elinye naloo mfuzisela . (3)

Ukulungiselela iinjongo zaso nasiphi na isalelo ngokwesiqendu 2 (2 )(d) okanye 7 ( 1 ) (c) nawuphi na umntu owenze ibango, kuye nawuphi na omnye umntu ngokubhekiselele kuso nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso "asichithe " komnye umntu onjalo , lesambuku-mali esingangqinelaniyo nexabiso eliqi-

40.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

ngqwe ngokweso siqendu sixeliweyo , uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba "uchithe" eso sixa sesiveliso komnye umntu onjalo ngeso sambuku-mali sesixeliwe , ngaphandle ke kokuba lo mntu ukhankanywe kuqala uvelisa ubungqina obuyanelisayo inkundla bokuthi ibango lenziwa ngenxa yemposiso engekho ngabom . 20. Nangona ikho nayiphi na into ephambene noku kuwo nawuphi na omnye umthetho , inkundla kamantyi iya kuba negunya lokuwisa

Igunya lokugweba.

nasiphi na isohlwayo okanye isohlwayo esongezelelwayo esiqingqwe ngulo Mthetho nelokwenza nawuphi na umyalelo wenkundla okanye nasiphi na isigwebo esilungiselelwe kulo Mthetho.

21.

Xa sukuba, ngokwalo Mthetho, nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenzi-

swayo okanye nayiphi na inkqubo yokulawula uthengiso lwesiveliso esingalawulwa ngemigaqo , nasiphi na isixa sesiveliso siziselwa uthengiso kusetyenziswa isebe okanye umntu uthile, ubunini beso sixa

udlulelo-kom nye lobuninisiveliso.

buya kuwela esebeni ngoko nangoko okanye emntwini lowo uthile , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kubani na kanye-kanye .

22. Ikopi yesaziso ngasinye esipapashwa ngokwalo Mthetho iya kwanekwa eTafileni yeNdlu yoWiso-mithetho zingekapheli iintsuku ezilishumi elinesine emva kopapasho ukuba ke iNdlu leyo ngoko

Izaziso ngokwalo Mthetho mazanekwe phambi kweNdlu yoWisomithetho.

ikwiseshoni yayo eqhelekileyo okanye , ukuba iNdlu ngoko ayikho seshonini iqhelekileyo ,

zingekapheli iintsuku ezilishumi elinesine

emva kokuqalisa kweseshoni eqhelekileyo elandela leyo nqo . 23.

(1)

Isebe liya kuziphendulela ngokwenza kusebenze imigaqo yalo Mthetho kwaye ke , xa sukuba ngemigaqo okanye ngokwemigaqo enjalo , naliphi na igunya, umsebenzi okanye imfanelo ithweswa okanye iwiselwa okanye inikelwa esebeni , elo gunya, umsebenzi okanye imfanelo ingenziwa okanye isetyenziswe nguSibakhulu okanye lilo naliphi na igosa okanye umqeshwa wesebe oqhuba umsebenzi wakhe phantsi kwegunya lakhe .

(2)

Phantsi kwemigaqo yalo Mthetho iakhawunti nganye eyilwe ngesiqendu okanye evulwe ngokwesiqendu 6 okanye 8 iya kulawulwa nguSibakhulu oya kugcina ngokukuko ezincwadini zonke iimali ezithulelwa kuloo akhawunti nazo zonke iimali ezihlawulwayo zitsalwa kuloo akhawunti.

(3)

Nayiphi na imali kuyo nayiphi na iakhawunti enjalo engafunelwa ngoko nangoko ukufeza injongo eyilelwe okanye

41 .

Ulwenziwo-kusebenz e nokuziphendulela.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO-ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974.

evulelwe yona loo akhawunti iya kugcinwa ngabaGunyaziswa kwiziKweliti zikaRhulumente khona ukuze izale okanye ngolo hlobo lulolunye angalumiselayo uMphathiswa ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali.

(4)

Ukuba ngokwesiqendu 2 ( 1 )(b)(i) nayiphi na inkqubo esetyenziswayo iba nesinyanzelo somthetho eTranskei ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isiveliso esiwiselwe irhafu ngokwesiqendu 7( 1 ) (a), naziphi na iimali ezikwiakhawunti eyilwe ngesiqendu 8 ( 2 ) ngokumalunga naloo rhafu zingathi, ngomyalelo woMphathiswa, zitshintshelwe kuyo nayiphi iakhawunti eyilwe okanye evulwe ngesiqendu okanye ngokwesiqendu 6 ngokumalunga naloo nkqubo .

Utshitshisomithetho .

Igama elifutshane.

24. Imithetho ekhankanywe esiHlomelweni ngokwenjenje iyatshitshiswa kangangoko kubonisiweyo emhlathini wesithathu wesiHlomeio.

25.

Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho woThengiso-

siveliso saseTranskei, 1974. ISIHLOMELO. IMITHETHO ETSHITSHISIWEYO.

Utshitshiswe kangakanani

INo. noNyaka woMthetho

Igama

Um thetho 35 wowe 1930

uMthetho woLawulo- shishini leDeri, 1930

uWonke

uMthetho (oFakela imiBandela) uLawuloshishini leDeri, 1931

uWonke

Umthetho 2 wowe 1931 Um thetho 39 wowe 1931

uMthetho woLawulo-m bona, 1931

uWonke

Umthetho 7 wowe 1932

uMthetho (oFakela imiBandela) wolawulo- shishini leDeri, 1932

uWonke

Umthetho 19 wowe 1932

uMthetho woLawulo-cuba, 1932

uWonke

Um thetho 23 wowe 1932

uMthetho (oFakela imiBandela) woLawulo- mbona, 1932

uWonke

Um thetho 48 wowe 1934

uMthe tho weShishini leMfuyo neNyama, 1934

Utshitshiso Iwesiqendu 1, izaHluko I, II nesesi V, iziqendu 45 kuye kwesama kuze kuquke nesama 49, neziqendu 53 , 54, 55 , 56 nesama 58.

Um thetho 51 wowe 1934

uMthetho oFakela im iBandela woLawuloshishini leDeri, 1934

uWonke

Um thetho 17 wowe 1935

uMthetho Ofakela imiBandela woLawulo cuba, 1935

uWonke

42.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOTHENGISO- ZIVELISO ZOLIMO, 1974. Utshitshiswe kangakanani

INo. noNyaka woMthetho

Igama

Um thetho 58 wowe 1935

uMthetho woLawulo- shishini leNgqolowa, 1935

uWonke

Um thetho 59 wowe 1935

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woLawulombona, 1935

uWonke

Um thetho 60 wowe 1935

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woLawulo shishini leDeri, 1935

uWonke

Umthetho 26 wowe 1937 Um thetho 48 wowe 1937

uMthetho woThengiso- siveliso , 1937

uWonke

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woLawulombona, 1937

uWonke

Umthetho 19 wowe 1938

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woThengiso-siveliso, 1938

uWonke

Umthetho 12 wowe 1941

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woThengiso-siveliso, 1941

uWonke

Um thetho 41 wowe 1942

uMthetho wezeMali, 1942

isiQendu 11

Um thetho 46 wowe 1945

uMthetho wezeMali, 1945

isiQendu 24

Um thetho 19 wowe 1946

uMthetho woBoya, 1946

Kangangoko ungekatshitshiswa

Um thetho 49 wowe 1946

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela weShishini leMfuyo neleNyama, 1946 uMthetho oFake la imiBandela woThengiso-siveliso, 1946 uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woBoya, 1947 uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woLawuloshishini leDeri, 1950

iziQendu 1 , 2 , 3, 13 nese 14

Umthetho 50 wowe 1946 Umthetho 35 wowe 1947 Umthetho 38 wowe 1950

uWonke uWonke

uWonke

Umthetho 45 wowe 1951

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela wothengiso-siveliso, 1951

uWonke

Umthetho 60 wowe 1952

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woLabiwonzuzo yoboya nowoBoya, 1952 uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woBoya, 1955

uWonke

Um thetho 57 wowe 1955

uWonke

Um thetho 37 wowe 1958

uMthetho wezeMali, 1958

isiQendu 12

Um thetho 12 wowe 1959

uMthetho oFakela imibandela woBoya, 1959

uWonke

Um thetho 35 wowe 1960

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela weKhomishini yoBoya nowoBoya, 1960 uMthetho weShishini leDeri, 1961

uWonke

Umthetho 30 wowe 1961 Umthetho 34 wowe 1961

uMthetho oFakela im iBandela wothengiso-siveliso, 1961

Um thetho 22 wowe 1962

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woBoya, 1962 uMthetho oFakela imiBandela weKhomishini yoBoya, 1962 uMthetho oFakela imiBandela woThengiso-siveliso, 1962

Um thetho 23 wowe 1962 Um thetho 47 wowe 1962

iziQendu 31 , 32 nesama 33 uWonke

uWonke uWonke

uWonke

Isihlokomiso 289 sowe 1939

sisonke

Isihlokomiso R.44 sowe 1962

sisonke 43 .

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974. ACT NO. 4 ACT

OF 1974.

(Xhosa text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 21 April 1975) To provide for the regulation of the sale of agricultural products in the Transkei and for matters incidental thereto .

BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows : -

Definitions.

1.

In this Act , unless the context otherwise indicates -

(i)

"agricultural product" or " product" means wool, hides or skins or any other commodity declared by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette to be an agricultural product for the purposes of this Act ; (vi)

(ii)

" applied scheme " means any scheme for the marketing of an agricultural product as applied to the Transkei or to any portion thereof in terms of section 2 ( 1 ) (a) ; (x )

(iii)

"Cabinet" means the Cabinet of the Transkei constituted in terms of section 10 of the Transkei Constitution Act , 1963 (Act 48 of 1963 ) ; (v)

(iv)

"department" means the Department of Agriculture and Forestry; (iv )

(v)

"Marketing Act" means the Marketing Act , 1968 (Act 59 of 1968 ) of the Republic ; (iii)

(vi)

"Minister" means the Minister of Agriculture and Forestry ; (vii)

vii)

(viii)

"Official Gazette" Transkei ; (i)

means the

Official Gazette of the

"regulated product" means the agricultural product to which any applied scheme relates ; ( ii)

(ix )

"Secretary"

means the

Secretary

for Agriculture

and

Forestry ; (ix )

(x)

"unregulated

product" means any agricultural product

other than a regulated product ; (viii)

44 .

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

and any other word or expression in this Act or in any applied scheme to which a meaning has been assigned in the Marketing Act shall, in so far as the provisions of the Marketing Act can be applied and are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, bear that meaning.

2.

(1)

(a)

Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette and on such conditions and with such adaptions and modifications as he may determine, apply to the Transkei or to any portion thereof specified in such notice , with effect from a date similarly specified , all or any of the provisions of any scheme for the regulation of the marketing of any agricultural product in operation elsewhere in the Republic under the provisions of the Marketing Act.

(b)

Upon the publication of a notice under paragraph (a) -

(i)

the provisions of the applied scheme shall, with effect from the specified date, be binding on all persons producing or dealing in the course of trade with the regulated product in the Transkei or within the specified portion of the Transkei, as the case may be ; and

(ii)

the

Department

shall

have all

such

powers

vested by the scheme in question in the control board administering such scheme under the Marketing Act as are necessary for the proper administration of the applied scheme , but excluding the power to impose any levy or special levy on the regulated product.

(2)

When exercising his powers under subsection ( 1 ) or at any time thereafter the Minister may, by notice as aforesaid -

(a)

(i )

require any person or any person belonging to any specified class or group of persons to furnish the department with such information relating

45 .

Regulation of the sale of an agricultural product.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974 .

to the regulated product or anything from which the regulated product is derived or anything which is derived from the regulated product , as may be available to such person and as the Minister may specify ;

(ii)

prescribe the records to be kept in connection with the regulated product or such thing, the period for which any such record shall be retained and the returns to be rendered to the department in regard to the regulated product or such thing by any person, or by any person belonging to a specified class or group of persons, and the times at which and the form and manner

in

which

such

returns

shall be

so

rendered ;

(b)

prohibit any person from dealing with the regulated product in the course of trade unless such person has been registered applied scheme ;

(c)

with

the

department under the

prohibit any producer of the regulated product from selling the regulated product or any class, quantity or percentage thereof which the Minister may from time to time determine, except to or through the department or to a person registered with the department under the applied scheme ;

(d)

prohibit any person , or any person belonging to any specified class or group of persons from acquiring or selling any quantity of the regulated product, or of any regulated product of a particular class or grade, generally or in a specified area , at a price other than or below or above a price fixed by the Minister, or calculated in accordance with a basis prescribed by the Minister, for that product or for such class, grade or quantity thereof.

3. Imposition of a levy on a regulated product.

(1)

The Minister may by notice in the Official Gazette impose , on a basis specified in such notice, a levy on a regulated product, or on any such product of a particular class, grade or standard of quality .

46.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(2)

A levy imposed under subsection ( 1 ) shall be payable to the department in such manner and at such times, and shall be so payable by persons belonging to such classes of persons, as may be prescribed in the notice imposing that levy .

(3)

Such notice may -

(a)

provide for the recovery by any person from any other person of any levy paid or payable by such first-mentioned person ; and

(b)

prescribe the circumstances in which such amount may be recovered and the manner according to which the person from whom such recovery may be made shall be determined .

(1 )

Subject to the provisions of subsection (2), the levy referred to in section 3 -

(a)

may be in the form of a percentage or portion of the selling price of every unit or quantity of the regulated product purchased or sold ;

(b)

may be in the form of a fixed amount on any unit or quantity of the regulated product dealt with in a manner determined by the notice imposing such levy ;

(c)

may be indicated by means of a formula according to which the amount of such levy shall be calculated on every unit or quantity of that product purchased or sold ; or

(d )

may , in so far as it affects producers , be determined on a sliding scale according to the quantity of that product sold by any producer during any period determined by the Minister.

(2)

Such levy -

(a)

may in respect of any particular class , grade or standard of quality of the regulated product, differ from any such levy in respect of any other class,

47 .

Amount of levy.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

grade or standard of quality of that product; or

(b)

may, in respect of any unit or quantity of that product which was produced or is sold in any particular area in the Transkei, or in any particular portion of any such area, differ from any such levy in respect of any unit or quantity of that product which was produced or sold in any other area in the Transkei, or in any other portion of such area , as the case may be.

Special levy.

5.

( 1)

The Minister may by notice in the Official Gazette impose a special levy on any regulated product or on any such product of a particular class, grade or standard of quality.

(2)

The provisions of section 3 ( 2) and ( 3 ) and of section 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of any such special levy .

Accounts of applied scheme.

6.

(1)

( a)

There shall be opened in the office of the department, in respect of each applied scheme, a general account into which shall be paid the proceeds of any levy imposed under section 3 on the regulated product to which such scheme relates and all other moneys received by the department on behalf or for the benefit of such scheme except such moneys as are to be paid into a reserve account contemplated in subsection (2) ,

a special account contemplated in

subsection (3 ) or an account of any pool conducted by the departement under any applied scheme.

(b)

The money in such general account shall be used -

(i)

for the payment of such expenses incurred by the department in the administration of the applied scheme as the Minister may determine in consultation with the Minister of Finance ;

(ii)

for the payment of the remuneration referred to in section 12( 2 ), if any ; and

(iii)

for any other object which in the opinion of the

48 .

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

Minister will be to the advantage of persons interested in the regulated product. (2 )

(a)

The Minister shall cause to be opened in the office of the department in respect of each applied scheme one or more reserve accounts into which shall be paid-

(i)

such moneys received by the department on behalf of the scheme as may be determined by the Minister ;

(ii)

such amounts at the disposal of the department for the benefit of the scheme as may from time to time be approved by the Minister ; and

(iii)

any moneys belonging to the scheme which the Minister may direct to be placed in reserve at the end of any financial year of the scheme.

(b)

The department shall deal with the moneys in any reserve account in such manner as the Minister may direct.

(3 )

(a)

The department may, and in the case of any applied scheme in respect of which the Minister has imposed a special levy under section 5 shall, open a special account into which there shall be paid -

(i)

(ii)

the proceeds of the said special levy ;

such amounts received on behalf of the scheme as the Minister may determine ; and

(iii)

such amounts at the disposal of the department for the benefit of the scheme as the Minister may approve.

(b)

The Department shall deal with the moneys in any special account in such manner as the Minister may direct .

(1)

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Act , the Minister may, in respect of any unregulated product, by notice in the Official Gazette -

49.

Control ofthe marketing of an unregulated product.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(a)

impose, on a basis specified in the notice, a levy on such product or any particular class, grade or standard of quality thereof or on any such product or class, grade or standard of quality thereof produced or sold in a particular area or at a particular place ;

(b)

prohibit producers of such product from selling in an area defined in such notice, any quantity of such product except a specified class, grade , quantity or percentage thereof or except for a specified purpose ;

(c )

prohibit any person, or any person of a specified class or group , from acquiring or selling any quantity of such product, or any particular class or grade thereof, generally or in an area specified in the notice, at a price other than or below or above a price fixed by the Minister or calculated in accordance with a basis prescribed in the notice ;

(d )

prohibit any producer of such product from selling , generally or in an area defined in the notice , such product or any class, grade , quantity or percentage thereof which the Minister may from time to time determine , except to or through the department or the persons designated by the Minister and specified in the notice .

(2)

A notice under paragraph ( d) of subsection ( 1 ) may provide for -

(a)

the conduct, by the department or any or each of the persons designated in the notice or all such persons collectively and on a basis prescribed in the notice , of a pool for the sale of that product ; or

(b)

the payment of the proceeds of quantities of that product sold by the department or any such person into an account to be opened in the office of the department and the distribution of the proceeds in such account, on a basis prescribed in the notice and after deduction of such amounts as may be indicated

50.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974 .

in the notice, among the producers who delivered that product for sale through the department or such persons .

(3)

The Minister may grant exemption, on such conditions as he may determine, from the operation of any prohibition imposed by him under paragraph (d ) of subsection ( 1 ).

(1)

The provisions of section 3 ( 2 ) and ( 3 ) and of section 4 shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of any levy imposed, and any notice published , under section 7 ( 1 )( a) .

(2)

(a)

There shall be opened in the office of the department, in respect of each levy imposed under section 7( 1 )( a) , an account into which the proceeds of such levy and such moneys as may accrue to such account from any other source shall be paid and out of which all payments authorized under paragraph (b) shall be made.

(b)

The moneys in such account may be used for ·

(i)

the purchase ,

at

a price determined by the

Minister, of any quantity of the product in respect of which the levy has been imposed ;

(ii)

the payment of costs in connection with any such purchase and the removal , diversion, storage, conveyance,

distribution or sale of any

quantity of the product so purchased ;

(iii)

the payment of subsidies in connection with such product under such circumstances and to such person or persons producing, or dealing in the course of trade with, such product as the Minister may determine ;

(iv)

the promotion of the production or marketing of such product ;

(v)

fostering or stimulating the demand for such product ;

51 .

Provisions relating to levy imposed, and control measures instituted, under section 7.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(vi)

research

relating

duction,

manufacture ,

to

the

improvement ,

processing ,

pro-

storing or

marketing of such product ;

(vii)

the payment of any costs in connection with the administration of such account and the payment of the remuneration referred to in section 12 (2 ), if any.

Incidental powers of Minister.

9.

(1)

When exercising his powers under section 2 ( 2 ) (d ) or 7 ( 1 ) (c) the Minister may -

(a)

determine the charges or costs to be included in, added to or deducted from any price fixed under the said paragraph, or the mass to be allowed , in relation to any quantity referred to in that paragraph, for any container of the regulated product ;

(b)

require any person disposing of the regulated product , or of any class, grade or quantity thereof, on credit or for an amount exceeding an amount prescribed in the notice, to render an invoice containing such particulars as may be so prescribed ;

(c)

require any price so fixed to be displayed in such manner and form , and at such places or on such vehicles and by such persons or classes of persons, as may be prescribed in the notice ;

(d )

fix in respect of any quantity of the regulated product or of any class or grade thereof which is acquired for any purpose or by any class of persons a price which differs from the price fixed in respect of a quantity of that product , or of that class or grade thereof, acquired for any other purpose or by any other class of persons ;

(e)

fix in respect of that product, or of any class or grade thereof, different prices in respect of different quantities or in respect of different times of the year or in respect of different areas.

52.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(2)

The Minister may from time to time by notice in the Official Gazette require every person who , on behalf of any local authority, controls or manages any place , within an area defined in such notice , where products are habitually sold in

public

or where livestock is habitually

slaughtered, or every person (other than a producer) who , in an area so defined , sells, purchases or otherwise deals with any product in his business , to render to the department such periodical returns as may be prescribed in the said notice, respectively of any product or of all products brought to any such place for sale or slaughter thereat as aforesaid, or of any product or of all products which such person sold, purchased or otherwise dealt with as aforesaid .

10.

11.

5, 7 or 9 except with the approval of the Cabinet.

Exercise by Minister of certain powers subject to Cabinet approval.

(1)

Authorization of inspectors.

No power shall be exercised by the Minister under section 2 , 3,

The Minister may , for the purpose of the enforcement of the provisions of this Act, any applied scheme or any scheme for the control of the marketing of an unregulated product, empower the incumbent of any post in the department specified by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette or any other person generally or in any particular case, at all reasonable hours -

(a)

to enter any place occupied by any person who is or is suspected to be a producer of, or person dealing in the course of trade with, a regulated product or any thing from which such product is derived or any thing which is derived from such product, or any place or vehicle in or on which there is kept or is suspected to be kept any quantity of such product or thing by any person ;

(b)

to inspect any such product or thing and to examine all books and documents at any such place or in or on any such vehicle , which are believed on reasonable grounds to relate to such product or thing;

53.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(c)

to demand from the owner or custodian of such product or thing any information concerning such product or thing;

(d)

to demand from the owner or custodian of any such book

or document

an explanation of any entry

therein ; (e)

to seize any book, document or article which may afford evidence of the commission of any offence under this Act, or any quantity of such product in respect of which any such offence is suspected to have been committed and to remove from the place or vehicle in question or to leave at such place or on such vehicle any book, document or article or any quantity of such product which has been so seized , and, if he deems fit, to place on any such book, document , article or product or on the container thereof, any

identification

mark

which he may

consider

necessary ;

(f)

to take samples of any such product , including any quantity thereof which has been seized under a power conferred in terms of paragraph ( e) , and to examine , analyse , classify or grade such samples or cause them to be examined , analysed , classified or graded .

(2)

Whenever any levy has been imposed under any provision of this Act the Minister may empower the incumbent of any post in the department specified by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette or any other person at all reasonable times to enter upon any premises or vehicle which is occupied by a person by whom any such levy is payable or is suspected to be payable and -

(a)

to examine any book, writing or document which relates to a product on which such levy has been imposed , and to require from the custodian or other person who has control over such book, writing or document

(b)

an

explanation

of any

entry therein ;

to question any person whom he reasonably believes

54.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

to be in possession of information relating to an omission to pay such levy ;

(c)

to require the production of, or an explanation of any entry in, any account , invoice or other document issued by a person who deals with such product, from such person or the custodian of such account, invoice or other document ;

(d)

to take extracts from or make copies of any book, writing, document, account or invoice referred to in paragraph (a) or (c ) and , for the purposes of any proceedings against any person, to seize any such book, writing, document , account or invoice.

12.

(1)

Whenever the Minister has imposed a levy on any product under this Act he may appoint such persons as he may

Advisory committees.

deem suitable to form a committee for the purpose of advising him in regard to any matter relating to such product. (2)

Any person so appointed who is not in the full-time employment of the Government of the Transkei shall hold office upon such conditions as to remuneration or otherwise as the Minister may determine in consultation with the Minister of Finance when such person is appointed.

13.

(1)

Subject to the provisions of section 10 the Minister may from time to time amend or withdraw any notice published under this Act and , if so authorized or directed by the Cabinet or so requested by resolution of the Legislative Assembly, shall revoke any applied scheme or any scheme for the control of the marketing of an unregulated product .

(2)

In the event of the discontinuance of any applied scheme or any scheme for the control of the marketing of an unregulated product , any moneys remaining in any account of such scheme after all its debts have been paid shall , subject to the provisions of section 23(4 ), be paid into the Transkeian Development and Reserve Fund established by section 2 of the Transkeian Development and Reserve Fund Act, 1964 (Act 3 of 1964) .

55.

Amendment of notices and amendment or revocation of marketing schemes.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(3 )

Any moneys in any account of any such scheme which remains unclaimed by any person entitled thereto upon the expiry of a period of three years after the date upon which such person became so entitled, shall be forfeited and dealt with as provided in subsection ( 2) .

Regulations.

14.

(1)

The Minister may make regulations prescribing (a)

the times at which and the manner in which any levy imposed in terms of section 3 or 7( 1 ) ( a) or any special levy imposed in terms of section 5 shall be paid;

(b)

grades or other classes in respect of any product, the manner of grading or classification and the manner in which any such product shall be treated , prepared or processed for the purpose of such grading or classification ;

(c)

the time and manner in which any appeal to the Minister under the provisions of any applied scheme shall be prosecuted , the security ( if any) to be lodged in connection with any such appeal and the disposal of any security so lodged ;

(d)

the methods to be employed and the procedure to be followed when samples are taken under this Act or any applied scheme or under any regulation made in terms of this section; and

(e)

generally any matter which he considers it necessary to prescribe in order to achieve the aims and objects of this Act or to ensure the effective operation in the Transkei of any applied scheme or any scheme for the control of the marketing of an unregulated product, the generality of the powers conferred by this paragraph not being limited in any way by the provisions of the preceding paragraphs .

(2)

Different regulations may be made under subsection ( 1 ) -

(a)

in respect of different classes of persons ;

56.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

15.

(1)

(b)

in respect of different products, or different classes of the same product ; or

(c)

in respect of different areas.

Offences and penalties.

Any person who -

(a)

contravenes or fails to comply with any notice or requirement under section 2 ( 2 )(a) , 9 ( 1 ) (b) or (c) or 9(2) or furnishes the department with any false or incomplete information or return thereunder, knowing that such information or return is false or incomplete , or

(b)

( c)

contravenes any prohibition imposed under section 2(2)(b) , (c) or ( d ) or 7 ( 1 ) ( b) , (c) or (d) , or

fails to pay a levy imposed under section 3 or 7( 1 )(a) or a special levy imposed under section 5 in the prescribed manner or within the prescribed period , or

(d )

obstructs any person in the lawful exercise of his functions in terms of this Act or any regulation made or applied scheme in operation thereunder, or who wilfully fails or refuses to make any statement or give any explanation demanded by any such person or makes a false statement or gives a false explanation or causes a false statement to be made or a false explanation to be given to any such person , knowing such statement or explanation to be false , or

(e)

without the written permission of the incumbent or person referred to in section 11 , removes or causes to be removed any book, document, article , product, writing, account or invoice seized in terms of any provision of that section from the place where it was left by such incumbent or person or who tampers with any such book, document, article , product, writing, account or invoice or any identification mark placed thereon by such person, or

57.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(f)

without the written permission of the department sells to the department or delivers to the department for sale by the department a quantity of a product of which he is not the producer or which he has acquired from the department , or

(g)

contravenes or fails to comply with any regulation made under section 14, or

(h)

contravenes or fails to comply with the provisions of any applied scheme where, in terms of such scheme, such contravention or failure is subject to a criminal sanction ,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding four hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding twelve months or to both such fine and such imprisonment .

(2)

Whenever any person has, in contravention of a prohibition imposed by virtue of the provisions of section 2( 2 )(b) , (c) or (d) or 7 ( 1 ) (b) , ( c) or (d ) , sold or disposed of any quantity of a product to any other person , the person who acquired that quantity from such first-mentioned person shall be guilty of an offence and liable to the penalties prescribed in this Act in respect of a contravention of the said

Additional fines and forfeitures.

16.

( 1)

prohibition by the

said

first-mentioned

person.

Whenever any person is convicted of an offence under this Act, the court convicting him shall , in addition to any other punishment imposed in respect of that offence

(a)

in the case of an offence which consists of a failure to pay the full amount due by that person in respect of any levy or special levy imposed under section 3 , 5 or 7( 1 )( a) summarily enquire into and assess the amount due by that person to the department for the benefit of the appropriate account and forthwith give judgement for the amount so assessed against that person and in favour of the department ;

(b)

in the case of any other offence , summarily enquire

58.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

into and assess the monetary equivalent of any advantage gained by that person in consequence of that offence and impose on him a fine equal to the amount so assessed or, in default of payment, imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months.

(2 )

Whenever any person is convicted of an offence under section 15 ( 1 )(f) the court convicting him shall summarily enquire into and assess the monetary equivalent of any advantage gained by that person in consequence of that offence and, in addition to any punishment imposed in respect of that offence , order that person to pay to the department for the benefit of the appropriate account an amount equal to the amount so assessed .

(3)

Whenever any person is convicted of an offence under section 15( 2) the court convicting him shall, in addition to any punishment imposed in respect of that offence

(a)

if the quantity of the product , in respect of which the offence was committed , is in the possession or under the control of the person convicted or has been seized in terms of section 11 ( 1 ) ( e ) , declare such quantity to be forfeited to the Department for the benefit of the appropriate account ; or

(b)

if such quantity is not in the possession or under the control of the person convicted and has not been so seized, order that person to pay to the department for the benefit of the appropriate account an amount equal to the value of that quantity calculated at the price fixed by the Minister, according to the class or grade thereof, or if the class or grade of such quantity is not proved to the satisfaction of the court , at the price so fixed for the highest class or grade of such product.

(4)

( a)

Whenever a producer of a regulated product, or a person dealing with a regulated product in the course of trade, is convicted of a contravention of a prohibition imposed under section 2 ( 2)(b ) or ( c) and it is

59.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

proved that he was, on at least two other occasions during the twenty-four months immediately preceding the date of such conviction , found guilty of the same offence, the court convicting him may, in addition to any other punishment imposed in respect of that offence , if it is satisfied that any equipment , machinery or apparatus , but excluding any vehicle , was used for the purpose of or in connection with the commission of the offence , declare such equipment , machinery or apparatus, or the convicted persons's rights thereto , to be forfeited to the Government of the Iranskei: Provided that such declaration shall not affect any rights which any person other than the convicted person may have to such equipment , machinery or apparatus if it is proved that such other person did not know that it was being used or would be used for the purpose of or in connection with the commission of such offence or that he could not prevent such use.

(b)

The provisions of section 360(4) and ( 5 ) of the Criminal Procedure Act, 1955 (Act 56 of 1955 ) shall mutatis mutandis apply to any forfeiture in terms of paragraph (a) .

(5 )

(a)

Any judgement given or order made by any court under this section may be executed in the same manner as if it had been pronounced or made in the course of civil proceedings .

(b)

Nothing in paragraph ( a) contained shall be construed as preventing the recovery from the judgement debtor of the amount of any judgement given under section 16( 1 )( a) in accordance with the procedure prescribed in section 17 ( 3 ) of the Transkei Taxation Act , 1969 (Act 8 of 1969 ) which shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of such recovery .

Acts and omissions of managers , agents and employees.

17.

(1)

( a)

Whenever any manager, agent or employee of any producer of, or dealer in the course of trade with, a product does or omits to do anything which , if it had been done or omitted by such producer or dealer, would amount to an offence under this Act, such

60.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

producer or dealer shall be deemed himself to have done or to have omitted to do such thing and shall be liable to the penalties prescribed in respect thereof unless he proves to the satisfaction of the court

(i)

that he did not in any way connive at or permit such act or omission, and

(ii)

that such act or omission , or any similar act or omission whether lawful or unlawful, was not within the scope of the authority or the course of the employment of the manager, agent or employee, and

(iii)

that he had taken all reasonable steps to prevent any act or omission of that kind .

(b)

The fact that such producer or dealer had given instructions prohibiting any such act or omission shall not by itself be accepted as sufficient proof that he had taken all reasonable steps to prevent the occurrence .

(2)

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection ( 1 ) the manager, agent or employee contemplated in that subsection shall himself be guilty of an offence , and shall be liable to be convicted and sentenced , whether in addition to the producer or dealer concerned or otherwise, as if he were such producer or dealer.

18.

(1)

At the trial of any person for an offence under this Act any statement in any return furnished to the department by or on behalf of the accused , and any statement or record in any book or document kept by the accused or by his employee or agent or which was, at any time , in any place occupied by the accused , shall be admissible in evidence against the accused as an admission of the facts set forth in that statement or record .

(2 )

Whenever, at the trial of any person under this Act, the question arises whether or not any person bearing a particular name -

61 .

Evidence and proof.

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(a)

has furnished particular information or a particular return or other document to the department within a particular period , or

(b)

has paid a particular levy or a portion thereof within a particular period , or

(c)

is registered with the department, or

(d)

has been appointed as an agent of the department ,

a document purporting to be an affidavit made by a person who, in that affidavit, alleges that he is in the service of the department and that no person bearing the said name has furnished such information or return or other document to the department within such period , or has paid such levy or portion thereof to the department within such period , or is registered with the department, or has been appointed as an agent of the department, as the case may be , shall on its mere production at such trial by any person be prima facie proof of the facts stated therein. (3)

At any such trial a certificate stating the result of an examination, analysis, grading or other classification carried out in pursuance of the provisions of this Act or any applied scheme or any regulation made under section 14 and purporting to be signed by the person who carried out such examination, analysis, grading or classification , shall be accepted as prima facie proof of the facts stated therein.

Presumptions.

19.

( 1)

If at the trial of any person charged with the commission of an offence under this Act (a)

it is proved that a false statement appears in any document signed or any return furnished by such person or on his behalf, it shall be presumed , until the contrary is proved , that he made such statement or caused it to be made , knowing it to be false ;

(b)

it is alleged in the charge that a quantity of a particular product was produced in a particular area , it shall be presumed until the contrary is proved that such quantity of such product was produced in such area.

62 .

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

(2)

At the trial of any person charged with the commission of an cffence under this Act, any quantity of a product in or upon any place or vehicle at the time a sample of such product is taken pursuant to the provisions of this Act shall, unless the contrary is proved , be deemed to be of the same class or grade as that sample.

(3)

For the purpose of any prohibition

under section 2(2)(d)

or 7 ( 1 ) (c) any person who has claimed, from any other person in respect of any quantity of a product disposed of by him to such other person, an amount which is not in accordance with the price fixed under the said section, shall be deemed to have disposed of that quantity of the product to such other person for the said amount , unless the first-mentioned person proves to the satisfaction of the court that the claim was made as a result of a bona fide error.

20.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any

Jurisdiction.

other law, a magistrate's court shall have jurisdiction to impose any penalty or additional penalty prescribed by this Act and to make any order of court or give any judgement provided for in this Act.

21.

Whenever, in terms of this Act, any applied scheme or any scheme for the control of the marketing of an unregulated

Passing of ownership in product.

product, any quantity of a product is delivered for sale through the department or a specified person, the ownership of such quantity shall forthwith vest in the department or the person concerned , as the case may be.

22.

A copy of every notice published under this Act shall be laid upon the Table of the Legislative Assembly within fourteen days after publication if the Assembly is then in ordinary ses-

Notices under this Act to be laid before the Legislative Assembly.

sion or, if the Assembly is not then in ordinary session , within fourteen days after the commencement of its next ensuing ordinary session. 23.

(1)

The department shall be responsible for the administration of the provisions of this Act and , whenever by or by virtue of such provisions, any power, function or duty is conferred or imposed on or assigned to the department , such power, function or duty may be exercised or performed

63.

Administration and accounting,

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974 .

by the Secretary or by any officer or employee of the department acting under his authority . (2 )

Subject to the provisions of this Act every account estabblished by or opened under section 6 or 8 shall be under the control of the Secretary who shall keep proper account of all moneys paid into, and of all payments made out of, such account .

(3)

Any money in any such account not immediately required for the purpose for which such account has been established or opened shall be invested with the Public Debt Commissioners or in such other manner as the Minister may determine in Finance .

(4)

consultation

with the

Minister of

If, in terms of section 2 ( 1) (b)(i) any applied

scheme

becomes binding in the Transkei in relation to any product in respect of which a levy has been imposed under section 7 ( 1)(a) , any moneys held in the account established by section 8(2 ) in respect of such levy may, by direction of the Minister, be transferred to any account established or opened by or under section 6 in respect of such scheme. Repeal of laws.

24.

The laws specified in the Schedule are hereby repealed to the extent indicated in the third column of the Schedule.

Short title.

25.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Marketing Act, 1974.

SCHEDULE. LAWS REPEALED .

No. and Year of Law

Title

Extent of Repeal

Act 35 of 1930

Dairy Industry Control Act, 1930

The whole

Act 2 of 1931 Act 39 of 1931 Act 7 of 1932

Dairy Industry Control Amendment Act, 1931 Mealie Control Act, 1931 Dairy Industry Control Amendment Act , 1932 Tobacco Control Act , 1932 Mealie Control Amendment Act, 1932 Livestock and Meat Industries Act, 1934

The whole The whole The whole

Act 19 of 1932 Act 23 of 1932 Act 48 of 1934

64.

The whole The whole Repeal of section 1 , Chapters I, II and V , sections 45 to 49 inclusive and sections 53 , 54, 55 , 56 and 58

TRANSKEIAN MARKETING ACT, 1974.

No. and Year ofLaw

Title

Extent of Repeal

Act 30 of 1961 Act 34 of 1961 Act 22 of 1962 Act 23 of 1962

Dairy Industry Act, 1961 Marketing Amendment Act, 1961 Wool Amendment Act, 1962 Wool Commission Amendment Act, 1962

Sections 31, 32 and 33 The whole The whole

Act 47 of 1962 Proclamation 289 of 1939 Proclamation R.44 of 1962

Marketing Amendment Act, 1962

The whole The whole The whole

Act 51 of 1934

Dairy Industry Control Amendment Act. 1934

The whole

Act 17 of 1935

Tobacco Control Amendment Act, 1935

The whole

Act 58 of 1935

Wheat Industry Control Act, 1935 Mealie Control Amendment Act, 1935

The whole

Act 60 of 1935

Dairy Industry Control Amendment Act, 1935

The whole

Act 26 of 1937

Marketing Act, 1937 Mealie Control Amendment Act, 1937

The whole

Act 48 of 1937 Act 19 of 1938

Marketing Amendment Act, 1938

The whole

Act 12 of 1941

Marketing Amendment Act, 1941 Finance Act, 1942

The whole

Act 41 of 1942 Act 46 of 1945

Finance Act, 1945

Section 24

Act 19 of 1946

Wool Act, 1946

So much as is unrepealed

Act 49 of 1946

Livestock and Meat Industry Amendment Act, 1946

Section 1 2, 3 , 13 and 14

Act 50 of 1946

Marketing Amendment Act, 1946

The whole

Act 35 of 1947

Wool Amendment Act, 1947

The whole

Act 38 of 1950

Dairy Industry Control Amendment Act, 1950

The whole

Act 45 of 1951 Act 60 of 1952

Marketing Amendment Act, 1951 Wool Profits Distribution and Wool Amendment Act, 1952

The whole

Act 57 of 1955 Act 37 of 1958

Wool Amendment Act, 1955

The whole

Finance Act, 1958 Wool Amendment Act, 1959 Wool Commission and Wool Amendment Act, 1960

Section 12

Act 59 of 1935

Act 12 of 1959 Act 35 of 1960

65.

The whole

The whole

The whole

Section 11

The whole

The whole The whole

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

WET NR. 4 VAN 1974 .

WET (Xhosa teks deur die Staatspresident geteken ) (Goedgekeur op 21 April 1975)

Om voorsiening te maak vir die reëling van die verkoop van landbouprodukte in die Transkei en vir daarmee in verband staande aangeleenthede .

DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg : -

Woordomskrywings.

1.

In hierdie Wet , tensy uit die samehang anders blyk , beteken -

(i)

(ii)

,,Amptelike Koerant " die Transkei ; (vii)

Amptelike Koerant van die

,,beheerde produk" die landbouproduk waarop ' n toegepaste skema betrekking het ; (viii)

(iii)

,, Bemarkingswet " die Bemarkingswet, 1968 (Wet 59 van 1968 ) van die Republiek ; (v)

(iv)

,, departement " die Departement van Landbou en Bosbou ; (iv)

(v)

,,Kabinet" die Kabinet van die Transkei saamgestel kragtens artikel 10 van die Transkeise Grondwet , 1963 (Wet 48 van 1963) ; (iii)

(vi)

,, landbouproduk " of „ produk " wol , huide of velle of ' n ander handelsartikel deur die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant tot ' n landbouproduk verklaar vir die doeleindes van hierdie Wet ; (i)

(vii)

,, Minister" die

Minister van Landbou en Bosbou ; (vi)

(viii)

,, onbeheerde produk " 'n ander landbouproduk as ' n beheerde produk ; ( x)

(ix )

,, Sekretaris " die Sekretaris van Landbou en Bosbou ; (ix)

(x)

,,toegepaste skema " ' n skema vir die bemarking van 'n landbouproduk soos kragtens artikel 2 ( 1 ) (a) op die Transkei of op ' n gedeelte daarvan van toepassing gemaak ; (ii)

66.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

en enige ander woord of uitdrukking in hierdie Wet of in ʼn toegepaste skema waaraan ' n betekenis geheg is in die Bemarkingswet het, vir sover die bepalings van die Bemarkingswet toegepas kan word en nie met die bepalings van hierdie Wet teenstrydig is nie, daardie betekenis. 2.

( 1)

(a)

Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet , kan die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes en met die aanpassings en wysigings wat hy bepaal , almal of enige van die bepalings van ' n skema vir die reëling van die die bemarking van ' n landbouproduk wat elders in die Republiek kragtens die bepalings van die Bemarkingswet in werking is, op die Transkei of op enige deel daarvan in sodanige kennisgewing aangedui met ingang van 'n datum wat insgelyks aangegee word , toepas.

(b)

By publikasie van ' n kennisgewing kragtens paragraaf (a) -

(i)

is die bepalings van die toegepaste skema met ingang van die aangegewe datum bindend vir alle persone wat die beheerde produk produseer of daarmee in die Transkei of in die vermelde deel van die Transkei , na gelang van die geval , as ' n besigheid handel ; en

(ii)

het die departement al die bevoegdhede verleen deur die betrokke skema aan die beheerraad wat bedoelde skema kragtens die Bemarkingswet uitvoer, uitgesonderd die bevoegdheid om ' n heffing of spesiale heffing op die beheerde produk op te lê.

(2)

By die uitoefening van sy bevoegdhede kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) of te eniger tyd daarna kan die Minister , by kennisgewing soos voormeld -

(a)

( i)

enigiemand of enigiemand wat tot ' n bepaalde klas of groep persone behoort , gelas om aan die departement dié inligting, met betrekking tot die beheerde produk of iets waarvan die be-

67.

Reeling van die verkoop van 'n landbouproduk.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

heerde produk verkry word of iets wat van die beheerde produk verkry word , te verstrek waaroor bedoelde persoon beskik en wat die Minister mag spesifiseer ; (ii)

die aantekeninge wat in verband met die beheerde produk of soiets gehou moet word, die tydperk waarvoor so ' n aantekening behou moet word en die opgawes wat ten opsigte van die beheerde produk of soiets by die departement ingedien moet word deur enigiemand , of deur enigiemand wat tot 'n bepaalde klas of groep persone behoort , voorskryf, asook die tye waarop, die vorm waarin en die wyse waarop bedoelde

(b)

opgawes aldus

enigiemand verbied

ingedien

moet

word ;

om met die beheerde produk as

'n besigheid te handel tensy bedoelde persoon kragtens die toegepaste skema by die departement geregistreer is ;

(c)

' n produsent van die beheerde produk verbied om die beheerde produk of enige klas, hoeveelheid of persentasie daarvan wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd mag bepaal , te verkoop , behalwe aan of deur die departement of aan ' n persoon wat kragtens die toegepaste skema by die departement geregistreer is ;

(d)

enigiemand of enigiemand wat tot 'n bepaalde klas of groep persone behoort , verbied om in die algemeen of in ' n bepaalde gebied ' n hoeveelheid van die beheerde produk, of ' n besondere klas of graad daarvan te verkry of te verkoop, teen ' n ander of ' n laer of ' n hoër prys as ' n prys deur die Minister vasgestel , of bereken ooreenkomstig 'n grondslag deur die Minister voorgeskryf, vir daardie produk of vir bedoelde klas, graad of hoeveelheid daarvan .

Oplegging van 'n heffing op 'n beheerde produk.

3.

(1)

Die Minister kan by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant, op ' n grondslag in bedoelde kennisgewing vermeld , ' n heffing op ' n beheerde produk , of op so ' n produk van 'n

(2)

besondere

klas,

graad

of kwaliteitstandaard ,

oplê.

' n Kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) opgelegde heffing is aan die

68.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

departement op die wyse en op die tye betaalbaar, en is aldus betaalbaar deur die persone wat behoort tot die klasse van persone , wat in die kennisgewing wat die heffing oplê, voorgeskryf word .

(3)

So ' n kennisgewing kan (a)

voorsiening maak vir die verhaal deur ' n persoon op 'n ander persoon van ' n heffing wat betaal of betaalbaar is deur bedoelde eersgenoemde persoon ;

(b)

die

omstandighede voorskryf waaronder

sodanige

bedrag verhaal kan word , en die wyse waarop die persoon op wie so ' n verhaal geskied , bepaal word.

4.

(1)

Die in artikel 3 bedoelde heffing kan , behoudens die bepalings van subartikel (2 ) -

(a)

in die vorm wees van ' n persentasie of gedeelte van die verkoopprys van elke eenheid of hoeveelheid van die beheerde produk gekoop of verkoop ;

(b)

in die vorm wees van 'n vasgestelde bedrag op 'n eenheid of hoeveelheid van die beheerde produk wat behandel is op ' n wyse voorgeskryf in die kennisgewing wat sodanige heffing oplê;

(c)

aangedui word by wyse van ' n formule waarvolgens die bedrag van bedoelde heffing op elke eenheid of hoeveelheid van daardie produk gekoop of verkoop, bereken word; of

(d)

vir sover dit produsente raak, bepaal word op 'n wisselskaal volgens die hoeveelheid van daardie produk wat deur 'n produsent gedurende ' n tydperk deur die Minister bepaal, verkoop word.

(2)

Sodanige heffing(a)

kan, ten opsigte van ' n besondere klas, graad of kwaliteitstandaard van die beheerde produk , verskil van so ' n heffing ten opsigte van 'n ander klas , graad of kwaliteitstandaard van daardie produk ; of

69.

Bedrag van die heffing.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974 . (b)

kan, ten opsigte van ' n eenheid of hoeveelheid van daardie produk wat in ' n bepaalde gebied in die Transkei, of in ' n bepaalde gedeelte van so ' n gebied , geproduseer is of verkoop word , verskil van so ' n heffing ten opsigte van 'n eenheid of hoeveelheid van daardie produk wat in ' n ander gebied in die Transkei, of in ' n ander gedeelte van so ' n gebied , na gelang van die geval, geproduseer is of verkoop word .

Spesiale heffing.

5.

( 1)

Die Minister kan by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant ' n spesiale heffing lê op ' n beheerde produk of op so ' n produk van

' n besondere

klas , graad

of kwaliteit-

standaard . (2 )

Die bepalings van artikel 3( 2 ) en (3) en van artikel 4 is mutatis mutandis van toepassing ten opsigte van so ' n spesiale heffing.

Rekenings van toegepaste skema.

6.

( 1)

(a)

Daar moet in die kantoor van die departement, ten opsigte van iedere toegepaste skema , ' n algemene rekening geopen word waarin gestort moet word die opbrengs van ' n heffing kragtens artikel 3 gelê op die beheerde produk waarop sodanige skema betrekking het en alle ander gelde deur die departement ten behoewe of ten bate van so ' n skema ontvang , behalwe die gelde wat in ' n kragtens subartikel (2 ) beoogde reserwerekening ,

of in

'n

kragtens subartikel ( 3 )

beoogde spesiale rekening of in ' n rekening van ' n poel wat deur die departement kragtens ' n toegepaste skema bestuur word , gestort moet word .

(b)

Die gelde in bedoelde algemene rekening word aangewend -

(i)

ter betaling van die uitgawes deur die departement aangegaan by die toepassing van die bepalings van die toegepaste skema wat die Minister in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies bepaal;

(ii)

ter betaling van die in artikel 12 ( 2 ) bedoelde. vergoeding, as daar is; en

(iii)

vir enige ander doel wat na die oordeel van die

70.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

Minister tot voordeel sal strek van persone wat in die beheerde produk belang het . (2)

(a)

Die Minister moet, ten opsigte van iedere toegepaste skema, een of meer reserwerekenings in die kantoor van die departement laat open waarin gestort word -

(i)

die gelde deur die departement ten behoewe van die skema ontvang wat die Minister mag bepaal ;

(ii)

die bedrae wat ten bate van die skema tot beskikking van die Departement is en wat van tyd tot tyd deur die Minister goedgekeur mag word ; en

(iii)

enige gelde wat aan die skema behoort en wat die Minister aan die einde van ' n boekjaar van die skema mag gelas om in reserwe geplaas te word.

(b)

Die departement wend die gelde in ' n reserwerekening aan op die wyse wat die Minister mag gelas.

(3)

( a)

Die departement kan, en in die geval van ' n toegepaste skema ten

opsigte waarvan die Minister ' n

spesiale heffing ingevolge artikel 5 opgelê het , moet, 'n spesiale rekening open waarin gestort word -

(i)

die

opbrengs

van

bedoelde

spesiale

heffing;

(ii)

die bedrae namens die skema ontvang wat die Minister mag bepaal ; en

(iii )

die bedrae tot die beskikking van die departement ten bate van die skema wat die Minister mag goedkeur.

(b)

Die departement wend die gelde in ' n spesiale rekening aan op die wyse wat die Minister mag gelas.

(1)

Ondanks die voorafgaande bepalings van hierdie Wet kan die Minister, ten opsigte van ' n onbeheerde produk , by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant -

71 .

Beheer van die bemarking van 'n onbeheerde produk.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974. (a)

op ' n grondslag wat in die kennisgewing vermeld word, ' n heffing lê op sodanige produk of op 'n besondere klas, graad of kwaliteitstandaard daarvan of op so ' n produk of klas, graad of kwaliteitstandaard daarvan wat in ' n bepaalde gebied of op ' n bepaalde plek geproduseer of verkoop word;

(b)

produsente van sodanige produk verbied om in 'n in die kennisgewing omskrewe gebied enige hoeveelheid van die produk behalwe ' n vermelde klas, graad , hoeveelheid of persentasie daarvan of behalwe vir ' n vermelde doel, te verkoop ;

(c)

enigiemand of enigiemand van ' n bepaalde klas of groep verbied om, in die algemeen of in ' n in die kennisgewing vermelde

gebied ,

enige

hoeveelheid

van sodanige produk , of van ' n besondere klas of graad daarvan, te verkry of te verkoop teen 'n ander of ' n laer of ' n hoër prys as ' n prys deur die Minister vasgestel of bereken ooreenkomstig 'n grondslag in die kennisgewing voorgeskryf; (d )

' n produsent van sodanige produk verbied om , in die algemeen of in ' n in die kennisgewing omskrewe gebied , die produk of enige klas, graad , hoeveelheid of persentasie daarvan wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd bepaal , te verkoop, behalwe aan of deur bemiddeling van die departement of die persone wat deur die Minister aangewys, en in die kennisgewing vermeld , word .

(2)

' n Kennisgewing kragtens paragraaf (d ) van subartikel ( 1 ) kan voorsiening maak vir -

(a)

die bestuur, deur die departement of deur enigeen of elkeen van die persone in die kennisgewing aangewys of alle sodanige persone gesamentlik en op ' n in die kennisgewing voorgeskrewe grondslag , van ' n poel vir die verkoop van daardie produk ; of

(b)

die storting van die opbrengs van hoeveelhede van daardie produk wat deur die departement of deur so 'n persoon verkoop is in ' n rekening wat in die kantoor van die departement geopen moet word , en die 72.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

verdeling van die gelde in bedoelde rekening , op ' n grondslag in

die kennisgewing voorgeskryf en na

aftrekking van die bedrae wat in die kennisgewing aangedui word, onder die produsente wat daardie produk deur bemiddeling van die departement of van bedoelde persone te koop gelewer het.

(3)

Die Minister kan, op die voorwaardes wat hy bepaal, vrystelling verleen van die werking van ' n deur hom kragtens paragraaf ( d) van subartikel ( 1 ) opgelegde verbod .

8.

(1)

Die bepalings van artikel 3( 2 ) en ( 3 ) en van artikel 4 is mutatis mutandis van toepassing ten opsigte van ' n heffing opgelê en ' n kennisgewing gepubliseer kragtens artikel 7(1)(a) .

( 2)

(a)

Daar moet in die kantoor van die departement, ten opsigte van ' n kragtens

artikel 7 ( 1 ) (a) opgelegde

heffing ' n rekening geopen word waarin gestort word die opbrengs van die heffing en die gelde wat aan bedoelde rekening uit enige ander bron mag toeval en waaruit alle betalings kragtens paragraaf (b) gemagtig , gedoen word . (b)

Die gelde in bedoelde rekening kan aangewend word vir (i)

die aankoop, teen ' n deur die Minister bepaalde prys, van enige hoeveelheid van die produk ten opsigte waarvan die heffing opgelê is ;

(ii)

die betaling van koste in verband met so 'n aankoop en die verwydering , afwending , opberging, vervoer, verspreiding of verkoop van enige hoeveelheid

(iii)

van die

aldus aangekoopte

produk ;

die betaling van subsidies in verband met sodanige produk, onder die omstandighede en aan die persoon of persone wat die produk produseer of daarmee as 'n besigheid handel , wat die Minister bepaal ;

(iv)

die bevordering van die produksie of bemarking van sodanige produk ;

73.

Bepalings betreffende heffing opgelê en beheermaatreëls ingestel, kragtens artikel 7.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(v)

aanmoediging of aanwakkering van die vraag na sodanige produk ;

(vi)

navorsing in verband met die verbetering, produksie, vervaardiging, verwerking , opberging of bemarking van sodanige produk ;

(vii)

die betaling van koste in verband met die administrasie van sodanige rekening en die betaling van die in artikel 12( 2) bedoelde besoldiging, as daar is.

Bykomstige bevoegdhede van Minister.

9.

(1)

Wanneer hy sy bevoegdhede ingevolge artikel 2 (2 )(d ) of 7(1)(c) uitoefen, kan die Minister -

(a)

die gelde of koste bepaal wat ingesluit of bygevoeg moet word by, of afgetrek moet word van, ' n kragtens genoemde paragraaf vasgestelde prys, of die massa bepaal wat met betrekking tot 'n in daardie paragraaf bedoelde hoeveelheid toegelaat moet word vir 'n houer van die beheerde produk ;

(b)

van iemand wat die beheerde produk of ' n klas , graad of hoeveelheid daarvan van die hand sit op krediet of vir ' n bedrag wat meer is as ' n in die kennisgewing voorgeskrewe bedrag, vereis dat hy 'n faktuur met aldus voorgeskrewe besonderhede moet verskaf ;

(c)

gelas dat ' n aldus vasgestelde prys op dié wyse en in dié vorm en op dié plekke of voertuie en deur dié persone of klasse persone wat in die kennisgewing voorgeskryf word , vertoon moet word ;

(d)

ten opsigte van enige hoeveelheid van die beheerde produk of van ' n klas of graad daarvan wat vir die een of ander doel of deur die een of ander klas persone verkry is, ' n prys vasstel wat verskil van die prys wat vasgestel is ten opsigte van 'n hoeveelheid van daardie produk, of van daardie klas of graad daarvan wat vir ' n ander doel of deur ' n ander klas persone verkry is ;

74.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(e)

ten opsigte van daardie produk, of van ' n klas of graad daarvan verskillende pryse vasstel ten opsigte van verskillende hoeveelhede of ten opsigte van verskillende tye van die jaar of ten opsigte van verskillende gebiede .

(2)

Die Minister kan van tyd tot tyd by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant eis dat iemand wat namens 'n plaaslike bestuur ' n plek binne ' n in bedoelde kennisgewing omskrewe gebied beheer of bestuur, waar produkte gewoonlik in die openbaar verkoop word of waar lewendehawe gewoonlik geslag word of iedere persoon (behalwe ' n produsent) wat in ' n aldus omskrewe gebied 'n produk verkoop , aankoop

of andersins daarmee in sy besigheid handel-

drywe, aan die departement die periodieke opgawes instuur wat in bedoelde kennisgewing voorgeskryf word van ' n produk of van alle produkte onderskeidelik wat na sodanige plek te koop of ter slagting daarop soos voormeld gebring is of van ' n produk of van alle produkte wat bedoelde persoon verkoop , aangekoop of andersins soos voormeld daarmee handel gedrywe het . 10.

Die Minister oefen geen bevoegdheid kragtens artikel 2 , 3 , 5 , 7 of 9 uit nie behalwe met die goedkeuring van die Kabinet .

11.

( 1)

Die Minister kan, ter toepassing van die bepalings van hierdie Wet, 'n toegepaste skema of ' n skema vir die beheer van die bemarking van ' n onbeheerde produk , die bekleër van ' n amp in die departement deur die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant gespesifiseer of ' n ander persoon, in die algemeen of in ' n besondere geval magtig om te alle redelike tye -

(a)

'n plek te betree wat geokkupeer word deur iemand wat ' n produsent is of vermoed word om ' n produsent te wees van , of deur iemand wat as ' n besigheid handel met ' n beheerde produk of iets wat van so 'n produk afkomstig is of ' n plek of voertuig waarin of waarop daar 'n hoeveelheid van sodanige produk of soiets deur iemand gehou gehou word ;

75 .

word of na vermoede

Uitoefening van sekere bevoegdhede van die Minister onderworpe aan Kabinetsgoedkeuring.

Magtiging van inspekteurs.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(b)

sodanige produk of soiets te inspekteer en alle boeke en stukke op bedoelde plek of in of op bedoelde voertuig na te gaan wat op redelike gronde vermoed word om op sodanige produk of soiets betrekking te hê;

(c)

van die eienaar of bewaarder van sodanige produk of soiets inligting aangaande sodanige produk of soiets te eis;

(d)

van die eienaar van so ' n boek of stuk of van die persoon wat dit in sy bewaring het, ' n verklaring van 'n inskrywing daarin te eis ;

(e)

beslag te lê op ' n boek, stuk of artikel wat bewys kan oplewer van die pleeg van ' n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet, of op 'n hoeveelheid van so ' n produk ten opsigte waarvan so ' n misdryf na vermoede gepleeg is en om ' n boek, stuk of artikel of ' n hoeveelheid van sodanige produk waarop aldus beslag gelê is, van die betrokke plek of voertuig te verwyder of dit

op

bedoelde plek of voertuig te laat en om na goeddunke 'n identifikasiemerk wat hy nodig ag aan te bring op so ' n boek, stuk , artikel of produk of op die houer daarvan ;

(f)

monsters te neem van so ' n produk, met inbegrip van 'n hoeveelheid daarvan waarop daar beslag gelê is kragtens magtiging verleen by paragraaf ( e) , en sodanige monsters te ondersoek, te ontleed , te klassifiseer of te gradeer of dit te laat ondersoek , ontleed , klassifiseer of gradeer.

(2)

Wanneer ' n heffing kragtens ' n bepaling van hierdie Wet opgelê is , kan die Minister die bekleër van ' n amp in die department deur die Minister gespesifiseer by gewing in die

kennis-

Amptelike Koerant of ' n ander persoon

magtig om te alle redelike tye ' n perseel of voertuig te betree wat geokkupeer word deur iemand deur wie bedoelde heffing betaalbaar is of na vermoede betaalbaar is en (a)

om ' n boek , geskrif of stuk na te gaan wat betrekking het op ' n produk waarop sodanige heffing gelê is en

76.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

om van die persoon wat bedoelde boek , geskrif of stuk in sy bewaring het of die ander persoon wat die beheer oor bedoelde boek , geskrif of stuk uitoefen , ' n verklaring van 'n inskrywing daarin te eis ;

(b)

om enigiemand te ondervra wat hy redelikerwys vermoed om in besit te wees van inligting aangaande ' n versuim om sodanige heffing te betaal ;

(c)

om die voorlegging van , of ' n verklaring van ' n inskrywing in, ' n rekening, faktuur of ander stuk wat uitgereik is deur ' n persoon wat met sodanige produk handel drywe , van so iemand of die persoon wat sodanige rekening, faktuur of ander stuk in sy bewaring het, te eis;

(d)

om uittreksels te neem uit of afskrifte te maak van ' n in paragraaf ( a) of ( c) bedoelde boek, geskrif, stuk, rekening of faktuur en, vir die doeleindes van verrigtinge teen ' n persoon, om op so ' n boek, geskrif, stuk, rekening of faktuur beslag te lê.

12 ,

( 1)

Wanneer die Minister. ' n heffing op ' n produk kragtens

Adviserende komitees.

hierdie Wet gelê het, kan hy die persone wat hy geskik ag, aanstel om ' n komitee uit te maak ten einde hom van raad aangaande enige aangeleentheid wat op sodanige produk betrekking het, te dien.

(2 )

' n Aldus aangestelde persoon wat nie in die voltydse diens van die Regering van die Transkei is nie beklee sy amp op die voorwaardes wat betref besoldiging of andersins wat die Minister in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies bepaal wanneer sodanige persoon aangestel word.

13.

(1)

Behoudens die bepalings van artikel 10 , kan die Minister Wysiging van kennisgewings en wysiging of van tyd tot tyd ' n kragtens hierdie Wet afgekondigde herroeping van kennisgewing wysig of intrek en, indien daartoe gemagtig bemarkings kemas, of gelas deur die Kabinet of aldus versoek by besluit van die Wetgewende vergadering , moet hy 'n toegepaste skema of ' n skema vir die beheer van die bemarking van ' n onbeheerde produk herroep .

77.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(2)

In die geval van die staking van ' n toegepaste skema of van ' n skema vir die beheer van die bemarking van ' n onbeheerde produk, word die gelde wat in enige rekening van sodanige skema oorbly nadat al die skulde daarvan vereffen is, behoudens die bepalings van artikel 23 ( 4) in die Transkeise Ontwikkelings- en Reserwefonds ingestel by artikel 2 van die Wet op die Transkeise Ontwikkelings- en Reserwefonds, 1964 (Wet 3 van 1964) gestort .

(3)

Enige gelde in ' n rekening van sodanige skema wat deur ' n persoon wat daarop geregtig is onopgeëis bly by die verstryking van ' n tydperk van drie jaar na die datum waarop bedoelde persoon daarop geregtig geword het, word verbeur en daar word daarmee gehandel soos in subartikel ( 2 ) bepaal .

Regulasies.

14.

( 1)

Die Minister kan regulasies uitvaardig waarby voorgeskryf word -

(a)

die tye wanneer en die wyse waarop ' n ingevolge artikel 3 of 7 ( 1 ) ( a) opgelegde heffing of ' n ingevolge artikel 5 opgelegde spesiale heffing betaal moet word ;

(b)

grade of ander klasse ten opsigte van ' n produk, die wyse van gradering of klassifikasie en die wyse waarop so ' n produk behandel , voorberei of verwerk moet word vir die doeleindes van sodanige gradering of klassifikasie ;

(c)

die tyd en wyse waarop 'n appel by die Minister kragtens die bepalings van ' n toegepaste skema voortgesit moet word, die sekerheid (as daar is) wat ten aansien van so ' n appèl gestel moet word en die beskikking oor aldus gestelde sekerheid ;

(d)

die metodes wat aangewend en die prosedure wat gevolg moet word by die neem van monsters kragtens hierdie Wet of ' n toegepaste skema of kragtens ' n regulasie wat ingevolge hierdie artikel uitgevaardig is; en

(e)

in die algemeen enige aangeleentheid wat hy nodig ag om voor te skryf ten einde die oogmerke en doelstellings van hierdie Wet te bereik of om die doel-

78.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974. treffende werking in die Transkei van ' n toegepaste skema of van ' n skema vir die beheer van die bemarking van ' n onbeheerde produk te verseker sonder inkorting op enige wyse , deur die bepalings van die voorgaande paragrawe , van die algemeenheid van die bevoegdhede by hierdie paragraaf verleen . (2)

Verskillende regulasies kan kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) uitgevaardig word -

(a)

ten opsigte van verskillende klasse van persone ;

(b)

ten opsigte van verskillende produkte of verskillende klasse van dieselfde produk ; of

(c)

15.

(1)

ten opsigte van verskillende gebiede . Misdrywe en strawwe.

Iemand wat -

(a)

' n kennisgewing of ' n vereiste kragtens artikel 2 (2 ) (a) , 9( 1) (b) of (c) of 9 (2 ) oortree of versuim om daaraan te voldoen of die departement van valse of onvolledige inligting of opgawe daarkragtens voorsien , wetende dat sodanige inligting of opgawe vals of onvolledig is, of

(b)

'n kragtens artikel 2 ( 2 )( b ) , ( c ) of ( d ) of 7 ( 1 )(b ) , ( c) of (d) opgelegde verbod oortree , of

(c)

versuim om op die voorgeskrewe wyse of binne die voorgeskrewe tydperk ' n kragtens artikel 3 of 7 ( 1 ) (a) opgelegde heffing of ' n kragtens artikel 5 opgelegde spesiale heffing te betaal, of

(d)

' n persoon dwarsboom by die wettige verrigting van sy werksaamhede ingevolge hierdie Wet of 'n regulasie daarkragtens uitgevaardig of ' n toegepaste skema daarkragtens in werking, of wat opsetlik versuim of weier om ' n deur so ' n persoon verlangde verklaring te maak of ' n uitleg te verstrek of aan so ' n persoon ' n valse verklaring maak of laat maak of 'n valse uitleg verstrek of laat verstrek, wetende dat sodanige verklaring of uitleg vals is , of

79.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(e)

sonder die skriftelike toestemming van die in artikel 11 bedoelde ampsbekleër of persoon ' n boek , stuk , artikel, produk, geskrif, rekening of faktuur, waarop beslag gelê is ingevolge ' n bepaling van daardie artikel, van die plek waar dit deur sodanige ampsbekleër of persoon gelaat is, verwyder of laat verwyder of wat met so ' n boek, stuk, artikel , produk , geskrif, rekening of faktuur of ' n identifikasiemerk deur so ' n persoon daarop aangebring, knoei , of

(f)

sonder die skriftelike toestemming van die departement ' n hoeveelheid van ' n produk waarvan hy nie die produsent is nie of wat hy van die departement verkry het , aan die departement verkoop of aan die die departement lewer vir verkoop deur die departement, of

(g)

' n kragtens artikel 14 uitgevaardigde regulasie oortree of versuim om daaraan te voldoen, of

(h)

die bepalings van ' n toegepaste skema oortree of versuim om daaraan te voldoen waar, ingevolge sodanige skema, die oortreding of versuim aan ' n strafregtelike sanksie onderhewig is,

is aan ' n misdryf skuldig en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens vierhonderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens twaalf maande of met sowel sodanige boete as sodanige gevangenisstraf.

(2 )

Wanneer ' n persoon, strydig met ' n verbod opgelê kragtens die bepalings van artikel 2 ( 2 ) (b ) , ( c ) of (d ) of 7 ( 1 ) (b ) , (c) of (d) , ' n hoeveelheid van ' n produk aan iemand anders verkoop of van die hand gesit het , is die persoon wat daardie hoeveelheid van eersbedoelde persoon verkry het aan 'n misdryf skuldig en strafbaar met die strawwe wat in hierdie Wet voorgeskryf word ten opsigte van ' n oortreding van die bedoelde verbod deur genoemde eersbedoelde persoon .

Bykomende boetes en verbeurings.

16.

(1)

Wanneer iemand weens 'n oortreding kragtens hierdie Wet skuldig bevind word, moet die hof wat hom skuldig be-

80.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

vind, benewens enige ander straf ten opsigte van daardie oortreding opgelê -

(a)

in die geval van 'n oortreding wat bestaan uit 'n versuim om die volle bedrag te betaal wat deur daardie persoon verskuldig is ten opsigte van ' n heffing of spesiale heffing kragtens artikel 3 , 5 of 7 ( 1 ) (a) opgelê, summier ondersoek instel na die bedrag wat deur daardie persoon aan die departement ten bate van die betrokke rekening verskuldig is en die bedrag daarvan bepaal en onverwyld vonnis teen daardie persoon en ten gunste van die departement vir die aldus bepaalde bedrag uitspreek ;

(b)

in die geval van ' n ander oortreding, summier ondersoek instel na die geldswaarde van enige voordeel wat daardie persoon ten gevolge van daardie oortreding behaal het en die bedrag daarvan bepaal , en aan hom 'n boete gelyk aan die bedrag aldus bepaal of, by wanbetaling, gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens ses maande , oplê.

(2)

Wanneer iemand weens ' n oortreding ingevolge artikel 15 ( 1 ) (f) skuldig bevind word , moet die hof wat hom skuldig bevind summier ondersoek instel na die geldswaarde van enige voordeel wat daardie persoon ten gevolge van daardie oortreding behaal het en die bedrag daarvan bepaal en, benewens enige straf ten opsigte van daardie oortreding opgelê, daardie persoon beveel om aan die departement ten bate van die betrokke rekening ' n bedrag te betaal gelyk aan die bedrag aldus bepaal .

(3)

Wanneer iemand weens ' n oortreding van artikel 15 ( 2 ) skuldig bevind word, moet die hof wat hom veroordeel, benewens ' n straf ten opsigte van daardie oortreding opgelê -

(a)

indien die hoeveelheid van die produk ten opsigte waarvan die oortreding begaan is, in die besit of onder die beheer van die veroordeelde persoon is of kragtens artikel 11 ( 1 ) ( e) in beslag geneem is , daardie hoeveelheid aan die departement ten bate van die betrokke rekening verbeurd verklaar; of

81 .

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(b)

indien daardie hoeveelheid nie in die besit of onder die beheer van die veroordeelde persoon is nie en nie aldus in beslag geneem is nie , daardie persoon beveel om aan die departement ten bate van die betrokke rekening ' n bedrag te betaal gelyk aan die waarde van daardie hoeveelheid bereken teen die prys deur die Minister volgens die klas of graad daarvan vasgestel , of indien die klas of graad van bedoelde hoeveelheid nie ten genoeë van die hof bewys word nie , teen die prys aldus vasgestel vir die hoogste klas of graad van daardie produk .

(4)

(a)

Wanneer ' n produsent van ' n beheerde produk , of iemand wat met ' n beheerde produk as ' n besigheid handel , skuldig bevind word weens ' n oortreding van 'n kragtens artikel 2 ( 2) (b ) of (c) opgelegde verbod en daar bewys word dat hy gedurende die vier-en-twintig maande wat die datum van sodanige skuldigbevinding onmiddellik voorafgegaan het by ten minste twee ander geleenthede skuldig bevind is weens dieselfde oortreding, kan die hof wat hom skuldig bevind , benewens enige ander straf ten opsigte van dié oortreding opgelê, indien hy oortuig is dat enige toerusting, masjinerie of apparaat , maar uitgesonderd 'n voertuig, vir die doel van of in verband met die pleeg van die oortreding gebruik was, bedoelde toerusting , masjinerie of apparaat, of die veroordeelde persoon se regte daarop, aan die Regering van die Transkei verbeurd verklaar: Met dien verstande dat so ' n verbeurdverklaring geen afbreuk doen aan enige regte wat iemand anders as die veroordeelde op bedoelde toerusting, masjinerie of apparaat het nie indien daar bewys word dat sodanige ander persoon nie geweet het dat dit vir die doel van of in verband met die begaan van dié oortreding in gebruik was of gebruik sou word nie , of dat hy sodanige gebruik nie kon verhinder nie.

(b)

Die bepalings van artikel 360(4) en ( 5 ) van die Straf proseswet , 1955 (Wet 56 van 1955 ) is mutatis mutan dis van toepassing op ' n verbeurdverklaring kragtens paragraaf (a) .

82.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(5)

(a)

' n Vonnis gevel of 'n bevel uitgevaardig deur 'n hof kragtens hierdie artikel kan ten uitvoer gelê word op dieselfde wyse as of dit in die loop van ' n siviele geding uitgespreek of uitgevaardig is .

(b)

Die bepalings van paragraaf ( a) word nie so uitgelê nie dat dit die verhaal van die vonnisskuldenaar verhinder, ooreenkomstig die prosedure voorgeskryf in artikel 17 ( 3 ) van die Transkeise Belastingwet , 1969 (Wet 8 van 1969) wat mutatis mutandis ten opsigte van sodanige verhaal van toepassing is, van die bedrag van ' n vonnis gevel kragtens artikel 16 ( 1 ) (a) .

17.

( 1)

( a)

Wanneer iets deur 'n bestuurder, agent of werknemer van ' n produsent van ' n produk , of van ' n persoon wat as 'n besigheid handel met ' n produk, gedoen of gelaat is wat, indien dit deur sodanige produsent of persoon gedoen of gelaat was, hom aan ' n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet skuldig sou maak, word dit vermoed dat die betrokke produsent of persoon dit self gedoen of gelaat het en is hy strafbaar met die strawwe ten opsigte daarvan voorgeskryf, tensy hy tot bevrediging van die hof bewys dat -

(i)

hy bedoelde doen of late op geen wyse hoegenaamd oogluikend toegelaat of veroorloof het nie, en

(ii)

bedoelde doen of late of ' n dergelike doen of late, hetsy wettig hetsy onwettig, nie binne die bevoegdsheidsbestek of die diensverband van die bestuurder, agent of werknemer geval het nie , en

(iii)

( b)

hy alle redelike stappe gedoen het om ' n doen of late van daardie aard te voorkom.

Die feit dat die produsent of persoon instruksies uitgereik het wat sodanige doen of late verbied , word nie op sigself aangeneem as voldoende bewys dat hy alle redelike stappe gedoen het om die gebeure te voorkom nie .

83.

Doen en late van bestuurders, agente en werknemers.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974. (2)

Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) is die in daardie subartikel beoogde bestuurder, agent of werknemer self aan ' n misdryf skuldig en kan hy skuldig bevind en gevon- ' nis word, hetsy benewens die betrokke produsent of persoon of andersins , asof hy daardie produsent of persoon was.

Bewysvoering en bewys.

18.

(1)

By die verhoor van enigiemand weens ' n oortreding kragtens hierdie Wet, is ' n verklaring vervat in ' n opgawe wat aan die departement deur of namens die beskuldigde verstrek is, en ' n verklaring of aantekening vervat in ' n boek of dokument gehou deur die beskuldigde of sy werknemer of agent of wat te eniger tyd op die een of ander plek was wat deur die beskuldigde geokkupeer is, toelaatbaar as getuienis teen die beskuldigde as ' n erkenning van die feite in daardie verklaring of aantekening uiteengesit .

(2 )

Wanneer, by die verhoor van iemand weens ' n oortreding kragtens hierdie Wet, die vraag ontstaan of iemand met 'n bepaalde naam ·

(a)

bepaalde inligting of ' n bepaalde opgawe of ander dokument binne ' n bepaalde tydperk aan die departement verstrek het, of

(b)

' n bepaalde heffing of ' n gedeelte daarvan binne 'n bepaalde tydperk betaal het, of

(c)

by die departement geregistreer is , of

(d)

as ' n agent van die departement aangestel is ,

is 'n geskrif wat ' n beëdigde verklaring heet te wees van ' n persoon wat in daardie beëdigde verklaring beweer dat hy in die diens van die departement is en dat niemand met daardie naam die bedoelde inligting of opgawe of ander dokument binne sodanige tydperk aan die departement verstrek het nie, of die bedoelde heffing of gedeelte daarvan binne sodanige tydperk aan die departement betaal het nie, of by die departement geregistreer is nie, of as ' n agent van die departement aangestel is nie, na gelang van die geval, by blote voorlegging by sodanige verhoor deur enigiemand prima facie- bewys van die daarin vermelde feite.

84.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

(3)

By so ' n verhoor word ' n sertifikaat, waarin die resultaat van ' n ondersoek , ontleding, gradering of ander klassifikasie uitgevoer uit hoofde van die bepalings van hierdie Wet of ' n toegepaste skema of 'n ingevolge artikel 14 uitgevaardigde

regulasie aangeteken is en wat deur die persoon wat bedoelde ondersoek, ontleding , gradering of klassifikasie uitgevoer het onderteken heet te wees, as

prima facie-bewys

9.

(1)

van die daarin vermeld feite aanvaar.

Indien daar by die verhoor van ' n persoon wat aangekla is weens ' n oortreding kragtens hierdie Wet -

(a)

bewys word dat ' n valse verklaring voorkom in ' n dokument wat onderteken is of ' n opgawe wat verstrek is deur of namens daardie persoon , word daar vermoed, totdat die teendeel bewys word , dat hy daardie verklaring gemaak het of dit laat maak het met die wete dat dit vals is ;

(b)

in die aanklag beweer word dat ' n hoeveelheid van 'n bepaalde produk in ' n bepaalde gebied geproduseer is, word daar vermoed totdat die teendeel bewys word dat daardie hoeveelheid van daardie produk in daardie gebied geproduseer is.

(2 )

By die verhoor van enigiemand wat aangekla is weens ' n oortreding kragtens hierdie Wet, word ' n hoeveelheid van ' n produk, wat in of op ' n plek of voertuig is wanneer ' n monster van bedoelde produk geneem word uit hoofde van die bepalings van hierdie Wet, geag van dieselfde klas of graad as daardie monster te wees tensy die teendeel bewys word .

(3)

By die toepassing van 'n verbod ingevolge artikel 2 (2 )(d ) of 7 ( 1)(c) word iemand wat van ' n ander persoon ten opsigte van ' n hoeveelheid van ' n produk wat hy aan sodanige ander persoon van die hand gesit het, 'n bedrag gevorder het wat nie in ooreenstemming is met die kragtens gemelde artikel vasgestelde prys nie , geag daardie hoeveelheid van die produk aan sodanige ander persoon teen genoemde bedrag van die hand te gesit het, tensy die eersgenoemde persoon ten genoeë van die hof bewys dat die vordering as gevolg van 'n bona fide fout gedoen is.

85.

Vermoedens.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

Jurisdiksie.

20.

'n Magistraatshof is ,

ondanks andersluidende wetsbepalings,

bevoeg om enige straf of bykomende straf op te lê wat hierdie Wet voorskryf en om enige geregtelike bevel uit te reik of enige uitspraak

Oorgang van eiendomsreg.

21.

te

gee

waarvoor

hierdie Wet voorsiening maak .

Wanneer ingevolge hierdie Wet, 'n toegepaste skema of 'n skema vir die beheer van die bemarking van 'n onbeheerde produk , ' n hoeveelheid van ' n produk deur bemiddeling van die departement of ' n bepaalde persoon te koop gelewer word , gaan die eiendomsreg van bedoelde hoeveelheid onverwyld op die departement of die betrokke persoon , na gelang van die geval , oor.

Kennisgewings ingevolge hierdie Wet moet in die Wetgewende Vergadering ter Tafel gelê word.

22.

' n Afskrif van elke kennisgewing wat kragtens hierdie Wet gepubliseer is, moet in die Wetgewende Vergadering ter Tafel gelê word binne veertien dae na publikasie daarvan as die Vergadering dan in gewone sitting is of, as die Vergadering nie dan in gewone sitting is nie , binne veertien dae na die aanvang van sy eersvolgende gewone sitting .

Administrasie en verantwoording.

23.

(1)

Die departement is verantwoordelik vir die uitvoering van die bepalings van hierdie Wet en wanneer ook al , by of uit hoofde van sodanige bepalings , ' n bevoegdheid , werksaamheid of plig aan die departement verleen , opgelê of toegewys word , kan sodanige bevoegdheid , werksaamheid of plig uitgeoefen of uitgevoer word deur die Sekretaris of deur 'n beampte of werknemer van die departement wat kragtens sy magtiging handel .

(2)

Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet , is elke rekening wat ingestel is deur of geopen word ingevolge artikel 6 of 8 onder die beheer van die Sekretaris wat behoorlik moet boekhou van alle gelde wat in bedoelde rekening gestort word en van alle betalings daaruit gedoen.

(3)

Die gelde in so ' n rekening, wat nie onmiddellik vir die doel waarvoor bedoelde rekening ingestel of geopen is benodig word nie, moet by die Staatskuld kommissarisse of op die ander wyse wat die Minister in oorleg met Minister van Finansies mag bepaal , belê word .

(4)

die

Indien ' n toegepaste skema ingevolge artikel 2 ( 1 ) (b) (i) in die Transkei bindend word met betrekking tot ' n produk

86.

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

ten opsigte waarvan ' n heffing kragtens artikel 7 ( 1 ) (a) opgelê is, kan enige gelde in die rekening ingestel by artikel 8(2 ) ten opsigte van bedoelde heffing in opdrag van die Minister oorgedra word na ' n rekening wat , ten opsigte van sodanige skema, by of kragtens artikel 6 ingestel of geopen is.

24.

Die wette in die Bylae vermeld , word hierby in die mate in die

Herroeping van wette.

derde kolom van die Bylae aangedui , herroep .

25.

Kort titel.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Bemarkingswet , 1974.

BYLAE WETTE HERROEP

No. en Jaar van Wet

In hoeverre herroep

Titel

Wet 35 van 1930 Wet 2 van 1931 Wet 39 van 1931 Wet 7 van 1932

Wet op die Beheer van die Suiwelnywerheid, 1930 Beheer van die Suiwelnywerheid Wysigingswet , 1931 Mielie-reëlingswet, 1931 Suiwelnywerheid Wysigingswet, 1932

Die geheel Die geheel Die geheel Die geheel

Wet 19 van 1932 Wet 23 van 1932 Wet 48 van 1934

Tabak-Reëlingswet, 1932 Mielie-Reëlings Wysigingswet, 1932 Wet op die Vee- en Vleisnywerhede, 1934

Wet 51 van 1934 Wet 17 van 1935

Suiwelnywerheid Wysigingswet, 1934 Tabak-Reëlings Wysigingswet, 1935

Wet 58 van 1935

Wet op die Beheer oor die Koringnywerheid, 1935

Die geheel

Wet 59 van 1935

Mielie-Reëlings Wysigingswet, 1935 Suiwelnywerheid Wysigingswet, 1935 Bemarkingswet, 1937 Mieliereëlings-wysigingswet, 1937 Bemarkings-wysigingswet, 1938 Bemarkings-wysigingswet, 1941

Die geheel Die geheel

Wet 60 van Wet 26 van Wet 48 van Wet 19 van Wet 12 van

1935 1937

1937 1938 1941

Wet 41 van 1942 Wet 46 van 1945 Wet 19 van 1946

Finansiewet, 1942 Finansiewet, 1945 Wolwet, 1946

Wet 49 van 1946

Wysigingswet op Vee- en Vleisnywerhede, 1946

87.

Die geheel Die geheel Herroeping van artikel 1, Hoofstukke I , II en V, artikels 45 tot en met 49 en artikels 53, 54, 55, 56 en 58 Die geheel Die geheel

Die geheel Die geheel Die geheel Die geheel Artikel 11 Artikel 24 Soveel as wat onherroep is Artikels 1 , 2, 3, 13 en 14

TRANSKEISE BEMARKINGSWET, 1974.

In hoeverre herroep

No. en Jaar van Wet

Titel

Wet 50 van 1946

Wysigingswet op Bemarking, 1946

Die geheel

Wet 35 van 1947 Wet 38 van 1950

Wysigingswet op Wol, 1947 Wysigingswet op die Beheer van die Suiwelnywerheid , 1950

Die geheel Die geheel

Wet 45 van 1951 Wet 60 van 1952

Bemarkings-wysigingswet, 1951 Wolwinsteverdelings- en Wolwysigingswet, 1952 Wolwysigingswet, 1955 Finansiewet, 1958

Die geheel Die geheel

Wet 57 van 1955 Wet 37 van 1958 Wet 12 van 1959 Wet 35 van 1960 Wet 30 van 1961 Wet 34 van 1961 Wet 22 van 1962 Wet 23 van 1962 Wet 47 van 1962

Wolwysigingswet, 1959 Wolkommissie- en Wolwysigingswet, 1960 Wet op die Suiwelnywerheid, 1961 Wysigingswet op Bemarking, 1961

Wolwysigingswet , 1962 Wolkommissie-wysigingswet, 1962 Wysigingswet op Bemarking, 1962

Die geheel Artikel 12 Die geheel Die geheel Artikels 31 , 32 en 33 Die geheel Die geheel Die geheel Die geheel

Proklamasie No. 289 van 1939

Die geheel

Proklamasie No. R. 44 van 1962

Die geheel

88 .

UMTHETHO WASE TRANSKEI OFAKELA IMIBANDELA WOTHUTHO NGEZI-

THUTHI EZIZIMOTO, 1974 . UMTHETHO

WE 5 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

(Obhalwe ngesi Xhosa usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla 30 Septemba 1974) Wokufakela imiBandela kuMthetho waseTranskei woThutho ngeziThuthi eziziiMoto , 1972 .

1.

Kwisiqendu 2 soMthetho wase Transkei woThutho ngeziThuthi

eziziiMoto, 1972 ngokwenjenje kufakelwa umbandela -

(a)

Ufakelombandela kwisiQendu 2 soMthetho 6 wowe 1972.

ngokufakela emva kwesiqendwana ( 1 ) esi siqendwana singezants'apha :

"(1A) Isigqeba soMbuso singalathela imantyi ukuba ibe lilungu elicebisayo le bhodi eyintloko , yaye ke nayiphi na imantyi eyalathelwe ngolo hlobo iya kuthi -

(a)

ibe nelungelo lokuba kho nokuba nenxaxheba kuxubusho- micimbi kuyo nayiphi na intlanganiso yebhodi eyintloko kodwa ayisayi kuba nalungelo lakuvota ; ize ke

(b)

ibe sesikhundleni ilelo lungu licebisayo lonke ixesha kufunwa sisiGqeba soMbuso ibe kuso . " ; na -

(b)

ngokubeka kwisiqendwana ( 2) nesesi (3 ) endaweni yebinzana- ntetho elithi " (elingenguye usihlalo )" eli binzanantetho lithi "(elingenguye usihlalo okanye ilungu elicebisayo)".

2.

Lo mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho waseTranskei ofakela imiBandela woThutho ngeziThuthi eziziMoto , 1974.

89.

Igama elifutshane.

TRANSKEIAN MOTOR CARRIER TRANSPORTATION AMENDMENT ACT, 1974.

ACT NO. 5 ACT

OF 1974.

(Xhosa text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 30 September 1974) To amend the Transkeian Motor Carrier Transportation Act, 1972.

Amendment' of Section 2 of Act 6 of 1972.

1.

Section 2 of the Transkeian Motor Carrier Transportation Act,

1972 is hereby amended -

(a)

by the insertion after subsection ( 1 ) of the following subsection :

“( 1A) The Cabinet may appoint a magistrate as an advisory member of the central board, and any magistrate so appointed shall -

(a)

have the right to attend and to take part in the proceedings at any meeting of the central board but shall have no right to vote ; and

(b)

(b)

hold office as such an advisory member during the pleasure of the Cabinet. " ; and

by the substitution in subsections (2 ) and ( 3) for the expression "(other than the chairman) " of the expression "(other than the chairman or an advisory member)" .

Short title.

2.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Motor Carrier Trans-

portation Amendment Act, 1974.

90.

TRANSKEISE WYSIGINGSWET OP MOTORTRANSPORT, 1974.

WET NR. 5 WET

VAN 1974.

(Xhosa teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 30 September 1974) Tot wysiging van die Transkeise Wet op Motor Transport, 1972.

1. Artikel 2 van die Transkeise Wet op Motor transport, 1972 word hierby gewysig -

(a)

Wysiging van artikel 2 van Wet 6 van 1972 .

deur na subartikel ( 1 ) die volgende subartikel in te voeg:

"(1A) Die Kabinet kan ' n magistraat, as 'n adviserende lid van die sentrale raad aanstel, en ' n magistraat aldus aangestel -

(a)

is geregtig om enige vergadering van die sentrale raad by te woon en om aan die verrigtige deel te neem, maar het geen reg om ' n stem uit te bring nie ; en

(b )

(b)

beklee sy amp as so 'n adviserende lid vir solank dit die Kabinet behaag. " ; en

deur in subartikels ( 2) en (3 ) die uitdrukking * (behalwe die voorsitter)" deur die uitdrukking " (behalwe die voorsitter en ' n adviserende lid) " te vervang.

2.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Wysigingswet op Motortrans-

port, 1974.

91 .

Kort titel.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 . UMTHETHO WE 6 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

(Obhalwe ngesiXhosa usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe ) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 9 April 1975 ) Wokulungiselela uyilo lweSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei nokumisela umsebenzi neemfanelo zalo, wokulungiselela ulwalathelo , unqunyany iso-msebenzini okanye ugxotho lwamalungu eSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei nokumisela amagunya nemigqaliselo ethile yenkonzo yaloo malungu , wokulungiselela uyilo okanye "uchitho❞ nolawulo nokuphathwa kweeTrongo zabantu abantsundu , wokulungiselela ulwamkelo, uvalelo, uqeqesho nempatho kumabanjwa nokwenziwa kusebenze izohlwayo kwezo trongo, wokulungiselela noxolelo lofako- trongweni nokhululo Iwamabanjwa ngezithembiso zawo okanye ngobulingwa, wokumisela ikhowudi yoluleko-mabanjwa neyamalungu eSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei, wokumisela izaphulomthetho nezohlwayo, wokulungiselela uyilo IweBhodi yeeTrongo zaseTranskei nowokumisela amagunya, iimfanelo nomsebenzi wayo, nowokulungiselela imicimbi enxibelelene noko . ULANDELELANISO- ZAHLUKO NEZIHLOMELO

Isahluko ckanye isiHlomelo .

Intloko.

Iziqendu .

ISAHLUKO

1

INGCACISO-MAGAMA

1

ISAHLUKO

2

UMISO-NGENDLELA LWESEBE LEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI.

2-6

ISAHLUKO

3

IITRONGO

7-8

ISAHLUKO

4

ULWAMKELO NOVALELO-MABANJWA

9-

ISAHLUKO

5

ULWENZIWO-ZIGWEBO ZISEBENZE EZITRONGWENI

1723

ISAHLUKO

6

UKUQESHWA NOKUPHATHWA KWAMABANJWA

24-30

ISAHLUKO

7

USHENXISO , UTSHINTSHO , UKUVELISWA OKANYE UKUNIKEZELWA KWAMABANJWA

31-34

UXOLELO LOFAKO-TRONGWENI NOKHULULOMABANJWA

35-43

ISAHLUKO

8

16

46

ISAHLUKO

9

IBHODI YEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI

44

ISAHLUKO

10

IZAPHULO-MTHETHO NEZOHLWAYO

4755

ISAHLUKO

11

UTHETHO-MATYALA EZAPHULO-MTHETHO

56-63

ISAHLUKO

12

IMIVUZO, UNQUNYANYISO-MSEBENZINI , ULAHLOMSEBENZINI , URHOXO-NKONZWENI NGOMHLALAPHANTSI, UGXOTHO OKANYE ULULEKO LWAMALUNGU ESEBE LEETRONGO

64-76

ISAHLUKO 13

IMIGAQO NGOKUBANZI

77-90

ISIHLOMELO 1

Isaziso sokohlwaywa ngesohlwayo sofako-trongweni amaxesha ngamaxesha

ISIHLOMELO 2

Uxolelo lofako-trongweni

92 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

Isahluko okanye isiHlomelo.

Intloko.

ISIHLOMELO 3

Ikhowudi yoluleko yamabanjwa

ISIHLOMELO 4

Isohlwayo sedayethi

ISIHLOMELO 5

Ikhowudi yoluleko yamalungu eSebe leeTrongo

ISIHLOMELO 6

Imithetho etshitshisiweyo .

ISAHLUKO 1 .

INGCACISO-MAGAMA .

1. Kulo Mthetho, ngaphandle kokuba umxholo ophethweyo una- Ingcaciso-magama. ntsingiselo yimbi ukuthi (i)

"uMtshutshisi weNkundla ePhakamileyo" kuthetha uMtshutshisi weNkundla ePhakamileyo yaseTranskei ;

(ii)

"uMntu ontsundu" kuthetha umntu ontsundu njengoko achaziweyo kwisiqendu 73 soMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo ;

(iii)

"isiGqeba soMbuso" kuthetha isiGqeba soMbuso esisekwe ngokwesiqendu 10 soMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo ;

(iv)

"igosa eligunyazisiweyo" kuthetha igosa eligunyazisiweyo elalathelwe okanye elithatyathwa ngokuba lalathelwe ngokwesiqendu 4( 1 )(a) ;

(v)

"uMgunyaziswa" kuthetha uMgunyaziswa weSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei owalathelwe okanye othatyathwa ngokuba walathelwe ngokwesiqendu

4 ( 1 ) (a)(i) ;

(vi)

"uMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo" kuthetha uMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo lwaseTranskei 1963 (uMthetho 48 wowe 1963 ) ;

(vii)

" isohlwayo sedayethi" kuthetha isohlwayo ekuthi ngaso uhlobo lokutya okanye umxhesho wemihla ngemihla webanjwa uncitshiswe ngohlobo oluqingqwe kwisiHlomelo 4;

(viii)

“isithili" kuthetha isithili semantyi ekuso itrongo ;

(ix)

"ithanga lamavila" kuthetha itrongo eyilelwe uvalelo , uqeqesho nonyango Iwabantu abangamavila;

93.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(x)

"uRhulumente" kuthetha uRhulumente waseTranskei ;

(xi)

“ isenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo " kuthetha nawuphi na umntu obhengezwe ngokuba usisenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo yiyo nayiphi na inkundla ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho ;

(xii)

"intloko yetrongo " okanye " intloko " kuthetha ilungu leSebe leeTrongo eliphethe nayiphi na itrongo;

(xiii)

" iNkundla ePhakamileyo" kuthetha iNkundla ePhakamileyo yaseTranskei ;

(xiv)

"umntu olivila" kuthetha nawuphi umntu obhengezwe ngokuba ngumntu olivila okanye umntu ochasekileyo ngokwesiqendu 29 (6) soMthetho wemiMandla yeeDolophu ;

(xv)

"igunjana lokukhwetyulwa kwabanye" kuthetha igunjana lokukhwetyulwa kwabanye eliqingqwe ngokwesiqendu 8(2 ) ;

(xvi)

“osemtsha” , xa kusetyenziswa njengesibizo , kuthetha nawuphi na umntu ongaphantsi kwamashumi amabini ananye eminyaka kwaye kuquka nawuphi na umntu omdala kunoko othe , ngenxa yokungavuthwa kwakhe engqondweni , wabekwa nguMgunyaziswa kudidi lokuba usemtsha, kwaye ke , xa kusetyenziswa njengesiphawuli, kunentsingiselo engqinelana naleyo ;

(xvii )

"utywala" kuthetha utywala obunxilisayo kwaye kuquka "utywala" njengoko kuchaziweyo esiqendwini 1 sesiHlokomiso 333 sowe 1949 , isiqendu 1 soMthetho woTywala eTranskei, 1967 ( uMthetho 7 wowe 1967) okanye isiqendu 175 soMthetho woTywala, 1928 (uMthetho 30 wowe 1928 ) ; -

(xviii)

“ imantyi " kuthetha imantyi yesithili kwaye kuquka imantyi engum ongezelelwa nemantyi encedisayo yesithili;

(xix)

"igosa elingugqirha" kuthetha ugqirha wesithili okanye omnye ugqirha wamayeza okhankanywe kwisiqendu 5 ;

94 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

(xx )

" ilungu lamaPolisa" kuthetha ilungu lawo nawuphi na umkhosi wamapolisa osekwe nguwo okanye ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho ;

(xxi)

"ilungu leSebe leeTrongo" okanye "ilungu" kuthetha nawuphi

na

umntu

osebenza kwiSebe leeTrongo

ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu 2 kwaye ke, ngaphandle kwalapho kuqingqwe ngokukodwa ngenye indlela, kuquka umlindi-trongo ongxungxisiweyo ;

(xxii)

(xxiii)

"uMphathiswa " ngisa;

kuthetha uMphathiswa wezoBulu-

"ukuziphatha kakubi" kuthetha ukuziphatha kakubi njengoko kuchaziweyo kwisiqendu 68 ( 2 ) ( a) ;

(xxiv)

"ichiza elidakumbisayo" kuquka iyeza elinxilisayo njengoko lichaziweyo esiqendwini 1 soMthetho woTywala eTranskei, 1967 okanye isiqendu 175 soMthetho woTywala, 1928 ;

(xxv)

"isifo emasibikwe " kuthetha isifo emasibikwe esingaphambukanga kwintsingiselo yesiqendu 18 soMthetho weMpilo yoluNtu , 1919 (uMthetho 36 wowe 1919) ;

(xxvi)

"iGazethi kaRhulumente " kuthetha iGazethi kaRhulumente waseTranskei ;

(xxvii)

"-miselwe " kuthetha ukuthi kumiselwe ngummiselo ;

(xxviii)

"itrongo" kuthetha nayiphi na itrongo eyilwe okanye ethatyathwa ngokuba iyilwe ngokwalo Mthetho , oko ke kukuthi nayiphi na indawo eyilwe ngolo hlobo okanye ethatyathwa ngokuba iyilwe ngenjongo yokwamkela, yokuvalela, yokufaka, yokuqeqesha "nokunyanga" abantu abantsundu abamelwe kukuba bavalelwe beselugcinweni , ekuqukwa apho wonke umhlaba, izakhiwana ezisecaleni, umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo ezikufutshane kuloo ndawo nezisetyenziswa ngokubhekiselele koko nawo wonke umhlaba , amasebe, izitishana ezingaphandle , iikampu , izakhiwo , imihlaba okanye iindawo ekuthunyelwe kuzo nabaphi na

abantu

abanjalo

ngenjongo yofako-trongweni,

uvalelo, umsebenzi, “unyango" okanye okunye nazo zonke izindlu ekuhlala kuzo amalungu eSebe lee-

95.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

Trongo ezisetyenziswa ngokuphathelele kuyo nayiphi na indawo enjalo , kwaye kuquka ithanga lamavila kunjalo nje, ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho okanye nakuphi na ukukreqa okanye ukutyeshela nawuphi na umgaqo walo Mthetho , indawo nganye esetyenziswa njengegunjana lamapolisa okanye njengendawo yokutshixela amabanjwa okwexeshana ;

(xxix)

"ibanjwa" kuthetha nawuphi na umntu, nokokuba ugwetyiwe nokokuba akagwetywanga, ovalelweyo eselugcinweni kuyo nayiphi na itrongo okanye otshintshwayo okanye oshenxiswayo ese lugcinweni okanye osendleleni eselugcinweni esuka kwenye itrongo esiya kwenye, kwaye ke ukulungiselela isiqendu 54( 1 )( c) kuquka nawuphi na umntu ontsundu -(a)

obanjiweyo aze abe uselugcinweni olusemthethweni kuso okanye

nasiphi

na isithili saseTranskei ;

(b)

oqhweshileyo elugcinweni ; okanye

(c)

obuleweyo ngesigwebo sokufa ; okanye

(d)

obhubhileyo

xeshikweni

ebekulo

naluphi na

ugcino njengoko sekukhankanyiwe ; (xxx)

"ibhodi yeetrongo" okanye "ibhodi" kuthetha iBhodi yeeTrongo zaseTranskei eyilwe ngesiqendu 44 ;

(xxxi)

" isikolo sohlaziyo-simo" kuthetha nasiphi na isikolo sohlaziyo-simo esiyilwe ngokwemigaqo yoMthetho wabaNtwana, 1960 (uMthetho 33 wowe 1960 ) ;

(xxxii)

"ummiselo " kuthetha nawuphi na ummiselo owiswe okanye ngenye indlela onamandla omthetho ngokwalo Mthetho ;

(xxxiii )

"ukhululo ngesithembiso" kuthetha ukhululo lwebanjwa ngesithembiso sokungaqhweshi ngokwesiqendu 36 ;

(xxxiv)

"ukhululo ngobulingwa" kuthetha ukhululo-banjwa ngobulingwa ngokwesiqendu 38 ;

96.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

(xxxv)

"uvalelo lobulolo" kuthetha uvalelo lobulolo kwigunjana lokukhwetyulwa kwabanye ;

(xxxvi)

(xxxvii) (xxxviii ) (xxxix)

" iSebe leeTrongo" kuthetha iSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei eliyilwe ngesiqendu 2 ; "lo Mthetho" kuquka nawuphi na ummiselo ; "uVimba-mali” kuthetha uMphathiswa wezeMali ; " igosa lothe tho-matyala" kuthetha naliphi na igosa eligunyazisiweyo kwaye kuquka naliphi na elinye ilungu leSebe leeTrongo eligunyaziswe ngokukodwa nguMgunyaziswa ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ukuba lithethe tyala lwalo naluphi na ulwaphulo-mthetho ngokw esiqendu 57 okanye ukuba lenze naluphi na uphando ngokwesiqendu 69 ;

(xl)

"umthetho wemiMandla yeeDolophu" kuthetha uMthetho woQukelo-ndawonye wabaNtsundu , 1945 , (imiMandla yeeDoluphu) (uMthetho 25 wowe 1945 ) . ISAHLUKO 2.

UMISO-NGENDLELA LWESEBE LEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI.

2. Kulawula imigaqo yalo Mthetho nemithetho ephathelele kwiNkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei, kuya kubakho iSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei eliya kuba ngaba bantu balandelayo , oko kukuthi (a)

Uyilo IweSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei.

abantu abatshintshwe kwisebe leetrongo likaRhulumente wele Riphabliki basiwa kwiSebe , okanye babekwa ukuba basetyenziswe liSebe , lika Rhulumente waseTranskei ngemigaqo okanye ngokwemigaqo yoMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho ;

(b )

nabaphi na abantu ababhaliswe kwisebe leetrongo zaseTranskei , ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho otshitshiswe ngesiqendu 89 ( 1 ) , emva komhla wokuqala kuAprili 1972 kodwa ngaphambi kokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho ; kunye

(c)

3.

nabo bantu abangathi balathelwe ukuba babe ngamalungu esebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei ngokwesiqendu 4.

Isebe leetrongo liya kuthi

(a)

ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho

liphathe lize lilawule zonke iitrongo ;

97 .

Umsebenzi neemfanelo zeSebe leeTrongo.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(b)

ligcine kugcino olululo etrongweni, lide libe likhululwe , lishenxisiwe okanye litshintshiwe apho ngokusemthethweni,

(c)

ibanjwa

lithabathe

ngalinye

elivalelweyo ngokusemthethweni ;

amanyathelo

okuba

esiwiselwe ngokusemthethweni gwetyiweyo ;

Ulwalathelo lwamalungu eSebe leeTrongo.

kuqhutywe naliphi

isohlwayo

na ibanjwa eli-

(d)

lifumanise umsebenzi wokuqeshwa amabanjwa agwetyiweyo lize lithi, njengoko kuthi kube nokwenzeka ukwenjenjalo, liwafumanise ingqeqesho " nonyango" angathi ngalo ahlaziywe izimo aze abuyiselwe emekweni eyiyo ; lize

(e)

lenze okanye liqhube loo msebenzi okanye ezo mfanelo zizezinye angaihi uMphathiswa azabele iSebe leeTrongo amaxesha ngamaxesha.

4. ( 1 ) Silawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho , kunjalo nje, apho kufanelekileyo, yimithetho ephathelele kwink onzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei (a)

isiGqeba soMbuso singathi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha salathele ngesigunyaziso -

(i)

igosa eliya kubizwa ngokuba nguMgunyaziswa weSebe leeTrongo zaseTranskei eliya kuthi, phantsi kwenkokelo yoMphathiswa, liphathe iSebe leeTrongo ; kunye

(ii) (b)

naloo magosa angamanye angathi afuneke ;

uMgunyaziswa angalathela abantu abafanelekileyo ukuba babe ngamalungu (ingengawo amagosa agunyazisiweyo) eSebe leeTrongo esikhundleni sobulindi-trongo okanye kwezo zikhundla zizezinye zingathi zimiselwe .

(2 )

Kuyo nayiphi na itrongo okanye inxenye yetrongo eyile-

lwe okanye ese tyenziselwa ukuvalela amabanjwa angamabhinqa kuya kumiselwa, ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) , inani elaneleyo lamalungu angamabhinqa eSebe leeTrongo. (3 ) Umgunyaziswa, okanye ukuba igunyaziselwe ukwenjenjalo nguMgunyaziswa intloko yetrongo, ingathi njengoko iimeko zingathi zifune kunjalo nje ngaloo migqaliselo ingathi imiselwe , yalathele nawuphi na umntu ofanelekileyo ukuba abe ngumlinditrongo ongxungxisiweyo, waye ke nawuphi na umntu owalathelwe ngolo hlobo uya kuthi –

98 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(a)

ukuba ngaphambili ubesewongeni logunyaziso kulo naliphi na isebe leetrongo waye uMgunyaziswa ekuvumela oko , athatyathwe ngokuba ligosa eligunyazisiweyo ; waye ke

(b)

ngazo zonke ezinye indlela uya kuba namagunya neemfanelo zomlindi-trongo aze alawulwe yimigaqo yoluleko efana naleyo ilawula umlindi-trongo owalathelwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1) (b) .

Ilungu ngalinye leSebe leeTrongo liya kuthi, ngegunya lesikhundla elikuso, libe nawo onke amagunya elithweswe wona ngumthetho ilungu lamaPolisa laye ligunyaziswe ukuba, kunjalo nje kufuneka, lisebenzise zonke izixhobo ezisemthethweni zokulivalela (4)

ligcineke kakuhle ibanjwa ngalinye eliliphetheyo okanye zokulibamba kwakhona ibanjwa naliphi na eliqhweshe elugcinweni.

(5) Umgunyaziswa angagunyazisa naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye naluphi na udidi lomntu oqeshwe etrongweni okanye ngokuphathelele kuyo itrongo nayiphi na, ukuba lixhobe. ngompu ongxashiweyo okanye ngeso sixhobo sisesinye angathi asibone sifuneka .

( 6) Ekufezeni nayiphi na imfanelo yakhe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 )(a)(i) uMgunyaziswa angathi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha akhuphe imiyalelo esisigxina, eya kwaziwa ngokuba yimiYalelo yeSebe leeTrongo, engayi kungqubana nemigaqo yalo Mthetho yaye iya kuthotyelwa ngawo onke amalungu esebenza kuwo.

5. ( 1 ) Itrongo nganye iya kuba negosa elingugqirha , mntu lowo ke uya kuba ngugqirha wesithili okanye , ukuba akakho ugqirha wesithili, loo gqirha wamayeza ungomnye aya kuthi uSibakhulu weMpilo amalathele loo njongo.

Igosa elingugqirha.

(2) Loo gqirha wesithili okanye omnye ugqirha wamayeza, kuxhomekeke ekuthini nguwuphi na kanye -kanye , uya kwenza okanye aqhube umsebenzi okanye iimfanelo zegosa elingugqirha ngokwalo Mthetho.

6.

(1)

Umphathiswa uya kwalathela abafundisi bakwalizwi oka-

nye abanye abantu abafanelekileyo ukuba basingathe iintswelo kwezo . mphefumlo zamabanjwa kunjalo nje ukuba benze loo msebenzi ungomnye angathi uMphathiswa awabele bona ngamaxesha ngamaxesha.

(2)

Ulwalathelo ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) lungenziwa ngokuma-

99 .

Abasebenzi bezokholo.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

lunga nalo naliphi na inani lee Trongo lwaye lungarhoxiswa nguMphathiswa ngalo naliphi na ixesha. (3) Intlawulo okanye izibonelelo , ukuba zikho , emazihlawulwe umfundisi wakwalizwi okanye omnye umntu owalathelwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) ziya kumiselwa nguMphathiswa ebhungisana noVimba-mali .

ISAHLUKO 3 .

IITRONGO .

Ukuyilwa okanye ukupheliswa kweetrongo.

7.

( 1)

Umphathiswa angathi , ngesaziso e Gazethini kaRhulumente,

ayile iitrongo, anike igama nayiphi na itrongo okanye aphelise nayiphi na itrongo. ( 2 ) Kungayilelwa iitrongo ezahlukeneyo indidi okanye amaqela ahlukeneyo amabanjwa okanye iinjongo ezahlukeneyo . (3)

Umphathiswa angathi -

(a)

amisele nayiphi na itrongo okanye inxenye yetrongo ukuba ibe yitrongo evulekileyo kuluntu , ibe yeyona trongo ekungaphumi nabani na kuyo, okanye ibe yitrongo yokwenza kusebenze izigwebo zokufa ; aze

(b)

amisele , ngokuphathelele nakuyiphi na itrongo okanye udidi lwetrongo (i)

(ii)

udidi okanye iqela labantu amabamkelwe apho okanye bavalelwe apho ; kunye namalungelo

nezibonelelo

ezingathi

zinikwe

ama-

banjwa avalelwe apho.

(4) Xa ke kukho itrongo enye nakusiphi na isithili , loo trongo yothi ukulungiselela iinjongo zomthetho obhekiselele kwiinkundla zeemantyi ibe yitrongo yeso sithili : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi uMphathiswa angathi, ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente, abhengeze ukuthi itrongo exelwe kweso saziso iya kuthi ukulungiselela ezi njongo sezixeliwe , ithatyathwe ngokuba yitrongo yesithili okanye yezithili ezikwaxeliwe ngolo hlobo. Ufunyanisomancedo ezitrongweni.

( 1 ) Kuya kufunyaniswa etrongweni nganye amabanjwa avale8. Iweyo apho (a)

amancedo aneleyo ococeko nempilo-mzimbeni ;

100 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(b)

indawo yokunonotshelwa nokunyangwa ngamayeza; kunjalo nje

(c)

kangangoko angathi loo mancedo abe nokubakho -

(i)

(ii)

uncedo ngelayibrari; nezakhiwo zokukhandela ezixhotyiswe ngokufanelekiley o.

(2 ) Kungafunyaniswa nakuyiphi na itrongo igunjana libe linye okanye ngaphezulu lokukhwebula umntu abe yedwa eliya kusetyenziselwa ezi njongo zilandelayo kuphela :

( a)

uvalelolwalo naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetywe ukuba ligcinwe lililolo, akukhathaleki nokuba kungokwalo Mthetho nokokuba kungokwawuphi na omnye umthetho;

(b)

uvalelo Iwalo naliphi na ibanjwa ngokwesiqendu 16 ; okanye

(c)

ukukhethwa libe lodwa kwalo naliphi na ibanjwa ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho, ukuba ayifumaneki enye indawo efanelekileyo ukufeza loo njongo.

(3) Etrongweni emiselwe ukufeza izigwebo zokufa, igunjana elilodwa liya kufunyaniswa khona ukuze kugcinwe kulo ngokukuko naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetywe ukufa . ISAHLUKO 4. ULWAMKELO NOVALELO-MABANJWA.

9. ( 1 ) Akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kwamkela elugcinweni walo nawuphi na umntu, ogwetyiweyo okanye ongagwetywanga, nakuyiphi na itrongo eliyiphetheyo ngaphandle kokuba (a)

ngaxeshanye kunikelwe kulo isigunyazisi okanye onikezela loo mntu kuloo trongo osayinwe sisiphatha-mandla esisemthethweni nesifanelekileyo ; ku-

kuthi

umyalelo

njalo nje

(b)

ukuba loo mntu unikezelwa etrongweni ngokomyalelo wenkundla okanye umyalelo wokufakwa etrongweni ngetyala lembambano , lube uhlawulo lwemali ekhankanywe esiqendwini 14 selwenziwe kulo.

101 .

Ulwamkelobanjwa etrongweni.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(2) Isigunyazisi okanye umyalelo wokufaka nawuphi na umntu etrongweni uya kuthi , sonke isithuba sokuvalelwa etrongweni kwakhe lowo ubhekiselele kuye, ugcinwe yintloko yetrongo afakwe kuyo loo mntu.

(3)

Ugqirha wamayeza uya kuxilonga umntu ngamnye owam-

kelelwe elugcinweni etrongweni kamsinyane njengoko kunokwenzeka emva kolo lwamkelo waye eya kwenza ingxelo ebhaliweyo nepheleleyo ngemeko yasemzimbeni neyengqondo yaloo mntu. (4) Ekwamkelweni kwakhe nawuphi na umntu etrongweni, loo mntu uya kuba nelungelo lokwazisa abazalana naye okanye isihlobo sakhe segazi ngobukho bakhe apho, okanye angathi ngesicelo esibhaliweyo acele intloko yetrongo ukuba yenjenjalo . Uvalelo lwabantu abathile aluvunyelwe.

10. Nangona ikho nayiphi na into esiqendwini 9 okanye nakuwuphi na omnye umthetho -

(a)

akukho mntu kuthiwa uphambene okanye ubuthakathaka ngengqondo uya kuvalelwa etrongweni ngenxa nje yokuba kusithiwa uphambene okanye ubuthakathaka engqondweni ukuba kukho isibhedlele sabaphambeneyo okanye isibheIdlele soluntu (ingesiso isibhedlele sezifo ezisulelayo) esithilini ; kwaye ke

(b)

akukho mntu usemtsha uya kuthi , ngaphambi kokuba agwetywe nangaliphi na ityala , avalelwe nakuyiphi na itrongo ukuba indawo yokuvalelwa esekwe ngokwesiqendu 38 soMthetho wabaNtwana, 1960 iyafumaneka .

Ulwamkelo novalelo Iwabantu etrongweni engeyiyo itrongo yesithili.

Uvalelo-mabanjwa angamabhinqa.

11. Nangona ikho imigaqo yesiqendu 7(4 ) salo Mthetho nesiqendu 100 ( 1 ) soMthetho weeNkundla zeeMantyi, 1944 (uMthetho 32 wowe 1944) uMgunyaziswa angayalela ukuthi nawuphi na umntu oxeliweyo okanye udidi Iwabantu olubanjiweyo okanye olugwetyiweyo sithilini sithile aluyi kuhlaliswa etrongweni yeso sithili koko luya kwamkelwa luze luvalelwe kwenye itrongo.

12. ( 1 ) Ibanjwa elilibhinqa liya kuvalelwa etrongweni lahlulwe geqe kulo naliphi na ibanjwa eliyindoda kunjalo nje , kangangoko oku kuthi kube nokwenzeka, ngendlela apha eya kulithintela ukuba libone okanye lincokole okanye lithethane nangaluphi na uhlobo , nalo naliphi na ibanjwa eliyindoda. ( 2 ) Xa sukuba kungathi kufuneke ukuba naliphi na ibanjwa elilibhinqa liqeqesh we okanye lilulekwe lilungu eliyindoda leSebe leeTrongo, olo qeqesho okanye ululeko luya kwenziwa kukho

102 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

ilungu koko.

elilibhinqa, kunjalo nje

ilelo lungu lilibhinqa eliphose iliso

13. Kulawula imigaqo yesiqendu 10 nese 12 kungavalelwa kwigunjana lamapolisa okanye endaweni yotshixelo-mabanjwa okwexeshana (a)

nawuphi na umntu ogwetywe ukuba afakwe etrongweni enkundleni ekwisizinzo se ofisi yemantyi apho kungekho trongo ( into leyo eyahlukileyo kwigunjana okanye kwindawo okanye .

(b)

Uvalelo-mabanjwa kwigunjaisa na lamapol okanye kwindawo yotshixelo-mabanjwa okwexeshana

yotshixelo-mabanjwa

lamapolisa

okwexeshana) ;

naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetyiweyo elithi, ngemvume yoMgunyaziswa, libe lisashenxiselwa okwexeshana kwigunjana lamapolisa okanye kwindawo yotshixelo-mabanjwa okwexeshana ;

Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho mntu okanye banjwa linjalo liya kuvalelwa ngolo hlobo -

(i)

ngaphandle kokuba uvalelo lwalo etrongweni (into leyo eyahlukileyo kwigunjana lamapolisa okanye kwindawo yotshixelo-mabanjwa okwexeshana) alunakwenzeka ; okanye

(ii)

isithuba eside ngaphezulu kwenyanga, ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume yoMgunyaziswa .

14. ( 1 ) Umenzi-sicelo enkundleni-matyala kulo naluphi na uxubu- Ukondliwa kwabanezisho-micimbi kwityala lembambano othabathe inyathelo lokuba kweliti zamaeembanawuphi na umntu makafakwe etrongweni ngetyala lembambano tyala mbano. ngokomyalelo okanye umyalelo wenkundla wofako- trongweni uya kuhlawula kwintloko yaloo trongo, ukondla loo mntu ngaloo mhla wokuvalelwa kwakhe , imali emayimiselwe nguMphathiswa ebhungisana noVimba-mali.

(2 )

Loo mali , eya kuba yinzuzo yeNgxowa yeMali eNgenayo

yaseTranskei iya kuhlawulwa kwangaphambili kungabi ngaphezulu kweentsuku ezisixhenxe kuso nasiphi na isihlandlo esinye kunjalo nje, ukulungiselela loo njongo, usuku ngalunye lokuvalelwa luya kuthatyathwa ngokuba luqalisa ngentsimbi yeshumi emini yakusasa .

(3 ) Ukuba ke nayiphi na imali emelwe kukuhlawulwa ngolo hlobo ngokuphathelele kulo naluphi na uvalelo losuku , emva kovalelo losuku lokuqala, ayihlawulwa ngaphambi kwentsimbi yeshumi

103.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

emini yakusasa yolo suku , umntu emelwe kukuhlawulelwa ukondla yena loo mali uya kukhululwa ngoko nangoko etrongweni. Ubudlelane phakathi kwamabanjwa okanye ukwahlulwa kwawo.

15. ( 1 ) Ngaphandle ke njengoko kuqingqiweyo ngezants'apha kwesi siqendu kunjalo nje ilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 12 , intloko yetrongo nganye yothi, kangangoko kuthi kube nokwenzeka, iqinisekise ukuthi phakathi kwamabanjwa agwetyiweyo kukho ubudlelane xa aphumlileyo naxa asebenzayo . (2) Umgunyaziswa angayalela ukuba lahlulwe libe lodwa xa lisebenzayo naxa liphumlileyo okanye xa lisebenzayo okanye xa liphumlileyo okweso sithuba aya kusixela (myalelo lowo ungathi urhoxiswe nguye nangaliphi na ilixa) –

(a)

naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetyiweyo ukulungiselela iinjongo zohlelo, uqeqesho okanye "unyango" okanye ukufeza loo njongo iyenye angathi ayibone ifuneka ; okanye

(b)

naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetyiweyo – (i )

eloyikisa ngokusebenzisa ubundlobongela okanye elibonisa ukufuna ukulwa nalo naliphi na elinye ibanjwa okanye umntu ;

(ii)

elizame ukuqhwesha okanye ekukholelwa ngezizathu ezinesihlahla ukuba liceba ukuqhwesha ;

( iii )

elibuye labanjwa emveni kokuqhwesha kugcino lwasemthethweni ;

( iv)

elineempembelelo ezimbi kulo naliphi na elinye ibanjwa okanye umntu ; okanye eliziphethe okanye elenza into ngalo naluphi na uhlo-

(v)

bo oluyingozi kucwangco, ulawulo okanye ululeko olululo kuyo nayiphi na itrongo ; (c )

naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetyiweyo elicelileyo ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ukuba lahlulwe kwamanye ngolo hlobo ; okanye

(d)

nawuphi na umntu ongagwetywanga osalindele uthetho. tyala ngolwaphulo-mthetho, ukuba ukholelwa ngezizathu ezinesihlahla ukuba kukho iyelenqe okanye ibhunga lokwenza kungasebenzi iinjongo zomthetho phakathi kwaloo mntu ungagwetywanga naye nawuphi na omnye umntu ovalelweyo etrongweni :

104.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho lwahlulo lunjalo luya kunyanzeliswa okanye luvunyelwe xa ilibanjwa naliphi na elimpilo yalo, ngoluvo lwegosa elingugqirha, ingozwayo okanye ingahle ingozeke ngokwenjenjalo.

(3)

Naphinaphi xa kunokwenzeka -

(a)

amabanjwa asebenzela izigwebo zokufakwa etrongweni (ezingekuko ukufakwa etrongweni amaxesha ngamaxesha) aya kuvalelwa ethe geqe odwa kuzo zonke ezinye iindidi okanye amaqela amabanjwa ;

(b)

ibanjwa elingumntu osemtsha, ligwetyiwe lingagwetyiwe , liya kuvalelwa lodwa lingadibani namabanjwa amadala okanye asel'eqhele ulwaphulo-mthetho kunalo .

(4) Ibanjwa eligwetywe ukufa liya kuvalelwa lodwa lingadinabi nawo onke amanye amabanjwa. (5 ) Ulwahlulo kwamanye lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa ngokwesi siqendu aluyi kuthatyathwa ngokuba luvalelo lobulolo ukulungiselela iinjongo zawo nawuphi na umgaqo walo Mthetho ekuthi ngawo kumiselwe uvalelo lobulolo njengesohlwayo okwesithuba esingeside , kunjalo nje nawuphi na umgaqo wesi siqendu awuyi kutolikwa njengokuba uphazamisana nemigaqo yawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho ekungathi phantsi kwawo isiphatha-mandla esifanelekileyo siqingqe imigqaliselo eya kuthi elawulwa yiyo nawuphi na umntu ovalelwe etrongweni ngokwaloo mthetho avalelwe ngolo hlobo. 16. ( 1 ) Ngenjongo yokuvalela ibanjwa elithe -

( a)

okanye

yokuthintela

naliphi na

labonisa okanye elithi loyikise ngokusebenzisa ubundlobongela, okanye

(b)

labuya labanjwa emva kokuqhwesha okanye ekukholelwa ngezizathu ezinesihlahla ukuba liceba ukuqhwesha , intloko yetrongo ingathi , qho kunjalo nje ixesha elide kangangoko kuthi kufuneke ukwenjenjalo kodwa ilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (3 ) , ivalele elo banjwa kwigunjana lokukhwetyulwa lilodwa ize ke , ngaphezu koko okanye endaweni yoko, ilifake ezintsimbini okanye ilikhonxe ngazo naziphi na ezinye izinto ezivunyiweyo eziziintsimbi. (2 ) Amagunya athweswe intloko yetrongo sisiqendwana ( 1 ) angathi kananjalo asetyenziswe yiyo ngesicelo esibhaliweyo –

105 .

Uvalelo nothintelo lwebanjwa khona ukuze libe selugcinweni oluqinisekileyo .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(a)

seziphatha-mandla zamapolisa ngokuphathelele kulo naliphi na ibanjwa eluvalelo okanye uthintelo lwalo luthi, ngoluvo lwezo ziphatha-mandla, lufuneke ukulungiselela iinjongo zom the tho ; okanye

(b)

segosa elingugqirha xa ilibanjwa eluvalelo okanye uthintelo lwalo lufune kayo ngezizathu zonyango ngamayeza.

(3) Ekusebenziseni naliphi na igunya ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) okanye (2 ) intloko yetrongo yothi ngoko nangoko ikubhale oko kwirejista emayigcinelwe loo njongo ize ke , ukuba ayilogosa ligunyazisiweyo, yenze ingxelo ngenyathelo elithathileyo egoseni eligunyazisiweyo ephantsi kwalo eliya kuthi lona, ngaphandle kokulibazisa, liliqinisele elo nyathelo okanye lilirhoxise.

(4) Akukho banjwa liya kuvalelwa okanye lithintelwe ngokwesi siqendu -

(a)

(b)

ngaphezu kwamashumi amathathu eentsuku kodwa kungabi ngaphezulu kwamashumi alithoba eentsuku , ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume ebhaliweyo yoMgunyaziswa ; okanye

ngaphezu

kwamashumi

alithoba

eentsuku ,

ngaphandle

kokuba kungemvume ebhaliweyo yoMphathiswa. (5) Ngaphandle njengoko kuqingqiweyo kwesi siqendu nak wisiqendu 8 ( 2 ) nese 15 ( 2 ) , akukho banjwa elingenguye umntu ogwetywe ukufa okanye osatshintshelwa kwenye indawo okanye lo gama okwexeshana lingaphandle komhlaba wetrongo liya kuthi, ngaphandle kokuba liwiselwe isigwebo sovalelo lobulolo ngokwe Sahluko 11 salo Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho , livalelwe kwigunjana lokhwetyulo kwamanye okanye likhonkxwe ngeent simbi , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanye-kanye koku .

ISAHLUKO 5 . UKWENZIWA Ukwenza zisebenze izohlwayo.

KUSEBENZE

KWESIGWEBO

EZITRONGWENI .

17. ( 1 ) Lilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho ilungu ngalinye leSebe leeTrongo eligcine ibanjwa eligwetyiweyo liya kuthabatha inyathelo lokuba elo banjwa lisenze isohlwayo eliwiselwe sona ngokusemthethweni yinkundla okanye sesinye isiphatha-mandla esifanelekileyo (akukhathaleki nokokuba ekuqukunjelweni kothetho-tyala lalo o-

106.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

kanye ekuluqwalaseleni ngokutsha uthetho-tyala okanye ekubheneni , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanye-kanye koku ) , sohlwayo eso esixelwe kwisigunyazisi senkundla okanye seso siphathamandla okanye , ukuba eso sohlwayo siguqulwe ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho , isohlwayo ekwenziwe umyalelo ngaso ngokwaloo mthetho .

(2 ) Ukuba, kuluvo lwentloko yayo nayiphi na itrongo , isohlwayo esixelwe kwisigunyazisi nasiphi na esikhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) asivumelani nawo nawuphi na umgaqo walo Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho , iya kuthi ngoko nangoko ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ikubike oko kuMgunyaziswa . 18. ( 1 ) Ngaphandle ke apho inkunala ithe ngokusemthethweni yasinika nasiph: na isigwebo sofako-trongweni umhla ongaphambili kunalowo waso ngenyani okanye yamisela indlela eziya kulandelelana ngayo izigwebo ezibini okanye ngaphezulu zofako-trongweni (ukuba inkundla ayiyalelanga ukuba ezo zigwebo ziya kuhamba kunye ) -kunjalo nje kulawula imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) (a)

Isigwebo ngasinye sofako-trongweni ( esingesiso isigwebo sofako-trongweni esixhonyiweyo sisonke) siya kuqalisa ukusebenza ngomhla esiwiswa ngaso eso sigwebo, ngaphandle kokuba umgwetywa ukhululwa ngokusemthethweni ngebheyile ngaphambi kovalelo lwakhe etrongweni ekuya kuthi ke xa kunjalo isigwebo siqalise ukusebenza ngomhla azinikezela ngawo , okanye athatyathelwa elugcinweni ngawo , ngenjongo yokuba enze isohlwayo ;

(b)

uMgunyaziswa uya kumisela indlela eziya kuthi ziqalise ukusebenza ngayo izohlwayo eziliqela zofako- ntolongweni ezimelwe kukusebenza zilandelelana.

(2)

Isigwebo sofako-trongweni olunovalelo lobulolo siya ku-

qalisa ukusebenza ngaphambi kwaso nasiphi na esinye isigwebo sofako-trongweni esiwiswe ngaxesha-nye .

( 3 ) Xa inguye nawuphi na umntu ogwetywe ukuba afakwe etrongweni, okanye osebenzela isigwebo sofako etrongweni, ubomi bakhe bonke okanye isigwebo esingaqingqelwanga xesha (ngenxa yokuba ebhengezwe ngokuba usisenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo) kuya kuqhuba ngaxesha-linye nolo fako -trongweni okanye isigwebo (a)

nasiphi na isigwebo esiqingqelwe ixesha esiwiselwe loo mntu ; okanye njengoko kungathi kube njalo

107.

Ukusebenza kwesigwebo sofako-trongweni.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(b)

nasiphi na esinye isigwebo sobomi bonke etronьweni okanye nasiphi na esinye isigwebo esingaqingqelwanga xesha.

(4) Ufako-trongweni isithuba esiqingqiweyo lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa eliqhweshileyo elugcinweni okanye elikhululwe ngokungemthetho etrongweni luya kuthi, ekufunyanweni kwalo ngokutsha okanye ekubanjweni kwalo ngokutsha , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na, lwenziwe lude ngesithuba esilingana neenani leentsuku ebeluphazanyiswe kuzo ufako lwalo etrongweni lolo qhwesho okanye ukhululo .

(5 )

(a ) Isithuba sofako-trongweni lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa elaligwetywe ukuba lifakwe etrongweni ngenxa yokutyeshela ukuhlawula imali elidliwa yona siya kuthi, ekuhlawuleni okanye ekufumaneni kulo inxalenye yaloo mali lidliwa yona, sicuthwe ngenani leentsuku ezithi ngokusondeleyo njengoko kunokwenzeka kumyinge wazo ngokuphathelele kwisithuba sofako- trongweni elaligwetywe sona elo banjwa zilingane nalowo inxalenye yemali eyintlawuliso ehlawuliweyo okanye efunyenweyo kulo uyiyo ngokubhekiselele kwisambuku sisonke semali elidliwa yona.

(b)

Akuyi kwamkelwa luhlawulo lwayo nayiphi na inxalenye yemali edliwa ibanjwa eya kulucutha ufako-trongweni ngesuntswana lwenxalenye yemini, kwaye ke kungekho namfuneko yakuba nasiphi na isambuku-mali sokudliwa esihlawulwayo samkelwe xa kungezizo iiyure eziqhelekileyo zeofisi.

(6 )

Isithuba

elithi ngaso

naliphi na ibanjwa elisasebenzela

isigwebo sofako-trongweni, ngemvume yegosa elingugqirha, livalelwe esibhedlele okanye komnye umzi onjengalowo khona ukuze linyangwe (ekuqukwa apho, ukuba libhinqa uvalelo ngenxa yokubeleka ) siya kuthi, ngaphandle kokuba uMphathiswa uyalele ngolunye uhlobo, sibalwe njengenxalenye yeso sigwebo .

(7)

Naliphi na ibanjwa elisigwebo sofako-trongweni lwalo si-

phela ngeCawa okanye ngeholide yoluntu lingathi , ngaphandle kokuba uMgunyaziswa uyalele ngenye indlela , likhululwe etrongweni ngayo nayiphi na iyure yomhla olandela nqo loo Cawa okanye loo holide. Isithuba sofakotrongweni kwimicimbi ethile.

19. ( 1 ) Nawuphi na umntu ogwetywe ngokwemigaqo yawo nawuphi na umthetho -

108 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(a)

ukuba

afakwe

etrongweni

amaxesha ngamaxesha,

uya

kuvalelwa etrongweni amaxesha ngamaxesha, kude kuphele isigwebo sakhe , ngezithuba ezingaqhawuke ndawo ezingengaphantsi kwamashumi amabini anane eeyure (okanye eso sithuba singaphantsi kweso ingathi intloko yetrongo isigunyazise ngalo naliphi na ixesha okanye singathi sibe siyafuneka khona ukuze kuphele isigwebo);

(b)

ukuba afakwe etrongweni ngenjongo yengqeqesho kuhlaziyo-simo, uya kuvalelwa etrongweni okwesithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka emibini kwaye ke , phantsi kwemigaqo yesiqendu 36( 1 )( c)(ii) , 37 ( 1 ) (a) (ii) nesama 38 ( 1 )(a)(ii) , kungabi ngaphezulu kweminyaka emine ;

(c)

ukuba afakwe etrongweni ukuthintela ityala lesizi uya kuvalelwa etrongweni isithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka emihlanu kwaye ke , phantsi kwemigaqo yesiqendu 36( 1 )(c )(ii) , 37 ( 1 )(a)(ii) nesama 38 ( 1 ) (a) (ii) , kungabi ngaphezulu kweminyaka esibhozo ; okanye

( d)

ukuba afakwe etrongweni ubomi bakhe bonke , uya kuvalelwa etrongweni isithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka elishumi kwaye ke , phantsi kwemigaqo yesiqendu 36 ( 1 )(d)(ii), 37 ( 1 )(b)( ii) nesama 38 ( 1 )(b )(ii) , kungabi ngaphezulu kweminyaka engamashumi amabini anesihlanu .

(2)

Elawulwa yimigaqo yeziqendu 36 , 37 nesama 38 –

(a)

umntu olivila uya kuvalelwa kwithanga lamavila kungengaphantsi kwesinye esibinini sethuba elixelwe kumyalelo awayefakwe ngawo kwithanga lamavila ;

(b)

nawuphi na umntu obhengezwe ngokuba usisenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo ngokwemigaqo yawo nawuphi na umthetho uya kuvalelwa etrongweni lonke ixesha sithanda enjenjalo isiGqeba soMbuso kodwa okwesithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka elithoba .

20. ( 1 ) Akukho lungu le Sebe leeTrongo liya kuqhuba nasiphi na isigwebo sokukatswa esiwiselwe naliphi na ibanjwa elivalelwe etrongweni lide libe lazisiwe ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ngusomiqulu okanye ngunobhala wenkundla eyayiwise eso sigwebo okanye sesinye isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo (a )

ukuthi

eso sigwebo siqiniselwe ekuqwalaselweni kwaso

109.

Isohlwayo sobetho-mzimbeni.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

ngokutsha okanye kwisibheno , kuxhomekeke ekuthini , kukuphi na kanye-kanye koku ; okanye (b)

ukuthi, ekupheleni kwesithuba esimiselweyo ngumthetho , akukho kubhena kwazisiweyo ngokumalunga neso sigwebo okanye kungekenziwa sigqibo ngako ; nokuthi

(c)

akukho sicelo siphambi kwenkundla semvume yokubhena kweso sigwebo .

(2) Igosa elingugqirha liya kuthi, ngaphambi kokuba kuqhutywe nasiphi na isohlwayo sokukatswa kuyo nayiphi na itrongo kumntu ogwetywe ukuba ohlwaywe ngolo hlobo, limxilonge loo mntu lize ke -

(a)

ukuba lanelisekile ukuba loo mntu usemekweni efanele eso sohlwayo, likuqinisele oko ngencwadi ebhaliweyo lize emva koko lihlale likho ngexesha lokuqhutywa kweso sohlwayo ; okanye

(b)

ukuba alanelisekanga ngolo hlobo okanye ukuba, xeshikweni siqhutywayo eso sohlwayo kubonakala kulo ukuba loo mntu akakho mekweni iyiyo yokuba ohlwaywe ngesohlwayo esisaseleyo , likwalele ukuqhutywa okanye okunye ukuqhutywa okuthe nyi , kuxhomekeke ukuthi kukuphi na kanye-kanye koku , kweso sohlwayo lize liqinisele ngokufaneleyo ngencwadi ebhaliweyo .

(3)

Intloko yetrongo yothi –

(a)

ibekho xa kuqhutywayo isohlwayo ngasinye sokukatswa kuloo trongo ize yenze ngoko nangoko nawuphi na umyalelo ofunyenwe kwigosa elingugqirha ;

(b)

emva kokuba isohlwayo sesiqhutyiwe , ibhale inqakwana kwisigunyazisi esiyalela ukuba kuqhutywe eso sohlwayo ; ize ke

(c)

ekukhutshweni kwaso nasiphi na isiqiniselo ngokwesiqendwana (2 ) (b) , yazise uMgunyaziswa ngeyona-yona ndlela ikhawulezileyo ngokukhutshwa kweso siqiniselo ize ithi ngaxeshanye ithumele eso siqiniselo kuMgunyaziswa oya kuthi yena ngaphandle kokulibazisa (i)

ukuba isigwebo sokukatswa sasiwiselwe loo mntu yiNkundla ePhakamileyo okanye nayiphi na enye

110 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

inkundla engentla, athathe inyathelo lokuba umcimbi usingathwe ngokomthetho oqingqa inkqubo kumatyala esizi enkundleni enjalo ; okanye (ii)

ukuba eso sigwebo sasiwiselwe loo mntu yinkundla engezantsi, awubike umcimbi kuloo nkundla ; okanye

(iii)

ukuba eso sigwebo sasiwiselwe loo mntu ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho , awubike loo mcimbi kuMphathiswa.

(4)

Kwiimeko ekuthethwe ngazo -

(a)

kwisiqendwana ( 3 )( c )( ii) , inkundla ingathi ngokubona kwayo isixolele isigwebo sokukatswa okanye imgwebe loo mntu, endaweni yokumkatsa okanye endaweni yeso sixana sesigwebo sokukatswa esasingaqhutywanga, ukuba afakwe etrongweni isithuba esithi, sidibene nalo naluphi na ufakotrongweni angeba loo mntu ubegwetywe lona ngolo lwaphulo-mthetho , singadluli kwimida eqingqelwe igunya lokohlwaya lenkundla emcimbini lowo ; okanye

(b)

kwisiqendwana ( 3 )(c)(iii) , uMphathiswa angathi esebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe asixolele isohlwayo sokukatsa okanye awubuyisele umcimbi emantyini okanye kwigosa lothethomatyala elalichophele uthetho-tyala laloo mntu , khona ukuze kuwiswe , endaweni yokukatswa , isohlwayo esisesinye esisemthethweni.

(5 )

Izigwebo ezibini okanye ezingaphezulu koko zokukatswa

eziwiswe ngaxeshanye aziyi kuqhutywa kumana kubakho izithuba zokunqumama kodwa , zilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho nawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho , ziya kuqhutywa ngaxesha- linye : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi inani lemivumbo ebethwayo aliyi kugqitha nanini na kweyona mivumbo mininzi imiselwe ngumthetho kunjalo nje nayiphi imivumbo ekuyalelwe ukuba igqithe kwelo nani ayiyi kuba namandla amthetho .

apho

(6) Ukuba inkundla okanye esinye isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo asithanga, ekusebenziseni amagunya aso ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho, sisicacise isixhobo ekuza kuqhutywa ngaso isohlwayo sokukatswa, olo katso luya kwenziwa , ngolo hlobo lungathi lumiselwe emimiselweni, ngerotana eya kuthi ngokusondeleyo njengoko kunokwenzeka (a)

xa ilibanjwa elidala ibe li 1250 mm ubude ne 12 mm idayametha , ize ke

111.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(b)

xa ilibanjwa elingumntu osemtsha, ibe li 1000 mm ubude ne 9 mm idayametha ,

kwaye ke olo katso ngerotana luya kuba sezimpundwini ingekuko kwenye indawo .

(7)

Akukho banjwa lilibhinqa kunjalo nje akukho banjwa li-

ngaphaya kweminyaka engamashumi amahlanu ubudala liya kuthi , ngokwalo Mthetho , lohlwaywe ngesohlwayo sokukatswa. Ukusetyenziswa 21. ( 1 ) Xa sukuba , ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho ongenguwo kwezigwebo zolo Mthetho nayiphi na inkundla igweba nawuphi na umntu ukuba fako-trongweni komntu ngovale- afakwe etrongweni ngedayethi kanobenani kunjalo nje ngovalelo lolo lobulolo , nokokuba kunge- bulolo dayethi kanobenani nokokuba kungesohlwayo (a) ukubhekisa "kwidayethi kanobenani' kweso sigwebo kuya okanye kungaphandle kwekutolikwa njengobhekiso kwidayethi kanobenani njengoko sinye isohlwayo sedayethi. kucacisiweyo kwisiHlomelo 4 ; lwaye ke

(b)

olo valelo lobulolo nedayethi kanobenani ziya kuthi , nangona ikho nayiphi na into ephambene noku kwisigwebo okanye kwisigunyazisi senkundla kunjalo nje phantsi kwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ), zinyanzeliswe kuphela ngeentsuku ezimbini ezilandelelanayo zeveki nganye esisebenza kuyo eso sigwebo , ezo ntsuku ke ziya kumiselwa yintloko yetrongo avalelwe kuyo loo mntu .

(2)

Akukho banjwa liya -

(a)

kuvalelwa ubulolo, akukhathaleki nokokuba ngesohlwayo okanye ngaphandle kwalo naluphi na uhlobo lwesohlwayo sedayethi, ukuba igosa elingugqirha liqinisela ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ukuthi olo valelo lobulolo luyingozi okanye lungahle lube yingozi empilweni yelo

(b)

banjwa; okanye

lohlwaywe ngalo naluphi na uhlobo lwesohlwayo sedayethi ngesithuba esiziiyure ezingamashumi amabini anane esandulela nqo ukhululo Iwalo etrongweni okanye ukuvela kwalo phambi kwayo nayiphi na inkundla .

(3 ) Kangangoko ke kunokuthi kufuneke ukulungiselela iinjongo zawo nawuphi na umthetho ongenguwo lo Mthetho , isiqendwana (1 ) siya kuthatyathwa ngokuba ngummiselo owenziwe ngokwalo Mthetho .

112 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

22. Xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu ogwetywe ukuba afakwe etrongweni amaxesha ngamaxesha ekhululwa etrongweni emveni kokuba esebenze inxenye kuphela yeso sigwebo , intloko yaloo trongo iya kumnika isaziso esindoqo yaso singefomu emiselwe kwisiHlomelo (1) esimfuna ukuba azinikezele kuloo trongo ngexesha nangomhla oxelwe kweso saziso, ngenjongo yokuba aqalise kwakhona ufako-

Isaziso sokuqalisa kwakhona ufako-trongweni lwamaxesha ngamaxesha.

trongweni Iwamaxesha ngamaxesha .

23. ( 1 ) Kuya kubakho ekuqhutyweni kwesigwebo sokufa emntwini ogwetywe ngolo hlobo amagosa afunwa ngumthetho ukuba aqhube eso sigwebo , umxhomi nabancedisi bakhe (ukuba bakho ) , igosa elingugqirha, igosa eligunyazisiweyo naloo malungu angamanye eSebe leeTrongo angathi afuneke kunjalo nje , ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume ebhaliweyo yoMphathiswa , angabikho omnye umntu . (2)

Kamsinyane kangangoko kunokwenzeka emva kokuqhu-

tywa kwesigwebo sokufa emntwini ogwetywe ngolo hlobo igosa elingugqirha liya kuwuxilonga umzimba wakhe ukuqinisekisa oko nesisekabani sokufa laye ke liya kuthi ngoko nangoko emva koko -

(a)

lisayine lize linike unothimba okanye isekela lakhe isiqiniselo esifanelekileyo aya kuthi unothimba okanye isekela lakhe asisayine aze athabathe inyathelo lokuba sisayinwe ngumxhomi kunjalo nje isiqiniselo eso unothimba aya kuthi emva koko athabathe inyathelo lokuba sibekwe efayilini namaxwebhu abhaliweyo eNkundla ePhakamileyo ;

(b )

lisayine lize lithumele kumantyi wesithili ekwakuqhutywe kuso ukuxhonywa oko isiqiniselo esibonisa isizekabani sokufa ;

(3)

Ekufumaneni isiqiniselo esikhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 2 )

(b) imantyi ingathi , ukuba ibona kufuneka , iwusingathe umcimbi ngokoMthetho woPhando-nobangela-kufa, 1959 (uMthetho 58 wowe 1959 ) yaye iya kuthi, nokuba kutheni na , ithabathe inyathelo lokuba ukufa komntu lowo kubhaliswe ngokomthetho .

(4)

Umgunyaziswa -

(a)

uya kuthabatha inyathelo lokuba abazalana nomfi ngokusondeleyo baziswe ngokufa kwakhe ; waye

(b)

engathi, esebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe , athabathe inyathelo lokuba umzimba kamfi -

113 .

Ukwenziwa kusebenze kwesigwebo sokufa.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(i)

ubekwe kulawulo lomhloli weanatomi owalathelwe ngokwesiqendu 5 soMthetho weAnatomi, 1959 (uMthetho 20 wowe 1959) khona ukuze kusetyenzwe ngawo ngokwemigaqo yaloo Mthetho ; okanye

(ii)

ungcwatywe ngomngcwabo nje oqhelekileyo ziziphathamandla zetrongo ekwakuqhutywe kuyo isigwebo sokufa okanye ngabazalana nomfi ngokusondeleyo phantsi kweliso lezo ziphathamandla sezixeliwe , waye ke engathi xa angcwatywayo ziziphathamandla zetrongo njengoko sekutshiwo avumele abo bazalana naye ngokusondeleyo ukuba babe kho emngcwabeni apho .

ISAHLUKO 6.

UKUQESHWA NOKUNYANGWA KWAMABANJWA.

Ukwenziwa komsebenzi ngamabanjwa agwetyiweyo .

24. ( 1 ) Lilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho neyawo nawuphi na umyalelo owodwa wenkundla ebeligwetywe yiyo , ibanjwa ngalinye eligwetywe ukuba lifakwe etrongweni laza ke ngoko lavalelwa etrongweni apho liya kuthi, ukufeze iinjongo zokuqeshwa, zoqeqesho nezonyango olukhankanywe esiqendwini 3(d ) okanye ukufeza nayi phi na enye injongo enxulumene naloo trongo, lenze loo msebenzi , imisebenzi nezinye iimfanelo ezingathi zabelwe lona yintloko yetrongo okanye lilo naliphi na elinye ilungu leSebe leeTrongo elingaba liphethwe lilo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi -

(a)

(b)

akukho banjwa liya kwenza umsebenzi nawuphi na -

(i)

ngaphandle kokuba igosa elingugqirha liqinisele ukuba likufanele ukuwenza loo msebenzi uwonke okanye uyinxenye ; okanye

(ii)

lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 3 ), ixesha elide kuneeyure ezilishumi kulo naluphi na usuku olunye ; laye ke

ibanjwa elisebenzela isigwebo sokufakwa etrongweni okunovalelo lobulolo nalo naluphi na uhlobo lwesohlwayo sedayethi aliyi kwenza msebenzi nangaluphi na usuku elohlwaywa ngalo ngeso sohlwayo sedayethi.

(2 ) Ibanjwa elilibhinqa elisebenzela isigwebo sofako -trongweni liya kwenza umsebenzi kuphela phakathi kwemida eqingqiweyo ye-

114.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

trongo elivalelwe kuyo laye ke, lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 12 , liya kuba phantsi kweliso lelungu elilibhinqa leSebe leeTrongo lo gama liwuqhubayo loo msebenzi .

( 3 ) NgeCawa, ngoMhla weNibidyala, ngoLwesihlanu lokuFa kukaYesu , ngoMhla woNyuko , ngoMhla woMnqophisano nangoMhla weKrismesi nangezo holide zoluntu zizezinye angathi uMphathiswa azixele ngamaxesha ngamaxesha , ibanjwa liya kwenza kuphela loo msebenzi ungathi ube uyafuneka ukufeza iinjongo zenzululwazi yempilo nolawulo Iwasekhaya lwetrongo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi ibanjwa elikwicawa yemvaba ehlonela uMgqibelo njengomhla weSabatha lingakhululwa emsebenzini ngaloo mhla ukuba lenza umsebenzi oqhelekileyo kwinani elingqinelana nelo leeCawa. (4) Ibanjwa eseligwetywe ukufa aliyi kumelwa kukuba lenze nawuphi na umsebenzi .

25.

Lilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho

(a)

Ibanjwa ngalinye elisebenzela isigwebo sofako-trongweni liya kufunyaniswa ngamaxesha ngamaxesha izivatho ezifanelekileyo nezaneleyo , zivatho ezo ke (ingezizo ezinye izivatho) elo banjwa liya kumelwa kukuba lizinxibe kuso sonke isithuba sofako lwaso etrongweni;

(b)

bonke abantu abavalelwe etrongweni baya kuthi, ngaphandle xa bohlwaywayo nangasiphi na isohlwayo sedayethi, bafunyaniswe ukutya okunesondlo esaneleyo ngeevithamini nokwahlukeneyo (ngaphandle xa igosa elingugqirha okanye uMgunyaziswa egunyazise enye idayethi) ngokoluhlu lwemixhesho olumiselwe nguMgunyaziswa ebhungisana no Sibakhulu weMpilo ;

(c)

ibanjwa ngalinye liya kuxhotyiswa ngebhedi enye nangonandlalo neengubo ezifudumeleyo ngokwaneleyo ;

(d)

ibanjwa ngalinye liya kuthi (i)

ukuba alisebenzi phandle endlwini, ngosuku ngalunye xa sukuba imo yezulu ikuvumela oko lithambe phandle empepheni yomoya isithuba esiyimizuzu engamashumi amathandathu okanye eso sithuba sifutshane kunoko (esingengaphantsi kwemizuzu engamashumi amathathu ) angathi uMgunyaziswa asimisele ngokuphathelele kwibanjwa elithile ; laye ke

115.

Izivatho , ukutya, imandlalo neebhedi zamabanjwa ukuthamba nobeko ngeendidi.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(ii)

ngaphandle ke kangangoko lithi libe likhululwe koko ligosa elingugqirha, lithi lithambe ngendlela engqinelana nobudala balo nemeko yempilo :

Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuba ibanjwa elikuvalelo lobulolo liya kuthamba empepheni phandle imizuzu engamashumi amathathu ngemini yakusasa nganye kunjalo nje imizuzu engamashumi amathathu ukumka kwelanga ngemini nganye : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje kwakhona ukuthi imigaqo yalo mhlathi ayiyi kusebenza kulo naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetywe ukufa ekungayi kufuneka ukuba lenze nakuphi na ukuthamba ngaphandle kokuba licela ngolo hlobo kunjalo nje kuphela endaweni ethe geqe ;

(e)

ibanjwa ngalinye eligwetywe ukuba lifakwe etrongweni liya kuthi , kusiwa iso elililo ugcino lwalo olululo , ubude besithuba sesigwebo eliwiselwe sona, ubudala balo , izithwaselo-mfundo zalo , ubuchule , amandla alo engqondo okuzuza ulwazi nemeko yalo emzimbeni -

Ukuqeshwa nezivatho zabantu abavalelwe etrowo amabanjwa agwetyiweyo.

(i)

libekwe kwiqela elithile lohlelo ukulungiselela ukufeza iinjongo zokusetyenziswa kulo koqeqesho "nonyango " ekuthethwe ngalo kwisiqendu 3 ( d ) ; lize

(ii)

likhuthazwe , okanye ngokuphathelele kulo naluphi na udidi okanye iqela lebanjwa elixelwe nguMgunyaziswa linyanzeleke , ukuba liqhube mgca wemfundo uthile ngexesha lingenz'into ngalo .

26. ( 1 ) Ngaphandle njengoko kuqingqiweyo kwisiqendwana ( 2 ) umntu ngamnye ovalelwe etrongweni (engelilo ibanjwa eligwetywe ngetyala lesizi nelisebenzela isigwebo sofako -trongweni) uya kwenza wonke loo msebenzi ungathi ufuneke ukugcina kucocekile nasemekweni eyiyo igumbi okanye enye indawo ahlala kuyo , kunye ke neempahla, izitya namancedo enziwa ukuba awafumane okanye awasebenzise waye engathi , ukuba ucela ukwenjenjalo , avunyelwe enze omnye umsebenzi . (2 ) Nawuphi na ke umntu onjalo ogula yimpambano okanye bubuthathaka bengqondo okanye sisathuthwane uya kumelwa kukuba enze kuphela loo msebenzi elingathi igosa elingugqirha liwumisele .

( 3) Akukho mntu unjengalowo ukhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) kuya kufunwa ukuba anxibe isivatho sasetrongweni ngaphandle kokuba -

116 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(a)

izivatho zakhe zithi , ngoluvo lwentloko yetrongo , zibe azanele, azicocekile okanye ngenye indlela azifanelekile ; okanye

(b)

kuyafuneka ukulondoloza izivatho zakhe ngenjongo yokwenza ubulungisa emthethweni ; waye

(c)

engenakho ukufumana ezinye izivatho ezifanelekileyo .

27. ( 1 ) Ngaphandle apho kuqingqwe ngumthetho ngokukodwa ngenye indlela kunjalo nje elawulwa yimigaqo yesi siqendu , umntu ovalelwe etrongweni (engelilo ibanjwa eligwetywe ngetyala lesizi nelisebenzela isigwebo sofako-trongweni) angathi , ngaloo migqaliselo kunjalo nje kangangoko kugunyaziswe nguMgunyaziswa (a)

abhale aze afumane iileta aze ke ukufeza loo njongo anikwe izixhobo zokubhala ezifanelekileyo nje ;

(b)

atyelelwe ngamaxesha afanelekileyo ;

(c)

afunyaniswe zivela ngaphandle kwetrongo ngamaxesha amiselweyo izixa ezifanelek ileyo zokutya, isiselo esingabilanga , izivatho , iingubo nomandlalo , izinto ezifundwayo , izixhobo zokubhala , impahla yokuzicoca nezo zinto zizezinye angathi uMgunyaziswa azivumele ; aze

(d)

axilongwe anyangwe ngugqirha ozimeleyo wamayeza okanye ngugqirha wamazinyo .

(2) Intloko yetrongo okanye elo lungu lilelinye angathi uMgunyaziswa alityumbe – (a)

iya kufunda ize ixilonge zonke iileta ezibhaliweyo okanye ezifunyanwa ngumntu ongagwetywanga , kunye nayo yonke into efundwayo ayinikwayo , ekukhutshelwa , ngaphandle apho nayiphi na ileta okanye elinye ixwebhu elithi ngokoluvo lwaloo ntloko okanye ilungu libhekiselele kuphela kukhuselo Iwabo bantu ngeengongoma ezisemthethweni ;

(b)

ayiyi kwamkela nakuphi na ukutya okanye isiselo ukuba sinikwe nawuphi na umntu ongagwetywanga ngaphandle kokuba sifanele ukuba sityiwe ngabantu size sibe noko sikhusele kakuhle ekungcolisweni ngamagciwane ;

(c)

iya kwenza ukuba kuhlolwe ngqongqo yonke into eziswe etrongweni ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) ; yaye

117 .

Amalungelo abantu abavalelwe etrongweni, abangengawo amabanjwa agwetyiweyo.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(d )

ingasiqingqa isixa sokutya nesiselo esinikwe ngolo hlobo nawuphi na umntu ongagwetywanga ngalo naluphi na usuku olunye okanye , ukuba loo mntu akawasebenzisi kakuhle nawaphi na amalungelo avunyelwe sisiqendwana ( 1 ) , irhoxise ngesikhwabakhwitshi onke okanye nawaphi na loo malungelo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi naluphi na urhoxiso olunjalo luya kumelwa kukuba luqiniselwe nguMgunyaziswa osigqibo sakhe siya kuwuqukumbela umcimbi .

(3)

Imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 )(b ) ayiyi kutolikwa njengokuba

iphazamisana Izikhalazo nezicelo zamabanjwa.

ngayo nayiphi na indlela nemigaqo yesiqendu 77 .

28. ( 1 ) Intloko yetrongo iya kubona yonke imihla umntu ngamnye ovalelwe etrongweni eyiphetheyo yaye iya kuphanda isikhalazo ngasinye esenziwe kuyo nguye nawuphi na umntu onjalo. (2 ) Loo ntloko yothi , ukuba yona ngokwayo ayinakho ukusisingatha nasiphi na isikhalazo esinjalo okanye nasiphi na isicelo esivela kuloo mntu , ithabathe inyathelo lokuba masithunyelwe kwisiphathamandla esifanelekileyo. (3)

Umgunyaziswa , usihlalo webhodi yeetrongo okanye naliphi

na ilungu lebhodi yeetrongo elalathelwe ngokwesiqendu 44( 6 ) lingadlana iindlebe naye nawuphi na umntu ovalelwe etrongweni ngesicelo esibhaliweyo saloo mntu , ukuba lanelisiwe kukuba kukho zizathu zisemthethweni zolo dlano -ndlebe .

limfanelo zegosa elingugqirha ngokuphathelele kumabanjwa.

29. ( 1 ) Lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 27 ( 1 ) (d) , igosa elingugqirha liya kuhambela lize linonophele ngoxilongo namayeza qho kangangoko kungathi kufuneke ibanjwa eligulayo laye liya kuxilonga lize linyange ngokufanelekileyo naliphi na ibanjwa elithi liyagula okanye elithi lenzakele okanye elimeko yalo ithe ngenye indlela ingqalelo yalo yatsalelwa kulo .

(2) Igosa elingugqirha lingacebisana nomnye ugqirha wamayeza ngokuphathelele kunyango ngamayeza Iwalo naliphi na ibanjwa laye liya kunyanzeleka ukuba lenjenjalo ngaphambi kokwenza uhlinzo olubalulekileyo kulo naliphi na ibanjwa. ( 3)

Intloko yetrongo

iya kwazisa ngaphandle kokulibazisa

abazalana ngokusondeleyo nebanjwa ngako nakuphi na ukugula okuthwalis'amehlo , ekuqukwa apho nakuphi na ukugula ngengqondo okanye ukwenzakala ngengozi , kwelo banjwa. (4) Igosa elingugqirha liya kuthi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha livelele onke amabanjwa ohlwaywayo nangasiphi na isohlwayo sedayethi.

118.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

30.

(1)

Ekubhubheni kwakhe nawuphi na umntu ovalelwe etro-

ngweni (ongengomntu ufe ngenxa yokuqhutywa kwesigwebo sokufa) intloko yaloo trongo iya kuthi ngoko nangoko –

(a)

ibike ukubhubha kuMgunyaziswa nasemantyini ;

(b)

yazise abazalana ngokusondeleyo nomfi (okanye , ukuba

Inkqubo ekubhubheni komntu ovalelwe etrongweni.

abaziwa apho bahlala khona abo bazalana naye , nawuphi na omnye umntu azalana naye) ngoko kufa ; kunjalo nje

(c)

ukuba, ngokwesiqiniselo segosa elingugqirha , ukubhubha kwakubangelwe sisifo esisendalweni yomntu , yazise ngoko kubhubha isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo ngokomthetho ophathelele kubhaliso lwababhubhileyo .

(2)

Ekufumaneni ingxelo ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) -

(a)

imantyi yothi, ukuba inesizathu sokukholwa kukuthi ukubhubha kwakubangelwe zezinye izizathu ezingezizo ezo zisendalweni yomntu , ithabathe inyathelo lokuba umcimbi usingathwe ngokwemigaqo yoMthetho woPhando-nobangela-kufa , 1959 ; waye ke

(b)

uMgunyaziswa uya kwenza olo phando angalubona lufanele khona ukuze azise uMphathiswa ngalo.

(3)

Umzimba wakhe nawuphi na umntu obhubhele etrongweni uya kungcwatywa ziziphathamandla zaloo trongo kweyona ndawo ikufutshane yokungcwaba , ngaphandle kokuba uMgunyaziswa uthe esebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe wagunyazisa ukuba isidumbu sikamfi sishenxiswe size singcwatywe ngozalana nomfi.

ISAHLUKO 7.

USHENXISO, UTSHINTSHO, UVELISO OKANYE UNIKEZELO LWAMABANJWA .

31.

(1 )

Elawulwa siso nasiphi na isiqingqo esenziwe nguMphathi-

swa ngokwesiqendu 7 (3 ) (b )(i) nayimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) sesi şiqendu, uMgunyaziswa angathi 119.

Ushenxisobanjwa ngegunya loMgunyaziswa.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(a)

nangaliphi na ilixa ayalele okanye agunyazise ushenxiso lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa etrongweni elivalelwe kuyo elo banjwa lisisiwa kuyo nayiphi na enye itrongo okanye, xa ilibanjwa eligula kakhulu okanye ibanjwa elilibhinqa eseliza kubeleka , lisiwe kuyo nayiphi na enye indawo ;

(b)

ebhungisana noMtshutshisi weNkundla ePhakamileyo nemantyi, agunyazise ushenxiso etrongweni novalelo endaweni okanye ngumgcini owamkelekileyo emantyini, lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa elingaphantsi kweminyaka elishumi elinesibhozo okanye naliphi na ibanjwa elilibhinqa eliminyaka ilishumi elinesibhozo okanye ngaphezulu koko , elisalindele uthetho-tyala lalo kuloo trongo ngalo naluphi na ubeko-tyala.

(2)

Akukho banjwa liya kushenxiswa lisuswa kwenye itrongo

lisisiwa kwenye ngokwesi siqendu ngaphandle kokuba igosa elingugqirha liqinisele ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ukuba lifanele ukushenxiswa.

Ukutshintshwa komntu esikolweni sohlaziyosimo esisiwa etrongweni.

32.

(1 )

Umphathiswa owenza kusebenze imigaqo yoMthetho wa-

baNtwana, 1960 angathi , ebhungisana noMphathiswa njengoko kuchaziweyo kulo Mthetho kunjalo nje nangona kukho nayiphi na into kuloo Mthetho ukhankanyiweyo wabaNtwana okanye kuwo nawuphi na omnye umthetho , ngomyalelo obhaliweyo atshintshele etrongweni nawuphi na umntu ovalelwe esikolweni sohlaziyo-zimilo ukuba , ngoluvo lwakhe, loo mntu akanakuqeqesheka esikolweni sohlaziyo- similo .

(2)

Nawuphi na ke umntu otshintshwe ngolo hlobo uya kuthi

ukulungiselela zonke iinjongo athatyathwe ngokuba ubekhululwe kwimigaqo yoMthetho wabaNtwana, 1960 nokuthi ulawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho njengokungathi ngomhla wokutshintshwa kwakhe wayegwetywe ukuba afakwe etrongweni khona ukuze aqeqeshwe apho kuhlaziyo-simo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho mntu unjalo uya kuvalelwa etrongweni ngaso nasiphi na

isithuba

esingaphaya komhla ebeya kuthi ngawo , ngokwesiqhelo abe ukhululwe esikolweni sohlaziyo -simo , ukuba ubengatshintshwanga ngolo hlobo.

Ukushenxiswa okanye ukuveliswa kwamabanjwa kuxubusho-micimbi yothetho-matyala.

33. ( 1 ) Intloko yetrongo iya kwenza ngazo zonke iindlela oko kufunwa

120.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(a)

ngumyalelo wakhe nawuphi na umtshutshisi weNkundla ePhakamileyo okanye sisigunyazisi sayo nayiphi na inkundla okanye ligosa logwebo-matyala eliyiyalela okanye eliyigunyazisa

ukuba

ishenxisele

etrongweni

exeliweyo

kuloo myalelo okanye isigunyazisi umntu oselugcinweni lwayo

osalindele uthetho-tyala lakhe ngalo naluphi na

ulwaphulo-mthetho ; okanye

(b)

ngumyalelo wayo nayiphi na ijaji oyiyalela ukuba izise phambi kwayo nayiphi na inkundla naliphi na ibanjwa eliselugcinweni lwayo ; okanye

(c)

zizo naziphi na iisamani okanye isapina kuxubusho-micimbi yamatyala esizi ebhekiswe kuyo nenikwe yona nethi ngayo iyalelwe ukuba ithathe inyathelo lokuba naliphi na ibanjwa eligama lixelwe kwisamani okanye kwisapina liziswe phambi kwayo nayiphi na inkundla.

(2)

(a)

Lilawulwa yimigaqo yomhlathi ( b ) , akukho banjwa likhutshelwe isapina yokuba linike ubungqina egameni lakhe nawuphi na umntu kuxubusho- micimbi kumatyala eembambano (ingenguye uRhulumente) okanye egameni lombekwa-tyala namagqwetha akhe kulo naliphi na ityala lesizi kuya kufuneka ukuba lithobele eso sapina ngaphandle kokuba kuhlawulwa kwintloko yetrongo , ngenjongo yokuba ingene kwiNgxowa yeMali eNgenayo eTranskei, imali eyanele ukuthuthwa nokutya kwebanjwa nompheleki walo ngaso

sonke

isithuba sokungabikho

kwabo etro-

ngweni.

(b)

Akukho mali injalo iya kumelwa kukuba ihlawulwe nguye nawuphi na ummangali okanye ummangalelwa kulo naluphi na ummangalelo kwityala lembambano , othabatha

amanyathelo

omthetho

njengehlwempu

okanye iya kumelwa kukuba ihlawulwe ngamagqwetha angabathetheleli bommangalelwa kulo naliphi na ityala lesizi ukuba ijaji , imantyi okanye umtshutshisi wenkundla ephakamileyo uqinisela ukuthi ubungqina bebanjwa bubalulekile kumagqwetha angabathetheleli-mmangalelwa nokuthi abathetheleli-mmangalelwa abanakho ukuyihlawula loo mali . 121 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(c)

Imali emelwe kukuba ihlawulwe ngokomhlathi (a) iya kuba ngokomyinge oqingqwe nguMphathiswa ebhungisana noVimba-mali .

Unikezelo-banjwa 34. ( 1 ) Intloko yetrongo iya kwenza ngazo zonke indlela oko ngenjongo yokuishintshwa okanye kufunwa kuba lisisaphulimthetho esisabileyo. (a) sisigunyaziso nasiphi na esikhutshwe ngokwesiqendu 50A (2 )(b) soMthetho osisiSeko so Lawulo sokuba kutshintshelwe kwitrongo yele Riphabliki naliphi na ibanjwa eliselugcinweni lwayo ; okanye

(b)

nguwo nawuphi na umyalelo okhutshwe ngokwesiqendu 11 soMthetho woNikezelo-zaphuli-mthetho ezisabileyo , 1962 (uMthetho 67 wowe 1962 ), akukhathaleki nokokuba umntu ophathelele kuye loo. myalelo usebenzela okanye akasisebenzeli isigwebo sofako-trongweni kusini na .

( 2)

Nawuphi na ubani othi, ngexesha lokunikezelwa kwakhe

kuba esisaphuli-mthetho esisabileyo , abe ebesebenzela isigwebo sofako-trongweni uya

kuthi

ekubuyeni kwakhe , asebenzele inxenye

engekapheli yeso sigwebo esiya kuthatyathwa ngokuba siqalise kwakhona ngosuku athi ngalo afakwe kwakhona elugcinweni kwele Riphabliki.

ISAHLUKO 8.

UXOLELO

Uxolelo kufakotrongweni.

35.

(1)

KUFAKO -TRONGWENI

NOKHULULO-MABANJWA .

Lulawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho , uxolelo kufako-tro-

ngweni (nokokuba kukwisigwebo esinye okanye ngaphezulu nokokuba kungokuxhamla okanye kungaphandle kokuxhamla ilungelo lokudliwa imali) lungenzelwa ibanjwa kungegqithwa kwimida eqingqwe kwisiHlomelo 2 -

(a)

ukuba olo fako-trongweni lungaphantsi kweminyaka emibini sisonke isithuba salo , yintloko yetrongo elivalelwe kuyo elo banjwa;

(b)

ukuba olo fako-trongweni alungaphantsi kweminyaka emibini sisonke isithuba salo , nguMgunyaziswa ngece biso lebhodi yeetrongo .

122.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(2) Nakuphi na ukwala koMgunyaziswa ukuxolela naluphi na ufako-trongweni ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) (b) luya kumelwa kukuba luqwalaselwe ngokutsha nguMphathiswa.

(3)

Nangona ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ) kodwa kulawula

ngenye indlela imigaqo yalo Mthetho -

(a)

uMphathiswa angathi, xa ililo naliphi na ibanjwa elenze ngoluvo lwakhe umsebenzi oqaqambileyo ngokungaqhelekanga okanye oncomekayo , enzele elo banjwa uxolelo olulodwa lofako-trongweni olungadlulanga kwiintsuku ezingamashumi alithoba ; saye

(b)

isiGqeba soMbuso singathi nangaliphi na ilixa , ngaso nasiphi na isizathu esinesihlahla nesaneleyo , sixolele inxenye yesithuba

(4 )

sofako- trongweni

lwalo

naliphi na ibanjwa .

Akukho xolelo luya kwenzelwa naliphi na ibanjwa ngoku-

phathelele kuso nasiphi na isohlwayo sofako - trongweni

(a )

ngalo naluphi na ulwaphulo- mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho ; okanye

(b)

ngalo naluphi na ulwaphulo-mthetho ngokwawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho (ekuqukwa apho umthetho ongawiswanga yiPalamente) olwenziwe xeshikweni elo banjwa laliselugcinweni

ngokusemthethweni, akukhathaleki no-

kuba ngaphambili okanye emva kokwamkelwa kwalo kuyo nayiphi na itrongo okanye xa livelayo phambi kwayo nayiphi na inkundla ; okanye (c)

ngokuzabalaza xa libanjwayo , ngokuhlangula okanye ngokuzama ukuhlangula kugcino olusemthethweni nawuphi na omnye umntu obanjiweyo kodwa ongekafakwa etrongweni, ngokuncedisa loo mntu ungomnye ukuba aqweshe okanye kumzamo wokuqhwesha kugcino olusemthethweni okanye ngokunika indawo yokubalekela okanye ngokufihla okanye ngokuncedisa ekunikeni indawo yokubalekela okanye ekufihleni loo mntu , limazi ukuba uqhweshile ; okanye

(d)

ngalo naluphi na ulwaphulo-mthetho olwenziwe lilo xa

123.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

lalisakhululekile kumakhamandela okubanjwa emveni kokuqhawula kugcino olusemthethweni, akukhathaleki nokokuba kungaphambili okanye emva kokwamkelwa kwalo kuyo nayiphi na itrongo ; okanye

(e)

ngazo naziphi na ezo zaphulo -mthetho zizezinye zingathi zixelwe nguMphathiswa ngamaxesha ngamaxesha.

( 5 ) Uxolelo lwesithuba sofako-trongweni ngokwesi siqendu luya kuba luncedo nje ingelilo ilungelo lwaye lungathi -

(a)

lulilahleke ibanjwa

(i)

ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 6 ) sesi siqendu okanye yesiqendu 55 (d ) ; okanye

(ii)

ngomyalelo

woMphathiswa

ngokuphathelele

kulo

naliphi na ibanjwa elithi, ngoluvo Iwakhe, libe lizenze lanetyala lokuziphatha kakubi kakhulu ; okanye

(b )

lukhe luxhonywe lungasebenzi ngomyalelo woMgunyaziswa, lo gama kusalindelwe uthetho-tyala , okanye uqukunjelo lothetho -tyala, okanye 57.

( 6)

lwebanjwa elo ngokwesiqendu 56

Ibanjwa ngalinye elifunyanwa linetyala lokuqhwesha oka-

nye lokuzama ukuqhwesha elugcinweni olusemthethweni okanye lokuncedisa

okanye

lokuphembelela nawuphi na omnye umntu

ukuba aqhweshe elugcinweni olusemthethweni okanye lokuncedisa loo mntu ungomnye unjalo kuwo nawuphi na umzamo wokuqhwesha kugcino olusemthethweni , liya kulahlekelwa lolo xolelo elingelenzelwe okanye elingathi ngenye indlela lilenzelwe ngokuphathelele -

(a)

kwisithuba sofako-trongweni ebelisisebenzela ngexesha lolwenziwo lweso saphulo-mthetho ;

(b )

kufako -trongweni elingaluwise lwayo ngesaphulo-mthetho nasiphi na ebelilindele uthetho-tyala ngaso okanye isigwebo ngelo xesha selixeliwe ; na-

(c)

kufako-trongweni elingaluwiselwayo ngaso nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho esenziwe ngaphambili okanye emva kolwa-

124.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

phulo-mthetho

elaliselugcinweni olusemthethweni ngalo

ngelo xesha selixeliwe .

(7)

Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba ipha-

zamisana ngayo nayiphi na indlela nawo nawuphi na umgaqo wesiqendu 19 esiqingqa esona sithuba sifutshane sovalelo kuyo nayiphi na itrongo lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa .

36.

(1)

Phantsi kwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 3 ) sesi siqendu neyesi-

qendu 19 nesama 45 ( 2 ) , kungakhululwa ngesithembiso sokuba aliyi kuqhwesha -

(a)

nguMgunyaziswa , naliphi na ibanjwa elisithuba salo sisonke sokuvalelwa, nokokuba kungesigwebo esinye okanye ngaphezulu , singengaphezulu kweenyanga ezine ;

(b)

nguMphathiswa , naliphi na ibanjwa elisithuba salo sisonke sokuvalelwa ,

nokokuba kungesigwebo esinye nokokuba

ngaphezulu kwesinye , sithe kratya ezinyangeni ezine kodwa ngaphantsi kweminyaka emibini ;

(c)

nguMphathiswa ngecebiso lebhodi yamabanjwa

(i)

(ii)

nawuphi na umntu olivila ; okanye

naliphi na ibanjwa ( ingelilo kodwa ibanjwa elikhankanywe emhlathini (d) wesi siqendwana) elisithuba salo sisonke sofako- trongweni singengaphantsi kweminyaka emibini ;

(d )

sisiGqeba soMbuso ngecebiso lebhodi yamabanjwa

(i)

(ii)

nasiphi na isenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo ; okanye

naliphi

na

ibanjwa

elisebenzela

trongweni ubomi balo bonke ;

(e)

isigwebo

sofako-

okanye

nguMphathiswa ngemvume enikwa kwangaphambili , okanye kuyo nayiphi na imeko engxamisekileyo ngemvume enikwa emva kokhululo -banjwa sisiGqeba soMbuso, naliphi na ibanjwa elukhululo lwalo ngesithembiso sokungaqhweshi lufunekayo kunjalo nje lufaneleyo .

125.

Ukukhululwa ngesithembiso sokungaqhweshi.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(2) Ukhululo ndwana ( 1 ) (a)

ngesithembiso

sokungaqhweshi

ngokwesiqe-

lungagunyaziswa nokokuba ufako-trongweni olo belungokuxhamla ilungelo lokuthetha ukudliwa imali nokokuba belungaphandle kokuxhamla elo lungelo ;

(b)

luya

kuba

ngesigunyazisi

esisayinwe

nguMgunyaziswa ;

Iwaye (c)

luya kuba ngokweso sithuba kunjalo nje lulawulwe yiloo migqaliselo , ekuqukwa apho nakuphi na "ukulalusa", esiya kuthi isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo liyiqingqe xa sigunyazisa olo khululo neya kuthi ixelwe kwisigunyazisi sokhululo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi nawuphi na umgqaliselo onjalo nangaliphi na ixesha ungathi ufakelwe imibandela okanye urhoxiswe

(i)

ngokuphathelele kulo naliphi na ibanjwa elikhankanywe emhlathini (a) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) , nguMgunyaziswa ; okanye

(ii)

ngokuphathelele kulo naliphi na elinye ibanjwa nguMgunyaziswa ngemvume yoMphathiswa.

(3 )

Umphathiswa

angathi

ngamaxesha

ngamaxesha

ayalele

ukuba imigaqo yomhlathi (a) okanye (b ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) , okanye yayo yomibini loo mihlathi, ayiyi kusebenza xa ilibanjwa elisebenzela ixesha lofako-trongweni ngaso nasiphi na isaphulo- mthetho okanye udidi lwesaphulo -mthetho oluxelwe nguMphathiswa. Ukhululo lwamanye amabanjwa olungabeke!wanga migqaliselo.

37.

(1 )

Kulawula imigaqo yesiqendu 19 nesama 45 ( 2 ) , kungakhu-

lulwa etrongweni ngaphandle kobekelo-migqaliselo

(a)

nguMphathiswa ngecebiso lebhodi yeetrongo

(i)

nawuphi na umntu olivila ; okanye

(ii)

naliphi na ibanjwa elisebenzela ufako-trongweni ngenjongo yoqeqesho kuhlaziyo-simo okanye ufakotrongweni ngenjongo yokuthintela ityala lesizi ; okanye

126 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(b)

sisiGqeba soMbuso ngecebiso lebhodi yeetrongo

(i)

(ii)

nasiphi

na isenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo ; okanye

naliphi na ibanjwa elisebenzela isithuba sokufakwa etrongweni ubomi balo bonke ;

(c)

nguMphathiswa ngecebiso legosa elingugqirha (kodwa ke kulawula imigaqo yomhlathi ( a) no (b ) ) naliphi na ibanjwa eligula sisifo emasibikwe kuRhulumente okanye elukhululo lwalo luthi ngenye indlela lufaneleke ngenxa yobuthathaka bomzimba okanye , ukuba elo banjwa lilibhinqa, ngenxa yokuba sekumbovu libeleke ;

(d)

nguMphathiswa ngemvume

efunyenwe kwangaphambili ,

okanye kuyo nayiphi na imeko engxamisekileyo ngemvume enikwa emva , kokhululo-banjwa yesiGqeba soMbuso , nawuphi na umntu okhululo Iwakhe etrongweni olungabekelwanga migqaliselo luthi lufuneke luze lube lufanele .

(2 )

Naliphi na ibanjwa elikhululwe etrongweni ngokomhlathi

(a) okanye (b) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) liya kukhululwa ngomhla ekucetyiswe ukuba ulungile yibhodi yeetrongo ngaphandle kokuba uMphathiswa okanye isiGqeba soMbuso, kuxhomekeke ekuthini ngubani na kanye-kanye , senze sigqibo simbi.

(3)

Ukhululo etrongweni ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) luya kwenzi-

wa ngesigunyazisi esisayinwe nguMgunyaziswa.

38. ( 1 ) Kulawula imigaqo yesiqendu 19 nesama 45 ( 2 ), kungakhululwa etrongweni ngobulingwa -

(a)

nguMphathiswa ngecebiso lebhodi yeetrongo -

(i) (ii)

nawuphi na umntu olivila ; okanye naliphi na ibanjwa ( ingelilo ibanjwa elikhankanywe emhlathini (b) wesi siqendwana ) elisithuba salo sisonke sofako-trongweni singengaphantsi kweminyaka emibini ; okanye

(b)

sisiGqeba soMbuso ngece biso lebhodi yeetrongo -

(i)

nasiphi

na isenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo ; okanye

127.

Ukhululo lobulingwa.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(ii)

naliphi na ibanjwa elisebenzela isigwebo sofako-trongweni ubomi balo bonke ; okanye

(c)

nguMphathiswa ngemvume

efunyenwe kwangaphambili ,

okanye kuyo nayiphi na imeko engxamisekileyo efunyenwe emva kokhululo , yesiGqeba soMbuso , naliphi na ibanjwa elukhululo lwalo ngobulingwa luthi lufuneke luze lube lufanele .

(2)

Ukhululo ngobulingwa ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) -

(a)

lungagunyaziswa akukhathaleki nokokuba ufako-trongweni belungoxhamlo-lungelo lokukhetha ukudliwa imali okanye ngaphandle koxhamlo Iwelo lungelo ;

(b)

luya

kuba

ngesigunyazisi

esisayinwe

nguMgunyaziswa ;

lwaye (c)

luya kuba okweso sithuba luze lulawulwe yiloo migqaliselo esingayiqingqayo isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo xa silugunyazisayo

olo khululo kunjalo nje neya kuxelwa

kwisigunyazisi sokhululo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi nawuphi na umgqaliselo onjalo ungafakelwa imibandela nangaliphi

Iziqhamo zokwenza okanye zokungenzi oko kuqingqwe yimigqaliselo yokhungezithembi lulo so zokungaqhweshi okanye yimigqaliselo yobulingwa.

39.

(1)

na ilixa

okanye

urhoxiswe nguMphathiswa .

Ekwenzeni ngayo yonke indlela oko kuqingqwe yimigqali-

selo yaso nasiphi na isigunyazisi sokhululo esikhutshwe ngokwesiqendu 36 (2 ) okanye 38 ( 2) , umntu esiphathelele kuye eso sigunyazisi akuyi kufuneka ukuba ohlwaywe ngesohlwayo awayemelwe kukohlwaywa ngaso ngexesha lokukhululwa kwakhe etrongweni okanye , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na , uya kuyeka ukuba sisenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo .

( 2)

( a)

Nawuphi na umntu ongaphumeleliyo ukwenza oko kuqingqwe yimigqaliselo yesigunyazisi sokhululo esikhutshwe ngokwesiqendu

36 ( 2 ) okanye 38 ( 2 ) uya

kumelwa kukuba ohlwaywe ngesohlwayo ebesisasele singekapheli ngexesha lokukhululwa kwakhe etrongweni waye engathi, ngaphandle kokuba uzibuyele etrongweni ngokuthanda kwakhe xa kufunwa enjenjalo nguMgunyaziswa , abanjwe ngesigunyazisi soMgunyaziswa.

128 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(b)

nawuphi na umntu ozibuyelayo ngokuthanda kwakhe ngolo hlobo okanye obanjwa ngokutsha ngolo hlobo uya kufakwa kwakhona etrongweni ngesigunyazisi esisayinwe nguMgunyaziswa.

40.

(1)

Umphathiswa angathi, ngesigunyazisi esisayinwe sisandla

sakhe kunjalo nje elawulwa yiloo migaqo angayimiselayo , avumele naliphi na ibanjwa ukuba lingabikho okwexeshana (liphelekiwe oka-

Imvume yokungabikho kwamabanjwa.

nye lingaphelekwanga, njengoko angathi enze isigqibo uMphathiswa) etrongweni elivalelwe kuyo , ukufeza nayiphi na injongo ethi, ngoluvo loMphathiswa, ikwenze kufanele koko kungabikho . (2)

Ngaphandle kokuba uMphathiswa uyalela ngenye indlela ,

isithuba elingekho ngalo ngokusemthethweni ngolohlobo etrongweni naliphi na ibanjwa elinjalo liya kubalwa njengenxenye yesithuba sofako lwaso etrongweni. 41.

( 1)

Ibanjwa ngalinye eliza kukhululwa etrongweni liya kuthi,

kufutshane nje phambi kolo khululo -

(a)

kangangoko kuthi kube nokwenzeka, lixilongwe ligosa elingugqirha ; kuze

(b)

kudliwane nalo iindlebe yintloko yetrongo kunjalo nje ukuba kuyenzeka ligosa eligunyazisiweyo , ngenjongo yokuba ukuba licela ngolo hlobo , lifakwe emsebenzini onenzuzo .

(2 )

ukuba igosa elingugqirha liqinisela ukuba naliphi na iba-

njwa elinjalo ligula sisifo okanye ngenxa yengozi yohlobo apha olungahle lwenze ukuba isiphumo sokhululo lwalo etrongweni sibe kukufa kwalo okanye kukwaphuka okubi kwempilo yalo okanye kukunwenwa kwaso nasiphi na isifo esisulelayo okanye esithathelwanayo , uMgunyaziswa angathi , emva kokubhungisana noSibakhulu weMpilo ayalele -

(a)

ukuba elo banjwa malivalelwe etrongweni okweso sithuba sidana sisesinye kunjalo nje ngaloo migqaliselo angayimiselayo uMgunyaziswa ; okanye

(b)

ukuba lamkelwe esibhedlele :

Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi lilawulwa yimithetho ephathelele kuthintelo nopheliso-zifo ezisulelayo okanye ezithathelwanayo , aku-

129.

Inkqubo ngaphambi kokukhululwa nasekukhululweni kwamabanjwa.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

kho banjwa linjalo liya kuvalelwa ngaphandle kwemvume yalo etrongweni ngaphaya kosuku ebeliya kuba likhululwe ngalo ngokwesiqhelo. (3)

Ekukhululweni kwalo etrongweni ibanjwa lingathi , kutsa-

lwa ezimalini ezabelwe loo njongo yiNdlu yoWiso-mithetho kunjalo nje ngaloo migqaliselo angathi uVimba-mali ayivumele -

(a)

ukuba alinampahla ifanelekileyo yokunxiba lize libe alinakho ukuyifumana lize ke

(b)

ngokwalo , lixhotyiswe ngempahla ;

ukuba alinamali iyeyalo , lixhotyiswe ngamalizo okuhamba ngezithuthi zoluntu ukuya esitishini sikaloliwe okanye esitishini sebhasi esisesona sikufutshane endaweni eliya kuya kuyo lize ke , ukuba alinikwa mphako wohambo lwalo , linikwe imali yokuwuzuza loo mphako.

Amabhaso-mali nomvuzo wamabanjwa.

42.

(1 )

Umgunyaziswa angathi, etsala kwiimali ezabelwe le njongo

yiNdlu yoWiso- mithetho -

(a)

ahlawule amabanjwa amabhaso-mali ngokwaloo miyinge nangaloo migqaliselo ingathi ivunyelwe nguMphathiswa ebhungisana noVimba-mali ; aze

(b)

enze kulo naliphi na ibanjwa elimandla okuziphangelela imali athe acutheka ngenxa yengozi okanye ukwenzakala kwalo etrongweni nokwakungabangelwanga kukungakhathali okanye kukuziphatha kwalo kakubi, eso sipho sokulibonelela-nje angathi uMphathiswa asivumele ebhungisana noMphathiswa weMpilo noVimba- mali.

(2 )

Indlela ke naliphi na ibhaso-mali okanye isipho esinjalo

esiya kulawulwa ngayo egameni lalo naliphi na ibanjwa okanye esiya kuhlawulwa ngayo naliphi na ibanjwa iyakumiselwa ziswa .

Ukugcinwa kwamagunya ePrezidanti yoMbuso.

nguMgunya-

43. Akukho nto ikulo Mthetho iya kutolikwa ngokuba iphazamisana ngalo naluphi na uhlobo namagunya ethweswe iPrezidanti yoMbuso nguMthetho woMzantsi-Afrika osisiSeko soLawulo , 1961 okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho okuxolela okanye okwenzela umnyenyevu abaphuli-mthetho okanye okuguqula nasiphi na isohlwayo .

130 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 . ISAHLUKO 9.

IBHODI YEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI .

44.

(1 )

( a)

Kuya kuyilwa eMthatha ibhodi yeetrongo, eya kwaziwa ngokuthi yiBhodi yeeTrongo zaseTranskei neya kuba nala malungu : Elo nani lamagosa agunyazisiweyo elingamalungu oburhulumente nelo nani lilelinye labanye abantu elingamalungu angengowaburhulumente angathi uMphathiswa awamisele ebhungisana noVimba-mali .

(b)

Amalungu ebhodi yeetrongo aya kwalathelwa nguMphathiswa waye eya kuthi, ngamaxesha ngamaxesha njengoko imeko ingathi ifune , atyumbe omnye waloo malungu abe ngusihlalo webhodi.

(c)

Xa sukuba ngaso nasiphi na isizathu usihlalo webhodi engekho nakuyiphi na intlanganiso yebhodi , ilungu elikhulu loburhulumente elikhoyo entlanganisweni liya kubambela usihlalo .

(2)

(a)

Lilawulwa yimigaqo yomhlathi (b ) ilungu lebhodi yeetrongo liya kwalathelwa okweso sithuba , esingengaphezulu kweminyaka emithathu , angathi uMphathiswa asimisele kwaye ke , xa ililungu elingekho ngqeshweni ngokupheleleyo kaRhulumente, liya kuba sesikhundleni salo ngokwaloo migqaliselo ngokubhekiselele kumvuzo okanye okunye angathi uMphathiswa ayivumele ebhungisana noVimba-mali xa alalathelayo elo lungu : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi izithuba ezahlukeneyo okanye imigqaliselo eyahlukeneyo ingamiselwa okanye ivunyelwe ngokubhekiselele kumalungu ahlukeneyo ebhodi.

(b)

Umphathiswa angathi nangaliphi na ilixa , ngaso nasiphi na isizathu esinesihlahla nesaneleyo , akhuphe esikhundleni salo naliphi na ilungu lebhodi yeetrongo .

(3)

Naliphi na ilungu lebhodi yeetrongo elisikhundla salo sithe

asabi namntu ngenye indlela engeyiyo leyo ingokwesiqendwana (2) (b) liya kuba nelungelo lokuba lalathelwe ngokutsha .

131.

Ibhodi yeeTrongo zaseTranskei .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(4)

Xa sukuba

(a)

ilungu lebhodi yeetrongo liphuma esikhundleni salo okanye lishenxiswa apho , uMphathiswa wothi , elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ), amisele omnye umntu ukuzalisa eso sikhewu , kunjalo nje ke kude kufikelele elo xesha loo mntu alathelwayo , amalungu aseleyo aya kuba yibhodi ; okanye

(b)

naliphi na ilungu lebhodi yeetrongo lingenakho okwexeshana ukwenza umsebenzi walo , uMphathiswa angathi ebhungisana noVimba-mali althele ukuba libe lilungu lebhodi elinye igosa eligunyazisiweyo okanye umntu , kuxhomekeke ekuthini ngubani na kanye-kanye kwaba, okweso sithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezilishumi elinambini angathi uMphathiswa asibone sifuneka .

(5)

(a)

Yonke imicimbi eyingxaki evelayo entlanganisweni yebhodi yeetrongo iya kugqitywa ngevoti yoninzi kwaye ke , xa zilinganayo iivoti, usihlalo okanye usihlalo obambileyo , kuxhomekeke ekuthini nguwuphi na kanye-kanye kwaba , naye uya kuba nevoti yoqhawulo-mbambano .

(b)

Elona

nani likufutshane

lipheleleyo

elingaphezulu

kwesinye esibinini salo lonke inani lamalungu ebhodi liya kwenza ikhoram .

(6)

Ibhodi yeetrongo ingalathela ngesigqibo naliphi na ilungu

layo elinye okanye angaphezulu koko ukuba liqhube egameni layo olo phando okanye udliwano-ndlebe olungathi lufuneke khona ukuze ibhodi ibe nakho ukwenza nayiphi na ingxelo okanye ingcebiso ngokwalo Mthetho okanye ukunika inkokelo okanye uncedo kulo naliphi na ibanjwa.

Amagunya, iimfa- 45. ( 1 ) Ibhodi iya kusebenzisa ize yenze umsebenzi , amagunya nelo nomsebenzi neemfanelo ezimiselwe ibhodi ngulo okanye ngokwalo Mthetho yaye webhodi yeetrongo. yothi -

(a)

xa sukuba iceliwe ngolo hlobo nguMgunyaziswa kunjalo nje nokuba sekutheni na kungabi ngaphantsi kwesihlandlo esinye emnyakeni ngamnye , yenze ingxelo ngebanjwa ngalinye elivalelwe etrongweni elithi -

132 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(i)

libe liyohlwaywa ngesohlwayo sofako -trongweni ngengqeqesho yohlaziyo-simo ; okanye

(ii)

libe liyohlwaywa ngesohlwayo sofako-trongweni ngenjongo yokuthintela ityala lesizi ; okanye

(iii)

libe ngumntu olivila ; okanye

(iv)

libe lisisenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo ; okanye

(v)

libe lohlwaywa ngesohlwayo sofako-trongweni ubomi balo bonke ; okanye

(vi)

libe ngenye indlela lohlwaywa ngesohlwayo sofakotrongweni isithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka emibini;

(b)

ukuba uMgunyaziswa ufuna ngolo hlobo , yenze ingxelo eyodwa ngalo naliphi na ibanjwa elixeliweyo ;

(c)

ilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho , ibe namandla okwenza amacebiso -

(i)

(ii)

ngokubhekiselele kuwo nawuphi na umcimbi ekufunwa ngawo icebiso lebhodi ngokwalo Mthetho ;

ngokumalunga

noqeqesho

okanye

unyango lwalo

naliphi na ibanjwa okanye lwalo naluphi na udidi okanye iqela lamabanjwa ;

(iii)

ngokumalunga noxolelo lwenxalenye yesithuba sofako-trongweni lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa; okanye

(iv)

ngokumalunga nokhululo lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa , nokokuba kungesithembiso

sokungaqhweshi noko-

kuba kungobulingwa okanye ngobekelo-migqaliselo okanye ngenye indlela ;

(d)

icebise ize incedise uMphathiswa kuyo yonke imicimbi ebhekiselele kwiitrongo zaseTranskei, uqeqesho nonyango lwamabanjwa avalelwe kwezo trongo nokwenza kuse benze ngokubanzi imigaqo yalo Mthetho .

133.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(2)

Ibhodi ayiyi kuba namandla okucebisa ukuba kukhululwe

etrongweni -

(a)

umntu olivila -

(i)

ngesithembiso sokungaqhweshi, ade abe selesisebenzele etrongweni isigwebo esingengaphantsi kwehafu yesigwebo sakhe, okanye

(ii)

ngokungambekeli-migaqo okanye ngobulingwa, ade abe selesebenzele isigwebo sakhe isithuba esingengaphantsi kwesibini esithathwini

seso sigwebo yaye

iya kuthi, nokokuba sekutheni na, ingacebisi ukhululo lwakhe nawuphi na umntu onjalo ngaphandle kokuba yanelisiwe kukuba wakhe imikhwa ethe tye yengqeqesho nenkuthalo waye engaqeshwa emsebenzini ofanelekileyo ; (b)

nawuphi na umntu owohlwaywa ngesohlwayo sofakotrongweni kuba eqeqeshelwa uhlaziyo-simo, ade abe uvalelwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka emibini;

(c)

owohlwaywa ngesohlwayo sofakotrongweni ngenjongo yokuthintela ityala lesizi , ade abe uvalelwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka emihlanu ;

(d )

isenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo , side sibe sivalelwe etro-

nawuphi na umntu

ngweni isithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka elithoba, yaye ingayi kucebisa ukhululo lwesenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo , nokokuba kungobekelo-migqaliselo nokokuba akungobekelo-migqaliselo nokokuba kungesithembiso sokungaqhweshi nokokuba kungobulingwa, ngaphandle kokuba yanelisiwe (i)

kukuba noko kukho ithemba lokuba loo mntu exesheni elizayo uya kuzikhwebula ekwenzeni amatyala esizi aze aphile ubomi obuluncedo esebenza ekhuthele ; okanye

(ii)

kukuba loo mntu akasenakho ngoku ukuba nenxaxheba kumatyala esizi ; okanye

134.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(iii)

(e)

kukuba, ngesinye isizathu esinesihlahla nesaneleyo , ukhululo lwaloo mntu lufanele ; okanye

nawuphi na umntu ogwetywe ukuba afakwe etrongweni ubomi bakhe bonke , ade abe uvalelwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphantsi kweminyaka elishumi.

Usihlalo webhodi yeetrongo okanye uMgunyaziswa uya kudlana iindlebe , ubuncinane kanye ngonyaka ngamnye , nebanjwa ngalinye –

46.

( a)

elisisenzi-matyala esizi ngesiqhelo : okanye

(b)

elisohlwaywayo ngesohlwayo sofako-trongweni ubomi balo bonke ; okanye

(c)

elisebenza isigwebo sethuba eliqingqiweyo sofako-trongwe-

Udliwanondlebe namabanjwa athile.

ni iminyaka elithoba okanye ngaphezulu .

ISAHLUKO 10 .

IZAPHULO-MTHETHO NEZOHLWAYO .

Akukho banjwa kunjalo nje kungekho omnye umntu egameni lalo uya kuhlawula okanye avume ukuhlawula okanye ukuni-

47.

(1)

kela kulo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo , kunjalo nje akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kwamkela okanye lizuze okanye livume ukwamkela okanye ukuzuza kulo naliphi na ibanjwa okanye omnye umntu egameni lalo , nayiphi na imali okanye enye imbuyekezo exabisekileyo ( ingeyiyo yonke okanye inxenye yemali nayiphi na edliwa umntu ngokusemthethweni) ngokusithela ngesizathu nasiphi na ngexesha lokwamkelwa kwelo banjwa, okanye ngexesha livalelwe , okanye ekukhululweni kwalo , kuyo nayiphi na itrongo. (2)

Akukho banjwa okanye omnye umntu egameni lalo , ku-

njalo nje akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kuba nento yokwenza omnye nomnye ngemicimbi yemali , kwaye ke kungekho naliphi na ibanjwa okanye omnye umntu onjalo , kunjalo nje nalo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo eliya kuthi liqhube okanye lizame ukuqhuba nawuphi na umcimbi woshishino omnye nomnye. (3) Akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kuthi ngokuthe ngqo okanye ngokusekelezayo (a)

lithengise okanye lifumanise nayiphi na impahla okanye

135 .

Ukuthengwa nonyobo.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

into naliphi na ibanjwa okanye ngenjongo yokuba isetyenziswe naliliphi na ibanjwa okanye lisebe leetrongo ; okanye (b)

libe nawo nawuphi na umdla obhekiselele emalini ekuthengiseni okanye ekufumaniseni nayiphi na impahla okanye into iSebe leeTrongo okanye lizuze okanye lamkele okanye lizame ukuzuza okanye ukwamkela nasiphi na isaphulelo , isipho okanye olunye uncedo kumthengisi

okanye kumfumanisi wayo nayiphi na impahla okanye into enjalo .

(4 ) Nawuphi na umntu okreqa nawuphi na umgaqo wesiqendwana ( 1 ) , ( 2 ) okanye ( 3 ) uya kuba netyala lokwaphula umthetho aze ekugwetyweni amelwe kukuba adliwe imali engengaphaya kwamakhulu amane eerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingathe kratya eminyakeni emibini okanye adliwe loo mali aze afakwe etrongweni ngaxesha-nye .

(5 )

Akukho mgaqo ukwesi siqendu uya kutolikwa ngokuba

unciphisa amandla awo nawuphi na umgaqo woMthetho woThintelokuthengwa ngesiNyobo , 1958 (uMthetho 6 wowe 1958 ).

Uthethano olungekho mthethweni.

48.

(1 )

(a)

Nawuphi na umntu othi, kungengagunya lisemthethweni

(i)

athethane

okanye

azame ukuthethana ngayo

nayiphi na indlela nalo naliphi na ibanjwa, okanye

(ii)

anikele okanye athuthele okanye abange ukuba kunikelwe okanye kuthuthelwe nayiphi na incwadi okanye elinye ixwebhu kulo naliphi na ibanjwa, okanye

(iii)

ase okanye angenise okanye azame ukusa okanye ukungenisa kuyo nayiphi na itrongo nayiphi na incwadi okanye elinye ixwebhu elibhalelwe naliphi na ibanjwa, okanye

(iv)

afihle okanye abeke okanye azame ukufihla okanye ukubeka apho amabanjwa aya kwenza nawuphi na umsebenzi okanye apho aya kuba khona nayiphi na incwadi okanye elinye ixwebhu

elibhalelwe

136.

naliphi na ibanjwa,

okanye

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(v)

ashenxise okanye azame ukushenxisa nayiphi na incwadi okanye elinye ixwebhu kuyo nayiphi na itrongo egameni lalo naliphi na ibanjwa , kunjalo nje

(b)

naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo elithi, kungengagunya lisemthethweni (i)

lithethane nanjani na naye nawuphi na omnye umntu egameni lalo naliphi na ibanjwa, okanye

(ii)

livumele okanye linyamezele nawuphi na umntu ukuba angene nakuyiphi na itrongo okanye ukuba athethane nangayiphi na indlela nalo naliphi na ibanjwa, okanye

(iii)

livumele okanye linyamezele ukuba nayiphi na incwadi okanye elinye ixwebhu linikelwe okanye lithuthelwe kulo okanye lithathwe livela kulo naliphi na ibanjwa okanye ukuba lifihlwe okanye libekwe naliphi

(iv)

ngenjongo yokuba lisetyenziswe lilo na ibanjwa ,

okanye

livumele okanye linyamezele ukuba nayiphi na incwadi okanye elinye ixwebhu ligqithiselwe okanye lingeniswe okanye lishenxiswe kuyo nayiphi na itrongo egameni lalo naliphi na ibanjwa, laye ke

(c)

naliphi na ibanjwa elithi, lingagunyaziselwanga oko ngemfanelo , okanye ngenye indlela evumelana nomthetho -

(i)

libe kulo linencwadi nayiphi na okanye elinye ixwebhu okanye libe lilifumana okanye lilamkela ngenjongo yokuba lilisebenzise lona ngokwalo okanye egameni lalo naliphi na elinye ibanjwa , okanye

(ii)

libangele okanye lizame ukubangela naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu ukuba adlulisele okanye angenise okanye ashenxise kuyo nayiphi na itrongo oka-

137.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974. nye ukuba afihle okanye abeke nakuyiphi na itrongo okanye kwenye indawo , nayiphi na incwadi okanye elinye ixwebhu , okanye

(iii)

libangele okanye lizame ukubangela naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo ukuba lithethane nanjani na naye nawuphi na omnye umntu egameni lalo naliphi na elinye ibanjwa, okanye egameni lalo ,

liya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho lize ekugwetyweni kwalo limelwe kukuba lidliwe imali engathe kratya kumakhulu amane eerandi okanye kokuba lifakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweminyaka emibini, okanye limelwe kukuba lidliwe loo mali lize lifakwe kuloo trongo ngaxeshanye . (2)

Akukho nto isemhlathini ( b ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) iya kutoli-

kwa ngokuba yalela okanye ithintela igosa eligunyazisiweyo okanye intloko yayo nayiphi na itrongo ukuba ithethane nalo naliphi na ibanjwa isebenzisa ingqiqo yayo ilazisa ngalo naluphi na udaba olubalulekileyo oluphathelele kwizizalwana okanye kwizihlobo zalo .

Ukurhweba namabanjwa.

49.

(1)

Kwesi siqendu ukuthi "into engagunyaziswanga " kuthetha

nayiphi na imali , utywala obunxilisayo , ichiza elisisiyobisi ( ekuqukwa apho kulo umya naso ansiphi na isidangalisi esilichiza ) , icuba , impahla yokunxiba , umphako okanye enye into yalo naluphi

na

uhlobo elingenakuba nayo ibanjwa kulo ngaphandle kokuba ligunyaziselwe ngemfanelo ukwenjenjalo .

(2 )

( a)

Nawuphi na umntu othi , kungengagunya liseinthethweni (i)

afumanise, azame ukufumanisa okanye obangela ukuba kufunyaniswe naliphi na ibanjwa nayiphi na into engagunyaziswanga , okanye

(ii)

athathe okanye angenise okanye azame ukuthatha okanye ukungenisa kuyo nayiphi na itrongo, okanye afihle okanye abeke okanye azame ukufihla okanye ukubeka endaweni aya

kwenza

kuyo nawuphi na umsebenzi amabanjwa okanye aya kuba kho kuyo , nayiphi na into engagunyaziswanga, laye ke

138.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(b)

naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo elithi, kungengagunya lisemthethweni, livumele okanye linyamezele ukuba nayiphi na into engagunyaziswanga -

(i)

ifunyaniswe naliphi na ibanjwa, okanye

(ii)

iziswe okanye ingeniswe kuyo nayiphi na itrongo, okanye

(iii)

ibekwe okanye ifihlwe endaweni amabanjwa aya kwenza kuyo nawuphi na umsebenzi okanye aya kuba kho kuyo , laye ke

(c)

naliphi na ibanjwa elithi, lingagunyaziselwanga ngemfanelo ukwenjenjalo okanye ngenye indlela evumelana nomthetho

(i)

kulo libe nayo nayiphi na into engagunyaziswanga okanye liyifumane okanye liyamkele ngenjongo yokuba liyisebenzise lona ngokwalo okanye egameni lalo naliphi na elinye ibanjwa nayiphi na into engagunyaziswanga, okanye

(ii)

libangele okanye lizame ukubangela naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu ukuba agqithisele okanye angenise kuyo nayiphi na itrongo , okanye ukuba afihle okanye abeke kuyo nayiphi na itrongo okanye kuyo nayiphi na indawo apho amabanjwa aya kwenza umsebenzi okanye abekho khona , nayiphi na into engagunyaziswanga

liya kuba netyala lokwaphula umthetho lize xaligwetywayo limelwe kukuba lidliwe imali engengaphaya kwamakhulu amane eerandi okanye lifakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphaya kweminyaka emibini okanye limelwe kukuba lidliwe loo mali lize ngaxesha-nye lifakwe etrongweni.

(3 )

Akukho nto ikwisiqendwana ( 2) iya kutolikwa njengo-

kuba iphazamisana nawo nawuphi na umgaqo woMthetho weziNto ezikhobokisayo namaZiko oHlaziyo-zimo , 1971 (uMthetho 41 wowe 1971 ).

139.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

Uqhwesho.

50.

(1)

Naliphi na ibanjwa elithi

(a)

lighweshe etrongweni elifakwe kuyo ugcino olusemthethweni, okanye

(b)

lizame okanye lenze iyelenqe lokuba liqhweshe elugcinweni, okanye

(c)

okanye

kolunye

kulo libe nesixhobo nasiphi na okanye enye into ngenjongo yokuqhwesha elugcinweni,

liya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho kunjalo nje , lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (2) , ekugwetyweni limelwe kukuba lifakwe etrongweni isithuba esingathe kratya kwiminyaka emihlanu .

(2)

Xa kulo naluphi na ummangalelo ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 )

kukho ubungqina bokuba ukuqhwesha okanye ukuzama ukuqhwesha kommangalelwa kwakuphelekwe sisenzo sobundobongela , inkundla eligwebayo ingathi , phezu kokuba isiwisa isohlwayo ngokweso siqendwana, iligwebe ukuba libethwe imivumbo engagqithanga kwelishumi.

(3)

Isigwebo sofako-trongweni esiwiselwe naluphi na ukreqo

lwesiqendwana ( 1 ) siya kuqalisa ukusebenza emva kokuphela kwaso nasiphi na isigwebo abesebenzela sona ummangalelwa ngexesha lolo krego kodwa ke oko kulawulwe yimigaqo yesiqendu 18 .

(4)

Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba ikhu-

pha naliphi na ibanjwa ekumelweni kukuba limangalelwe ngaso nasiphi na esinye isaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho okanye ngaso nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho ngokomthetho ongengowepalamente okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho .

Ukuncedisa ekuqhwesheni okanye ukugcina okanye ukuhlangula ibanjwa.

51.

Nawuphi na umntu othi

(a)

ancedisane naliphi na ibanjwa ukuba liqhweshe , okanye ekuzameni kwalo ukuba lighweshe , etrongweni elifakwe kuyo okanye kolunye ugcino olusemthethweni, okanye

(b)

aphembelele okanye akhuthaze naliphi na ibanjwa ukuba liqhweshe elugcinweni , okanye

(c)

afumanise okanye azame ukufumanisa, okanye aphembe-

140.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

lele okanye akhuthaze nawuphi na omnye umntu ukuba afumanise , naliphi na ibanjwa nasiphi na isixhobo elingathi ngaso liqhweshe okanye lizame ukuqhwesha elugcinweni , okanye

(d)

agcine okanye afihle , okanye ancedise ekugcineni okanye ekufihleni, naliphi na ibanjwa , esazi ukuthi liqhweshile elugcinweni, okanye

(e)

ahlangule okanye azame ukuhlangula naliphi na ibanjwa elugcinweni ,

uya kuba netyala lokwaphula umthetho aze ekugwety weni amelwe kukuba afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweminyaka emihlanu .

52.

Nawuphi na umntu othi ―

(a)

Ukunxiba iyunifom okungagunyaziswanga, njl.

anxibe nayiphi na iyunifom okanye uphawu lokubalula okanye amaqosha eSebe leeTrongo, okanye nayiphi

na

into efana kakhulu nayo nayiphi na iyunifom enjalo , ibheji okanye amaqosha ngendlela eya kubonakalisa

ukuba

injongo yokwenjenjalo kukuhlohlisa , kunjalo nje aze abe (b)

akalolungu leSebe leeTrongo elinelungelo ngenxa yokwalathelwa kwalo , iwonga okanye igama lesikhundla salo lokuvatha loo yunifom , ibheji okanye amaqhosha , okanye

(c)

akanikwanga

mvume

nguMgunyaziswa

yokuvatha

loo

yunifom , ibheji okanye amaqhosha ,

uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze ekugwetyweni amelwe kukuba adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwekhulu leerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintandathu . 53.

Ukusetyenziswa kwezihombiso okungagunyaziswanga.

Nawuphi na umntu othi -

(a )

avathe okanye asebenzise nasiphi na isihombiso okanye imbasa esekwe , ebunjwe okanye edalwe ngokwalo Mthetho okanye icetyana lentsimbi yokuzibalula, icetyana lesilivere okanye iribhini yalo , okanye

(b)

azenze ngathi ungumntu onelungelo okanye obenelungelo

141 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974. lokuvatha okanye lokusebenzisa nasiphi na isihombiso , imbasa, icetyana lentsimbi yokuzibalula , icetyana lesilivere okanye iribhini , aze

(c)

angabi nguye umntu ophiwe eso sihombiso , imbasa, icetyana lentsimbi yokuzibalula , icetyana lesilivere okanye iribhini okanye ogunyaziswe sisiphathamandla esifanelekileyo ukuba avathe okanye asebenzise eso sihombiso , imbasa , icetyana lentsimbi okanye iribhini,

yokuzibalula ,

icetyana lesilivere

uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze ekugwetyweni amelwe kukuba adliwe imali engengaphaya kwamashumi amahlanu eerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintathu .

Izaphulo-mthetho eziyingxube.

54.

(1)

Nawuphi na umntu othi -

(a)

afunyanwe ezulazula-nje (i)

kuwo nawuphi na umhlaba okanye ipropati yetrongo okanye kumgama ongadlulanga kwiimitha ezilikhulu phakathi kwemida yetrongo nayiphi na okanye enye indawo apho kungathi kubekho amabanjwa khona ukuze afakwe etrongweni okanye asebenze , okanye

(ii)

kuyo nayiphi na indawo engadlulanga kumgama olikhulu leemitha ukusuka emngcwabeni nawuphi na okhankanywe esiqendwini 23 (4)(b)(ii) ,

kunjalo nje othi angasuki apho xa alunyukiswayo ukuba enjenjalo lilo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye lamaPolisa, okanye

(b)

ngalo naluphi na uhlobo ngabom aphazamisane nalo naliphi na ibanjwa okanye amabanjwa angaphandle kwetrongo, okanye

(c)

ngaphandle kwesigunyaziso esibhaliweyo soMgunyaziswa

(i )

afote okanye azobe naliphi na ibanjwa okanye amabanjwa okanye nawuphi na umngcwabo okhankanywe esiqendwini 23 (4 ) (b ) ( ii ) , okanye

142 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(ii)

apapashe okanye abangele okokuba kupapashwe ifoto okanye umzobo walo naliphi na ibanjwa okanye amabanjwa (akukhathaleki nokokuba loo foto yathathwa okanye loo

mzobo

wenziwa

ngaphambili

okanye

emva kokubanjwa kwelo banjwa okanye amabanjwa) okanye wawo nawuphi na umngcwabo okhankanywe esiqendwini 23 (4 ) (b)(ii) , okanye

(d)

apapashe okanye abangele ukuba kupapashwe nayiphi na ingxelo ebubuxoki ngokumalunga nesimilo okanye amava etrongweni alo naliphi na ibanjwa okanye umntu okanye ngokumalunga nokulawulwa kwayo nayiphi na itrongo, esazi ukuthi oku bubuxoki okanye ngaphandle kokuthabatha amanyathelo afanelekileyo okungqinisisa ubunyani baloo ngxelo , okanye

(e)

ngaphandle kwesizathu esinesihlahla, angaphumeleli ukuvela enkundleni ngokwesapina ekhutshwe ngokwesiqendu 69(5 )(b) okanye ukubonisa naliphi na ixwebhu okanye enye into njengoko kufunekayo ngokwesiqendu 69( 5 )(c) ; okanye

(f)

ngabom athuke igosa elichophel'uphando okanye naliphi na elinye igosa kulo naluphi na uphando ngokwesiqendu 69 okanye 73 okanye ngabom aphazamisane noxubushomicimbi okanye ngenye indlela aziphathe kakubi kolo phando , okanye

(g)

akreqe imigaqo yesiqendu 77 ( 1 ), okanye

(h)

ale ukuba kuphengululwe kufunafunwa kuye xa kufuneka kwenjiwe njalo ngokwesiqendu 77(3 )(a)(ii) ;

(i)

aphuthe okanye ale ukwenza nawuphi na umyalelo ngokwesiqendu

77 (3 ) (b) ( ii)

okanye

axhathalaze xa

agxo-

thwayo okanye athintele ugxotho lwakhe kuyo nayiphi na itrongo ngokweso siqendu ,

uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze ekugwetyweni amelwe kukuba adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwamakhulu amabini eerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintandathu okanye kokubini oko - olo dliwo-mali nolo fako-trongweni .

143.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974. (2 )

Nawuphi na ke umntu othi -

(a)

enxilile butywala okanye lichiza elisisid akumbisi, azinikezele kuyo nayiphi na itrongo ukuba abe kufako -trongweni Iwamaxesha ngamaxesha , okanye

(b)

angaphumeleli ukwenza oko kufunwa akwenze sisaziso nasiphi na asinikelwe ngokwesiqendu 22 , okanye

(c)

kuyo nayiphi na itrongo azifanise nomntu , okanye azenze ngobuxoki ngokungathi ungumntu , ogwetywa ukuba avalelwe etrongweni amaxesha ngamaxesha ,

uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze ekugwetyweni amelwe kukuba adliwe imali

engengaphezulu kwekhulu leerandi okanye

afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintathu .

(3)

Kulo

naluphi na uxubusho-micimbi yetyala ngokwe

(a)

siqendwana ( 1 )(c) , inkundla egweba nawuphi na umbekwatyala ingavakalisa ukuthi zimlahlekele umninizo zaza zawela kuRhulumente iifoto okanye imizobo ebelenziwe ngokumalunga nazo ulwaphulo-mthetho , kunye ke neenegativu zezo foto :

(b)

siqendwana ( 1 ) (d) imfanelo yokuvelisa ubungqina bokuba kwathatyathwa amanyathelo afanelekileyo ukungqinisisa ubunyani bengxelo leyo iya kuba phezu kwamagxa ombekwa-tyala .

Ukohlwaywa kwamabanjwa ngezaphulomthetho ngokwesiHlomelo 3.

55.

Naliphi na ibanjwa eligwetywe ngolwaphulo -mthetho ngokwawo

nawuphi na umgaqo okwisiHlomelo 3 liya kumelwa kukuba lohlwaywe ngaso nasiphi na isohlwayo esinye okanye izohlwayo ezingaphezulu koko kwezi zilandelayo :

(a)

ukhalimelo ;

(b)

ukuhluthwa onke amalungelo , izibonelelo okanye amabhaso isithuba esingengaphezulu kwenyanga enye ;

(c)

ukuhluthwa isityo esinye okanye ngaphezulu kuyo nayiphi na imini:

144.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(d)

ukulahlekela luxolelo- sigwebo olungengaphezulu kwamashumi amathathu eentsuku ;

(e)

kulawula imigaqo yesiqendu 20( 7) , ukukatswa okungengaphezulu kwemivumbo emihlanu ukuba akukho sohlwayo ngaphandle kweso sohlwayo sikhankanywe emhlathini (b) siwiselwa lona ngokuphathelele kolo lwaphulo-mthetho ;

(f)

(i)

uvalelo lobulolo lifumana

idayethi epheleleyo

isi-

thuba esingengaphezulu kwamashumi amathathu eentsuku ; okanye

(ii)

uvalelo

lobulolo

ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na

isithuba esinye kwizithuba zeentsuku (eziya kutyutyumeza zingaqhawuke ndawo ) ezicaciswe kumhlathi wokuqala wesiHlomelo 4 kunye nesohlwayo ngedayethi ngohlobo nangolandelelwano olumiselwe ngokumalunga neso sithuba emihlathini eseleyo yeso siHlomelo 4 sixeliweyo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi,

xa ilibanjwa

ekufuneka lohlwaywe

ngolo

hlobo isithuba sisonke esingaphezulu kwamashumi amathathu eentsuku (oko ke kukuthi, ukohlwayelwa izaphulo-mthetho ezibini okanye ngaphezulu ) , kuya kubakho emva kwesithuba ngasinye esiziintsuku ezingamashumi amathathu zeso sohlwayo isigama esiziintsuku ezilishumi elinesine (okanye eso sithuba side kuneso elingathi igosa elingugqirha lisiyalele ) ibanjwa lifumana idayethi epheleleyo kunjalo nje kungekho valelo lobulolo ;

(g)

ufako-trongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintandathu .

ISAHLUKO 11 .

UTHETHO-MATYALA NGEZAPHULO-MTHETHO .

56.

Nangona kukho nayiphi na into kulo Mthetho okanye kuwo

nawuphi na omnye umthetho , inkundla kamantyi iya kuba negunya lokuthetha naliphi na ityala ngokwalo Mthetho nelokuwisa nasiphi na isohlwayo esimiselwe ngulo Mthetho .

145 .

Igunya lokugweba lenkundla kamantyi.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

Uthetho ligosa lothetho-matyala lwetyala ngokwesiHlomelo 3 .

57. ( 1 ) Lilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho igosa lothetho-matyala liya kuba negunya lokuthetha naliphi na ityala ngokwesiHlomelo 3 nelokuba ke , ekugwebeni ibanjwa ekuthethwa ityala lalo , liliwisele nasiphi na isohlwayo esinye okanye izohlwayo ezingaphezulu koko ezimiselwe esiqendwini 55 , ingesiso isohlwayo esimiselwe emhlathini (g) weso siqendu .

( 2)

Akukho sibheno siya kwenziwa ngaso nasiphi isigwebo,

okanye ngaso nasiphi na isohlwayo esiwiswe , ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) koko nje zonke izohlwayo zokukatswa eziwiswe ngokweso siqendwana ziya kumelwa ngokwenkqubo eqhelekileyo kukuba zixilongwe ngokutsha yiNkundla ePhakamileyo okanye yenye yeejaji zayo ngokwemigaqo eguqulwa nje apho kufunekayo yeSahluko XIV soMthetho weeNkundla zeeMantyi , 1944.

(3 )

Nangani ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) uMgunyaziswa

angayalela ukuba amaxwebhu abhaliweyo oxubusho -tyala kulo naluphi na uthetho-tyala ngokwesiqendwana ( i) , olungelulo uthethotyala ekuwiswe kulo isohlwayo sokukatswa, aya kuthi singekapheli eso sithuba aya kuthi asiqingqe athunyelwe kuye kunye nengxelo ebhaliweyo ligosa lothetho-matyala ebonisa iinyani elizibone zingqinekile nezizathu zogwetyo nesigwebo .

(4)

Xa sukuba uMgunyaziswa esenza umyalelo ngokwesiqe-

ndwana ( 3 ) , isohlwayo okanye izohlwayo ebeziwisiwe kolo thethotyala ziya kunqunyanyiswa ngoko nangoko okwexeshana lo gama kusalindelwe isigqibo sakhe ngokwesiqendwana (5) .

(5 )

Emva kokuphononga uxubusho-micimbi kulo naluphi na

uthetho-tyala olunjalo uMgunyaziswa angaluqinisa okanye aluchithe ugwetyo nesohlwayo okanye aluqinise okanye aluguqule ugwetyo aze anciphise , andise okanye ngenye indlela aguqule isohlwayo okanye alungise okugoso kuxubusho-tyala: Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi uMgunyaziswa akayi kuba namandla okuwisa isohlwayo esimiselwe emhlathini (e ) okanye (g ) sesiqendu 55.

Inkqubo kuthethotyala ngokwesiqendu 57.

58.

(1 )

Kuthetho-tyala okanye ukulungiselela iinjongo zalo na-

luphi na uthetho-tyala ngokwesiqendu 57 -

(a)

uxubusho-tyala luya kuthi, njengoko kunokwenzeka , lufane nothetho-tyala lwangoko nangoko eofisini kamantyi kuxubusho-tyala lesizi ;

146 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(b)

umthetho obhekiselele kumangqina nakubungqina kumatyala esizi enkundleni kamantyi iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho ifunekayo ;

(c)

indlela

emthethweni yokunyanzela nawuphi na umntu

ukuba anike ubungqina okanye ukuba abonise naliphi na ixwebhu okanye enye into iya kuba ngesapina esayinwe ligosa lothetho- matyala ;

(d)

igosa lothetho-matyala liya kuba namandla okufungisa okanye okungqinisisa ngentetho engafungelwayo nawuphi na umntu obizwe ukuba abe lingqina.

(2)

Nangona ikho nayiphi na into ekwisiqendwana ( 1 ) , ukuba

ibanjwa liyavuma ukuba linetyala aze umntu osingethe isimangalelo kuthetho-tyala asivume eso sikhuselo kunjalo nje anganiki bungqina bokwenziwa kwetyala , igosa lothetho-matyala lingathi , ukuba kuluvo lwalo isaphulo-mthetho esi asifanele sohlwayo sakukatswa okanye sovalelo lobulolo kunye nesohlwayo sedayethi okanye uvalelo lobulolo umntu

efumana

kweentsuku

ezilishumi

saphulo-mthetho

idayethi epheleleyo isithuba esingaphezulu elinesine , limgwebe umbekwa-tyala ngeso

ngokulivuma

kwakhe

ityala ,

bungekho obunye

ubungqina bokwenziwa kwetyala lize ke ngoko nangoko emva koko liwise nasiphi na isohlwayo esifanelekileyo esingezizo ezi zohlwayo sezikhankanyiwe.

(3) Naluphi na uthetho -tyala ngokwesiqendu 57 luya kuthi , ukulungiselela iinjongo zomthetho obhekiselele ebuxokini kwabasemagunyeni,

(4)

luthatyathwe

ngokuba

luxubusho-tyala

enkundleni .

Ukuba uyalelwe ngolo hlobo nguMgunyaziswa umntu osi-

ngethe isimangalelo kulo naluphi na uthetho-tyala ngokwesiqendu 57 angathi , nangaliphi na ixesha ngaphambi kogwetyo , alunqumamise utshutshiso kuyo nayiphi na ingongoma yobeko-tyala kwaye ke , xa kunjalo , umbekwa-tyala uya kuthi , ukuba uphendule kolo beko-tyala , abe nelungelo lokuba afumane isigwebo esimkhululayo ngokumalunga naloo ngongoma yobeko- tyala.

(5)

Nangona ikho le migaqo ingent l'apha yesi siqendu , igosa

lothetho-matyala elichophele uthetho-tyala lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa ngokwesiqendu 57 okanye eligweba naliphi na ibanjwa liya kuthi, ukuba kubonakala ngathi isaphulo-mthetho ekuthethwa ityala ngaso sithi ngohlobo esilulo okanye ngokubaluleka kwaso sifanele ukuba

147 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

sivavanywe enkundleni kamantyi, okanye xa umntu eqhuba isimangalelo acela njalo , lilunqumamise uthetho -tyala okanye , ukuba ibanjwa ligwetyiwe , lingasihoyi isigqibo ekufikelelwe kuso, lwaye ke uxubusho -tyala luya kuthi ngoko nangoko luqaliswe phantsi ngokutsha, akukhathaleki nokokuba kungengongoma yobeko -tyala eyileyo yangaphambili okanye nayiphi na enye ingongoma yobeko-tyala , ngaphambi kwenkundla yemantyi .

Indawo yothetho-matyala ezaphulo-mthetho ezithile nokubakho kolo thethomatyala.

59.

(1)

Nangani ikho nayiphi na into engavaniyo noku kuwo na-

wuphi na omnye umthetho , uthetho-tyala ngokwesiqendu 56 okanye 57 lesaphulo-mthetho

ekuthiwa

senziwe , kuxhomekeke ekuthini

nguwuphi na kwaba - lilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye libanjwa (okanye ngabo nabaphi na ababini okanye abangaphezulu koko kwabo bantu bedibene ) - emva koku ngezants'apha uthetho-tyala olo olubizwa ngokuba luthetho-tyala lasetrongweni, luya kuqhutywa etrongweni okanye kuloo ndawo iyenye angathi uMgunyaziswa ayimisele.

(2)

Akukho mntu ungeyiyo imantyi okanye igosa lothetho-

matyala, kuxhomekeke ekuthini nguwuphi na kanye-kanye kwaba, umntu osingethe isimangalelo , umntu ekuthethwa ityala lakhe negqwetha lakhe nayo nayiphi na itoliki nombhali ngemiqondiso ekhawulezisayo uya kuba khona kuthetho-tyala lasetrongweni ngaphandle xa anikayo ubungqina okanye ngaphandle kokuba imantyi okanye igosa lothetho-tyala elichophel'uthetho-tyala okanye uMgunyaziswa umgunyazisile ukuba abekho .

Iqhubo-simangalelo kuthethotyala etrongweni.

60. (1 ) Umgunyaziswa angathi ngencwadi ebhaliweyo esayinwe nguye atyumbe naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo ukuba liqhube isimangalelo kuthetho-tyala etrongweni kodwa , ukuba akukho lungu linjalo lityunjiweyo ngolo hlobo imantyi okanye igosa lothethomatyala eliza kuchophel'uthetho -tyala liya kuthi , kanjalo , lityumbe umntu ofanelekileyo nonguye ukuba aqhube isimangalelo .

(2 )

Akukho

lungu

leSebe leeTrongo liya kuthi, ngokwalo

Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho , lityunjwe ukuba liqhube isimangalelo kuthetho-tyala etrongweni lwelinye ilungu elinjalo ngaphandle kokuba lisewongeni elilingana okanye elingaphezulu kwelo lombekwa- tyala .

(3) okanye

Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba yalela ithintela

umntu

owalathelwe

148 .

ngokusemthethweni ukuba

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

aqhube isimangalelo phambi kwayo nayiphi na inkundla yemantyi ukuba aluqhube ummangalelo kuthetho-tyala etrongweni .

61.

(1)

Xa sukuba, phambi kokuba kube kho uthetho- tyala na-

luphi na ngokwesiqendu 57 -

( a)

naliphi na ibanjwa livuma ukuba linetyala lokwaphul'umthetho ngokwesiHlomelo 3 , yaye

(b)

intloko yetrongo elivalelwe kuyo elo banjwa ikholelwa ngezizathu ezinesihlahla ukuba inkundla yemantyi okanye

Uwiso-sohlwayo ngesikhwabakhwitshi yintloko yetrongo.

igosa lothetho-matyala liya kuthi, ekuligwebeni elo banjwa ngolo lwaphulo-mthetho , lingawisi sohlwayo esi -

(i)

(ii)

ngesiso

isohlwayo

okanye

(c) wesiqendu

esimiselwe 55 ,

emhlathini

( a) ,

(b)

okanye

ngelulo uvalelo lobulolo ngedayethi epheleleyo isithuba seentsuku ezingengaphezulu kwezilishumi elinane , loo ntloko ingathi , ilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) , iwisele ngesikhwabakhwitshi elo banjwa nasiphi na kwezi zohlwayo zikhankanyiweyo .

(2)

Akukho

sohlwayo

siwiswe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) siya

kuba nawo nawaphi na amandla omthetho side sibe siqiniselwe nguMgunyaziswa.

62.

Umgunyaziswa angathi nangaliphi na ilixa esebenzisa ingqiqo

yakhe anciphise , ngaloo ndlela angayibona ifanele , okanye arhoxise , igunya logwebo-matyala elithweswe sesi sahluko naliphi na igosa lothetho-matyala.

63.

Akukho nto ikulo Mthetho iya kutolikwa ngokuba inqanda

nawuphi na umntu ukuba amangalelwe ngenye indlela engeyiyo leyo ingokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho kuwo onke amatyala ebeya kumelwa kukuba amangalelwe ngolo hlobo , kodwa akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo eligwetyelweyo okanye eligwetyiweyo ngesaphulo- mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho liya kumelwa kukuba lithethwe ityala lalo kwakhona ngaso nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho esizalwa ziingongoma neemeko ezikwafana nezo .

149.

Usikelo-mida okanye urhoxiso lwegunya logwebo-matyala legosa lothetho matyala.

Ummangalelo phantsi kweminye imithetho.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

ISAHLUKO 12.

UMVUZO , UNQUNYANYISO OKWEXESHANA EMSEBENZINI , ULAHLO-MSEBENZI, UPHUMO-NKONZWENI INGOMHLALAPHANTSI , UKUGXOTHWA OKANYE ULULEKO LWAMALUNGU ESEBE LEETRONGO.

Umvuzo wamalungu eSebe leeTrongo.

64.

(1 )

Amalungu eSebe leeTrongo, angengawo abagcini beetrongo

abangxungxisiweyo abathi ngemvumelwano bangamkeli imivuzo ngomsebenzi wabo , aya kuhlawulwa iintlawulo kunjalo nje , ngaphandle nje kokuba kungathi kuqingqwe ngokukodwa kwimimiselo , izibonelelo ezingqinelana nemithetho elawula inkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei.

(2) Akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kuthi, ngaphandle kwemvume yoMgunyaziswa , linikele yonke okanye inxenye nayiphi na yentlawulo okanye nasiphi na isibonelelo esimelwe kukuba sihlawulwe kulo ngokwalo Mthetho , kwaye ke yonke okanye nayiphi na inxenye yaloo ntlawulo okanye isibonelelo ayi kuba "nakuxhitshulwa" okanye ithinjwe ngokwesigwebo okanye ngesigwebo okanye umyalelo wayo nayiphi na inkundla, ongenguwo umyalelo wohluthomvuzo, kunjalo nje kwayona loo ntlawulo ayiyi kudluliselwa mntwini ngokwawo okanye ngegunya lawo nawuphi na umyalelo wokuthimba izinto ezililifa lalo naliphi na ilungu elinjalo .

Unqunyanyisomsebenzi lwelungu leSebe leeTrongo.

65.

(1)

Ilungu leSebe leeTrongo linganqunyanyiswa emsebenzini

(ukuba ke liligosa elingumgunyaziswa , linqunyanyiswa nguMphathiswa okanye , ukuba alilogosa lingumgunyaziswa, linqunyanyiswa ngumgunyaziswa) lo

gama

kusalindelwe uthetho-tyala, lalo , okanye

emva kokugwetywa kwalo , ngaso nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho okanye ngaphambili okanye ngemva kophando naluphi na ngokwalo Mthetho lobeko-tyala lokuziphatha kwalo kakubi okanye lokuwufanela umsebenzi walo okanye ukuba nakho kwalo ukuwuqhuba ngokukuko laye liya kunqunyanyiswa ngolo hlobo ngaso nasiphi na isithuba elithi ngaso libe libanjiwe okanye livalelwe okanye libe lisebenzela ixesha lofako-trongweni kodwa aliyi kuthi, ngenxa yolo nqunyanyiso-msebenzini, liyeke ukuba lilungu leSebe leeTrongo .

(2)

Lo gama ke lisanqunyanyisiweyo emsebenzini ilungu le-

Sebe leeTrongo amandla, amagunya nomsebenzi ebelithweswe wona ngenxa yesikhundla salo aya kumiswa angasebenzi okwexeshana

150.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

laye aliyi kuvatha iyunifom yewonga lalo , koko nje liya kuqhuba njalo lilawulwa lululeko nezohlwayo zelungu leSebe ' leeTrongo ngokungathi belinganqunyanyiswanga emsebenzini.

(3 )

Ukunqunyanyiswa emsebenzini kwelungu leSebe leeTro-

ngo lungapheliswa nangaliphi na ilixa kodwa, ukuba elo lungu alikaziswa ngolo pheliso lize liyalelwe ukuba libuyele emsebenzini, ukunqunyanyiswa kwalo kuya kuqhuba njalo lide libe ligxothiwe eSebeni leeTrongo okanye lithotyiwe ewongeni okanye ebukhulwini ngokwewonga, koku.

(4)

(a)

kuxhomekeke

ekuthini

kukuphi

na

kanye-kanye

Ilungu leSebe leeTrongo ebelisanqunyanyisiwe emsebenzini aliyi kuba nalungelo kuyo nayiphi na intlawulo, isibonelelo , uncedo okanye inzuzo yesikhundla elikuso okwexesha lisanqunyanyisiwe kodwa uMphathiswa angathi esebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe ayalele ukuba ngeso sithuba solo nqunyanyiso (ingesiso kodwa isithuba elisasebenzela ngaso ixesha lofako-trongweni) elo lungu lihlawulwe yonke okanye inxalenye yentlawulo okanye yezibonelelo zalo okanye linikwe loo malungelo okanye amancedo angathi uMphathiswa awaxele .

Ukuba naliphi na ilungu elisanqunyanyisiweyo emsebenzini aligxothwa eSebeni leeTrongo, elo lungu lothi ekubuyeleni kwalo emsebenzini lihlawulwe intlawulo nezibonelelo ,

lize

linikwe

amalungelo

namancedo

engebelinelungelo kuwo ukuba belinganqunyanyiswanga (kodwa ke oku akubhekiselele kuso nasiphi na isithuba

xa lalisebenzela ixesha lofako-trongweni)

kuthathwe apho nayiphi na imali ebeliyihlawulwe ngokomhlathi ( a) : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi, ukuba elo lungu liyathotywa ewongeni elikulo , intlawulo nezibonelelo elizihlawulwayo ziya kuba zezo zewonga elithotyelwa kulo : Kodwa makuqondakale kwakhona ukuthi, ukuba nayiphi na imali ebihlawulwe elo lungu ngokomhlathi (a) ingaphezulu kwemali emelwe kukuhlawulwa ngokwalo mhlathi , aliyi kumelwa kukuba liyibuyisele leyo ithe kratya. 66.

Akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kulahla eSebeni leeTrongo Ukulahla umsebenzi kwelungu ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume ebhaliweyo yoMgunyaziswa ku- lesebe leeTrongo.

151 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

njalo nje ke kuphela ngaloo migqaliselo ingathi ibe iqingqiwe nguM. phathiswa .

Uphumo msebenzini ngomhlalaphantsi lwelungu leSebe leeTrongo.

67.

(1)

Lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 3 ) , ilungu leSebe lee-

Trongo (ingelilo ilungu ekubhekiswe kulo kwisiqendwana ( 2) ) liya kuba nelungelo lokurhoxa enkonzweni ngomhlalaphantsi laye ke liya kufunyaniswa loo mhlalaphantsi ukususela emhleni elifikelela ngawo kwixabiso lobudala eliyiminyaka engamashumi amathandathu . (2 )

Kulawula imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 3 ) , ilungu leSebe lee-

Trongo elibe okanye eliba lelo lungu ngohlobo oluchazwe kwisiqendwana 2 (a) nelalathelwa eSebeni leeTrongo likaRhulumente weRiphabliki phambi komhla wokuqala kuJanuwari 1966 , liya kuba nelungelo lokurhoxa enkonzweni ngomhlalaphantsi laye liya kurhoxiswa ngolo hlobo ngokwemigaqo eguqulwa nje apho kufunekayo yesiqendu 6( 5 ) soMthetho wePenshini yeNkonzo kaRhulumente, 1973 (uMthetho 57 wowe 1973) .

(3)

Ukuba ilungu leSebe leeTrongo lifikelela exabisweni lobu-

dala elifanele ukuba lirhoxe ngalo enkonzweni ngomhlalaphantsi okanye eliya kuthi lirhoxiswe enkonzweni ngomhlalaphantsi emva komhla wokuqala wenyanga , liya kuthi ukulungiselela iinjongo zesiqendwana ( 1 ) nese ( 2 ) nemigaqo yalo Mthetho sewukhankanyiwe wePenshini yeNkonzo kaRhulumente, 1973 lithatyathwe ngokuba lifikelela kwelo xabiso lobudala selixeliwe ngomhla wokuqala wenyanga elandela nje nqo loo nyanga . (4)

Ngaphandle kokuba uMphathiswa uyalele ngenye indlela,

ilungu elilibhinqa elitshatayo leSebe leeTrongo liya kuthatyathwa ngokuba lizirhoxele ngokuzithandela enkonzweni yeSebe leeTrongo ngenjongo yokutshata ukususela ngomhla wokutshata kwalo okanye , ukuba liyawuqhuba umsebenzi walo ngaloo mhla , ukususela ngomhla olandela nqo umhla wokutshata kwalo .

(5 )

Ukuba kuyinto eluncedo kuluntu ukugcina naliphi na ilu-

ngu emsebenzini kude kugqithe umhla eliya kuthi ngawo , ngokwesisiqendu, lirhoxiswe ngomhlalaphantsi, lingagcinwa njalo lisemsebenzini amaxesha ngamaxesha

(a)

ngemvume yoMphathiswa , okwezithuba ezingayi kudlula eminyakeni emithathu zizonke ; kuze ke emveni koko

(b)

ngemvume

ngesigqibo

152.

seNdlu yoWiso-mithetho ,

okwe-

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

zinye izithuba ezingayi kudlula eminyakeni emibini zizonke.

(6)

Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba icha-

phazela urhoxo-nkonzweni ngomhlalaphantsi Iwakhe nawuphi na umntu obekwe ukuba abeluncedo kwiSebe leeTrongo ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu 63( 1 ) soMthetho osisiSeko .

68.

(1)

Ilungu leSebe leeTrongo lingathi

(a)

ligxothwe okanye lirhoxiswe ngomhlalaphantsi -

(i)

(ii)

ngenxa yokusoloko ligula ;

ngenxa yokupheliswa kwesikhundla salo okanye nakuphi na ukuthotywa , umiso-ngendlela ngokutsha okanye uhlengahlengiso lwezikhundla eSebeni leeTrongo okanye nakuyiphi na inxenye yalo; okanye

( iii)

ukuba, ngezizathu ezingekuko ukungafaneleki okanye ukungabinakho kwalo ukuwenza umsebenzi, ugxotho lwalo luya kuthi ngoluvo Iwesiphathamandla esifanelekileyo lukhuthaze ulwenziwo-msebenzi ngokukuko okanye ucutho-zindleko kwiSebe leeTrongo ; okanye

(b)

lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 69 , ligxothwe okanye lithotywe ewongeni okanye kubukhulu balo ewongeni okanye ngenye indlela lohlwaywe, ngenxa yokuziphatha kakubi ; okanye

(c)

lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 73 , ligxothwe okanye lithotywe ewongeni okanye kubukhulu balo ewongeni , ngenxa yokungafaneli kwalo umsebenzi walo okanye yokungabi nakho kwalo ukuwenza ngokukuko .

(2 )

Ukulungiselela iinjongo zesiqendwana ( 1 )(b) -

(a)

"ukuziphatha kakubi" kuthetha

(i)

nakuphi na ukuziphatha kakubi ekubhekiswe kuko kwisiHlomelo 5 ; okanye

153.

Ugxotho, uphumonkonzweni ngomhlala-phantsi, okanye uthotyowongeni lwelungu leSebe leeTrongo.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(ii)

ulwenziwo-tyala lolwaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho ;

(b)

ilungu leSebe leeTrongo eligwetyiweyo yinkundla-matyala liya kuthatyathwa ngokugqibeleleyo

ngokuba linetyala

lokuziphatha kakubi , ngaphandle kokuba olo gwebo lukhatywe yinkundla ephakamileyo okanye libe elo lungu lixolelwe felefele .

(3)

Nangona kukho nayiphi na into kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) , nali-

phi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo, ebelalathelwe esikhundleni salo ngobulingwa nelulwathelo lungekaqiniselwa , lingarhoxiswa kwelo sebe (a)

ngesaziso senyanga enye sokwenjenjalo esikhutshwe kwangaphambili ; okanye

(b)

ngoko nangoko , ukuba -

(i)

(ii)

(4)

isimilo salo asanelisi ; okanye

kwisicelo salo sokuqeshwa eSebeni leeTrongo, lenza ngabom nayiphi na ingxelo ebubuxoki.

Amagunya anikwe sisiqendwana ( 1 ) angasetyenziswa ngo-

kuphathelele kulo naliphi na igosa eligunyazisiweyo sisiGqeba soMbuso kunjalo nje ngokuphathelele kulo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo elingelilo igosa eligunyazisiweyo nguMgunyaziswa kodwa ke phantsi kwemigaqo yesiqendu 70( 2 ) . Uphando ngokuziphatha kakubi kwelungu leSebe leeTrongo.

69.

(1)

Xa (ngaphandle nje kwiimeko ekuthethwe ngazo kwisi-

qendu 68 (2 )(b ) ) naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo (emveni koku elibizwa ngokuba ngummangalelwa) kuthiwa linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi , uMgunyaziswa angalibeka ityala ngencwadi esayinwe sisandla sakhe ngoko kuziphatha kakubi aze ngaxesha-linye aliyalele ukuba lithumele okanye linike uMgunyaziswa singekapheli isithuba esixeliweyo, esingengaphantsi kweshumi elinesine leent suku , isivumo esibhaliweyo okanye uphiko lolo beko-tyala kunye ke naloo nkcazo ibhaliweyo yokuziphatha kakubi libekwa ityala ngako elingathi lifune ukuyenza .

(2 )

Umgunyaziswa uya kuthabatha inyathelo lokuba ubeko-

tyala lunikwe lubhalwe encwadini ummangalelwa ngenkqu , waye ke ummangalelwa uya kuthi, singekapheli esi sithuba sixeliweyo , aluvume okanye aluphike ubeko - tyala .

154.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(3 ) (a)

Ukuba ummangalelwa uyaluvuma ubeko-tyala uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba ufunyenwe enetyala ngokwesiqendwana (7) lokuziphatha kakubi abekwa ngako ityala ; kwaye ke

(b)

ukuba akalogosa ligunyazisiweyo , angathembisa ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ukuyihlawula loo mali adliwa yona, engengaphezulu kwamashumi amahlanu eerandi, angathi uMgunyaziswa esebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe abe ebeyiqingqele (njengoko ngokwenjenje egunyaziswe ukuba ayiqingqe ) oko kuziphatha kakubi .

(4)

Ukuba ummangalelwa uyaluphika ubeko-tyala ,

okanye

ukuba ungusithubeni nje ongaluvumiyo okanye ongalukhanyeliyo ubeko-tyala, ngoko ke emva kokuphela kwesi sithuba sesixeliwe , uMgunyaziswa angathi , ukuba , kuluvo lwakhe kukho isizathu esaneleyo soxubusho-tyala ngakumbi

(a)

alathele igosa lothetho -matyala okanye imantyi ( emva koku

ebizwa

ngokuthi ligosa

yenze uphando (b)

ngolo

elichophel'ityala) ukuba

beko -tyala ;

aze

ayalele naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo ( emveni koku elibizwa ngokuba ngumtshutshisi ) ukuba livelise ubungqina nezizathu lixhasa ubeko-tyala kunjalo nje nokuba lixambulise ngemibuzo nawuphi na umntu obizwa ukuba abe lingqina lommangalelwa namagqwetha akhe :

Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho lungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kwalathelwa okanye liyalelwe ngolo hlobo ngaphandle kokuba iwonga elikulo lilingana okanye lingaphezulu kwelo lommangalelwa .

(5)

Igosa elichophel'ityala -

(a)

liya kuthi libhungisana noMgunyaziswa , liqingqe ixesha nendawo yophando lize linike ummangalelwa isaziso esifanelekileyo esibhaliweyo selo xesha nendawo eqingqiweyo ngolo hlobo ;

(b)

lingathi , ukuba linesizathu sokukholelwa ukuba nawuphina umntu

unakho

ukunika

ubungqina

okanye

ukubonisa

naliphi na ixwebhu okanye enye into eya kuba semxho-

155 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

lweni kuphando , libizele enkundleni loo mntu ngesapina elisisayinileyo ukuba avele phambi kwalo ngexesha nasendaweni exeliweyo kwisapina , khona ukuze abuzwe imibuzo okanye abonise elo xwebhu okanye enye into ;

(c)

lingabiza njengengqina lize lifungise okanye limenzise intetho esisivakaliso esindilekileyo nawuphi na umntu okhoyo

eluphandweni

owayebizwa

ngesamani

okanye

ongaba wayebizwe ngesamani ngokomhlathi (b ), limbuze imibuzo loo mntu okanye lenze okokuba makabuzwe imibuzo lize lifune ukuba abonise naliphi na ixwebhuokanye enye into ekuye okanye eselugcinweni lwakhe okanye ekulawulo lwakhe elithi igosa elichophel'ityala libe nesizathu sokukholelwa ukuba ingaba semxholweni kuphando .

(6)

(a)

Igosa elichophel'uphando liya kugcina amaxwebhu abhaliweyo oxubusho-tyala , nawobungqina obunikiweyo eluphandweni.

(b)

Ummangalelwa uya kuba nelungelo lokuba kho kuphando nelokuba amanyelwe yena siqu okanye esebenzisa igqwetha lakhe , lokuba axambulise ngemibuzo nawuphi na umntu obizwa njengengqina ukuxhasa ubeko-tyala, lokuhlola naliphi na ixwebhu elibonisiweyo kuba libubungqina, lokuba anike ubungqina yena ngenkqu nelokuba abize abanye abantu ukuba babe ngamangqina : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi ukungaphumeleli ukubakho kommangalelwa kuphando , yena nkqu okanye esebenzisa igqwetha lakhe , akuyi kulwenza uxubusho-tyala lungabi namandla amthetho .

(c)

Akukho mntu ungelilo igosa elichophel'ityala, umtshutshisi , ummangalelwa negqwetha

lakhe , ingqina

elinika ubungqina nayo nayiphi na itoliki nombhali ngeempawu ezikhawulezisayo uya kuba kho kuphando ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume yoMgunyaziswa .

(7)

Ekuqukumbeleni

uphando

igosa

elichophel'ityala liya

kwenza isigqibo sokuba ummangalelwa unetyala okanye akanatyala na lokuziphatha kakubi abekwa ngako ityala lize lazise ummangalelwa noMgunyaziswa ngesigqibo salo .

156.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(8) Ukuba igosa elichophel'ityala ligqiba kwelokuba ummangalelwa akanatyala lokuziphatha kakubi abekwa lona nokuthi ummangalelwa wayenqunyanyisiwe okwexeshana emsebenzini ngokwesiqendu 65 , uya kuvunyelwa ukuba abuyele emsebenzini kamsinyane njengoko kunokwenzeka . (9)

Ukuba igosa elichophel'ityala ligqiba kwelokuba umma-

ngalelwa unetyala lokuziphatha kakubi abekwa lona liya kumvumela ummangalelwa okanye igqwetha lakhe ukuba libhekise intetho kulo yokunciphisa isohlwayo .

( 10) Ummangalelwa ofunyenwe enetyala lokuziphatha kakubi ngokwesiqendwana ( 7) akangethi emva kweentsuku ezilishumi elinesine emva kolo fumano enetyala abhene kulo (a)

ukuba uligosa eligunyazisiweyo ebhenela kuMphathiswa , okanye

(b)

ukuba akalilo igosa eligunyazisiweyo , ebhenela kuMgunyaziswa ,

ngokunika igosa elichophel'ityala isaziso esibhaliweyo sokubhena ekuxelwe ngokupheleleyo kuso izizathu zokubhena.

(11 )

Ukuba igosa elichophel'ityala ligqiba kwelokuba umma-

ngalelwa unetyala lokuziphatha kakubi abekwa lona, liya kuthi – (a)

lithumele

kuMgunyaziswa, emva kokuphela kwesithuba

ekubhekiswe kuso kwisiqendwana ( 10) ukuba akukho saziso sakubhena senziweyo ngesigqibo salo , okanye zingekadluli iintsuku ezisixhenxe emva kokunikwa kwalo isaziso sokubhena , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanyekanye koku -

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

amaxwebhu abhaliweyo oxubusho-tyala kuphando ;

inkcazo yesigqibo salo nezizathu zalo zoko ; naliphi na icebiso elingafuna ukulenza ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isohlwayo emasiwiselwe ummangalelwa; kwaye ke

(iv)

ukuba kuyabhenwa kwisigqibo salo , isaziso sobheno ; ize ke

157.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 . (b)

ukuba ummangalelwa

ubhenile

esigqibeni, limfumanise

ikopi enezizathu zeso sigqibo .

( 12 )

Ukuba ummangalelwa wenza isicelo kuMgunyaziswa see-

kopi zamaxwebhu abhaliweyo oxubusho-micimbi kuphando zingekagqithi iintsuku ezisixhenxe emva komhla awayefunyaniswe ngawo ikopi yezizathu zesigqibo , uMgunyaziswa uya kumfumanisa zona. ( 13)

Zingekadluli iintsuku ezilishumi elinesine emva komhla

awayefunyaniswe ngawo iikopi zamaxwebhu oxubusho-tyala okanye , ukuba wayengasenzanga isicelo seekopi zaloo maxwebhu , zingekadluli iintsuku ezingamashumi amabini ananye emva komhla awayefunyaniswe ngawo ikopi yezizathu zesigqibo , ummangalelwa angathumela kuMgunyaziswa sakhe .

( 14 )

izibongozo

ezibhaliweyo ezixhasa isibheno

Ukuba ummangalelwa ligosa elingumgunyaziswa , uMgu-

nyaziswa uya kuthumela kuMphathiswa amaxwebhu abhaliweyo oxubusho-micimbi kuphando , amanye amaxwebhu akuye aphathelele kuphando necebiso lakhe ngalo mcimbi. ( 15 ) Umphathiswa angathi , xa iligosa naliphi na eligunyazisiweyo , okanye uMgunyaziswa angathi, xa ililo naliphi na ilungu le Sebe leeTrongo elingelogosa ligunyazisiweyo (a)

asivumele isibheno sisonke okanye inxalenye yaso aze asikhabe okanye asiguqule isigqibo ; okanye

(b )

(c)

asichithe isibheno aze aqinisele isigqibo ; okanye

ngaphambi kokuba afikelele kwisigqibo sokugqibela esibhenweni, athumele nawuphi na umcimbi onxulumene nophando egoseni elichophel'ityala aze aliyalele ukuba lenze ingxelo ngawo okanye ukuba livule uphando ngokutsha lize lifikelele esigqibeni ngawo.

( 16)

Imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 5 ) nese (6 ) iya kusebenza ngoku-

malunga naluphi na uphando oluvulwa ngokutsha ngokomyalelo ngokwesiqendwana ( 15 ) .

( 17)

Ukuba uMphathiswa okanye uMgunyaziswa, kuxhome-

keke ekuthini ngubani kanye-kanye kwaba , uyasivumela isibheno aze abe ummangalelwa wayesanqunyanyisiwe emsebenzini ngokwesiqendu 65 , uya kuvunyelwa ukuba abuyele emsebenzini kamsinyane njengoko kunokwenzeka .

158.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

70. ( 1 ) Elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2) uMgunyaziswa angathi, ngokuphathelele kulo naliphi na ilungu le Sebe leeTrongo ( elingelilo igosa eligunyazisiweyo ) elifunyenwe okanye elithatyathwa ngo-

Indlela yokusingatha umcimbi welungu leSebe leeTrongo (ingelo igosa eligunya-

kuba lifunyenwe linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi nelisibheno salo , zisiweyo) elinetyala lokuziphatha ukuba sikho , kweso sigqibo , sichithiweyo sisonke okanye inxenye kakubi. yaso -

(a)

alilumkise okanye alikhalimele elo lungu ; okanye

(b)

aliwisele isigwebo sokudliwa imali engengaphezulu kwekhulu leerandi ; okanye

(c)

alithobe elo lungu ewongeni okanye ebukhulwini ngewonga; okanye

(d )

aligxothe elo lungu eSebeni leeTrongo okanye alicele ukuba lilahle umsebenzi kulo ; okanye

(e)

ayalele ukuba kungathathwa elinye inyathelo emcimbini lowo.

(2)

Nasiphi na isigqibo soMgunyaziswa ngokomhlathi (c) oka-

nye (d ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) siya kumelwa kukuba siqiniselwe nguMphathiswa .

71.

Umphathiswa angathi, ngokuphathelele kulo naliphi na igosa

elifunyenwe okanye elithatyathwa ngokuba lifunyenwe linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi okanye elisibheno salo , ukuba sikho , kweso sigqibo, sichithiweyo sisonke okanye inxalenye yaso

(a)

ayalele ukuba elo gosa lilunyukiswe okanye likhalinyelwe. nguMgunyaziswa ; okanye

(b)

awisele elo gosa udliwo-mali olungengaphezulu kwamakhulu amabini eerandi ; okanye

(c)

ayalele ukuba umcimbi ubhekiswe kwisiGqeba soMbuso khona ukuze sithathe elo nyathelo ngokwesiqendu 68 ( 1 ) (b) singathi silibone lifuneka ; okanye

(d )

ayalele ukuba makungabikho nyathelo limbi lithatyathwayo emcimbini.

159.

Indlela yokusingatha um cimbi wegosa eligunyazisiweyo elinetyala lokuziphatha kakubi.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974. Isimilo sangapha- 72. ( 1 ) Ekuqingqeni isohlwayo esifanelekileyo emasiwiselwe ilumbili masithatyathelwe ingqalelo ngu leSebe leeTrongo ngokwesiqendu 70 okanye 71 ngenxa yokuziekuqingqeni isohlwayo nasekufu- phatha kakubi, isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo siya kuthathela imaneni imali esingqalelo isohlwayo ngasinye esiwiselwe elo lungu ngokwalo Mthetho sohlwayo sokudliwa. okanye nawuphi na umthetho otshitshiswe sisiqendu 89 ( 1 ) kwisithuba seminyaka emihlanu engaphambili nje nqo komhla elalifunyenwe ngawo okanye elithatyathwa ngokuba lalifunyenwe linetyala loko kuziphatha kakubi. ( 2) Naluphi na udliwo-mali oluwiswe ngokwesiqendu 70 okanye 71 luya kufunyanwa ngokuyithabatha loo mali yodliwo kwintlawulo okanye kwizibonelelo zelo lungu ngezo zavenge aya kuthi uMgunyaziswa aziqingqe .

Ukungafaneleki okanye ukungasebenzi ngokukuko.

73.

(1 )

Ukuba kuthiwa naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo aliwu-

fanele umsebenzi walo okanye alinakho ukuwenza ngokukuko , uMgunyaziswa angalathela igosa eligunyazisiweyo okanye imantyi ukuba iphande ngeso sityholo . ( 2)

Imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 5 ) kuye kwesesi ( 7 ) nese ( 10)

kuye kwese ( 16) , size siqukwe naso apho , zesiqendu 69 nemigaqo yesiqendu 70 okanye

71 , kuxhomekeke ekuthini sisiphi na, iya

kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokuphathelele kulo naluphi na uphando ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) sesi siqendu nakwilungu leSebe leeTrongo ekwakwenziwe ngalo isityholo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi ngokwesiqendu 70 okanye 71 , njengoko senziwa sisebenze ngolo hlobo, isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo siya kuba namandla kuphela okugxotha ilungu elo eSebeni leeTrongo okanye okulithoba ewongeni okanye ebukhulwini ngewonga. Ukuziphatha kakubi ko Mgunyaziswa.

74.

(1)

Xa kuthiwa uMgunyaziswa unetyala lokuziphatha kakubi,

uMphathiswa (2 )

uya

kuwubika

Ukuba isiGqeba

loo

mcimbi kwisiGqeba

soMbuso

siyalela

soMbuso .

uMphathiswa ukuba

athabathe inyathelo malunga noMgunyaziswa ngokuphathelele kuko nakuphi na ukuziphatha kakubi , imigaqo yesiqendu 69 nesama 71 iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo , ngaphandle nje kokuba ubhekiso

ngalunye

kuMgunyaziswa

kwaye ke , ngaphandle

kwalapho umxholo ophethweyo unantsingiselo yimbi, ubhekiso ngalunye kuMphathiswa luya kutolikwa ngokuba lubhekiso kuMphathiswa nesiGqeba soMbuso ngokulandelelana kwabo . Imicimbi ephathelele kugxotho lwelungu leSebe leeTrongo.

75. Ukuba, ngenxa yokuziphatha kakubi kwelungu le Sebe leeTrongo okanye ukungafaneleki kwalo emsebenzini okanye ukungabi nakho kwalo ukuwenza ngokukuko , isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo

160.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(a)

siyaligxotha elo lungu , ugxotho luya kuqalisa ukusebenza ngomhla omiselwe sisiphathamandla esifanelekileyo ; okanye

(b)

siyalela elo lungu ukuba lilahle eSebeni leeTrongo lize elo lungu lingaphumeleli ukulahla ngolo hlobo ukususela emsisiphathamandla esifanelekileyo , elo omiselwe hleni lungu liya kuthatyathwa ngokuba ligxothiwe eSebeni leeTrongo ukususela kuloo mhla .

76.

(1 )

Isigqeba soMbuso singayila, sibumbe size sidale izihombiso

Izihombiso neeMbasa.

neembasa , kunye neentsinjana zentsimbi, amacetyana esilivere neeribhini ngokumalunga nezo zihombiso neembasa ezinganikwa sisiGqeba soMbuso okanye nguMphathiswa elawulwa yiloo migqaliselo engathi imiselwe sisiGqeba soMbuso nawuphi na umntu olilungu okanye owayelilungu leSebe leeTrongo ngokuphathelele kumsebenzi wakhe elelo lungu .

( 2)

Ipatroni, nenkqubo ephathelele kusetyenziso , kwinkatha-

lelo , ekulahlekeni, ekumlahlekeni umniniso sibe sesomnye nasekubuyiselweni, kwaso nasiphi na isihombiso esinjalo , imbasa , intsinjana yokuhombisa, icetyana lesilivere okanye iribhini iya kuba njengoko imiselweyo sisiGqeba soMbuso . ISAHLUKO 13 .

IMIGAQO NGOKUBANZI .

77.

(1 )

Ngaphandle

kwanjengoko

ngezants'apha kuqingqiweyo

kwesi siqendu , akukho mntu uya kungena okanye ahambele nakuyiphi na itrongo okanye afikelele okanye adlane iindlebe nalo naliphi na ibanjwa ngaphandle kokuba ugunyaziselwe ngemfanelo ukwenjenjalo nguMgunyaziswa .

(2) Isiqendwana ( 1 ) siya kuthi, silawulwa yimigaqo yesi siqendu neyawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho , singasebenzi -

(a)

kuyo nayiphi na ijaji yeNkundla ePhakamileyo okanye yalo naliphi Afrika;

(b)

na

isebe leNkundla ePhezulu

emantyini ;

161 .

yoMzantsi-

Ukufikelela ezitrongweni nakumabanjwa.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

(c)

kuye

nawuphi na unothimba, isekela-nothimba, umsila

wenkundla okanye ilungu lamaPolisa ekuqhubeni umsebenzi walo ; okanye

(d )

kulo naliphi na igqwetha lejaji okanye igqwetha-nje elamkelweyo

ngemfanelo

ukuba

liqhube ubugqwetha

balo

ngolo hlobo neliyalelwe ngemfanelo libanjwa okanye egameni lebanjwa elifuna ukudlana iindlebe nalo .

(3 )

( a)

Lilawulwa yimimiselo , naliphi na ilungu leSebe lamaPolisa lingathi -

(i)

lifune umntu okuso nasiphi na isikhundla okanye nawuphi na umntu okhankanywe kwisiqendwana (2) ukuba alifumanise obo bungqina bokuba ungubani na okanye besikhundla sakhe nenjongo yotyelelo lwakhe engathi ifuneke ;

(ii)

libuze imibuzo lize liphuthaphuthe lifuna-funa kuye nawuphi na umntu ongenayo okanye ophumayo , okanye ophakathi kuyo nayiphi na itrongo ; okanye

(iii)

liphengulule kuso

nasiphi na isithuthi esinge-

nayo okanye esiphumayo , okanye esikuyo , nayiphi na itrongo .

(b)

Intloko yayo nayiphi na itrongo ingathi

(i)

yale ukwamkela etrongweni nawuphi na umntu owalayo okanye ongaphumeleliyo ukubunika nabupni na ubungqina obufunwayo kuye ngokomhlathi ( a)(i) , nawuphi na umntu ongaphumeleliyo ukuphendula ngokwanelisayo naluphi na ubuzo-mibuzo okanye nawuphi na umntu owalayo ukuba aphuthaphuthwe kufuna- funwa kuye ; yaye

(ii)

ingamyalela nawuphi na umntu oziphethe ngokungekuko etrongweni ukuba emke aze ke , ukuba uyakutyeshela ukwenjenjalo, ithabathe inyathelo lokuba akhutshwe ngetshova etrongweni.

162 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(4)

(a)

Ngaphandle ke apho kuthe ngenye indlela kwaqingqwa ngokukodwa ngumthetho , ibanjwa liya kunikwa ithuba

elifanelekileyo

lokudlana iindlebe ne-

gqwetha lalo laye ke ukuba lisalindele uthetho- tyala ngalo naluphi na ubeko-tyala, liya kunikwa ithuba elifanelekileyo lokuzixhobisa ngeengongoma zokulikhusela etyaleni .

(b)

Naluphi na udliwano-ndlebe lwebanjwa negqwetha lalo luya kuba sekuhleni kodwa, ngaphandle kokuba -libanjwa eligwetywe leSebe leeTrongo .

(5)

ukufa,

aluyi kuvelwa lilungu

Nangona ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 4) ibanjwa lingathi ,

ngesibongozo, lithumele ngenjongo yokuba ziqwalaselwe nguMphathiswa, naziphi na izibongozo okanye nayiphi na inkcazo eyodwa okanye iinyani eziphathelele kufunyano lwalo linetyala okanye kwisigwebo salo ebesingenakwenziwa ngaphambili okanye ebezingenakwaziswa okanye ebezingaziwa nguye okanye ebezingadizwanga enkundleni eligwetywe yiyo ngenxa yentswelo-kwazi, ukungakhathali okanye esinye isizathu esinesihlahla.

(6)

Umfundisi wakwaLizwi okanye omnye umntu osebenza

ezokholo owalathelwe ngemfanelo ngokwesiqendu 6 ( 1 ) uya kuba nakho ukufikelela kakuhle ngokufanelekileyo kulo naliphi na ibanjwa elikwiMvaba okanye umbutho waloo mfundisi okanye loo mntu usebenza ezokholo okanye othe ngenye indlela wacela ukuba afikelele kulo .

(7)

Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba ipha-

zamisana nayo nayiphi na imigaqo yawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho ekuthi ngawo kwalelwe ukufikelela kwabanye abantu abavalelwe etrongweni.

78.

(1)

Umgunyaziswa uya kuthabatha amanyathelo ukuba ku-

hlolwe ligosa eligunyazisiweyo kungengaphantsi kwesihlandlo esinye kwisithuba ngasinye seenyanga ezintathu -

(a)

itrongo nganye eyiliweyo okanye ethatyathwa ngokuba iyiliwe ngokwalo Mthetho ; kunye

(b)

negunjana ngalinye lamapolisa okanye indawo yotshixelo-

163 .

Uhlolo-zitrongo.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

mabanjwa

okwexeshana

engalawulwa liSebe leeTrongo

apho abantu abagwetyiweyo okanye amabanjwa bavalelweyo ngokwegunya elikwisiqendu 13.

(2)

Igosa ngalinye elinjalo eligunyazisiweyo liya kuthi, nge-

ncwadi ebhaliweyo , lenze ingxelo kuMgunyaziswa ngohlobo ngalunye oluqhutywe lilo ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) laye liya kuqinisela ukuba lizanelisile ukuba umntu ngamnye ovalelweyo etrongweni, kwigunjana lamapolisa okanye endaweni yotshixelo-mabanjwa okwexeshana ehlolwe nguye uvalelwe ngokusemthethweni ngolo hlobo. (3 )

Imantyi iya kuthi, kungengaphantsi kwesihlandlo esinye

ngenyanga nganye ityelele itrongo nganye esithilini sayo , ekuqukwa apho naliphi na igunjana lamapolisa okanye indawo yotshixelomabanjwa okwexeshana apho abantu abagwetyiweyo okanye amabanjwa avalelweyo ngokwegunya elikwisiqendu 13 , yaye iya kuzanelisa ukuba umntu ngamnye onelungelo lokukhululwa etrongweni okanye eluvalelweni, kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na, ukhululiwe ke ngolo hlobo . (4)

Igosa elingugqirha liya kuyihlola itrongo ephantsi kobu-

gqirha balo ubuncinane kanye ngeveki nganye laye liya kwenza ingxelo ebhaliweyo kuMgunyaziswa ngawo nawuphi na umcimbi othi, ngoluvo lwalo , ziswa .

Ukuqeshwa kwamabanjwa .

79.

(1)

ufanelwe

kukuba

wandlalwe phambi koMgunya-

Kangangoko ke kunokuthi kube nokwenzeka , amabanjwa

(ingelilo ibanjwa elikhankanywe kwisiqendu 24(2) amelwe kukuba enze umsebenzi aya kuqeshwa emisebenzini kaRhulumente. (2 )

Elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ) uMgunyaziswa, oka-

nye nayiphi na intloko yetrongo egunyaziselwe oko nguMgunyaziswa, angagunyazisa ukuba kuqeshwe amabanjwa okanye naluphi udidi oluthile Iwamabanjwa ziziphathamandla zeziphaluka okanye eminye imibutho yoluntu okanye ngabantu-nje abazimeleyo ngaloo migqaliselo nasekuhlawuleni ezo mali zifunwayo zingathi ziqingqwe nguMphathiswa ebhungisana noVimba-mali .

(3 )

Nangani

ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2) , uMphathiswa

angathi, ebhungisana noVimba-mali, agunyazise usetyenziso Iwamabanjwa mahala kuwo nawuphi na umcimbi oluncedo kuluntu okanye kumbutho ofanelekileyo wokunceda amahlwempu.

80.

(1)

Umgunyaziswa angathi, esebenzisa eso siseko singundoqo

singathi sibe sivunyiwe nguVimba-mali

164.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(a)

anike aze ahlawule imivuzo yemali kubantu abanika ingxelo ekhokelela ekubanjweni kwalo naliphi na ibanjwa eliqhweshileyo elugcinweni ; okanye

(b)

ahlawule imivuzo yemali kubantu abanika ingxelo ephathelele kuqhwesho olucetywayo etrongweni lwalo naliphi na ibanjwa.

(2)

Nawuphi na umntu onika nayiphi na ingxelo enjalo okanye

abamba, ofumana aze anikezele okanye obangela ukuba kunikezelwe kulo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye lamaPolisa naliphi na ibanjwa elinjalo , angathi ngaphezu kwawo nawuphi na umvuzo , ahlawulwe iindleko ezifanelekileyo azenzileyo ngokunika loo ngxelo okanye ngokulibamba , ngokulifumana okanye ngokulinikezela elo banjwa.

(3 )

Akukho mvuzo uya kuhlawulwa ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 )

naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye lamaPolisa ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume yoMphathiswa kunjalo nje ke kuphela ukuba, kuluvo lwakhe , iimeko zokwenjenjalo zezingaqhelekanga kakhulu kangangokuba loo ntlawulo ibonakale ifanele .

Ukungabi nabu81. ( 1 ) Nangona ikho nayiphi into ekwisiqendu 9 , ukuba kumtyala ngezenzo mangalelwa uRhulumente kuthatyathwa nawaphi na amanyathelo ezenziwe ngezigunyazisi okanye omthetho okanye kummangalelwa naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo imiyalelo engekho ngayo nayiphi na into eyenziweyo ngokungqinelana nesigunyazisi okanye nomyalelo obonakala ngathi ukhutshwe yimantyi, ligosa loxolo okanye elinye igosa eligunyaziswe ngumthetho ukuba likhuphe izigunyazisi okanye imiyalelo , uRhulumente okanye ilungu elo leSebe leeTrongo aliyi kuba nabutyala ngako nakuphi na ukungabikho mthethweni malunga nokukhupha isigunyazisi okanye umyalelo okanye ngenxa yokuba umntu okhupha eso sigunyazisi okanye umyalelo engenalo igunya lomthetho .

(2)

Ekuboniseni kwalo isigunyazisi okanye omnye umyalelo

obonakala ngathi usayinwe yimantyi okanye ligosa loxolo okanye elo gosa lilelinye eselikhankanyiwe kunjalo nje ekuveliseni ubungqina bokuba izenzo ekukhalazwa ngazo zenziwe ngokwesigunyazisi okanye umyalelo , kuya kugwetyelwa uRhulumente okanye elo lungu , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na.

(3)

Uvalelo kuyo nayiphi na itrongo okanye indawo kwakhe ,

165.

mgaqweni.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

okanye ukwenza kusebenze isohlwayo nasiphi na kuye , nawuphi na umntu ongaphantsi okanye ongaphezulu kwexabiso lobudala eliqingqwe ngulo Mthetho akuyi kuthatyathwa ngokuba bekungekho mthethweni ukuba , ngexesha lokufumana isigunyazisi solo valelo okanye isohlwayo , loo mntu wayekhangeleka ekwixabiso lobudala eliqingqwe ngulo Mthetho .

Uqingqelo-mida izimangalo.

82.

Akukho simangalo satyala lembambano ngokuphathelele ku-

Rhulumente okanye nawuphi na umntu ngayo nayiphi na into eyenziweyo okanye engenziwanga ngokwalo Mthetho siya kuqaliswa oku emva kokuphela kweenyanga ezintandathu ukususela emhleni ethe yavela ngawo intsusa-simangalo kwaye ke ngaphandle kokuba isaziso esibhaliweyo senjongo yokufaka eso simangalo , esixela intsusamabandla yoko nengcombolo yebango , siya kuba sesinikwe ummangalelwa inyanga enye ubuncinane ngaphambili kokuqalisa kwesimangalelo .

Imingxungxiswa 83. Umngxungxiswa ongumgcini-trongo ongazuzi mvuzo ngomseethile engabagcinibenzi wakhe akayi kuthi , ngesizathu nje soko , athatyathwe ngokuba ithatyazitrongo thwa ngokuba zizicaka zikaRhulu- akakho ngqeshweni kaRhulumente. mente.

Usetyenziso lwemipu nezinye izixhobo nolwesinyokotho ngokubanzi.

84.

(1 )

Ukuba naliphi na ibanjwa lizama ukuqhwesha okanye li-

hlasela okanye loyikisa ngokulihlasela ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu okanye lidibene namanye lenza nasiphi na isenzo sobundlobongela, naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo lingathi, ngenjongo yokuthintela uqhwesho lwelo banjwa okanye ngenjongo yokuzikhusela okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu --

(a)

lisebenzise isinyokotho kangangoko kuthi kufuneke ngokusemthethweni; kwaye ke

(b)

ukuba ligunyaziselwe ukuba lixhobe njengoko kuqingqiweyo kwisiqendu 4( 5 ) , liwusebenzise umpu walo okanye esinye

(2 )

isixhobo ,

kuxhomekeke

ekuthini

kukuphi

na.

Ukuba naliphi na ilungu leSebe lee Trongo , elenza into

ngokunyanzelwa yimeko kunjalo nje kangangoko sekukhankanyiwe ngaphambili apha , libulala, lingxwelerha okanye lenzakalisa naliphi na ibanjwa , aliyi kuthatyathwa ngokuba lenze nasiphi na isaphulomthetho .

166 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

85. ( 1 ) Akukho mali yalayisensi, irhafu okanye umrhumo iya kumelwa kukuba ithululelwe kwiNgxowa yeMali eNgenayo yaseTranskei ngokuphathelele kwinkanti nayiphi na yamalungu eSebe leeTro-

Ukukhululwa kweenkanti kwiirhafu nemirhumo yeelayisensi.

ngo, eqiniselwe ngolo hlobo isayinwe ngesandla soMphathiswa , okanye ngokuphathelele kuyo nayiphi na impahla ethengiswayo kuyo nayiphi na inkanti enjalo.

(2)

Ukulungiselela iinjongo zesi siqendu ukuthi " inkanti" ku-

quka nasiphi na isakhiwo ekutyela kuso amalungu eSebe leeTrongo okanye naziphi na izakhiwo ezisetyenziselwa izonwabiso , iziqabulimzimba, okanye iimfuneko kuphela zamalungu okanye abadli-mihlalaphantsi beSebe leeTrongo okanye zabantu abaqeshwe kuwo nawuphi na umsebenzi kuso okanye onxulumene naso nasiphi na isakhiwo esinjalo sokutyela okanye umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo . 86.

(1)

Elawulwa yiyo nayiphi na imigaqo esebenzayo yomthetho

ephathelele kwinkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei, uMphathiswa angawisa imimiselo engangqubaniyo nalo Mthetho , ngokumalunga

(a)

nolwalathelo , uqeqesho , unyuselo , ukutshintshwa, imvume yokungaphengeli nemigqaliselo yenkonzo ngokubanzi yamalungu eSebe leeTrongo ;

(b)

noxilongo ngugqirha nonyango ngamayeza , olwamazinyo nolwasesibhedlele lwamalungu eSebe leeTrongo ;

(c)

namawonga nezibizo zamalungu eSebe leeTrongo , ulandelelwano ngokubaluleka lwaloo mawonga , ukugcinwa okanye ukulahlekwa liwonga nokuphiwa-nje iwonga;

(d)

nesivatho nempahla yeSebe leeTrongo nokulawulwa kweempahla zeyunifom okanye izixhobo ezinikwe amalungu ;

(e)

nokuhlala ezindlwini zikaRhulumente ;

(f)

nomsebenzi, amagunya neemfanelo zamalungu eSebe leeTrongo nezamagosa angoogqirha ;

(g)

nolawulo

nokuphathwa kweetrongo

gcina ucwangco noluleko

(h)

ngokubanzi

noku-

apho ;

noxilongo lukagqirha, ukufotwa , ukumentwa , ukuthathwa kwezithupha nokuzuza enye inkcukacha yesiqu yamaba-

167

Imimiselo .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

njwa nokuqukela ndawonye nokugcinwa kwemibhalo ephathelele emabanjweni ;

(i)

nofumaniso-kudla , izinxibo nezinye iimfuneko kumabanjwa nengongoma eyindoqo elawula olo fumaniso ;

(i)

nolondolozo lwempilo yamabanjwa;

(k)

nogcino olululo Iwamabanjwa nokhuseleko ezitrongweni ngokubanzi ;

(1)

nolwamkelo nogcino olululo ezitrongweni lwemali okanye enye impahla yalo naliphi na ibanjwa , indlela yokuyiphatha nayiphi na imali okanye enye impahla enjalo lo gama lisavalelwayo elo banjwa, utshatyalaliso lwezivatho ezinga cocekanga okanye ezingenamsebenzi zalo naliphi na ibanjwa nento emakwenziwe ngayo impahla yalo naliphi na ibanjwa eliqhweshileyo okanye elifileyo okanye elingaphumelelanga ukuyibanga loo mpahla ;

(m) nophuthaphutho nophengululo ezitrongweni;

(n)

nolwenziwo-kusebenze kwezigwebo ezitrongweni;

(0)

nempatho kubantu abagwetywe ukufa ;

(p)

nentimbo nendlela emakuqhutywe ngayo ngokubhekiselele kwimpahla nayiphi na engeniswe ngokungemthetho , okanye efunyenwe etrongweni okanye ngasetrongweni nayiphi na ;

(q)

nokuxhitshulwa nokuhlolwa kwayo nayiphi na incwadi okanye okunye okubhaliweyo okubhekiswe ngeadresi kulo naliphi na ibanjwa okanye kulo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo ;

(r)

nokwenziwa komsebenzi ngamabanjwa ;

(s)

noqeqesho nempatho kumabanjwa ;

(t)

nokusetyenziswa kwayo nayiphi na indlela evunyiweyo yokuzithiba okuzenzekelayo ;

168 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

(u)

nokufezwa

yibhodi yeetrongo komsebenzi

neemfanelo

zayo nenkqubo yeentlanganiso , nohlobo lweengxelo , zebhodi yeetrongo ;

(v)

noyilo, ukuphathwa nokulawulwa kwengxowa yokufumanisa unyango ngamayeza, olwamazinyo nolwasesibhedlele amalungu eSebe leeTrongo arhoxa enkonzweni ngomhlalaphantsi

okanye arhoxileyo enkonzweni ngomhlala-

phantsi ;

(w)

noncedo ngemali kwimizi, imibutho okanye abantu abanomdla nenxaxheba kwintlalontle nohlaziyo-zimilo zamabanjwa

(x)

(y)

okanye

zabantu

abakhululiweyo

etrongweni ;

naloo micimbi iya kumiselwa okanye ingathi imiselwe ngommiselo ; na ngokubanzi nawuphi na umcimbi ekuthi , ngoluvo loMphathiswa, kufuneke umiselwe khona ukuze kufezwe iinjongo zalo Mthetho , imigaqo yalo mhlathi yona ingasikelwanga imida ngayo nayiphi na indlela yimigaqo yemihlathi engaphambili.

(2)

Imimiselo ingalungiselela izohlwayo ngalo

naluphi

na

ukreqo lwayo okanye utyeshelo lokwenza okufunwa yiyo, ezingengaphezulu

kudliwo-mali

engamakhulu

amabini

eerandi

okanye

ufako-trongweni iinyanga ezintandathu , kwaye ke kungawiswa imimiselo eyahlukeneyo ngokuphathelele kwiitrongo ezahlukeneyo okanye kwiindidi zamabanjwa ezahlukeneyo .

(3)

Ummiselo oqingqela amalungu imigqaliselo ebhetele ye-

Sebe leeTrongo ungawiswa uthathela exesheni eligqithileyo ukusebenza.

(4)

Akukho mmiselo owenza kufuneke kusetyenziswe imali

kwiNgxowa yeMali eNgenayo eTranskei uya kuwiswa nguMphathiswa ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) ngaphandle kokuba kungobhungiswano noVimba-mali.

87.

(1)

Umphathiswa angathi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha ngesaziso

eGazethini kaRhulumente afake imibandela kwisiHlomelo 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 okanye 5 ,

169.

Imigaqo ephathele kwiziHlomelo.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

(2)

Izihlomelo ziya kufundwa njengento enye nalo Mthetho

lwaye ke naluphi na ufako-mbandela esiHlomelweni xa sesipapashiwe njengoko kuqingqiweyo kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) luya kuba namandla omthetho afana nqwa nokungathi beluyinxalenye yesiHlomelo sokuqala lwaye luya kuthatyathwa ngokuba luqukiwe nakuluphi na ukhankanyo olwenziwe kulo Mthetho lweso siHlomelo .

Eminye imigaqo yalo Mthetho mayaziswe amabanjwa.

88.

(1)

Imigaqo yesiHlomelo 3 iya kwaziswa ibanjwa ngalinye

kamsinyane njengoko kunokwenzeka emveni kolwamkelo lwalo etrongweni .

(2)

Ikopi yalo Mthetho iya kugcinwa etrongweni nganye

khona ukuze lifumane ulwazi naliphi na ibanjwa elicela ukuba ikopi enjalo maliyifumane isithuba esifanelekileyo .

Utshitshiso-mithenezitenxa-mga- 89. ( 1 ) Phantsi kwemigaqo yesiqendu 50A yoMthetho osisiSeko tho qweni. soLawulo , imithetho ekhankanywe kwisiHlomelo 6 ngokwenjenje iyatshitshiswa.

(2)

Nangona ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 )

(a)

umntu ngamnye , ekuqukwa apho naliphi na igosa elikhankanywe kwisiqendu 63 soMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo , owathi ngaphambili nje kancinane kokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho waba usesikhundleni okanye emsebenzini nawuphi na enkonzweni kaRhulumente ngokwawo nawuphi na enkonzweni kaRhulumente ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho otshitshiswe seso sigendwana uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba ube alathelwe esikhundleni okanye emsebenzini ongqinelana nalowo ngokwalo Mthetho ;

(b)

imimiselo nemiyalelo ebisebenza ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho otshitshisiweyo ngeso siqendwana (ebizwa ngezants'apha ngokuthi yimimiselo nemiyalelo ekhoyo ) iya kuthi , ilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 65 nesama 67 soMthetho osisiSeko so Lawulo kunjalo nje kangangoko ingathi yenziwe isebenze imimiselo nemiyalelo ekhoyo , ibe ayidediswanga yimigaqo okanye ayingqubani nemigaqo yalo Mthetho, ihlale isebenza njalo ngokuphathelele kwiSebe leeTrongo ;

(c)

nayiphi na into eyenziwe ngokwawo nawuphi na umgaqo wawo nawuphi na umthetho otshitshiswe ngeso siqendwa-

170 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

na iya kuthatyathwa ngokuba yenziwe ngokwaloo mgaqo ungqinelana nalowo walo Mthetho ; lwaye ke

(d)

naluphi na uxubusho-micimbi yetyala, uthetho- tyala okanye uphando ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho otshitshiswe seso siqendwana ebelungekaqukunjelwa ekuqaliseni ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho luya kuqhutywa njalo luze luqukunjelwe ngazo zonke iindlela ngokungathi lo Mthetho wawungaphunyezwanga .

(3 )

Naluphi na ubhekiso kuwo nawuphi na umthetho " ejele"

luya kutolikwa njengobhekiso etrongweni eyilwe okanye ethatyathwa ngokuba iyilwe ngokwalo Mthetho.

(4)

Naliphi na igosa elibekwe ukuba lise tyenziswe liSebe lee-

Trongo ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu 63 soMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo liya kuthi, ukulungiselela iinjongo zalo Mthetho , lithatyathwe ngokuba belalathelwe eSebeni leeTrongo ngokwesiqendu 4 ewongeni nasesikhundleni elithi nangaliphi na ixesha libe kuso .

(5 )

Naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo eliqeshwe ngaphandle

kwaso nasiphi na isithili saseTranskei liya kuhlala lilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho .

90. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho weeTrongo zaseTranskei, 1974.

ISIHLOMELO 1 .

ISAZISO

SOKUFAKWA

TRONGWENI

ETRONGWENI

NGOLUNYE

UFAKO-

LWAMAXESHA NGAMAXESHA .

Ku ........

INo. yeTrongo ........

Iadresi

NJENGOKO ugwetywe ngemfanelo ukuba ufakwe etrongweni ngofako -trongweni

Iwamaxesha ngamaxesha

isithuba seeyure ezi

: NANJENGOKO ngoku sewusebenze iiyure ezi ..... .............. zolo fako- trongweni : 171.

Igama elifutshane.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

NGOKU, KE, ngokwenjenje uyaziswa, ngokwesiqendu 22 soMthetho weeTrongo zaseTranskei, 1974 , ukuba kufuneka uzinike... ngo .................. zele eTrongweni ..a.m ./p.m. ngo

umhla ku .....

ngowe ......

ngenjongo yokuba ubuyele kwakhona kolo fako- trongwe-

ni lwamaxesha ngamaxesha.

(Intsayino-gama leNtloko yeTrongo)

Indawo

Umhla ....

Isaziso sokuqala samkelwe ndim ngalo we ku

....... umhla

19 ................

(Intsayino-gama lebanjwa)

Ingqina (Intsayino-gama newonga)

ISIHLOMELO 2 .

UXOLELO-FAKO- TRONGWENI .

Umcimbi 1 : Ingcaciso-magama . Kwesi siHlomelo ukuthi (i)

"uvalelo olunganiki lungelo " kuthetha uvalelo kwindawo eqiniselweyo yokhuselo , ithanga lamavila , isikolo soguqulosimilo , iziko lohlaziyo-similo okanye indawo yokhuselo ;

(ii)

"udliwo-mali

olunganiki lungelo " kuthetha udliwo-mali

olungaphaya kwekhulu leerandi ;

(iii)

"ufako-trongweni olunganiki lungelo '

kuthetha ufako-

trongweni umntu enokukhetha okanye engenakukhetha ukuba adliwe imali isithuba esingengaphantsi kwekhulu elinamashumi amabini anesine eentsuku ;

172 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(iv)

"ufako-trongweni olunika ilungelo " kuthetha ufako- trongweni inxenye yalo enokuxolelwa ngokwalo Mthetho ;

(v)

" isiphindeleli-mva kulwaphulo-mthetho" kuthetha, kulawulwa yimigaqo, ibanjwa ngexesha elidlulileyo ebeligwetywe uvalelo olunganiki lungelo , ufako-trongweni olunganiki lungelo okanye udliwo-mali olunganiki lungelo , akukhathaleki nokokuba eso sigwebo okanye nayiphi na inxenye yaso sasixhonyiwe ;

(vi)

"imigaqo" kuthetha imigaqo emiselwe emcimbini 3 wesi siHlomelo ;

laye ke ibinzana-ntetho elithi "indawo eqiniselweyo yokhuselo ” , "iziko lohlaziyo-similo " okanye "indawo yokhuselo " linentsingiselo eliyinikwe eMthethweni weeNdawo zoKhuselo namaZiko oHlaziyosimilo , 1963 (uMthetho 86 wowe 1963) okanye eMthethweni wokuSebenzisa gwenxa iZinto ezidala uKhobokiso kuzo namaZiko oHlaziyo-zimilo , 1971 , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na .

Umcimbi 2:

Uxolelo-fako-trongweni .

Isithuba sofako - trongweni olunika ilungelo .

(a)

Esingadlulanga ezinyangeni ezintandathu (okanye i - 184 leentsuku )

(b)

Esidlulileyo ezinyangeni ezintandathu kodwa esingaphantsi

Inxenye yofako -trongweni olungathi luxolelwe.

Isinye esithathwini

kweminyaka emibini ( oko kukuthi esingadlulanga kuma 729 eentsuku) (c)

ikota

Iminyaka emibini nangaphezulu :

(i)

(ii)

Abantu abangezoziphindeleli-mva kulwaphulo- mthetho

ikota

Iziphindeleli - mva kulwaphulomthetho

Isinye esibhozweni

173.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

Umcimbi 3:

Imigaqo emayisetyenziswe ekubaleni nasekwenzeni uxolelo.

Umgaqo 1 :

Ukulungiselela iinjongo zoxolelo

(a)

naliphi na isuntswana losuku liya kuthatyathwa ngokuba lusuku olupheleleyo ; zaye ke

(b)

izigwebo zofako-trongweni eziwiswe ngezityholo ezibini okanye ngaphezulu zobeko-tyala olunye ziya kuthatyathwa ngokuba sisigwebo esinye.

Umgaqo 2 :

(a)

Ukulungiselela ukuqinisekisa ukuthi ngaba ibanjwa naliphi na lisisiphindeleli-mva na kulwaphulo-mthetho, akukho lufako-trongweni lunganiki lungelo, luvalelo lunganiki lungelo okanye ludliwo-mali lunganiki lungelo luya kuthathelwa ingqalelo ukuba kubekho isithuba seminyaka elishumi okanye ngaphezulu phakathi komhla elo banjwa laligwetywe ngawo ngesaphulomthetho elifakwe etrongweni ngaso ngoko ngofako-trongweni olunika ilungelo no (i)

apho

kwakungaxhonywanga inxenye yo-

fako-trongweni olunganiki lungelo okanye yovalelo olunganiki lungelo, mhla wokuphela kofako-trongweni elunganiki lungelo , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na , ngaphandle kokuthathela ingqalelo naluphi na uxolelo lwesigwebo okanye uhlawulo lwayo nayiphi na imali edliwa umbanjwa ; okanye

(ii)

apho yayixhonyiwe inxenye yofako-trongweni olunganiki lungelo okanye uvalelo olunganiki lungelo, mhla wokuphela wenxenye engaxhonywanga yofako-trongweni olunganiki lungelo okanye uvalelo olunganiki lungelo , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na, ngaphandle kokuthathela ingqalelo naluphi na uxolelo lwesigwebo okanye uhlawulo lwayo nayiphi na imali edliwa umbanjwa; okanye

174.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

(iii)

apho kwakuxhonywe lonke ufako-trongweni olunganiki lungelo okanye uvalelo olunganiki lungelo , mhla ekwakuwiswe ngawo ufako-trongweni olunganiki lungelo okanye uvalelo olunganiki lungelo ; okanye

(iv)

xa iludliwo-mbanjwa imali olunganiki lungelo, mhla elwaliwiswe ngawo olo dliwomali.

(b)

Ekubaleni esi sithuba sesikhankanyiwe esiyiminyaka elishumi okanye ngaphezulu , ubude bexesha laso nasiphi na isigwebo sofako-trongweni (olungelulo elikulo

ufako-trongweni olunika ilungelo)

ngokuba

ibanjwa

abuyi

kuthathelwa

ngqalelo ngaphandle kokuba eso sigwebo sisigwebo esixhonyiweyo esenziwe ukuba sisebenze .

ISIHLOMELO 3.

IKHOWUDI YOLULEKO-MABANJWA.

Liya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho naliphi na ibanjwa elithi, phakathi okanye ngaphandle kwetrongo, kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na -

(1)

lingathobeli , lingahoyi okanye lityeshele ngabom ukwenza umyalelo osemthethweni eliwunikwa lilo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye nguye nawuphi na omnye umntu onegunya lokunika loo myalelo ; okanye

(2)

lale ukusebenza, linqene linganaki okanye lingabi nankathalo emsebenzini walo okanye lityeshele umsebenzi ngalo naluphi na uhlobo ; okanye

(3)

lizigulise okanye lizenze umlwelwe okanye lizingxwelerhe okanye lizenzakalise ngenjongo yokuba lingawenzi nawuphi na umsebenzi .

(4)

libe nendelo okanye lingabi nambeko kulo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo okanye omnye umntu ekungenzeka liphathwe nguye okanye kuye nawuphi na umntu kuyo nayiphi na itrongo ; okanye

175 .

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

(5)

liziphathe ngokulihlazo okanye ngokobundlavini okanye ngamazwi okanye ngezenzo libonakalise intswela- ntobelo ;

(6)

lithuke okanye lisebenzise intetho etyityimbisela omnye umnwe, eyintlamba,

ethukayo, ethoba isidima somntu

ngobuxoki enye intetho engekho sikweni ; okanye (7)

lenze nayiphi na ingxolo engafuneki nganto okanye elithi ngenye indlela libe yingxaki ; okanye

(8)

ngabom liphendule lixoka kuwo nawuphi na umbuzo eliwubuzwa lilungu naliphi na leSebe leeTrongo okanye nguye nawuphi na omnye umntu owenza nawuphi na umsebenzi oyimfanelo yakhe kuyo nayiphi na itrongo ; okanye

(9)

ngaphandle kwemvume limke endaweni elisebenza kuyo okanye igunjana okanye nayiphi na enye indawo eliyaleIwa ukuba lingemki kuyo ; okanye

( 10)

lityhole nangayiphi na indlela lixoka kunjalo nje nangomoya wezikhova naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo, elinye ibanjwa okanye omnye umntu ; okanye

( 11 )

lincokole , okanye lithethane ngalo naluphi na olunye uhlobo, nelinye ibanjwa okanye umntu ngexesha nasendaweni apho lingavunyelwanga ukwenjenjalo ;

( 12 )

kanye

lifake nasiphi na isikhalazo esibubuxoki, esingenasihlahla okanye esenziwa ngomoya wezikhova; okanye

( 13 )

libangele ukunganeliseki ,

uqhushululu okanye intswela-

mbeko kumabanjwa elinawo etrongweni okanye libe nenxaxheba kulo naliphi na iyelenqe ; okanye

( 14 )

lenze naluphi na uhlaselo olungephi ; okanye

( 15 )

kwigunjana lalo okanye kulo , libe nayo okanye lamkele okanye linike , nawuphi na omnye umntu , nayiphi na into engagunyaziswanga ; okanye

( 16) libe nantoni na edelekileyo ; okanye

( 17)

ngabom okanye ngokungakhathali lonakalise litshabalalise okanye lone nayiphi na ipropati yoluntu ; okanye

176.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

( 18)

ngabom okanye ngokungakhathali lilahle okanye lonakalise okanye litshabalalise okanye liguqule ngabom okanye liyicime ingafundeki nayiphi na into ekhutshelwe lona ukuba liyisebenzise lona ngenkqu , ekuqukwa apho nasiphi na isazisi okanye elinye ixwebhu ; okanye

( 19)

lananiselane nomnye ngayo nayiphi na into elikhutshelwe yona ukuba liyisebenzise lona ngenkqu , ekuqukwa apho nasiphi na isazisi okanye elinye ixwebhu ;

(20)

kungengamvume lithengise okanye lichithe ngenye indlela nayiphi na into , eligunyaziswe ukuba liyizise etrongweni khona ukuze isetyenziswe lilo siqu , kuye nawuphi na omnye umntu kuloo trongo ; okanye

(21 )

lenze nayiphi na into eyingozi kucwangco okanye ululeko olululo ; okanye

(22)

lizame ukwenza nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho kwezo zikhankanywe kwesi siHlomelo okanye liphembelele okanye libasele nawuphi na omnye umntu ukuba enze nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho esinjalo . ISIHLOMELO 4.

ISOHLWAYO SEDAYETHI .

Isithuba sovalelo lobulolo

iintsuku iintsuku iintsuku iintsuku

ezi- 5 ezili- 10 ezili 15 ezingama-20

iintsuku ezingama-25 iintsuku ezingama-30

Izithuba nolandelelwano Iwesohlwayo sedayethi. Idayethi kanobenani iintsuku ezi- 5 iintsuku ezi-5 iintsuku ezisi- 7 iintsuku ezisi-8 iintsuku ezili-9 iintsuku ezili- 12

Idayethi encitshisiweyo

ayikho iintsuku iintsuku iintsuku iintsuku

ezi 2 ezi- 3 ezi-4 ezi-5

iintsuku ezi-6

idayethi epheleleyo

ayikho usuku olu- 1 iintsuku ezi- 2 iintsuku ezi- 3 iintsuku ezi-5 iintsuku ezi-6

Ukulungiselela iinjongo zesi siHlomelo ukuthi -

(i)

"idayethi encitshisiweyo " kuthetha idayethi eyihafu yomxhesho omiselweyo wemihla ngemihla webanjwa ; kwaye ukuthi

177.

Idavethi kanobenani ayikho iintsuku ezi-2 iintsuku ezi-3 iintsuku ezi- 5 iintsuku ezi-6 iintsuku ezi-6

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(ii)

“idayethi kanobenani”

kuthetha idayethi engamakhulu

amabini eegram zomgubo wombona , kabini yonke imihla, ubiliswe emanzini angenatyuwa , neegram ezilishumi elinesihlanu zomgubo wesuphu yeprotoni ezibiliswe kwiimililitha zamanzi ezingamakhulu amahlanu anamashumi asixhenxe, kanye yonke imihla.

Umgaqo wokusebenzisa isohlwayo sedayethi.

Kulawula imigaqo yesiqendu 21 ( 2) ( b) salo Mthetho, osohlwayo sedayethi siya kwenziwa sisebenze kamsinyane njengoko kunokwenzeka emveni kokuwiswa kwaso saye singaqalisa nangaluphi na usuku lweveki.

ISIHLOMELO 5 . IKHOWUDI YOLULEKO-MALUNGU ESEBE LEETRONGO. 1.

Lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 63( 3) soMthetho osisiSeko so-

Lawulo, naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo liya kuba netyala lokuziphatha kakubi ukuba -(1)

likreqa okanye lityeshela nawuphi na umgaqo walo Mthetho (ingenguwo kodwa umgaqo odala ngokuphandle isaphulo-mthetho setyala lesizi nomisela isohlwayo ngokumalunga neso saphulo-mthetho) ; okanye

(2 )

aliphangeli emsebenzini lingenamvume okanye sizathu sinesihlahla okanye liyagqithisa ekuhlaleni lingezi emsebenzini nakuyiphi na imvume yokungaphangeli

ebeliyini-

kiwe ; okanye

(3)

aliwuthobeli , aliwunaki okanye lityeshela ngabom ukuwenza nawuphi na umyalelo osemthethweni eliwunikwa lilungu okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu onegunya lokwenjenjalo okanye nawuphi na uMyalelo weSebe leeTrongo okanye omnye umyalelo okhutshwa nguMgunyaziswa ckanye esinye isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo okanye libonakalisa intswela-ntobelo ngamazwi okanye ngesimilo ; okanye

(4)

liyazigulisa okanye lizenza ngathi aliphilanga , libuthathaka , lenzakale okanye lineentlungu ; okanye

178.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(5)

linxilile butywala okanye lidakunjiswe sisiyobisi nokokuba lisemsebenzini nokokuba alikho msebenzini ; okanye

(6)

lithi lisemsebenzini lisele nabuphi na utywala okanye lisebenzise naliphi na ichiza elidakumbisayo ; okanye

(7)

lizenza lingawufaneli umsebenzi ngokusela utywala ngaphaya kwengqondo okanye ngokusebenzisa ichiza elidakumbisayo ; okanye

(8)

alipheli nakuyiphi na indawo ekuthengiswa kuyo utywala ; okanye

(9)

nangaliphi ilixa xa lisemsebenzini linamandla

ealkoholi

egazini lalo angengaphantsi kwe 0,07g ngekhulu ngalinye leemililitha zegazi ; okanye

( 10 )

liyathuka okanye lisebenzisa intetho embi okanye liziphatha ngohlobo oluhlazisayo , olungafanelekileyo okanye olungelulo okanye , xa lisemsebenzini, alinambeko ngokugqithisileyo kuye nawuphi na umntu ; okanye

( 11 )

lidubula ngompu ngokungakhathali okanye ngokungananzi ; okanye

( 12 )

ekwenzeni okanye ekuqhubeni, okanye ngokuphathelele ekwenzeni okanye ekuqhubeni umsebenzi okanye iimfanelo zalo lenza ingxelo yobuxoki okanye engathanga tse , lisazi ukuthi ibubuxoki okanye ayithanga tse okanye lingayazi okanye lingakholwa ukuba iyinyaniso okanye ithe tse ; okanye

( 13 )

lithurha ubuthongo emsebenzini ; okanye

( 14)

alikhathali okanye liyanqena ukwenza umsebenzi walo ; okanye

( 15 )

livumela ngokungakhathali okanye linyamezela into yokuba ibanjwa liqhweshe kwiimeko ezingezizo ezo zilulwaphulo-mthetho ngetyala lesizi ; okanye

179.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

( 16)

kwiimeko ezingezizo ezo zilulwaphulo-mthetho ngetyala lesizi, lamkela ngaphandle kwemvume yoMgunyaziswa , okanye lifuna ngokwenze okanye ngokutyeshela ukwenza umsebenzi walo , nayiphi na ikhomishini, isipho, umrhumo okanye umvuzo (ingeyiyo intlawulo yengqesho elikuyo) okanye liyakutyeshela ukubika ngoko nangoko kuMgunyaziswa ukuba nakuphi na okunjalo belikunikwa ukuba likuthathe ;

( 17)

ngaphandle kwemvume efunyenwe kwangaphambili yoMgunyaziswa, lidiza ngenye indlela engeyiyo leyo yokuqhuba umsebenzi walo kaRhulumente nayiphi na into eliyaziyo, lwazi olo ebeliluzuze okanye oluziswe kulo ngokuqeshwa kwalo eSebeni leeTrongo okanye lisebenzisa ulwazi lwaloo nto ukufeza injongo engeyiyo leyo ikukwenza umsebenzi walo kaRhulumente ;

(18 )

ngokuthe

ngqo okanye ngokusekelezayo liboleka imali

elungwini okanye lisebenzisa ilungu elikwiwonga elingaphantsi kwelalo okanye lizibeka engxakini yokuba linyanzeleke lenze imfanelo yemali kongaphantsi kulo ewongeni ; okanye

( 19 )

kungekuko

xa liqhubayo umsebenzi

walo kunjalo nje

ngaphandle kwemvume yoMgunyaziswa, liqhogana lisazi nobelibanjwa etrongweni okanye nomhlobo okanye nozalana nebanjwa ; okanye

(20)

kwiimeko ezingezizo ezo zilulwaphulo-mthetho ngetyala lesizi , livumela ibanjwa eliphantsi kweliso lalo okanye elilawulwa lilo ukuba likhe lisele okanye lizuze utywala okanye ichiza nebanjwa ; okanye

(21 )

kungengagunya lisemthethweni, libangela okanye lifuna ibanjwa eliphantsi kweliso lalo okanye eliliphetheyo ukuba lenze umsebenzi okanye lenze nakuphi na okuluncedo elithi lona okanye omnye umntu lifumane okanye eliya kufumana ngokuphathelele kuko ingenelo okanye inzuzo ethile okanye elithi lona okanye omnye umntu libe linomdla ngenkqu kuko , akukhathaleki nokokuba loo mdla ubhekiselele emalini nokokuba akunjalo ; okanye

( 22 )

liqesha lisazi ibanjwa elikhululiweyo ngaphandle kwemvume yoMgunyaziswa ; okanye

180.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

(23)

lisebenzisa abasebenzi abangamabanjwa emsebenzini walo kunjalo nje ukuzinceda okanye ukunceda elinye ilungu ngaphandle

kwemvume

yoMgunyaziswa,

akukhathaleki

nokokuba intlawulo yabo basebenzi ngemiyinge emiselweyo

(24)

inikwa

okanye

inikezelwa

uRhulumente ;

okanye

ngaphandle kwemvume yoMgunyaziswa , libe nenxaxheba kulo naluphi na urhwebo , ishishini okanye umsebenzi worhwebo okanye wolimo nemfuyo okanye lifuya izilwanyana, ezingezizo zobuqabane, okanye lisingatha nabuphi na ubuarhente obungebobukaRhulumente ngayo nayiphi na indlela enxulumene nokwenza okanye ukuqhuba umsebenzi okanye iimfanelo zalo eburhulumenteni ; okanye

(25 )

liba lilungu lawo nawuphi na umbutho weqela lezobupolitika okanye lawo nawuphi

na umbutho angathi uMpha-

thiswa, ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente, awubhengeze ngokuthi ngumbutho ilungu leSebe leeTrongo elingenakuba lilungu lawo okanye linenxaxheba eshushu kwimicimbi yamaqela ezobupolitika ; okanye

( 26)

lifumana okanye lizama ukufumana kumaqela ezobupolitika

okanye kwamanye angaphandle kwesebe uncedo

lokulilamlela okanye ngeendlela naziphi na iindlela

ezimiselweyo

ezingezizo

zoburhulumente ngokuphathelele

esikhundleni salo okanye imigqaliselo yengqesho eSebeni leeTrongo: Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho nto ilapha iya kuthintela okanye yalele ilungu ukuba lizame ukuba isikhalazo salo nasiphi na silungiswe yiNdlu yoWisomithetho ; okanye

(27)

kwiimeko ezingezizo ezo zilulwaphulo-mthetho ngetyala lesizi , lisebenzisa ngokungekuko ,

lisebenzisa gwenxa , li-

lahla ngokungakhathali okanye lonakalisa nayiphi na into eyimpahla kaRhulumente , okanye yayo nayiphi na ikanti , isakhiwo

sokutyela ,

isakhiwo

sokufundela

incwadi,

ingxowa-mali , umbutho okanye omnye umzi oyitrongo okanye yalo naliphi na ibanjwa ; okanye

(28)

linzinyelwa ngamatyala lingabi namali ngaphandle kokuba liyabonisa elo lungu ukuthi loo mbandezelo yalo emalini ayibangwanga yintswela-ngqiqo nayiphi na okanye isenzo

181.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974.

salo esigwenxa yaye ingenasiqhamo siyingozi ekuqhubeni umsebenzi walo ngenyaniso ; okanye

(29)

litshona

ematyaleni

okanye lenza

imvumelwano

nabo

libatyala imali, yokuba lenzelwe umnyinyiva kuba lixinge ematyaleni okanye limelwe kukuba lithobele nawuphi na umyalelo wenkundla wofako-trongweni kwityala lembambano, umyalelo wohlutho-mvuzo okanye nawuphi na umyalelo ngokwesiqendu 65 soMthetho weeNkundla zeeMantyi, ukuba

1944 , ngaphandle kokuba liyabonisa elo lungu oko

kubangelwa

lilishwa

ebelingenakuliphepha ;

okanye

(30)

ngenjongo yokuzuza naliphi na ilungelo okanye inzuzo ngokuphathelele

kwisikhundla

salo saseburhulumenteni

okanye imfanelo okanye yokwenza ingozi okanye umonakalo kuRhulumente , iSebe leeTrongo okanye elinye ilungu , lenza ingxelo ebubuxoki okanye engathanga tse lisazi ukuthi ibubuxoki okanye ayithanga tse okanye lingazi okanye lingakholwa ukuba iyinyaniso okanye ithe tse ; okanye

( 31 )

ngexesha lakho nakuphi na ukungaphangeli ngemvume yokugula, liyemka endaweni yalo yokuhlala yakwaRhulumente okanye kweyalo ngaphandle kwemvume ebhaliweyo yegosa elingugqirha ;

(32 )

lenza okanye libangela okanye livumela ukuba kwenziwe , okanye liyeka nje ngathi aliboni kusenziwa , nasiphi na isenzo esiyingozi kulawulo , ululeko okanye ulwenziwomsebenzi ngokukuko eSebeni leeTrongo okanye nawuphi na omnye umzi , isebe okanye iofisi kaRhulumente okanye kwigunya okanye isikhundla salo naliphi na elinye ilungu .

2.

Ukulungiselela iinjongo zomcimbi 1 ( 5 ) , ( 6) okanye ( 7) wesi

siHlomelo ,

ilungu

leSebe

leeTrongo liya kuthatyathwa ngokuba

alinatyala lakuziphatha kakubi ngokuphathelele kusetyenziso lwechiza elidakumbisayo ukuba elo chiza belisetyenziswa lilo ngqongqo ngokwemiyalelo

yegosa elingugqirha okanye nawuphi na omnye

ugqirha wamayeza obhalisiweyo okanye ugqirha wamazinyo .

3.

Ukulungiselela

iinjongo

182 .

zomcimbi

1 (9)

wesi

siHlomelo

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI, 1974 .

(a)

umphathi walo naliphi na ilungu leSebe leeTrongo angayalela elo lungu , alirhanela ngezizathu ezifanelekileyo ukuba linxilile -

(i)

ukuba liphefumlele kwisixhobo esimiselweyo eso sithuba angathi asiyalele ; okanye

(ii)

ukuba lixilongwe ligosa elingugqirha okanye nguye nawuphi na ugqirha wamayeza, ekuqukwa apho naluphi na uvavanyo elingathi igosa elingugqirha okanye loo gqirha ungomnye wamayeza alubone lufuneka khona ukuze aqingqe amandla ealkoholi egazini lelo lungu ; okanye

(iii)

ukuba liphefumlele esixhobeni esimiselweyo lize lixilongwe ngoxilongo olukhankanywe kumhlathi (ii) ;

(b)

ukuba -

(i)

naliphi

na ilungu elinjalo lityeshela okanye liyala

ukwenza nakuphi na okufunwa ngokomhlathi ( a) , okanye (ii)

isixhobo esimiselweyo sibonisa ukuthi amandla ealkoholi egazini lalo adlula umda ocaciswe nguMphathiswa eGazethini

kaRhulumente

esenziwe ngalo

elo

lungu

eso

ngokumalunga nohlobo

sixhobo

liya kuthatyathwa

simiselweyo ,

ngokungathandabuzekiyo

ngokuba linetyala lokukreqa umcimbi 1 ( 9) wesi siHlomelo ;

(c)

imigaqo yesiqendu 239( 4) soMthetho weNkqubo kumaTyala eSizi neyesiqendu 140 ( 4) soMthetho weziHambandleleni zaseTranskei, 1967 (uMthetho 5 wowe 1967) iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokuphathelele kulo naluphi na ubeko-tyala ngokwaloo mcimbi uxeliweyo ungu- 1 (9) .

4.

Kwesi siHlomelo ukuthi -

(i)

"umphathi" kuthetha naliphi na ilungu le Sebe leeTrongo eliphethe nayiphi na itrongo okanye nayiphi na iofisi , icala,

183.

UMTHETHO WEETRONGO ZASETRANSKEI , 1974.

isikina okanye omnye umzi weSebe leeTrongo , kwaye kuquka uMgunyaziswa nalo naliphi na igosa eligunyazisiweyo , kwaye ukuthi

(ii)

"isixhobo esimiselweyo " kuthetha nasiphi na isixhobo esimiselwe mente

nguMphathiswa ekuxilongwa

ngesaziso

eGazethini kaRhulu-

okanye ekucakacwa ngaso umphe-

fumlo wakhe nawuphi na umntu khona ukuze kuqinisekiswe ukuthi amandla ealkoholi egazini laloo mntu adlule emdeni oqingqiweyo kusini na.

ISIHLOMELO 6 .

IMITHETHO ETSHITSHISIWEYO .

INo. noNyaka woMthetho .

Utshitshiswe Igama elifutshane .

kangakanani na ?

No. 8 wowe 1959

uMthetho weeTrongo, 1959 .

uWonke .

No. 33 wowe 1960

uMthetho wabaNtwana, 1960

isiQendu 104 sitshitshisiwe.

No. 80 wowe 1964

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela

isiQendu 37 sitshitshisiwe

eMthethweni ngokubanzi , 1964 No. 75 wowe 1965

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela

uWonke .

weeTrongo, 1965. No. 62 wowe 1966

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela eMthethweni ngokubanzi, 1966

iziQendu 10, 11 , 12 , 13 nese 14 zitshitshisiwe.

No. 70 wowe 1968

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela emthethweni Ngokubanzi , 1968.

iziQendu 46 , 47 , 48 , 49, 50, 51 nesama 52 zitshitshisiwe.

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela eMthethweni Ngokubanzi, 1969.

iziQendu 13, 14, 15 , 16 nese17 zitshitshisiwe.

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela

isiQendu 8 sitshitshisiwe.

No. 101 wowe 1969

No. 92 wowe 1970

Ngakumbi eMthethweni Ngokubanzi, 1970. No. 9 wowe 1971

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela weeTrongo, 1971 .

uWonke .

No. 4 wowe 1972

uMthetho oFakela imiBandela

uWonke.

weeTrongo, 1972.

184.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

ACT NO. 6

ACT

OF 1974.

(Xhosa text signed by the State President ) (Assented to on 9 April 1975 )

To provide for the establishment of a Transkeian Prisons' Service and to prescribe its functions and duties, to provide for the appointment, suspension from duty or discharge of the members of the Transkeian Prisons ' Service and to prescribe the powers and certain conditions of service of such members, to provide for the establishment or disestablishment and the administration and control of prisons for Bantu persons, to provide for the reception , detention , training and treatment of prisoners and the carrying out ofpunishments in such prisons, to provide for the remission of imprisonment and the release of prisoners on parole or on probation, to prescribe , disciplinary codes for prisoners and for members of the Transkeian Prisons ' Service , to prescribe offences and penalties, to provide for the establishment of a Transkeian Prisons' Board and to prescribe its powers , duties and functions, and to provide for incidental matters. ARRANGEMENT OF CHAPTERS AND SCHEDULES

Chapter or Schedule

Subject

Sections

DEFINITIONS

1

ORGANIZATION OF THE TRANSKEIAN PRISONS' SERVICE

2-6

CHAPTER 3

PRISONS

7-8

CHAPTER 4

RECEPTION AND DETENTION OF PRISONERS

9-16

CHAPTER 5

CARRYING OUT OF SENTENCES IN PRISONS

17-23

CHAPTER 6

EMPLOYMENT AND TREATMENT OF PRISONERS

24 - 30

CHAPTER 7

REMOVAL, TRANSFER , PRODUCTION OR SURRENDER OF PRISONERS

31-34

REMISSION OF IMPRISONMENT AND RELEASE OF PRISONERS

35 - 43

CHAPTER 9

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS' BOARD

44 - 46

CHAPTER 10

OFFENCES AND PENALTIES

47-55

CHAPTER 11

TRIAL OF OFFENCES

56-63

CHAPTER 12

REMUNERATION, SUSPENSION FROM DUTY ,

CHAPTER

1

CHAPTER 2

CHAPTER 8

RESIGNATION, RETIREMENT , DISCHARGE OR DISCIPLINING OF MEMBERS OF THE PRISONS' SERVICE

185 .

64-76

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

Chapter Schedule

Sections

Subject

77-90

CHAPTER 13

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SCHEDULE 1

Notice to undergo periodical imprisonment

SCHEDULE 2

Remission of imprisonment

SCHEDULE 3

Disciplinary code for prisoners

SCHEDULE 4

Dietary punishment

SCHEDULE 5

Disciplinary code for members of the Prisons ' Service

SCHEDULE 6

Laws repealed. BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows :-

CHAPTER 1 .

DEFINITIONS . Definitions.

1. In this Act , unless the context otherwise indicates -

(i)

"Attorney-General" means the Attorney-General of the Transkei ; (xxix )

(ii)

"Bantu person " means a Bantu person as defined in section 73 of the Constitution Act; (iv)

(iii )

"Cabinet" means the Cabinet constituted in terms of section 10 of the Constitution Act ; (xx )

(iv)

"commissioned

officer" means a commissioned officer

appointed or deemed to have been appointed under section 4( 1 ) ( a) ; (xxviii)

(v)

"Commissioner" means the Commissioner of the Transkeian Prisons ' Service appointed or deemed to have been appointed under section 4 ( 1 ) (a) (i) ; (xxi)

(vi)

"Constitution Act" means

the

Transkei

Constitution

Act , 1963 (Act 48 of 1963 ) ; (xiv)

(vii)

" dietary punishment" means a punishment whereby the

186.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

the daily diet or ration of a prisoner is decreased in the manner provided in Schedule 4 ; (vi)

(viii)

"district " means the magisterial district in which a prison is situated ;

(ix)

" farm colony " means a prison established for the detention , training and treatment of idle persons; (v)

(x)

" Government " means the Government of the Transkei ; (xxx)

(xi)

" habitual criminal" means any person declared to be an habitual criminal by any court under any law; (xiii)

(xii)

"head of a prison " or " head " means the member of the Prisons ' Service in charge of any prison ; (xvii)

(xiii)

"High Court" means the Transkeian High Court ; (xvi)

(xiv)

"idle person " means any person declared to be an idle person or an undesirable person in terms of section 29(6) of the Urban Areas Act ; (xxii)

(xv)

"isolation cell " means an isolation cell provided under section 8(2) ; (xviii)

(xvi)

"juvenile ", when used as a noun , means any person under the age of twenty-one years and includes any person above that age who , by reason of his immaturity, has been classified by the Commissioner as a juvenile , and , when used as an adjective, has a corresponding meaning; (xix )

(xvii)

"liquor" means intoxicating liquor and includes " liquor" as defined in section 1 of Proclamation 333 of 1949 , section 1 of the Transkeian Liquor Act , 1967 (Act 7 of 1967) or section 175 of the Liquor Act , 1928 (Act 30 of 1928 ); (ix )

(xviii)

"magistrate" means the magistrate of the district and includes an additional magistrate and an assistant magistrate of the district ; (xxv)

(xix)

"medical officer " means the district surgeon or other medical practitioner referred to in section 5 ; (xxvi)

187.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(xx)

"member of the Police" means a member of any police force established by or under any law; (xxiv)

(xxi)

" member of the Prisons' Service" or " member" means any person serving in the Prisons ' Service in accordance with the provisions of section 2 and , except where otherwise specially (xxiii)

(xxii)

(xxiii)

provided ,

includes a temporary warder ;

" Minister" means the Minister of Justice ; (xxvii) "misconduct" means misconduct as defined in section 68 (2 )(a ); ( xi)

(xxiv)

"narcotic drug" includes intoxicating medicine as defined in section 1 of the Transkei Liquor Act , 1967 or section 175 of the Liquor Act , 1928 ; (xxxv)

(xxv)

"notifiable disease " means a notifiable disease within the meaning of section 18 of the Public Health Act, 1919 (Act 36 of 1919) ; (i)

(xxvi)

"Official

Gazette " means the

Official Gazette of the

Transkei ; (iii)

(xxvii)

(xxviii)

"prescribed"

means

prescribed

by

regulation ;

(xxxvii )

"prison" means any prison established or deemed to have been established under this Act, that is to say any place so established or deemed to have been established for the reception, detention , confinement , training and treatment of Bantu persons liable to detention in custody, including all land, outbuildings and premises adjacent to such place and used in connection therewith and all land , branches, outstations, camps, buildings, premises or places to which any such persons have been sent for the purpose of imprisonment, detention , labour , treatment or otherwise and all quarters of members of the Prisons ' Service used in connection with any such place , and includes a farm colony and, in relation to any offence under this Act or any contravention of or failure to comply with any provision of this Act , every place used as a police cell or lockup; (xi)

(xxix)

"prisoner" means any person , whether convicted or not, who is detained in custody in any prison or who is being

188 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

transferred or removed in custody or is en route in custody from one prison to another prison , and for the purposes of section 54(1 ) (c) includes any Bantu person who -

(a)

has been arrested and is in lawful custody in any district of the Transkei ; or

(b)

has escaped from custody ; or

(c)

has been executed ; or

(d)

has died while in any custody as aforesaid ; (x )

(xxx )

" prisons ' board " or " board " means the Transkeian Prisons ' Board established by section 44 ; (xii)

(xxxi)

"reform school " means any reform school established under the provisions of the Children's Act , 1960 (Act 33 of 1960) ; (xxxiv)

(xxxii)

“regulation " means any regulation made or otherwise in force under this Act ; (xxxi)

(xxxiii)

"release on parole" means the release of a prisoner on parole in terms of section 36 ; (xxxviii)

(xxxiv)

"release on probation " means the release of a prisoner on probation in terms of section 38 ; (xxxix)

(xxxv)

"solitary confinement " means solitary confinement in an isolation cell ; (ii)

(xxxvi)

"the Prisons ' Service " means the Transkeian Prisons' Service established by section 2 ; (vii)

(xxxvii)

(xxxviii)

(xxxix)

"this Act " includes any regulation ; (xv)

"Treasury " means the Minister of Finance ; (xxxiii)

"trial officer" means any commissioned officer and includes any other member of the Prisons ' Service specially authorized by the Commissioner in writing to try any offence under section 57 or to hold any enquiry under. section 69 ; (xxxvi)

(xl )

" Urban Areas Act" means the Bantu (Urban Areas ) Consolidation Act , 1945 (Act 25 of 1945 ). (xxxii )

189 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

CHAPTER 2. ORGANIZATION OF THE TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ' SERVICE .

Establishment of Transkeian Prisons' Service,

2. Subject to the provisions of this Act and the laws relating to the public service of the Transkei, there shall be a Transkeian Prisons Service which shall consist of the following persons, namely (a)

(b)

the persons transferred from the prisons' service of the Government of the Republic to , or placed at the disposal of, the prisons ' service of the Government of the Transkei by or under the provisions of the Constitution Act or any other law ; any persons enrolled in the prisons ' service of the Transkei, in terms of any law repealed by section 89 ( 1 ) , after the first day of April 1972 but prior to the commencement of this Act; and

(c)

Functions and duties of the Prisons' Service.

such persons as may be appointed as members of the Transkeian Prisons' Service in terms of section 4.

3. The Prisons' Service shall, in accordance with the provisions of this Act -

(a)

administer and control all prisons ;

(b)

keep in safe custody in a prison, until lawfully released , removed or transferred therefrom , every prisoner lawfully detained therein ;

(c)

cause to be carried out the punishment lawfully imposed on any convicted prisoner ;

Appointment of members of the Prisons' Service.

(d)

provide employment for convicted prisoners and , in so far as it is practicable to do so , training and treatment whereby they may be reformed and rehabilitated ; and

(e)

exercise or perform such other functions or duties as the Minister may assign to the Prisons ' Service from time to time .

4. ( 1 )

Subject to the provisions of this Act and , where applicable, the laws relating to the public service of the Transkei -

190 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(a)

the Cabinet may from time to time appoint by commission -

(i)

an officer to be styled the Commissioner of the Transkeian Prisons' Service who , under the direction of the Minister, shall be in charge of the Prisons' Service; and

(ii)

such other officers as may be necessary; and

(b) the Commissioner may appoint suitable persons as members (other than commisioned officers) of the Prisons' Service in the rank of warder or such other ranks as may be prescribed .

(2)

In any prison or part of a prison established or used for

the detention of female prisoners there shall be appointed , in terms of subsection ( 1 ) , a sufficient number of female members of the Prisons' Service.

(3)

The Commissioner , or if so authorized thereto by the

Commissioner the head of a prison, may as occasion may require and on such conditions as may be prescribed , appoint any suitable person as a temporary warder, and any person so appointed shall (a)

if he had previously held commissioned rank in any prisons ' service and the Commissioner so approves, be deemed to be a commissioned officer ; and

(b) in all other cases have the powers and duties of and be subject to the same discipline as a warder appointed under subsection ( 1 )(b) .

(4) Every member of the Prisons' Service shall, by virtue of his office, have all the powers vested by law in a member of the Police and is authorized and required to use all lawful means to detain in safe custody every prisoner under his charge or to secure the recapture of any prisoner who has escaped from custody. (5) The Commissioner may authorize any member of the Prisons ' Service or any class of such members, or any person or class of persons employed in or about any prison , to be armed with a loaded firearm or such other weapon as he may deem necessary,

(6) In the discharge of his duty under subsection ( 1 ) (a) (i) the Commissioner may from time to time issue standing orders, to be

191 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

known as Prisons' Service Orders, which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Act and shall be obeyed by all members to whom they apply . Medical officer.

5. (1 ) For every prison there shall be a medical officer in the person of the district surgeon or, if there is no district surgeon, such other medical practitioner as the Secretary for Health shall appoint for the purpose . (2) Such district surgeon or other medical practitioner, as the case may be , shall exercise or perform the functions or duties of the medical officer under this Act .

Religious workers.

6. ( 1 )

The Minister shall appoint ministers of religion or other

suitable persons to attend to the spiritual needs of prisoners and to perform such other duties as the Minister may assign to them from time to time. (2)

An appointment under subsection (1 ) may be made in

respect of any number of prisons and may be withdrawn by the Minister at any time.

(3)

The remuneration or allowances , if any , payable to any

minister of religion or other person appointed under subsection ( 1) shall be determined by the Minister in consultation with the Treasury .

CHAPTER 3. PRISONS . Establishment or disestablishment of prisons.

7. ( 1 )

The Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette, es-

tablish prisons , assign a name to any prison or disestablish any prison . (2) Different prisons may be established for different classes or categories of prisoners or for different purposes.

(3 )

The Minister may -

(a)

appoint any prison or part of a prison to be an open prison , a maximum security prison or a prison for the carrying out of sentences of death ; and

(b)

determine , in relation to any prison or class of prison -

(i)

the class or category of persons to be admitted thereto or detained therein ; and

192.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974

(ii)

the privileges and indulgences which may be granted to prisoners detained therein.

(4) Where in any district there is only one prison , such prison shall for the purposes of the law relating to magistrates ' courts be the prison of that district : Provided that the Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette, declare that a prison specified in such notice shall for the aforesaid purposes , be the prison of the district or districts also so specified.

8. (1 ) There shall be provided in every prison for the prisoners detained therein -

(a)

adequate facilities for personal hygiene ;

(b)

accommodation

(c)

to the extent to which such facilities are practicable -

(i)

(ii)

Reception of prisoner at prison.

for medical care and treatment; and

a library service ; and

suitably equipped workshops.

(2) There may be provided in any prison one or more isolation cells which shall be used for the following purposes and for no other purpose : -

(a)

the confinement of any prisoner sentenced to solitary confinement, whether under this Act or any other law ;

(b)

the confinement of any prisoner in terms of section 16 ; or

(c)

the segregation of any prisoner under the provisions of this Act, if no other suitable place is available for the purpose.

(3) At a prison appointed for the carrying out of sentences of death, a special cell shall be provided for the safe custody of any condemned prisoner. CHAPTER 4. RECEPTION AND DETENTION OF PRISONERS .

9. ( 1 )

No member of the Prisons' Service shall receive any con-

victed or unconvicted person into his custody at any prison under his charge unless-

193.

Provision of accessories at prisons.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(a)

there is at the same time delivered to him a warrant or order committing that person to such prison signed by a lawful and competent authority; and

(b)

if such person is being committed to prison under a decree or order of civil imprisonment, payment of the amount referred to in section 14 has been made to him.

(2) A warrant or order for the commitment of any person to prison shall , for the whole period of imprisonment of the person to whom it relates, be kept by the head of the prison in which such person is detained.

(3) The medical officer shall examine every person received into custody at a prison as soon as practicable after such reception and shall report fully in writing on the physical and mental condition of such person .

(4) Upon the reception of any person at a prison , such person shall have the right to notify his next-of-kin or a near relative of his whereabouts, or he may in writing request the head of the prison to do so.

Detention of certain persons prohibited.

10. Notwithstanding anything in section 9 or in any other law contained -

(a)

no person alleged to be mentally disordered or defective shall be detained in a prison by reason merely of his alleged mental disorder or defect if there is a mental hospital or a public hospital (other than an infectious diseases' hospital) in the district ; and

(b)

Reception and detention of persons in prison other than district prison.

no juvenile shall, before conviction of any offence, be detained in any prison if a place of detention established in terms of section 38 of the Children's Act , 1960 is reasonably available .

11. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 7(4) of this Act and section 100 ( 1 ) of the Magistrates' Courts Act, 1944 (Act 32 of 1944 ) , the Commissioner may direct that any specified person or class of persons arrested or convicted in a particular district shall not be lodged in the prison of such district but shall be received and detained at some other prison.

194 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

12. ( 1 ) A female prisoner shall be detained in a prison separately from any male prisoner and, to the extent to which it is practicable , in such a manner as to prevent her from seeing or from conversing or holding any communication with, any male prisoner.

Detention of female prisoners.

(2) Whenever it may be necessary for any female prisoner to receive training or instruction from a male member of the Prisons' Service , such training or instruction shall be given in the presence and under the supervision of a female member .

13. Subject to the provisions of sections 10 and 12 there may be detained in a police cell or lock-up -

(a)

Detention of prisoners in police cell or lock-up .

any person sentenced to imprisonment in a court at the seat of any magistracy where there is no prison ( as distinct from a police cell or lock-up) ; or

(b)

any convicted prisoner who , with the approval of the Commissioner, is temporarily removed to a police cell or lock- up :

Provided that no such person or prisoner shall be so detained (i)

unless his detention in a prison (as distinct from a police cell or lock- up) is impracticable ; or

(ii)

for longer than one month, except with the approval of the Commissioner.

14. ( 1) The applicant in any civil proceedings who has caused any person to be committed to a prison under a decree or order of civil imprisonment shall pay to the head of such prison , for the maintenance of such person during each day of his detention , an amount to be determined by the Minister in consultation with the Treasury . (2)

Such amount , which shall be for the benefit of the Trans-

keian Revenue Fund, shall be paid in advance for not more than seven days at any one time and , for that purpose , each day of detention shall be deemed to commence at ten o'clock in the forenoon .

(3) If any sum so payable, in respect of any day's detention after the first days' detention , is not paid before ten o'clock in the forenoon of that day, the person for whose maintenance such sum is payable shall forthwith be released from prison.

195.

Maintenance of civil debtors.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

Association or segregation of prisoners.

15. ( 1 ) Except as hereinafter in this section provided and subject to the provisions of section 12 , the head of every prison shall , to the extent to which it is practicable , ensure that convicted prisoners are associated at rest as well as at work.

(2)

The Commissioner may order the segregation at work and

at rest or at work or at rest for such period as he shall specify (which order may be revoked by him at any time) of (a)

any convicted prisoner for purposes of classification , training or treatment or for such other purpose as he may deem necessary ; or

(b)

any convicted prisoner who -

(i)

threatens violence or adopts an aggressive attitude towards any other prisoner or person;

(ii)

has attempted to escape or is believed on reasonable grounds to be contemplating escape ;

(iii)

has been recaptured after having escaped from lawful custody ;

(iv)

is exercising a bad influence over any other prisoner or person ; or

(v)

conducts himself or acts in any manner which is prejudicial to the good order, administration or discipline of any prison ;

(c)

any convicted prisoner who has requested in writing that he be so segregated ; or

(d)

any unconvicted person who is awaiting trial for an of fence , if he believes on reasonable grounds that there is a conspiracy or collusion to defeat the ends of justice between such unconvicted person and any other person detained in the prison :

Provided that no such segregation shall be enforced or permitted in the case of any prisoner whose health, in the opinion of the medical officer, is being or is likely to be adversely affected thereby.

(3 )

Wherever possible -

(a)

prisoners

who

are

196 .

serving sentences of imprisonment

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(other than periodical imprisonment) shall be detained separately from all other classes or categories of prisoners ; (b)

a juvenile prisoner , whether convicted or unconvicted , shall be detained separately from older or more hardened prisoners.

(4) A prisoner under sentence of death shall be detained separately from all other prisoners. (5 ) The segregation of any prisoner in terms of this section shall not be deemed to be solitary confinement for the purposes of any provision of this Act whereby solitary confinement for a limited period is prescribed as a punishment, nor shall any provision of this section be construed as derogating from the provisions of any other law whereunder the competent authority may determine the conditions subject to which any person detained in a prison under such law shall be so detained .

16. (1 ) who-

For the purpose of securing or restraining any prisoner Confinement and restraint of prisoner for secure custody.

(a)

has displayed or is threatening violence, or

(b)

has been recaptured after escaping or is believed on reasonable grounds to be contemplating escape ,

the head of the prison may, as often and for as long as it is necessary to do so but subject to the provisions of subsection ( 3 ) , confine that prisoner in an isolation cell and , in addition or in the alternative, place him in irons or subject him to some other approved means of mechanical restraint.

(2) The powers conferred upon the head of a prison by subsection ( 1 ) may likewise be exercised by him upon the request in writing of -

(a)

the police authorities in respect of any prisoner whose confinement or restraint is , in the opinion of such authorities, necessary in the interests of justice ; or

(b)

the medical officer in the case of any prisoner whose confinement or restraint is necessary for medical reasons.

(3 ) Upon exercising any power under subsection ( 1 ) or ( 2) the head of the prison shall forthwith record that fact in a register to

197 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

be kept for the purpose and , if he is not a commissioned officer, report his action to the commissioned officer under whose command he falls who shall , without delay, either confirm such action or countermand it.

(4) section -

No prisoner shall be confined or restrained under this

(a)

for more than thirty days but not exceeding ninety days, except with the approval in writing of the Commissioner; ог

(b) for more than ninety days, except with the approval in writing of the Minister.

(5) Save as provided in this section and in sections 8(2) and 15( 2) , no prisoner other than a person under sentence of death or in the course of transfer or while temporarily outside the precincts of a prison shall , unless sentenced to a punishment of solitary confinement in terms of Chapter 11 of this Act or any other law, be confined in any isolation cell or be subjected to mechanical restraint, as the case may be. CHAPTER 5 . CARRYING OUT OF SENTENCES IN PRISON. Enforcement of punishments.

17. ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of this Act every member of the Prisons ' Service who has the custody of a convicted prisoner shall cause that prisoner to undergo the punishment lawfully imposed upon him by the court or other competent authority (whether at the conclusion of his trial or on review or appeal, as the case may be ) and indicated in the warrant of the court or of such authority or, if such punishment has been commuted under any law , the punishment ordered in terms of such law.

(2) If, in the opinion of the head of any prison, the punishment indicated in any warrant referred to in subsection ( 1 ) is in conflict with any provision of this Act or any other law, he shall forthwith in writing report the fact to the Commissioner . Operation of sentence of imprisonment.

18.

(1 ) Except where the court has lawfully antedated any sentence of imprisonment or determined the order in which two or more sentences of imprisonment shall run (if the court has not directed that such sentences shall run concurrently) and subject to the provisions of subsection (2) -

198.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(a)

every sentence of imprisonment (other than a sentence of imprisonment, the whole of which has been suspended) shall come into operation on the day on which such sentence is passed, unless the convicted person is lawfully released on bail before his detention in a prison in which event the sentence shall come into operation on the day on which he surrenders himself, or is taken into custody, for the purpose of undergoing the imprisonment ;

(b) the Commissioner shall determine the order in which several punishments of imprisonment, which are to run consecutively , shall commence. (2) A sentence of imprisonment with solitary confinement shall commence before any other sentence of imprisonment imposed at the same time.

(3) In the case of any person who has been sentenced to , or is serving, imprisonment for life or an indeterminate sentence (by reason of his having been declared an habitual criminal) there shall run concurrently with such imprisonment or sentence (a)

any determinate sentence imposed on such person ; or as the case may be

(b)

any other life sentence or any other indeterminate sentence.

(4) The imprisonment for a determinate period of any prisoner who has escaped from custody or has been unlawfully discharged from prison shall , upon his recapture or rearrest as the case may be, be prolonged by a period equal to the number of days for which his imprisonment was interrupted by such escape or discharge. (5)

(a)

The period of imprisonment of any prisoner who was sentenced to imprisonment in default of the payment of a fine shall, on payment or recovery of part of such fine, be reduced by a number of days bearing as near as possible the same proportion to the period of imprisonment to which such prisoner was sentenced as the part of the fine paid or recovered bears to the total amount of the fine.

(b)

Payment shall not be accepted of any part of a fine which would reduce the imprisonment by a fractional part of a day, nor need payment of any amount of a fine be accepted outside the ordinary office hours.

199.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(6)

The period during which any prisoner who is undergoing a

sentence of imprisonment is, with the approval of the medical officer, detained in a hospital or similar institution for treatment (including, in the case of a woman her confinement) shall , unless the Minister has directed otherwise , be reckoned as part of such sentence.

(7) Any prisoner whose sentence of imprisonment expires on a Sunday or a public holiday may, unless the Commissioner has directed otherwise, be discharged from prison at any hour of the day immediately preceding such Sunday or public holiday.

Period of imprisonment in certain cases.

19. ( 1 )

Any person sentenced under the provisions of any law -

(a)

to periodical imprisonment, shall be detained in a prison from time to time, until the expiration of his sentence , in uninterrupted periods of not less than twenty - four hours (or such lesser period as the head of the prison may authorize on any occasion or as may be necessary for the completion of the sentence) ;

(b)

to imprisonment for corrective training , shall be detained in a prison for a period of not less than two years and, subject to the provisions of sections 36 ( 1 ) ( c) (ii) , 37 ( 1 ) ( a) (ii ) , and 38( 1)( a) (ii) , not more than four years ;

(c)

to imprisonment for the prevention of crime , shall be detained in a prison for a period of not less than five years and, subject to the provisions of sections 36 ( 1 ) (c) (ii) , 37 ( 1 )( a)(ii) and 38( 1 ) ( a) ( ii) , not more than eight years ; or

(d)

to imprisonment for life , shall be detained in a prison for a period of not less than ten years and , subject to the provisions of sections 36 ( 1 ) (d) (ii) , 37( 1 ) (b) (ii) and 38( 1 )(b) (ii) , not more than twenty-five years.

(2)

Subject to the provisions of sections 36 , 37 and 38 -

(a)

an idle person shall be detained in a farm colony for not less than one-half of the period specified in the order by which he was committed to a farm colony; and

(b)

any person who has been declared an habitual criminal under the provisions of any law shall be detained in a prison during the pleasure of the Cabinet but for a period of not less than nine years.

200.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

20. ( 1) No member of the Prisons ' Service shall carry out any sentence of whipping imposed on any prisoner detained in a prison until he has been notified in writing by the registrar or clerk of the court which imposed such sentence or by other competent authority (a)

that such sentence has been confirmed on review or on appeal, as the case may be; or

(b)

that, upon the expiration of the period prescribed by law, no appeal against such sentence has been noted or is pending; and

(c)

that no application for leave to appeal against such sentence is before the court.

The medical officer shall , before any punishment of a whipping is carried out in any prison on the person sentenced to undergo that punishment , examine such person and (2)

(a)

if he is satisfied that such person is in a fit state to undergo such punishment, certify that fact in writing and thereafter remain in attendance during the infliction of such punishment ; or

(b)

if he is not so satisfied or if, during the infliction of such punishment it appears to him that such person is not in a fit state to undergo the remainder of such punishment, prohibit the infliction or the further infliction, as the case may be, of such punishment and certify appropriately in writing.

(3 )

The head of the prison shall -

(a)

be present at the infliction of every punishment of whipping in such prison and carry out forthwith any instruction received from the medical officer ;

(b)

after the punishment has been carried out , make an appropriate endorsement on the warrant ordering such punishment; and

(c)

in the event of the issue of any certificate under subsection ( 2) (b) , notify the Commissioner by the most expeditious means of the issue of such certificate and at the same time transmit such certificate to the Commissioner who shall without delay -

201 .

Corporal punishment.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(i)

if the sentence of whipping was imposed on such person by the High Court or any other superior court, cause the matter to be dealt with in accordance with the law prescribing the procedure in criminal cases in such court; or

(4)

(a)

(ii)

if such sentence was imposed on such person by an inferior court , report the matter to that court; or

(iii)

if such sentence was imposed on such person under the provisions of this Act, report the matter to the Minister.

In the circumstances contemplated -

in subsection (3)(c)(ii ) , the court may at its discretion either remit the sentence of whipping or sentence such person, in lieu of whipping or in lieu of so much of the sentence of whipping as was not carried out , to imprisonment for a period which , together with any imprisonment to which such person may have been sentenced for that offence, does not exceed the limits of the punitive jurisdiction of the court in the case in question ; or

(b)

in subsection ( 3 )(c) (iii) , the Minister may at his discretion either remit the punishment of whipping or refer the matter back to the magistrate or trial officer who presided at the trial of such person for the imposition , in lieu of the whipping, of some other lawful punishment .

(5) Two or more sentences of whipping imposed at the same time shall not be carried out at intervals but, subject to the provisions of this Act and any other law, shall be executed at one and the same time: Provided that the number of strokes inflicted shall in no instance exceed the maximum number prescribed by law and that any strokes ordered in excess of such number shall lapse. (6) If the court or other competent authority has not, in the exercise of its powers under any law, specified the instrument with which a punishment of whipping is to be carried out , such whipping shall be inflicted , in such manner as may be prescribed in the regulations, with a cane which shall as near as possible (a)

in the case of an adult prisoner be 1250 mm in length and 12 mm in diameter, and

(b)

in the case of a juvenile prisoner , be 1000 mm in length and 9 mm in diameter,

202.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

and such whipping with a cane shall be on the buttocks and nowhere else.

(7)

No female prisoner and no prisoner over the age of fifty

years shall, under this Act , be punished with a punishment of whipping. 21. (1 ) Whenever, in terms of any law other than this Act, any court sentences any person to imprisonment on spare diet and in solitary confinement (a)

the reference to " spare diet " in such sentence shall be construed as a reference to spare diet as defined in Schedule 4 ; and

(b)

such solitary confinement and spare diet shall , notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the sentence or war-

Application of sentences of imprisonment in solitary confinement, whether on spare diet or with or without other dietary punishment.

rant of the court and subject to the provisions of subsection (2) , be enforced only on two consecutive days of each week during which such sentence is in operation , such days to be determined by the head of the prison in which such person is detained . (2)

No prisoner shall be subjected -

(a)

to solitary confinement, whether with or without any kind of dietary punishment , if the medical officer certifies in writing that such solitary confinement is or is likely to be detrimental to the health of such prisoner ; or

(b)

to any kind of dietary punishment during the period of twenty- four hours immediately preceding his release from prison or his appearance before any court.

(3) To the extent to which it may be necessary for the purposes of any law other than this Act , subsection (1 ) shall be deemed to be a regulation framed under this Act.

22. Whenever any person sentenced to periodical imprisonment is released from a prison after having served a part only of such sentence, the head of such prison shall deliver to him a notice substantially in the form prescribed in Schedule 1 requiring him to surrender himself at such prison at a time and on a day specified in such notice, for the purpose of resuming the periodical imprisonment .

203.

Notice to resume periodical imprisonment.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

Carrying out of death sentence.

23. ( 1 ) There shall be present at the execution of a sentence of death on the person so sentenced the officials required by law to carry out such sentence, the executioner and his assistants (if any) , the medical officer, a commissioned officer and such other members of the Prisons' Service as may be necessary and , except with the approval in writing of the Minister , no other person . (2) As soon as possible after the execution of a sentence of death on the person so sentenced the medical officer shall examine his body to establish the fact and the cause of death and shall thereupon -

(a)

sign and deliver to the sheriff or his deputy an appropriate certificate which the sheriff or his deputy shall sign and cause to be signed by the executioner and which certificate the sheriff shall thereafter cause to be filed with the records of the High Court ;

(b)

sign and transmit to the magistrate of the district in which the execution was carried out a certificate showing the cause of death .

(3) Upon the receipt of the certificate referred to in subsection (2)(b) the magistrate may, if he deems it necessary, deal with the matter in terms of the Inquests Act , 1959 (Act 58 of 1959) and he shall, in any event, cause the death of the person concerned to be registered in accordance with law.

(4)

The Commissioner -

(a)

shall cause the near relatives of the deceased to be advised of his death ; and

(b)

may, at his discretion , cause the body of the deceased -

(i)

to be placed under the control of an inspector of anatomy appointed in terms of section 5 of the Anatomy Act, 1959 (Act 20 of 1959 ) to be dealt with in terms of the provisions of that Act ; or

(ii)

to be buried in private by the authorities of the prison where the sentence of death was carried out or by the near relatives of the deceased under the supervision of the said authorities , and he may in the former event permit such near relatives to be present at the burial.

204.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

CHAPTER 6 .

EMPLOYMENT AND TREATMENT OF PRISONERS .

24. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of this Act and to any special order of the court by which he was convicted , every prisoner sentenced to imprisonment and detained in a prison shall, for the purposes of the employment, training and treatment referred to in section 3(d) or for any other purpose connected with such prison, perform such labour, tasks and other duties as may be assigned to him by the head of the prison or by any other member of the Prisons' Service in whose charge he may be : Provided that -

(a)

no prisoner shall perform any labour -

(i)

unless the medical officer has certified that he is fit to perform such labour whether in whole or in part ; or

(ii)

(b)

subject to the provisions of subsection (3) , for longer than ten hours on any one day ; and

a prisoner who is undergoing a sentence of imprisonment with solitary confinement and any kind of dietary punishment shall perform no labour on any day on which he undergoes such dietary punishment.

(2) A female prisoner undergoing a sentence of imprisonment shall perform labour only within the prescribed boundaries of the prison in which she is detained and , subject to the provisions of section' 12 , shall be under the charge of a female member of the Prisons' Service while she is performing such labour. (3) On a Sunday, on New Year's Day, Good Friday, Ascension Day, the Day of the Covenant and Christmas Day and on such other public holidays as the Minister may from time to time specify, a prisoner shall perform only such labour as may be necessary for the purposes of hygiene and the domestic administration of a prison : Provided that a prisoner belonging to a denomination which recognises Saturday as the Sabbath day may be exempted from labour on that day on condition that he performs ordinary labour on a corresponding number of Sundays.

(4) A prisoner under sentence of death shall not be obliged to perform any labour .

205 .

Performance of labour by convicted prisoners.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

Clothing, food and bedding for prisoners , exercise and classification.

25. Subject to the provisions of this Act (a)

every prisoner undergoing a sentence of imprisonment shall be provided from time to time with suitable and sufficient clothing, which clothing (and no other clothing) such prisoner shall be obliged to wear throughout the whole period of his imprisonment ;

(b)

all persons detained in a prison shall , except when undergoing any dietary punishment, be provided with food of adequate nutritional value and variety in accordance (save where the medical officer or the Commissioner has authorized some other diet) with a scale of rations prescribed by the Commissioner in consultation with the Secretary for Health ;

(c)

every prisoner shall be provided with a separate bed and with bedding of adequate warmth ;

(d)

every prisoner shall -

(i)

if he does not work out of doors, each day whenever the weather so permits exercise in the open air for a period of sixty minutes or for such shorter period (not being less than thirty minutes) as the Commissioner may determine in any particular

(ii)

case ; and

except to the extent to which he has been exempted therefrom by the medical officer, do physical exercises in keeping with his age and state of health:

Provided that a prisoner undergoing solitary confinement shall exercise in the open air for thirty minutes every forenoon and for thirty minutes every afternoon : Provided further that the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any prisoner under sentence of death who shall not be required to take or to do any exercise unless he so requests and then only in an isolated place ;

(e)

every prisoner sentenced to imprisonment shall, with due regard to his safe custody, the duration of his sentence , his age, qualifications, abilities, aptitudes and physical state -

206 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(i)

be classified for the purpose of the application to him of the training and treatment contemplated in section 3(d) ; and

(ii)

be encouraged , or in respect of any class or category of prisoner specified by the Commissioner be obliged , to pursue an appropriate course of study in his spare time.

26. ( 1 ) Except as provided in subsection (2) every person detained Employment dress of persoand ns in a prison (other than a prisoner who has been convicted of a crimi- detained in a nal offence and is serving a sentence of imprisonment) shall perform prison, other than sentenced prisoners. all such work as may be necessary to keep clean and in good order the room or other place occupied by him, as well as the articles, utensils and facilities made available to or used by him and may, if he so requests , be permitted to do other work.

Any such person who is suffering from a mental disorder or physical defect or from epilepsy shall be obliged to perform only such duties as the medical officer may prescribe . (2)

(3)

No person such as is referred to in subsection ( 1 ) shall be

required to wear prison dress unless -

(a)

(b)

his clothing is, in the opinion of the head of the prison , inadequate , insanitary or otherwise unsuitable ; or

it is necessary to preserve his clothing in the interests of justice ; and

(c)

he is unable to procure other suitable clothing.

27. (1) Except where otherwise specially provided by law and Privileges of persons detained subject to the provisions of this section, a person detained in a prison, than prison (other than a prisoner who has been convicted of a criminal other convicted offence and is serving a sentence of imprisonment) may , upon the prisoners. conditions and to the extent authorized by the Commissioner -

(a)

write and receive letters and for such purpose be provided with stationery within reasonable limits ;

(b)

receive visits at reasonable times ;

(c)

be supplied from outside the prison at prescribed times with reasonable quantities of food , unfermented drink, clothing, bedding , reading matter, stationery, toilet requisites and such other things as the Commissioner may approve; and

207.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(d)

be examined and treated by a private medical practitioner or dentist .

(2) The head of the prison or such other member as the Commissioner may designate (a)

shall read and censor all letters written or received by an unconvicted person , as well as all reading matter supplied to him , excluding any letter or other document which in the opinion of such head or member relates solely to the defence of such person ;

(b)

shall not accept any food or drink for delivery to any unconvicted person unless it is fit for human consumption and reasonably protected against contamination ;

(c)

(d)

shall subject everything brought into the prison under subsection ( 1 ) to a strict examination ; and

may limit the quantity of food and drink so supplied to any unconvicted person in any one day or, if such person misuses any of the privileges allowed by subsection ( 1 ) , summarily withdraw all or any of such privileges: Provided that any such withdrawal shall be subject to confirmation by the Commissioner whose decision shall be final .

(3) The provisions of subsection ( 1 ) (b) shall not be construed as derogating in any way from the provisions of section 77.

Complaints and requests of prisoners.

28. (1 ) The head of a prison shall daily see every person detained in the prison under his charge and shall investigate every complaint submitted to him by any such person . (2)

Such head shall , if he is unable himself to deal with any

such complaint or with any request from such person , cause it to be submitted to the competent authority.

(3 ) The Commissioner, the chairman of the prisons ' board or any member of the prisons' board appointed under section 44(6 ) may interview any person detained in a prison on the written request of such person , if he is satisfied that there are valid reasons for such interview . Duties of medical officer in relation to prisoners.

29. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of section 27( 1 ) ( d) the medical officer shall visit and attend to a sick prisoner as often as may be

208 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

necessary and shall examine and render the appropriate treatment to any prisoner who claims to be ill or to have been injured or whose condition has otherwise been brought to his notice .

(2) The medical officer may consult another medical practitioner in regard to the medical treatment of any prisoner and shall be obliged to do so before performing any major operation on any prisoner. (3) The head of a prison shall without delay notify the near relatives of a prisoner of any serious illness , including any mental illness or accidental injury, of such prisoner.

(4) The medical officer shall from time to time visit all prisoners who are undergoing any dietary punishment . 30. (1 ) Upon the death of any person detained in a prison ( other than a person on whom a sentence of death has been carried out) the head of such prison shall forthwith (a)

report the death to the Commissioner and to the magistrate ;

(b)

advise the near relatives of the deceased (or, if the whereabouts of such near relatives is unknown , any other relative ) of such death ; and

(c)

if, according to the certificate of the medical officer , death was due to natural causes, give notice of such death to the appropriate authority in terms of the law relating to the registration of deaths.

(2)

Upon receipt of a report under subsection ( 1 ) -

(a)

the magistrate shall, if he has reason to believe that death was due to other than natural causes, cause the matter to be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of the Inquests Act, 1959; and

(b)

the Commissioner shall make such enquiry as he may deem necessary for the information of the Minister.

(3) The body of any person who has died in a prison shall be buried by the authorities of such prison in the nearest burial place , unless the Commissioner has at his discretion authorized the removal and burial of the body by a relative of the deceased .

209.

Procedure on death of person detained in a prison.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974. CHAPTER 7.

REMOVAL , TRANSFER , PRODUCTION OR SURRENDER OF PRISONERS .

Removal of prisoner on authority of Commissioner.

31. ( 1 ) Subject to any determination made by the Minister under section 7(3 )(b) (i) and to the provisions of subsection ( 2 ) of this section , the Commissioner may -

(a)

at any time require or authorize the removal of any prisoner from the prison in which such prisoner is detained to any other prison or , in the case of a prisoner who is seriously ill or a female prisoner who is about to give birth, to any other place ;

(b)

in consultation with the Attorney -General and the magistrate, authorize the removal from a prison and the detention at a place or by a custodian acceptable to the magistrate of any prisoner under the age of eighteen years or any female prisoner of or above the age of eighteen years , who is awaiting trial in such prison on any charge.

(2 ) No prisoner shall be removed from one prison to another in terms of this section unless the medical officer has certified in writing that he is fit for removal . Transfer of person from a reform school to a prison.

32. ( 1 ) The Minister administering the provisions of the Children's Act, 1960 may , in consultation with the Minister as defined in this Act and notwithstanding anything in the said Children's Act or in any other law contained, by order in writing transfer to a prison any person detained in a reform school if, in his opinion , such person is not amenable to training in a reform school .

(2)

Any person so transferred shall for all purposes be deemed

to have been released from the provisons of the Children's Act, 1960 and to be subject to the provisions of this Act as if he had on the date of his transfer been sentenced to imprisonment for corrective training: Provided that no such person shall be detained in a prison for any period beyond the date on which, but for such transfer, he would ordinarily have been released from a reform school .

Removal or production of prisoners in judicial proceedings.

33. ( 1 )

The head of a prison shall comply in all respects with -

(a)

the order of any attorney-general or the warrant of any court or judicial officer requiring or authorizing him to

210.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

remove to a prison specified in such order or warrant a person in his custody who is awaiting trial on any offence ; or

(b) the order of any judge requiring him to bring before any court any prisoner in his custody ; or

(c)

any summons or subpoena in criminal proceedings which is addressed to and served on him and whereby he is required to cause any prisoner named in the summons or subpoena to be brought before any court.

(2 )(a)

Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) , no prisoner subpoenaed to give evidence on behalf of any party to civil proceedings (other than the Government) or on behalf of the defence in any criminal case shall be required to obey such subpoena unless there is paid to the head of the prison, for the benefit of the Transkeian Revenue Fund, an amount sufficient for the transport and subsistence of the prisoner and his escort during the whole period of their absence from the prison.

(b)

No such amount shall be payable by any party to civil proceedings who is proceeding in forma pauperis or by the defence in any criminal case if a judge, a magistrate or an attorney-general certifies that the evidence of the prisoner is material to the defence and that the defence is unable to pay such amount .

(c)

The amount payable in terms of paragraph (a) shall be in accordance with a tariff prescribed by the Minister in consultation with the Treasury.

34. ( 1 )

The head of a prison shall comply in all respects with -

(a)

any authorization issued under section 50A( 2 ) (b ) of the Constitution Act for the transfer to a prison of the Republic of any prisoner in his custody; or

(b)

any order issued under section 11 of the Extradition Act , 1962 (Act 67 of 1962) , whether the person to whom such order relates is or is not undergoing a sentence of imprisonment.

(2) Any person who , at the time of his extradition , was undergoing a sentence of imprisonment shall upon his return , serve the unexpired part of such sentence which shall be deemed to have

211.

Surrender of prisoner for transfer or extradition.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

recommenced on the day on which he is again taken into custody in the Republic . CHAPTER 8. REMISSION OF IMPRISONMENT AND RELEASE OF PRISONERS.

Remission of imprisonment.

35. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of this Act , remission of imprisonment (whether under one or more sentences or with or without the option of a fine) may be granted to a prisoner within the limits prescribed in Schedule 2 (a)

if such imprisonment is less than two years in the aggregate , by the head of the prison in which such prisoner is detained ;

(b)

if such imprisonment is not less than two years in the aggregate, by the Commissioner on the recommendation of the prisons' board .

(2)

Any refusal of the Commissioner to remit any imprison-

ment under subsection ( 1 )(b ) shall be subject to review by the Minister.

(3)

Notwithstanding the provisions

of subsection

( 1 ) but

subject otherwise to the provisions of this Act (a)

the Minister may, in the case of any prisoner who in his opinion has rendered exceptional or meritorious service, grant such prisoner special remission of imprisonment not exceeding ninety days; and

(b)

the Cabinet may at any time, for any good and sufficient reason, remit a portion of the imprisonment of any prisoner.

No remission shall be granted to any prisoner in respect of any punishment of imprisonment (4)

(a)

for any offence under this Act ; or

(b)

for any offence under any other law (including the common law) committed while such prisoner was lawfully in custody, whether before or after his reception in any prison or while he is appearing before any court ; or

(c)

for resisting arrest , for rescuing or attempting to rescue 212 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

from lawful custody any other person who has been arrested but not yet lodged in a prison, for aiding such other person to escape or in an attempt to escape from lawful custody or for harbouring or concealing or assisting in harbouring or concealing such person , knowing him to have so escaped ; or

(d)

for any offence committed by him while he was at large after escaping from lawful custody, whether before or after his reception in any prison ; or

(e)

for such other offences as may be specified by the Minister from time to time.

(5) Remission of imprisonment in terms of this section shall be a privilege and not a right and may -

(a)

be forfeited -

(i)

by virtue of the provisions of subsection (6) of this section or of section 55 ( d) ; or

(ii )

by order of the Minister in respect of any prisoner who, in his opinion , has rendered himself guilty of serious misconduct ; or

(b)

be held in abeyance by order of the Commissioner, pending the trial, or the completion of the trial , of the prisoner concerned under section 56 or 57.

(6)

Every prisoner who is found guilty of the offence of es-

caping or attempting to escape from lawful custody or of aiding or inciting any other person to escape from lawful custody or of assisting such other person in any attempt to escape from lawful custody , shall forfeit the remission which may have been or may otherwise be granted to him in respect of (a)

the imprisonment which he was serving at the time of commission of such offence ;

(b)

the imprisonment which may be imposed on him for any offence on which he was awaiting trial or sentence at the said time ; and

(c)

the imprisonment which may be imposed on him for any offence committed before or after the commission of the

213.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974 .

offence for which he was in lawful custody at the aforesaid time .

(7)

Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as

derogating in any way from any provision of section 19 prescribing the minimum period of detention in any prison of any prisoner. Release on parole,

36. ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of subsection (3) of this section and of sections 19 and 45(2) , there may be released on parole ·

(a)

by the Commissioner, any prisoner whose total period of detention , whether under one or more sentences, does not exceed four months;

(b)

by the Minister , any prisoner whose total period of detention, whether under one or more sentences, is more than four months but less than two years ;

(c )

by the Minister on the recommendation of the prisons' board -

(i)

any idle person ; or

(ii)

any prisoner (other than a prisoner referred to in paragraph (d) of this subsection) whose total period of imprisonment is not less than two years ;

(d)

(e)

by the Cabinet on the recommendation of the prisons' board -

(i)

any habitual criminal; or

(ii)

any prisoner serving a sentence of imprisonment for life ; or

by the Minister with the prior , or in any urgent case the subsequent, approval of the Cabinet, any prisoner whose release on parole is necessary and justified .

(2)

Release on parole in terms of subsection ( 1 ) -

(a)

may be authorized irrespective of whether the imprisonment was with the option of a fine or without such option;

(b)

shall be by warrant under the hand of the Commissioner ; and

214.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(c)

shall be for such period and subject to such conditions , including any supervision , as the competent authority shall stipulate when authorizing such release and as shall be specified in the warrant of release : Provided that any such condition may at any time be amended or withdrawn -

(i)

in respect of any prisoner referred to in paragraph (a) of subsection ( 1 ), by the Commissioner ; or

(ii)

in respect of any other prisoner , by the Commissioner with the approval of the Minister.

(3)

The Minister may from time to time direct that the provi-

sions of paragraph ( a) or (b) of subsection ( 1 ) , or of both such paragraphs, shall not apply in the case of a prisoner who is undergoing imprisonment for any offence or class of offence specified by the Minister.

37. ( 1) Subject to the provisions of sections 19 and 45 ( 2 ) , there may be released from a prison unconditionally (a)

by the Minister on the recommendation of the prisons' board -

(i) (ii)

(b)

any prisoner undergoing imprisonment for corrective training or imprisonment for the prevention of crime ; or

by the Cabinet on the recommendation of the prisons' board -

(i) (ii)

(c )

any idle person ; or

any habitual criminal ; or any prisoner serving a sentence of imprisonment for life ;

by the Minister on the recommendation of the medical officer (but subject to the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) ) any prisoner suffering from a notifiable disease or whose release is otherwise justified on the grounds of poor physical condition or , if such prisoner is a woman , her advanced pregnancy ;

215 .

Unconditional release of certain prisoners.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(d)

by the Minister with the prior, or in any urgent case the subsequent , approval of the Cabinet , any person whose unconditional release from prison is necessary and justified .

(2) Any prisoner released from prison in terms of paragraph (a) or (b) of subsection ( 1 ) shall be released on the date recommended by the prisons' board unless the Minister or the Cabinet, as the case may be, has decided otherwise.

(3) Release from a prison in terms of subsection ( 1 ) shall be by warrant under the hand of the Commissioner .

Release on probation.

38. ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of sections 19 and 45(2) , there may be released from a prison on probation -

(a)

by the Minister on the recommendation of the prisons' board -

(i)

(ii)

(b)

any prisoner (other than a prisoner referred to in paragraph (b) of this subsection) whose total period of imprisonment is not less than two years ; or

by the Cabinet on the recommendation of the prisons' board (i)

(ii)

(c)

any idle person; or

any habitual criminal ; or

any prisoner serving a sentence of imprisonment for life; or

by the Minister with the prior , or in any urgent case the subsequent, approval of the Cabinet , any prisoner whose release on probation is necessary and justified .

(2)

Release on probation in terms of subsection ( 1 ) -

(a)

may be authorized irrespective of whether the imprisonment was with the option of a fine or without such option ;

(b)

shall be by warrant under the hand of the Commissioner ; and

(c)

shall be for such period and subject to such conditions as

216 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

the competent authority shall stipulate when authorizing such release and as shall be specified in the warrant of release : Provided that any such condition may at any time be amended or withdrawn by the Minister.

39. (1 ) Upon complying in every respect with the conditions of any warrant of release issued under section 36 ( 2) or 38(2) , the person to whom such warrant relates shall not be required to undergo the punishment to which he was liable at the time of his release from prison or, as the case may be , shall cease to be an habitual criminal. (2)(a)

Consequences of compliance or non-compliance with parole or probation conditions.

Any person who fails to comply with the conditions of a warrant of release issued under section 36(2 ) or 38(2) shall be liable to undergo the punishment which remained unexpired at the time of his release from prison and may , unless he has voluntarily returned to prison when so required by the Commissioner , be arrested on the warrant of the Commissioner.

(b)

Any person who so voluntarily returns or is so rearrested shall be recommitted to prison by warrant under the hand of the Commissioner.

40. ( 1 ) The Minister may, by warrant under his hand and subject to such conditions as he may determine, permit any prisoner to

Leave of absence for prisoners.

absent himself temporarily (under escort or otherwise , as the Minister may decide) from the prison in which he is detained , for any purpose which, in the opinion of the Minister, justifies such absence.

(2)

Unless the Minister directs otherwise , the period during

which any such prisoner is so lawfully absent from a prison shall be reckoned as part of his imprisonment .

41. ( 1 ) Every prisoner about to be released from a prison shall , shortly before such release -

(a)

to the extent to which it is practicable , be examined by the medical officer; and

(b)

be interviewed by the head of the prison and if possible by a commissioned officer, with a view to his placement , if he so requests , in gainful employment.

(2) If the medical officer certifies that any such prisoner is suffering from disease or injury of such a nature that his release from

217.

Procedure before and upon release of prisoner.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

prison is likely to result in his death or the serious impairment of his health or in the spread of any infectious or contagious disease, the Commissioner may, after consultation with the Secretary for Health direct -

(a)

that such prisoner be detained in a prison for such further period and upon such conditions as the Commissioner may determine ; or

(b) that he be admitted to a hospital : Provided that, subject to the laws relating to the prevention and suppression of infectious or contagious diseases , no such prisoner shall without his consent be detained in a prison beyond the day on which he would ordinarily have been released . Upon his release from a prison a prisoner may, out of moneys appropriated by the Legislative Assembly for the purpose and on such conditions as the Treasury may approve (3 )

(a)

if he has no suitable dress and is unable to procure it himself, be provided with clothing; and

(b)

if he has no funds of his own, be provided with the means of travelling by public transport to the railway station or bus halt nearest to his destination and, if he is not given food for his journey , the means of obtaining such food .

Gratuities and compensation for prisoners.

42. ( 1 ) The Commissioner may, out of moneys appropriated by the Legislative Assembly for the purpose (a)

(b )

pay gratuities to prisoners at such rates and upon such conditions as may be approved by the Minister in consultation with the Treasury ; and

make to any prisoner whose earning ability has been reduced as a result of an accident or injury sustained in prison and which was not attributable to his own negligence or misconduct , such ex gratia award as the Minister may approve in consultation with the Minister of Health and the Treasury .

(2)

The manner in which any such gratuity or award shall be

administered on behalf of, or paid to , any prisoner shall be determined by the Commissioner.

218 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

43. Nothing in this Act contained shall be construed as derogating in any way from the powers vested in the State President by the South Africa Constitution Act , 1961 or any other law to pardon or reprieve offenders or to commute any punishment .

Saving of State President's powers.

CHAPTER 9. TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ' BOARD .

44. ( 1 ) (a)

There shall be established at Umtata a prisons' board , to be known as the Transkeian Prisons' Board which shall consist of so many commissioned officers as official members and so many other persons as non-official members as the Minister may determine in consultation with the Treasury .

(b)

The members of the prisons' board shall be appointed by the Minister and he shall, from time to time as occasion may require, designate one of such members as chairman of the board .

(c)

Whenever for any reason the chairman of the board is absent from any meeting of the board , the senior official member present at the meeting shall act

(2 )(a)

as

chairman.

Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) a member of the prisons' board shall be appointed for such period , not exceeding three years, as the Minister may determine and , in the case of a member who is not in the full- time employment of the Government , shall hold office upon such conditions as to remuneration or otherwise as the Minister may approve in consultation with the Treasury when such member is appointed : Provided that different periods or conditions may be determined or approved in respect of different members of the board.

(b)

The Minister may at any time, for any good and sufficient reason, remove any member of the prisons ' board from office .

(3) A member of the prisons' board whose office has become vacant otherwise than under subsection (2 ) (b) shall be eligible for reappointment.

219 .

Transkeian Prisons' Board.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(4)

Whenever -

(a)

a member of the prisons ' board vacates his office or is removed therefrom , the Minister shall , subject to the provisions of subsection ( 1) , appoint some other person to fill the vacancy, and until such time as such person is appointed, the remaining members shall constitute the board; or

(b)

any member of the prisons' board is temporarily unable to perform his duties, the Minister may in consultation with the Treasury appoint as a member of the board some other commissioned officer or person, as the case may be, for such period not exceeding twelve months as the Minister may deem necessary.

(5)(a)

All questions arising in a meeting of the prisons' board shall be decided by a majority of votes and , in the case of an equality of votes, the chairman or the acting chairman , as the case may be , shall also have a casting vote.

(b)

The nearest whole number exceeding one -half of the total number of members of the board shall form a quorum.

(6) The prisons ' board may by resolution appoint any one or more of its members to conduct on its behalf such investigations or interviews as may be necessary to enable the board to make any report or recommendation under this Act or to give guidance or assistance to any prisoner. Powers, duties and functions of prisons' board.

45. ( 1 )

The board shall exercise and perform the powers, duties

and functions prescribed for the board by or under this Act and shall -

(a)

whenever so requested by the Commissioner and in any event not less than once in every year, report on every prisoner detained in a prison who (i)

is undergoing imprisonment for corrective training, or

(ii)

is undergoing imprisonment for the prevention of crime ; or

(iii)

is an idle person ; or

(iv)

is an habitual criminal ; or

220.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(v)

is undergoing imprisonment for life ; or

(vi)

is otherwise undergoing imprisonment for a period of not less than two years ;

(b)

if the Commissioner so requires, make a special report on any specified prisoner ;

(c)

subject to the provisions of this Act, have the power to make recommendations -

(i)

in regard to any matter in respect of which a recommendation of the board is required under this Act ;

(ii)

as to the training or treatment of any prisoner or of any class or category of prisoners ;

(d)

(iii)

as to the remission of portion of the imprisonment of any prisoner ; or

(iv)

as to the release of any prisoner , whether on parole or on probation or conditionally or otherwise ;

advise and assist the Minister in all matters concerning the prisons of the Transkei, the training and treatment of prisoners detained in such prisons and the administration generally of the provisions of this Act.

(2) The board shall have no power to recommend the release from prison of -

(a)

an idle person (i)

on parole, until he has served not less than one- half of his sentence , or

(ii)

unconditionally or on probation , until he has served not less than two-thirds of his sentence

and shall, in any event , not recommend the release of any such person unless it is satisfied that he has acquired regular habits of discipline and industry and can be placed in suitable employment ;

(b)

any person undergoing imprisonment for corrective training, until he has been detained in a prison for a period of not less than two years ;

221 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(c)

any person undergoing imprisonment for the prevention of crime , until he has been detained in a prison for a period of not less than five years;

(d)

an habitual criminal until he has been detained in a prison for a period of not less than nine years, and shall not recommend the release of an habitual criminal, whether conditionally or unconditionally or on parole or on probation , unless it is satisfied -

(i)

that there is a reasonable probability that such person will in future abstain from crime and lead a useful and industrious life; or

(ii )

that such person is no longer capable of engaging in crime ; or

(iii)

that, for some other good and sufficient reason , the release of such person is justified ; or

(e)

any person sentenced to imprisonment for life, until he has been detained in a prison for a period of not less than ten years .

Interview with certain prisoners.

46. The chairman of the prisons ' board or the Commissioner shall at least once in every year interview every prisoner who (a)

is an habitual criminal ; or

(b)

is undergoing imprisonment for life ; or

(c)

is serving a determinate sentence of imprisonment of nine years or longer .

CHAPTER 10 . OFFENCES AND PENALTIES .

Corruption.

47. (1) No prisoner and no other person on his behalf shall pay or agree to pay or offer to any member of the Prisons ' Service , and no member of the Prisons' Service shall accept or obtain or agree to accept or obtain from any prisoner or other person on his behalf, any money or other valuable consideration (other than the whole or part of any lawful fine) on any pretext whatsoever at the time of the reception of such prisoner at , or during his detention in, or on his discharge from, any prison .

222.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(2)

No prisoner , or other person on his behalf, and no member

of the Prisons' Service shall have any pecuniary dealing the one with the other, nor shall any prisoner or such other person and any member of the Prisons ' Service enter into or attempt to enter into any business transaction the one with the other.

(3)

No member of the Prisons ' Service shall directly or in-

directly -

(a)

sell or supply any article or thing to or for the use of any prisoner or the Prisons' Service; or

(b)

have any pecuniary interest in the sale or supply of any article or thing to the Prisons ' Service or obtain or receive or attempt to obtain or receive any discount, gift or other benefit from the seller or supplier of any such article or thing.

(4) Any person who contravenes any provision of subsection (1 ) , (2) or ( 3 ) shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding four hundred rand or imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years or to both such fine and such imprisonment .

(5)

Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as

derogating from any provision of the Prevention of Corruption Act , 1958 (Act 6 of 1958) .

48. (1)(a) Any person who, without lawful authority -

(i)

holds or attempts to hold any communication with any prisoner , or

(ii)

delivers or conveys or causes to be delivered or conveyed to or from any prisoner any letter or other document , or

(iii)

takes or introduces or attempts to take or to introduce into any prison any letter or other document intended for any prisoner , or

(iv)

hides or places or attempts to hide or place where prisoners shall perform any labour or be present any letter or other document intended for any prisoner, or

223.

Unlawful communication.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(v)

(b)

removes or attempts to remove from any prison on behalf of any prisoner any letter or other document, and

any member of the Prisons ' Service who , without lawful authority -

(i)

holds any communication with any other person on behalf of any prisoner , or

(ii)

permits or suffers any person to enter any prison or to hold any communication with any prisoner, or

(iii)

permits or suffers any letter or other document to be delivered or conveyed to or from any prisoner or to be hidden or placed for the use of any prisoner , or

(iv)

permits or suffers any letter or other document to be passed or introduced into or removed from any prison on behalf of any prisoner, and

(c)

any prisoner who , unless duly authorized thereto , or otherwise in accordance with law -

(i)

has in his possession or receives or accepts for his own use or on behalf of any other prisoner any letter or other document , or

(ii)

or attempts to cause any member of the Prisons ' Service or any other person to pass or to introduce into , or to remove from any prison , or to causes

hide or to place in any prison or elsewhere , any letter or other document , or

(iii)

causes or attempts to cause any member of the Prisons' Service to hold any communication with any other person on his behalf or on behalf of any other prisoner ,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding four hundred rand or imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years, or to both such fine and such imprisonment.

(2) Nothing in paragraph (b) of subsection ( 1 ) contained shall be construed as prohibiting or preventing a commissioned officer or the head of any prison from communicating to any prisoner at his 224.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

discretion any important information concerning his relatives or friends.

49. ( 1 ) In this section "unauthorized thing " means any money , intoxicating liquor, drug (including dagga and any opiate) , tobacco, clothing, provisions or other thing of whatever nature which a prisoner may not have in his possession unless duly authorized thereto .

(2)(a)

Any person who , without lawful authority (i)

supplies, attempts to supply or causes to be supplied to any prisoner any unauthorized thing, or

(ii)

takes or introduces or attempts to take or to introduce into any prison, or hides or places or attempts to hide or to place where prisoners shall perform any labour or be present , any unauthorized thing, and

(b)

any member of the Prisons' Service who , without lawful authority, permits or suffers any unauthorized thing

(c)

(i)

to be supplied to any prisoner, or

(ii)

to be brought or to be introduced into any prison , or

(iii)

to be placed or hidden where prisoners shall perform any labour or be present, and

any prisoner who, unless duly authorized otherwise in accordance with law -

(i)

(ii)

thereto or

has in his possession or receives or accepts for his own use or on behalf of any other prisoner any unauthorized thing, or

causes

or attempts to cause any member of the

Prisons ' Service or any other person to pass or to introduce into any prison, or to hide or to place in any prison or at any place where prisoners shall perform labour or be present , any unauthorized thing, shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding four hundred rand or imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years or to both such fine and such imprisonment.

225.

Trafficking with prisoners.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(3 ) Nothing in subsection (2) contained shall be construed as derogating from any provision of the Abuse of Dependence-producing Substances and Rehabilitation Centres Act , 1971 (Act 41 of 1971 ).

Escape .

50. (1 )

Any prisoner who -

(a)

escapes from the prison in which he is lodged or from other lawful custody , or

(b)

attempts or conspires to make his escape from custody , or

(c)

has in his possession any instrument or other thing with intent to make his escape from custody,

shall be guilty of an offence and , subject to the provisions of subsection (2) , liable on conviction to imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years .

(2) Where in any prosecution under subsection ( 1 ) it is proved that the escape or attempt to escape of the accused was accompanied by an act of violence , the court convicting him may, in addition to imposing a punishment under that subsection , sentence him to a whipping of not more than ten strokes .

(3) A sentence of imprisonment imposed for any contravention of subsection (1 ) shall commence after the expiration of any sentence which the accused was serving at the time of such contravention but subject to the provisions of section 18. (4)

Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as

exempting any prisoner from liability to prosecution for any other offence under this Act or for any offence under the common law or any other law.

Aiding escape or harbouring or rescuing prisoner.

51. Any person who (a)

aids any prisoner to escape , or in an attempt to escape, from the prison in which he is lodged or from other lawful custody , or

(b)

incites or encourages any prisoner to escape from custody, or

(c)

provides or attempts to provide , or incites or encourages any other person to provide , any prisoner with any means whereby he may or may attempt to escape from custody , ог

226.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(d)

harbours or conceals, or assists in harbouring or concealing, any prisoner, knowing him to have escaped from custody, or

(e) rescues or attempts to rescue any prisoner from custody , shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to imprisonment for a period not exceeding five years .

Unauthorized wearing of uniform , etc.

52. Any person who (a)

wears any uniform or distinctive badge or buttons of the Prisons' Service , or anything so closely resembling any such uniform , badge or buttons as to be calculated to deceive , and

(b)

is not a member of the Prisons ' Service entitled by reason of his appointment , rank or designation to wear uniform , badge or buttons, or

(c)

such

has not been granted permission by the Commissioner to wear such uniform , badge or buttons ,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding one hundred rand or imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months.

Unauthorized use of decorations.

53. Any person who (a)

wears or uses any decoration or medal instituted , constituted or created under this Act or the distinctive bar , clasp or ribbon thereof, or

(b)

represents himself to be a person who is or has been entitled to wear or use any such decoration , medal , bar, clasp or ribbon, and

(c)

is not a person to whom such decoration , medal, bar , clasp or ribbon has been awarded or who has been authorized by competent authority to wear or use such decoration , medal , bar , clasp or ribbon ,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding fifty rand or imprisonment for a period not exceeding three months.

54. (1 )

Miscellaneous offences.

Any person who -

227.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(a)

is found loitering (i)

(ii)

on any prison premises or property or within one hundred metres of any prison or other place where prisoners may be for imprisonment or labour, or at any place within one hundred metres of any burial referred to in section 23 (4 ) (b ) (ii) ,

and who fails to depart therefrom upon being warned to do so by any member of the Prisons ' Service or of the Police, or (b)

in any manner wilfully interferes with any prisoner or prisoners outside a prison, or

(c )

without the authority in writing of the Commissioner (i)

photographs or sketches any prisoner or prisoners or any burial referred to in section 23(4) (b) (ii) , or

(ii)

publishes or causes to be published a photograph or sketch of any prisoner or prisoners (whether such photograph was taken or such sketch was made before or after the arrest of such prisoner or prisoners) or of any burial referred to in section 23 (4) (b) (ii) , or

(d)

publishes or causes to be published any false information concerning the experience or behaviour in a prison of any prisoner or person or concerning the administration of any prison , knowing the same to be false or without taking reasonable steps to verify such information , or

(e)

without reasonable excuse , fails to appear in accordance with a subpoena issued under section 69(5 ) (b) or to produce any document or other thing as required in terms of section 69(5)(c ) ; or

(f)

wilfully insults the presiding officer or any other official at any enquiry under section 69 or 73 or wilfully interrupts the proceedings or otherwise misbehaves himself at such enquiry, or

(g)

contravenes the provisions of section 77 ( 1 ) , or

(h)

refuses to be searched when so required under section 77(3 )(a)(ii) ;

228.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974 .

(i)

fails or refuses to comply with any order under section 77(3)(b)(ii) or resists or obstructs his ejectment from any prison under that section,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding two hundred rand or imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months or to both such fine and such imprisonment. (2)

Any person who -

(a)

whilst under the influence of liquor or a narcotic drug, surrenders himself at any prison to undergo periodical imprisonment, or

(b)

fails to comply with any notice delivered to him under section 22 , or

(c )

at any prison impersonates, or falsely represents himself to be, a person who has been sentenced to periodical imprisonment ,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding one hundred rand or imprisonment for a period not exceeding three months.

(3) In any proceedings under -

(a)

subsection ( 1 ) ( c) , the court convicting any accused may declare to be forfeited to the Government the photographs or sketches in respect of which the offence was committed , together with the negatives of such photographs ;

(b )

subsection ( 1 ) (d) the onus of proving that reasonable steps were taken to verify the information in question shall be upon the accused.

55. Any prisoner convicted of an offence under any provision of Schedule 3 shall be liable to any one or more of the following punishments:

(a)

a reprimand ;

(b) the deprivation of all privileges , indulgences or gratuities for a period not exceeding one month ;

(c)

the deprivation of one or more meals on any one day ;

(d)

forfeiture of remission of sentence not exceeding thirty days ; 229.

Punishments of prisoners in respect of offences under Schedule 3 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(e)

subject to the provisions of section 20( 7) , a whipping not exceeding six strokes if no punishment other than a punishment referred to in paragraph (b) is imposed upon him in respect of that offence ;

(f)

(i)

solitary confinement with full diet for a period not exceeding thirty days ; or

(ii)

solitary confinement for any one of the periods of days (which shall be continuous) set out in the first column of Schedule 4 together with dietary punishment in the manner and in the sequence prescribed in respect of such period in the remaining columns of the said Schedule 4: Provided that, in the case of a prisoner who is required to undergo such punishment for a total period exceeding thirty days (that is to say, for two or more offences) , there shall after each thirty days of such punishment be an interval of fourteen days (or such longer period as the medical officer may direct) upon full diet and without solitary confinement ;

(g)

imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months.

CHAPTER 11 .

TRIAL OF OFFENCES . Jurisdiction of magistrate's court.

56. Notwithstanding anything in this Act or in any other law contained, a magistrate's court shall have jurisdiction to try any offence under, and to impose any penalty prescribed by, this Act.

Trial by trial officer of offence under Schedule 3.

57. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of this Act a trial officer shall have jurisdiction to try any offence under Schedule 3 and, upon conviction of the prisoner on trial , to impose on him any one or more of the punishments prescribed in section 55, other than the punishment prescribed in paragraph (g) of that section . No appeal shall lie against any conviction , or against any punishment imposed , under subsection ( 1 ) but all punishments of whipping imposed under that subsection shall be subject in ordinary course to review by the High Court or one of the judges thereof in accordance with the provisions mutatis mutandis of Chapter XIV of the Magistrates ' Courts Act, 1944 . (2)

230.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2) the Commissioner may direct that the record of the proceedings in any trial under subsection ( 1 ) , not being a trial in which a punishment of whipping has been imposed , shall within such period as he shall stipulate be submitted to him together with a statement in writing by the trial officer showing the facts he found to be proved and his reasons for the conviction and sentence.

(4)

Whenever the

Commissioner

makes

a direction under

subsection ( 3 ), the punishment or punishments imposed in the trial in question shall forthwith be suspended pending his decision under subsection (5).

(5)

After considering the proceedings of any such trial the

Commissioner may confirm or quash the conviction and punishment or confirm or alter the conviction and reduce , increase or otherwise alter the punishment or correct the proceedings : Provided that the Commissioner shall have no power to impose the punishment prescibed in paragraph (e) or (g) of section 55.

58. ( 1 )

At or for the purposes of any trial under section 57 -

(a)

the proceedings shall , as far as practicable, be the same as in a summary trial in a magistrate's court in criminal proceedings;

(b)

the law relating to witnesses and evidence in criminal cases in a magistrate's court shall mutatis mutandis apply ;

(c)

the process for compelling the attendance of any person to give evidence or to produce any document or other thing shall be by subpoena under the hand of the trial officer;

(d)

the trial officer shall have the power to administer an oath or affirmation to any person called as a witness.

(2)

Notwithstanding anything contained in subsection ( 1 ) , if

the prisoner pleads guilty to the offence and the person conducting the prosecution at the trial accepts such plea and tenders no evidence of the commission of the offence , the trial officer may, if he is of the opinion that the offence does not merit a punishment of a whipping or solitary confinement together with dietary punishment or solitary confinement with full diet for a period longer than fourteen days, convict the accused of such offence upon his plea of guilty without

231.

Procedure at trial under section 57 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

other proof of the commission of the offence and thereupon impose any competent punishment other than the aforesaid punishments.

(3)

Any trial under section 57 shall, for the purposes of the

law relating to perjury, be deemed to be a judicial proceeding. (4) If so authorized by the Commissioner the person conducting the prosecution at any trial under section 57 may, at any time before conviction, stop the prosecution on any charge and , in that event , the accused shall , if he has pleaded to that charge , be entitled to a verdict of acquittal in respect of that charge. (5)

Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section , the trial officer presiding at the trial of any prisoner under section 57 or who convicts any prisoner shall , if it appears that the offence under trial is from its nature or magnitude more proper for the cognizance of a magistrate's court, or when the person conducting the prosecution so requests, stop the trial or, if the prisoner has been convicted, set aside the finding, and the proceedings shall thereupon be commenced afresh, whether on the same charge or any other charge, before a magistrate's court . Place of trial of certain offences and attendance at such trial.

59. (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other law contained , the trial in terms of section 56 or 57 of an offence alleged to have been committed , as the case may be, by a member of the Prisons' Service or a prisoner (or by any two or more of such persons jointly) · hereinafter referred to as a prison trial · shall be held at a prison or at such other place as the Commissioner may appoint. (2)

No person other than the magistrate or the trial officer, as the case may be, the person conducting the prosecution , the person on trial and his legal representative and any interpreter and stenographer shall be present at a prison trial except while he is giving evidence or unless the magistrate or trial officer presiding at the trial or the Commissioner has authorized him to be present. Prosecution at prison trial.

60. ( 1 ) The Commissioner may by writing under his hand designate any member of the Prisons' Service to conduct the prosecution at a prison trial but, if no such member has been so designated the magistrate or the trial officer who is to preside at the trial shall , in like manner , designate some fit and proper person to conduct the prosecution . (2)

No member of the Prisons ' Service shall, under this Act or

any other law , be designated to conduct the prosecution at a prison

232.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

trial of another such member unless he is of a rank equal to or higher than that of the accused.

(3)

Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as

prohibiting or preventing the person who has been lawfully appointed to conduct a prosecution before any magistrate's court from conducting the prosecution at a prison trial.

61. ( 1 )

Whenever, prior to any trial under section 57 -

(a)

any prisoner admits that he is guilty of an offence under Schedule 3, and

(b)

the head of the prison in which such prisoner is detained believes on reasonable grounds that a magistrate's court or

Summary imposition of punishment by head of prison.

a trial officer will , on convicting that prisoner of such offence , not impose a punishment other than -

(i)

the punishment prescribed in paragraph (a) , (b) or (c) of section 55 , or

(ii)

solitary confinement with full diet for a period of not

more than fourteen days , such head may, subject to the provisions of subsection ( 2) , summarily impose on such prisoner any one of the said punishments. (2) No punishment imposed under subsection ( 1 ) shall have any force or effect until it has been confirmed by the Commissioner. 62. The Commissioner may at any time at his discretion restrict , in such manner as he may deem fit , or withdraw , the jurisdiction conferred by this Chapter on any trial officer.

Restriction or withdrawal of jurisdiction of trial officer.

63. Nothing in this Act contained shall be construed as preventing any person from being prosecuted otherwise than under the provisions of this Act in all cases in which he would be liable to be so prosecuted, but no member of the Prisons' Service who has been

Prosecution under other laws.

acquitted or convicted of an offence under this Act shall be liable to be tried again for any offence arising from the same facts and circumstances. CHAPTER 12 .

REMUNERATION , SUSPENSION FROM DUTY , RESIGNATION , RETIREMENT, DISCHARGE OR DISCIPLINING OF MEMBERS OF THE PRISONS' SERVICE .

233.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

Remuneration of members of the Prisons' Service.

64. ( 1 )

Members of the Prisons' Service , other than temporary warders who by agreement receive no remuneration for their services, shall be paid salaries and , save as may be specially provided in the regulations , allowances in accordance with the laws governing the public service of the Transkei. (2)

No member of the Prisons ' Service shall , without

the

approval of the Commissioner, assign the whole or any part of the salary or any allowance payable to him under this Act , nor shall the whole or any part of such salary or allowance be capable of being seized or attached under or by virtue of any judgement or order of any court, other than a garnishee order, nor shall the same pass under or by virtue of any order for the sequestration of the estate of any such member.

Suspension from duty of member of the Prisons' Service.

65. ( 1 )

A member of the Prisons ' Service may be suspended from

duty (if he is a commissioned officer , by the Minister or , if he is not a commissioned officer , by the Commissioner) pending his trial for, or after his conviction of, any offence under this Act or any other law or before or after any enquiry under this Act into a charge of misconduct against him or as to his fitness for his duties or his ability to carry them out efficiently and shall be so suspended for any period during which he is under arrest or detention or is serving a term of imprisonment but shall not, by reason of such suspension , cease to be a member of the Prisons ' Service.

During the suspension from duty of a member of the Prisons' Service the powers, authorities and functions vested in him by virtue of his office shall be in abeyance and he shall not wear the uniform of his rank, but he shall nevertheless continue to be subject to the discipline and penalties of a member of the Prisons' Service as if he had not been suspended from duty. (2 )

(3) The suspension from duty of a member of the Prisons' Serivce may be terminated at any time but , if such member has not been notified of such termination and ordered to resume duty , his suspension shall continue until he is discharged from the Prisons' Service or reduced in rank or in seniority in rank, as the case may be. (4)( a)

A member of the Prisons ' Service who has been suspended from duty shall not be entitled to any salary , allowance , privilege or benefit of his office for the period of his suspension but the Minister may at his discretion direct that during the period of such suspension (not being a period when he is serving a term of imprisonment ) such member be paid the whole or a portion of his salary or allowances

234.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

or be granted such privileges or benefits as the Minister may specify. (b)

If any member who has been suspended from duty is not discharged from the Prisons ' Service, such member shall on resuming duty be paid the salary and allowances, and be granted the privileges and benefits to which he would have been entitled but for his suspension (but not for any period when he was serving a term of imprisonment) less any amount paid to him under paragraph (a) : Provided that , if such member is reduced in rank, the salary and allowances paid to him shall be that of the rank to which he is reduced : Provided further that, if any amount paid to such member under paragraph (a) exceeds the amount payable under this paragraph, he shall not be obliged to refund the excess.

66. No member of the Prisons' Service shall resign from the Prisons' Service except with the consent in writing of the Commissioner and then only upon such conditions as may have been determined by the Minister. 67. ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of subsection ( 3) , a member of the Prisons ' Service (other than a member referred to in subsection (2) ) shall have the right to retire on pension and shall be so retired with effect from the date on which he attains the age of sixty years.

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection ( 3) , a member of the Prisons' Service , who became or becomes such a member in the manner described in section 2( a) and who was appointed to the prisons' service of the Government of the Republic prior to the first day of January 1966 , shall have the right to retire on pension and shall be so retired in accordance with the provisions mutatis mutandis of section 6(5) of the Government Service Pension Act, 1973 (Act 57 of 1973 ) .

(3 ) If a member of the Prisons ' Service attains the age on which he is entitled to retire on pension or shall be retired on pension after the first day of a month, he shall for the purposes of subsections ( 1 ) and ( 2) and the provisions of the aforesaid Government Service Pension Act, 1973 be deemed to attain the said age on the first day of the month immediately following that month . (4) Unless the Minister has directed to the contrary , a female member of the Prisons ' Service who marries shall be deemed to have retired voluntarily from the Prisons ' Service in contemplation of marriage with effect from the day of her marriage or , if she dis235.

Resignation of member of the Prisons' Service.

Retirement of member of the Prisons' Service.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT , 1974.

charges her duties on that day, with effect from the day immediately following the day of her marriage .

(5) If it is in the public interest to retain the services of any member beyond the day on which , in terms of this section , he shall be retired on pension , his services may be so retained from time to time -

(a)

with the approval of the Minister , for periods which shall not exceed three years in the aggregate ; and thereafter

(b )

with the approval by resolution of the Legislative Assembly, for further periods which shall not exceed two years in the aggregate .

(6)

Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as

affecting the retirement of any person who has been placed at the disposal of the Prisons ' Service under the provisions of section 63 ( 1 ) of the Constitution Act . Discharge, retirement or reduction in rank of member of the Prisons' Service.

68. ( 1 )

(a)

A member of the Prisons ' Service may-

be discharged or retired (i)

on account of continued ill -health ;

(ii)

on account of the abolition of his post or any reduction, reorganization or rearrangement of the posts in the Prisons' Service or any part thereof; or

(iii)

if, for reasons other than his own unfitness or incapacity, his discharge will in the opinion of the competent authority promote efficiency or economy in the Prisons' Service ; or

(b)

subject to the provisions of section 69 , be discharged or reduced in rank or in seniority in rank or be otherwise punished, on account of misconduct; or

(c )

subject to the provisions of section 73 , be discharged or reduced in rank or in seniority in rank, on account of his unfitness for his duties or his incapacity to perform them efficiently .

(2 )

For the purposes of subsection ( 1 )(b ) ·

(a)

" misconduct " means -

236 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(b)

(i)

any misconduct referred to in Schedule 5 ; or

(ii)

the commission of an offence under this Act or any other law ;

a member of the Prisons ' Service who has been convicted by a court of law shall be deemed conclusively to be guilty of misconduct, unless such conviction has been set aside by a superior court or such member has been granted a free pardon.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in subsection ( 1 ) contained , any member of the Prisons' Service, who has been appointed on probation and whose appointment has not yet been may be discharged from such service (a)

on one month's prior notice to that effect ; or

(b)

forthwith , if -

(i)

(ii)

confirmed ,

his conduct is unsatisfactory ; or

in his application for employment in the Prisons' service, he wilfully made any false statement.

The powers conferred by subsection ( 1 ) may be exercised on ati in rel to any commissioned officer by the Cabinet and in relation to any member of the Prisons ' Service who is not a commissioned officer by the Commissioner but subject to the provisions of section 70(2). (4)

69. ( 1 ) When (except in the circumstances contemplated in section 68(2 ) (b) ) any member of the Prisons ' Service (hereinafter referred to as the defendant) is alleged to be guilty of misconduct , the Commissioner may charge him in writing under his hand with that misconduct and at the same time call upon him to transmit or deliver to the Commissioner within a specified period , not being less than fourteen days, a written admission or denial of the charge and such written explanation of the misconduct with which he is charged as he may wish to offer.

(2 ) The Commissioner shall cause the charge to be served personally on the defendant, and the defendant shall, within the aforesaid period , admit or deny the charge. (3)

If the defendant admits the charge -

(a)

he shall be deemed to have been found guilty in terms of

237.

Enquiry into misconduct of a member of the Prisons' Service.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

subsection (7) of the misconduct with which he is charged ; and

(b)

if he is not a commissioned officer , he may undertake in writing to pay such fine , not exceeding fifty rand , as the Commissioner may at his discretion have fixed (as he is hereby empowered to fix) for such misconduct .

(4)

If the defendant denies the charge , or if he neither admits

nor denies the charge then after the expiration of the aforesaid period, the Commissioner may, if, in his opinion there is sufficient cause for further proceedings (a)

appoint a trial officer or magistrate (hereinafter referred to as the presiding officer) to enquire into the charge ; and

(b)

require any member of the Prisons ' Service (hereinafter referred to as the prosecutor) to adduce evidence and arguments in support of the charge and to cross-examine any person called as a witness for the defence :

Provided that no member of the Prisons ' Service shall be so appointed or required unless he is of a rank equal to or higher than that of the defendant.

(5 )

The presiding officer -

(a)

shall , in consultation with the Commissioner , fix the time and place of the enquiry and give the defendant reasonable notice in writing of the time and place so fixed ;

(b)

may, if he has reason to believe that any person is able to give evidence or to produce any document or other thing which will be relevant to the enquiry, summon such person by subpoena under his hand to appear before him at the time and place specified in the subpoena, to be interrogated or to produce that document or other thing;

(c

may call as a witness and administer an oath or affirmation to any person present at the enquiry who was or might have been summoned in terms of paragraph (b) , interrogate such person or cause him to be interrogated and require him to produce any document or other thing in his possession or custody or under his control which the presiding officer has reason to believe may be relevant to the enquiry.

238.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(6)(a)

The presiding officer shall keep a record of the proceedings, and of the evidence given, at the enquiry.

(b)

The defendant shall have the right to be present at the enquiry and to be heard personally or through a legal representative, to cross-examine any person called as a witness in support of the charge, to inspect any document produced in evidence , to give evidence himself and to call other persons as witnesses : Provided that the failure of the defendant to be present at the enquiry, either personally or by a legal representative , shall not invalidate the proceedings.

(c)

No person other than the presiding officer, the prosecutor, the defendant and his legal representative , a witness giving evidence and any interpreter and stenographer shall be present at the enquiry except with the permission of the Commissioner .

(7) At the conclusion of the enquiry the presiding officer shall find whether the defendant is guilty or not guilty of the misconduct with which he is charged and inform the defendant and the Commissioner of his finding.

(8) If the presiding officer finds that the defendant is not guilty of the misconduct with which he is charged and the defendant was suspended from duty in terms of section 65 , he shall be allowed to resume duty as soon as practicable .

(9) If the presiding officer finds that the defendant is guilty of the misconduct with which he is charged he shall allow the defendant or his legal representative to address him in mitigation punishment .

of

(10) A defendant who has been found guilty of misconduct in terms of subsection (7) may not later than fourteen days after such finding appeal therefrom-

(a)

if he is a commissioned officer , to the Minister , or

(b)

if he is not a commissioned officer, to the Commissioner ,

by lodging with the presiding officer a written notice of appeal in which the grounds of the appeal are fully stated .

239.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(11 ) If the presiding officer finds that the defendant is guilty of the misconduct with which he is charged , he shall -

(a)

forward to the Commissioner , after the expiry of the period referred to in subsection ( 10) if no appeal has been noted against his finding, or not later than seven days after notice of appeal has been lodged with him, as the case may be -

(b)

(i)

the record of the proceedings at the enquiry;

(ii)

a statement of his finding and his reasons therefor ;

(iii)

any recommendation which he may wish to make in regard to any punishment to be imposed on the defendant ; and

(iv)

if there is an appeal against his finding , the notice of appeal; and

if the defendant has appealed against the finding, furnish him with a copy of his reasons for such finding.

(12 ) If the defendant applies to the Commissioner for a copy of the record of the proceedings at the enquiry within seven days after the date upon which he was furnished with a copy of the reasons for the finding, the Commissioner shall furnish him with it.

(13 ) Not later than fourteen days after the date upon which he was furnished with a copy of the record of the proceedings or , if he made no application for a copy of such record, not later than twentyone days after the date upon which he was furnished with a copy of the reasons for the finding, the defendant may submit to the Commissioner written representations in support of his appeal. (14)

If the defendant is a commissioned officer , the Commis-

sioner shall submit to the Minister the record of the proceedings at the enquiry , the other documents in his possession which relate to the enquiry and his recommendation concerning the matter. ( 15 ) The Minister may, in the case of any commissioned officer , or the Commissioner may, in the case of any member of the Prisons' Service who is not a commissioned officer -

(a)

allow the appeal in whole or in part and set aside or vary the finding ; or

240.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(b)

dismiss the appeal and confirm the finding; or

(c)

before arriving at a final decision on the appeal , remit any matter in connection with the enquiry to the presiding officer and direct him to report thereon or to reopen the enquiry and to arrive at a finding thereon.

( 16) The provisions of subsections ( 5 ) and (6) shall apply in respect of any enquiry reopened in terms of a direction under subsection ( 15) . If the Minister or the Commissioner, as the case may be , allows the appeal and the defendant was suspended from duty in terms of section 65 , he shall be allowed to resume duty as soon as ( 17)

practicable . 70. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) the Commissioner may, in respect of any member of the Prisons' Service (other than a commissioned officer) who has or is deemed to have been found guilty of misconduct and whose appeal, if any , against such finding has been dismissed wholly or in part (a)

caution or reprimand such member ; or

(b)

impose on him a fine not exceeding one hundred rand ; or

(c )

reduce such member in rank or in seniority in rank ; or

(d)

discharge such member from the Prisons' Service or call upon him to resign therefrom ; or

(e)

direct that no further action be taken in the matter.

(2)

Any decision of the Commissioner under paragraph (c) or

Manner of dealing with a member of the Prisons' Service (other than a commissioned officer) who is guilty of misconduct.

(d) of subsection ( 1 ) shall be subject to confirmation by the Minister. 71. The Minister may, in respect of any officer who has or is deemed to have been found guilty of misconduct or whose appeal, if any, against such finding has been dismissed wholly or in part -

(a)

direct that such officer be cautioned or reprimanded by the Commissioner ; or

(b)

impose on such officer a fine not exceeding two hundred rand ; or

241 .

Manner of dealing with a commissioned officer who is guilty of misconduct.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

Previous conduct to be taken into account in determination of punishment and recovery of fine.

(c)

direct that the matter be referred to the Cabinet for such action under section 68 ( 1 ) (b) as it may deem necessary; or

(d)

direct that no further action be taken in the matter.

72. ( 1 ) In determining the appropriate punishment to be imposed on a member of the Prisons ' Service under section 70 or 71 for misconduct, the competent authority shall take into account every punishment imposed on such member under this Act or any law repealed by section 89( 1 ) during the period of five years immediately preceding the day on which he was or is deemed to have been found guilty of such misconduct.

(2) Any fine imposed under section 70 or 71 shall be recovered by deducting it from the salary or allowances of the member concerned in such instalments as the Commissioner shall fix . Unfitness or inefficiency.

73. ( 1 )

If it is alleged that any member of the Prisons ' Service is unfitted for his duties or is incapable of performing them efficiently, the Commissioner may appoint a commissioned officer or magistrate to enquire into the allegation . (2) The provisions of subsections ( 5 ) to ( 7 ) and ( 10 ) to ( 16 ) , inclusive, of section 69 and the provisions of section 70 or 71 , as the case may be, shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of any enquiry under subsection ( 1 ) of this section and the member of the Prisons' Service concerning whom the allegation was made : Provided that in terms of section 70 or 71 , as so applied , the competent authority shall only have the power to discharge the member concerned from the Prisons' Service or to reduce him in rank or in seniority in rank.

Misconduct of Commissioner.

74. (1 ) When the Commissioner is alleged to be guilty of misconduct, the Minister shall report the matter to the Cabinet. (2) If the Cabinet directs the Minister to take action against the Commissioner in respect of any misconduct, the provisions of sections 69 and 71 shall mutatis mutandis apply, save that every reference to the Commissioner and, except where the context otherwise requires, every reference to the Minister shall be construed as a reference to the Minister and to the Cabinet respectively.

Matters relating to discharge of member of the Prisons' Service.

75. If, on account of the misconduct of a member of the Prisons' Service or his unfitness for his duties or incapacity to perform them efficiently, the competent authority -

(a)

discharges such member , the discharge shall take effect on a date fixed by the competent authority ; or

242.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(b)

calls upon such member to resign from the Prisons ' Service and such member fails so to resign from a date fixed by the competent authority, such member shall be deemed to have been discharged from the Prisons ' Service with effect from that date.

76. ( 1 ) The Cabinet may institute , constitute and create decorations and medals, as well as bars , clasps and ribbons in respect of such decorations and medals which may be awarded by the Cabinet or the Minister subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Cabinet to any person who is or was a member of the Prisons ' Service in respect of his services as such a member.

Decorations and medals.

(2) The design, and the procedure relating to the use, care , loss, forfeiture and restoration, of any such decoration , medal, bar , clasp or ribbon shall be as determined by the Cabinet.

CHAPTER 13. GENERAL PROVISIONS . 77.

(1 )

Subject to any determination made by the Minister under

section 7(3)(b) (ii) and except as hereinafter in this section provided, no person shall enter or visit any prison or have access to or interview any prisoner unless missioner.

duly authorized thereto by the Com-

(2) Subsection ( 1 ) shall, subject to the provisions of this section and of any other law, not apply -

(a)

to any judge of the High Court or of any division of the Supreme Court of South Africa;

(b)

to the magistrate ;

(c)

to any sheriff, deputy sheriff, messenger of the court or member of the Police in the execution of his duty; or

(d)

to any advocate or attorney duly admitted to practise as such and duly instructed by or on behalf of the prisoner whom he wishes to interview.

(3)(a)

Subject to the regulations, any member of the Prisons Service may-

243 .

Access to prisons and to prisoners.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(i)

require the holder of any office or any person referred to in subsection ( 2) to furnish such proof of his identity or office and the purpose of his visit as may be necessary .

(b)

(ii)

interrogate and search any person entering or leaving, or who is within any prison ; or

(iii )

search any vehicle entering or leaving, or which is within, any prison.

The head of any prison may -

(i)

refuse to admit to the prison any person who refuses or fails to furnish any proof required of him under paragraph (a) (i ) , any person who fails to reply satisfactorily to any interrogation or any person who refuses to be searched ; and

(ii)

(4) ( a)

(b)

order any person who conducts himself improperly in the prison to leave and , if he fails to do so , cause him to be ejected from the prison.

Except where otherwise specially provided by law, a prisoner shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity of interviewing his legal representative and if he is awaiting trial on any charge , of preparing his defence .

Any interview between a prisoner and his legal representative shall be within the sight but, except in the case of a prisoner under sentence of death, not within the hearing of a member of the Prisons ' Service .

(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (4 ) a prisoner may , by petition , submit for consideration by the Minister any representations or any special information or facts relating to his conviction or sentence which could not previously be made or made known or which were unknown to him or were not disclosed to the court by which he was convicted through ignorance , inadvertence or other good cause .

(6)

A minister of religion or other religious worker duly ap-

pointed under section 6 ( 1 ) shall have reasonable access to any prisoner belonging to the denomination or organization of such minister or worker or who has otherwise requested such access.

244 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(7)

Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as

derogating from the provisions of any other law whereby access to certain persons detained in a prison is prohibited. 78. (1 ) The Commissioner shall cause to be inspected by a commissioned officer not less than once in every period of three months -

(a)

every prison which has , or is deemed to have been, established under this Act ; and

(b)

every police cell or lock -up not controlled by the Prisons'

Inspection of prisons.

Service where sentenced persons or prisoners are detained under the authority contained in section 13 . (2) Every such commissioned officer shall , in writing, report to the Commissioner on every inspection carried out by him under subsection ( 1 ) and shall certify that he has satisfied himself that every person detained in the prison , police cell or lock-up inspected by him is lawfully so detained . (3) A magistrate shall , not less often than once in every month visit every prison in his district , including any police cell or lock-up where sentenced persons or prisoners are detained under the authority contained in section 13 , and shall satisfy himself that every person entitled to be discharged from prison or detention , as the case may be , has been so discharged . (4 ) The medical officer shall inspect the prison under his medical charge at least once in every week and shall report to the Commissioner in writing on any matter which, in his opinion, should be brought to the notice of the Commissioner. To the extent to which it is practicable , prisoners (not being a prisoner referred to in section 24(2 ) ) who are obliged to perform labour shall be employed on public works. 79. ( 1 )

(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection ( 1 ) the Commissioner, or any head of a prison who is empowered thereto by the Commissioner , may authorize the employment of prisoners or any particular class of prisoners by local authorities or other public bodies or by private persons on such conditions and on payment of such fees as may be fixed by the Minister in consultation with the Treasury.

(3 ) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (2) , the Minister may, in consultation with the Treasury , authorize the use of

245 .

Employment of prisoners.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

prison labour free of charge in any matter of public interest or in the interests of any deserving charity. Rewards,

80. ( 1 ) The Commissioner may, on such basis as may have been approved by the Treasury -

(a)

offer and pay monetary rewards to persons who give information leading to the apprehension of any prisoner who has escaped from custody ; or

(b)

pay monetary rewards to persons giving information relating to the planned escape from prison of any prisoner.

(2) Any person who gives any such information or who apprehends , secures and hands over or causes to be handed over to any member of the Prisons' Service or of the Police any such prisoner may, in addition to any reward , be paid the reasonable expenses incurred by him in giving such information or in apprehending, securing or handing over such prisoner.

(3) No reward shall be paid under subsection ( 1 ) to any member of the Prisons ' Service or of the Police except with the approval of the Minister and then only if, in his opinion , the circumstances are so exceptional as to justify such payment . Non-liability for acts done under irregular warrants or orders.

81. ( 1 ) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 9 , if any legal proceedings are brought against the Government or any member of the Prisons ' Service for any act done in compliance with a warrant or order purporting to have been issued by a magistrate , justice of the peace or other officer authorized by law to issue warrants or orders, the Government or the member of the Prisons ' Service concerned shall not be liable for any irregularity in the issuing of the warrant or order or for want ofjurisdiction in the person issuing such warrant or order. (2) Upon the production of the warrant or order purporting to be signed by a magistrate or justice of the peace or such other officer as aforesaid and upon proof that the acts complained of were done in compliance with the warrant or order, judgement shall be given in favour of the Government or of such member , as the case may be. (3 ) The detention in any prison or place of, or the carrying out of any punishment on , any person under or over an age prescribed by this Act shall not be deemed to have been unlawful if, at the time when the warrant for such detention or punishment was received, such person appeared to be within the limits of age prescribed by this Act .

246 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

82. No civil action against the Government or any person for anything done or omitted in pursuance of this Act shall be commenced after the expiration of six months from the date on which the cause of action arose and unless notice in writing of the intention to insti-

Limitation of actions.

tute such action , stating the cause thereof and the details of the claim , shall have been given to the defendant one month at least before the commencement of the action.

83. A temporary warder who receives no remuneration for his services shall not , by reason merely of that fact , be regarded as not being in the service of the Government .

84. (1 ) If any prisoner attempts to escape or attacks or threatens to attack a member of the Prisons ' Service or any other person or in concert with others commits any act of violence , any member of the

Certain temporary warders deemed to be servants of the Government. Use of firearms and other weapons and of force generally.

Prisons ' Service may, for the purpose of preventing the escape of such prisoner or for the defence of himself or any other person -

(a)

employ force to the extent to which it is lawfully necessary; and

(b)

if he is authorized to be armed as in section 4(5 ) provided , make use of his firearm or other weapon , as the case may be.

(2) If any member of the Prisons ' Service , acting under the necessity and to the extent aforesaid , kills , wounds or injures any prisoner, he shall not be deemed to have committed any offence . 85. ( 1 ) No licence money, tax , duty or fee shall be payable to the Transkeian Revenue Fund in respect of any canteen of members of the Prisons ' Service , certified as such under the hand of the Minister,

Exemption of canteens from licence duties and fees.

or in respect of any article on sale at any such canteen .

(2) For the purposes of this section " canteen " includes any mess for members of the Prisons ' Service or any premises used for providing recreation , refreshments or necessaries solely for members or pensioners of the Prisons' Service or for persons employed in any work in or in connection with any such mess or premises.

86. ( 1 ) Subject to any applicable provisions of the law relating to the public service of the Transkei , the Minister may make regulations not inconsistent with this Act , as to -

(a)

the appointment , training, promotion , transfer , leave of

247.

Regulations.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

absence and conditions of service generally of members of the Prisons' Service ;

(b)

the medical examination and the medical , dental and hospital treatment of members of the Prisons ' Service ;

(c)

the ranks and designations of members of the Prisons' Service, the precedence in such ranks, the retention or forfeiture of rank and the award of honorary rank ;

(d)

the dress and clothing of the Prisons ' Service and the control over articles of uniform or equipment supplied to members ;

(e)

the occupation of official quarters ;

(f)

the functions, powers and duties of members of the Prisons' Service and of medical officers ;

(g)

the general administration and control of prisons and the maintenance of good order and discipline therein ;

(h)

the medical examination , photographing, measuring, taking of fingerprints and the obtaining of other personal particulars of prisoners and the compilation and maintenance of records relating to prisoners ;

(i)

the supply of food , clothing and other necessaries to prisoners and the basis of such supply;

(j)

the preservation of the health of prisoners ;

(k)

the safe custody of prisoners and security in prisons generally;

(1)

the receipt and safe custody at prisons of money or other property belonging to any prisoner the manner of dealing with any such money or other property during the detention of such prisoner, the destruction of the unhygienic or unserviceable clothing of any prisoner and the disposal of the property of any prisoner who has escaped or died or failed to claim such property ;

(m) searches and searching in prisons ;

(n)

the carrying out of sentences in prisons ;

248 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(o) the treatment of persons under sentence of death ;

(p)

the confiscation and manner of dealing with any articles unlawfully introduced into , or found in or near , prison;

any

(q)

the seizure and examination of any letter or other communication addressed to any prisoner or to any member of the Prisons' Service;

(r)

the performance of labour by prisoners ;

(s)

the training and treatment of prisoners ;

(t)

the application of any approved means of mechanical restraint ;

(u)

the discharge by the prisons ' board of its functions and duties and the procedure at meetings, and the form of reports, of the prisons ' board ;

(v)

the establishment, management and control of a fund for the provision of medical, dental and hospital treatment to members of the Prisons' Service who retire or have retired on pension ;

(w) financial assistance to institutions, societies or persons concerned with the welfare and rehabilitation of prisoners or of persons discharged from prison ;

(x)

such matters as shall or may be prescribed by regulation ; and

(y)

generally any matter which , in the opinion of the Minister, it is necessary to prescribe in order to achieve the aims and objects of this Act, the provisions of this paragraph not being limited in any way by the provisions of the preceding paragraphs.

(2) The regulations may provide penalties for any contraven tion thereof or failure to comply therewith, not exceeding a fine of two hundred rand or imprisonment of six months, and different regulations may be made in respect of different prisons or different classes of prisoners .

(3) A regulation which prescribes improved conditions for members of the Prisons' Service may be made with retrospective effect.

249.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(4) No regulation necessitating expenditure from the Transkeian Revenue Fund shall be made by the Minister under subsection ( 1 ) except in consultation with the Treasury. Provisions relating to Schedules.

87. ( 1 ) The Minister may from time to time by notice in the Official Gazette amend Schedule 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 or 5 . (2) The Schedules shall be read as one with this Act and any amendment of a Schedule when published as provided in subsection ( 1 ) shall have the same force and effect as if it had formed part of the original Schedule and shall be taken to be included in any reference made in this Act to such Schedule .

Certain provisions of this Act to be made known to prisoners.

88. ( 1 ) The provisions of Schedule 3 shall be made known to every prisoner as soon as practicable after his admission to prison.

(2)

A copy of this Act shall be kept in every prison for the

information of any prisoner who requests that such copy be made available to him for a reasonable period.

Repeal of laws and savings.

89. (1 ) Subject to the provisions of section 50A of the Constitution Act , the laws mentioned in Schedule 6 are hereby repealed to the extent set out in the third column thereof.

(2)

Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection ( 1 ) -

(a)

every person , including any officer referred to in section 63 of the Constitution Act, who immediately prior to the commencement of this Act held any office or post in the service of the Government under any law repealed by that subsection shall be deemed to have been appointed to the corresponding office or post under this Act ;

(b)

the regulations and orders in force under any law repealed by that subsection (hereinafter referred to as the existing regulations and orders ) shall , subject to the provisions of sections 65 and 67 of the Constitution Act and in so far as the existing regulations and orders can be applied , have not been superseded by, or are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, continue to apply in respect of the Prisons' Service ;

(c)

anything done under any provision of any law repealed by that subsection shall be deemed to have been done under the corresponding provision of this Act ; and

250.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(d)

any proceedings, trial or enquiry under any law repealed by that subsection which had not been concluded at the commencement of this Act shall be continued and concluded in every respect as if this Act had not been passed.

(3) Any reference in any law to a "gaol " shall be construed as a reference to a prison established or deemed to have been established under this Act.

(4) Any official placed at the disposal of the Prisons ' Service under the provisions of section 63 of the Constitution Act shall, for the purposes of this Act , be deemed to have been appointed to the Prisons ' Service in terms of section 4 in the rank and in the post which he at any time holds or occupies.

(5) Any member of the Prisons ' Service employed outside any district of the Transkei shall remain subject to the provisions of this Act.

90. This Act shall be called the Transkeian Prisons Act, 1974.

SCHEDULE 1.

NOTICE TO

UNDERGO FURTHER PERIODICAL IMPRISONMENT .

To .....

Address ......

Prison No ........

WHEREAS you have been duly sentenced to undergo periodical hours: imprisonment for a period of...........

AND WHEREAS you have now served ................ the said imprisonment :

... hours of

NOW, THEREFORE , you are hereby notified , in terms of section 22 of the Transkeian Prisons Act , 1974, that you are required to surrender yourself at the ...........

Prison at .....

the ......

a.m./p.m. on ........

.19 ...............

……………..day of…........

for the purpose of resuming the said periodical imprisonment .

251 .

Short title.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(Signature of Head of Prison) Place

Date

Original notice received by me this ..........

..... day of .....

19 .............

(Signature of prisoner) Witness .....

(Signature and rank) SCHEDULE 2 . REMISSION OF IMPRISONMENT.

Item 1 : Definitions In this Schedule (i)

(ii)

"disqualifying detention " means detention in a certified retreat , farm colony, reform school , rehabilitation centre or retreat ;

" disqualifying fine " means hundred rand ;

a fine

exceeding one

(iii )

" disqualifying imprisonment " means imprisonment with or without the option of a fine for a period of not less than one hundred and twenty-four days ;

(iv)

"qualifying imprisonment" means imprisonment of which a portion may be remitted in terms of this Act;

(v)

"recidivist" means, subject to the rules, a prisoner who has previously been sentenced to disqualifying detention , disqualifying imprisonment or a disqualifying fine, irrespective of whether or not such sentence or any portion thereof was suspended ;

(vi)

"the rules" means the rules prescribed in item 3 of this Schedule :

and the expression " certified retreat", "rehabilitation centre " or

252 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

"retreat" bears the meaning assigned to it in the Retreats and Rehabilitation Centres Act, 1963 (Act 86 of 1963 ) or in the Abuse of Dependence- producing Substances and Rehabilitation Centres Act, 1971 , as the case may be.

Item 2 : Remission of imprisonment

Period of qualifying

Portion of imprisonment

imprisonment .

which may be remitted.

(a)

Not exceeding six months (or 184 days)

(b)

Exceeding six months but less than two years (that

one-third

is to say not exceeding 729 days)

(c )

one-fourth

Two years and longer :

(i)

(ii)

Persons other than recidivists

one-fourth

Recidivists

one-eighth

Item 3 : Rules to be applied in the calculation and granting of remission .

Rule 1 .

Rule 2 :

For the purposes of remission (a)

any fraction of a day shall be deemed to be a full day; and

(b)

sentences of imprisonment imposed on two or more counts of the same charge shall be deemed to be one sentence .

( a)

For the purpose of determining whether any prisoner is a recidivist , no disqualifying imprisonment, disqualifying detention or disqualifying fine shall be taken into account if a period of ten years or longer has intervened between the date on which such prisoner was convicted of the offence for which he is undergoing the qualifying imprisonment and -

(i)

where no portion of the disqualifying imprisonment

253.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

or disqualifying detention was suspended , the date of expiration of the disqualifying imprisonment or the disqualifying detention, as the case may be, without regard to any remission of sentence or the payment of any fine; or

(ii)

where portion of the disqualifying imprisonment or disqualifying detention was suspended, the date of expiration of the unsuspended portion of the disqualifying imprisonment or the disqualifying detention, as the case may be, without regard to any remission of sentence or the payment of any fine ; or

(iii)

where the whole of the disqualifying imprisonment or disqualifying detention was suspended , the date on which the disqualifying imprisonment or disqualifying detention was imposed ; or

(iv)

(b )

in the case of a disqualifying fine , the date on which such fine was imposed .

In the calculation of the aforesaid period of ten years or longer, the duration of any sentence of imprisonment (other than the qualifying imprisonment) which the prisoner is undergoing shall not be taken into account unless such sentence is a suspended sentence which has been brought into operation.

SCHEDULE 3. DISCIPLINARY CODE FOR PRISONERS . There shall be guilty of an offence any prisoner who , within or outside a prison, as the case may be -

(1 )

disobeys, disregards or makes wilful default in carrying out a lawful order given to him by any member of the Prisons' Service or by any other person having authority to give such order ; or

(2)

refuses to work, is idle , careless or negligent in his work or in any manner shirks work ; or

(3)

malingers or feigns infirmity, or maims or injures himself with the intention of avoiding the performance of any labour ;

254.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(4)

(5)

is insolent or disrespectful towards any member of the Prisons' Service or other person in whose charge he may be or towards any person in any prison ; or conducts himself in a disgraceful or indecent manner or by word or deed displays insubordination ;

(6)

swears or uses threatening, obscene, insulting , slanderous or other improper language ; or

(7)

makes any unnecessary noise or is otherwise a nuisance ; or

(8)

wilfully gives a false reply to any question put to him by any member of the Prisons ' Service or by any other person carrying out any duty in any prison ; or

(9)

without permission leaves his place of work or cell or any other place in which he is ordered to remain ; or

( 10 )

any false and malicious accusation against any member of the Prisons ' Service , fellow prisoner or other person; or

(11 )

converses, or communicates in any other way, with another prisoner or person at a time when or in a place where he

makes

is not permitted to do so; or ( 12 )

lodges

any false , frivolous or malicious complaint; or

( 13 )

causes discontent , agitation or insubordination among his fellow prisoners or participates in any conspiracy; or

(14)

commits any petty assault ; or

(15)

has in his cell or in his possession , or receives from or gives to any other person , any unauthorized thing; or

( 16 )

commits any petty theft ; or

(17)

wilfully or negligently damages, destroys or disfigures any public property; or

( 18 )

wilfully or negligently loses or damages or destroys or wilfully alters or defaces anything issued to him for his personal use, including any identification card or other document; or

255.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

( 19)

barters anything issued to him for his personal use, including any identification card or other document ;

(20)

without permission sells or otherwise disposes of anything, which he has been authorized to bring into a prison for his personal use, to any other person in such prison ; or

(21 )

does anything which is prejudicial to good order or discipline ; or

(22)

attempts to commit any of the offences referred to in this Schedule or incites or instigates any other person to commit any such offence . SCHEDULE 4. DIETARY PUNISHMENT.

Period of solitary confinement

5 days 10 days 15 days 20 days 25 days 30 days

Periods and sequence of dietary punishment

Spare diet

Reduced diet

Full diet

Spare diet

5 days 5 days 7 days 8 days 9 days 12 days

None 2 days 3 days 4 days 5 days 6 days

None

1 day 2 days 3 days 5 days 6 days

None 2 days 3 days 5 days 6 days 6 days

For the purposes of this Schedule -

(i)

(ii)

" reduced diet" means a diet consisting of half of the prescribed daily ration of a prisoner ; and

" spare diet ” means a diet consisting of two hundred grams of mealie meal , twice daily, boiled in water without salt, and fifteen grams of protone soup powder boiled in five hundred and seventy millilitres of water, once daily.

Rule for application of dietary punishment . Subject to the provisions of section 21 (2 ) (b) of this Act, dietary punishment shall be enforced as soon as practicable after it has been imposed and may commence on any day of the week.

256.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

SCHEDULE 5. DISCIPLINARY CODE FOR MEMBERS OF THE PRISONS' SERVICE .

1.

Subject to the provisions of section 63(3) of the Constitution Act, any member of the Prisons ' Service shall be guilty of misconduct if he -

(1 )

contravenes or fails to comply with any provision of this Act (other than a provision expressly creating a criminal offence and prescribing a penalty for such offence) ; or

(2)

absents himself from duty without leave or valid cause or overstays any leave granted to him ; or

(3)

disobeys, disregards or wilfully fails to carry out any lawful order given to him by a member or any other person having authority to do so or any Prisons Service Order or other order issued by the Commissioner or other competent authority or displays insubordination by word or conduct ; or

(4)

malingers or feigns or pretends to be ill , infirm , indisposed , injured or suffering from pain ; or

(5)

is under the influence of liquor or a narcotic drug, whether on or off duty ; or

(6)

while on duty partakes of any liquor or a narcotic drug ; or

(7)

renders himself unfit for duty by the excessive use of liquor or a narcotic drug; or

(8)

habitually frequents any place at which liquor is sold ; or

(9)

at any time whilst on duty has a concentration of alcohol in his blood of not less than nought comma nought seven gram (0,07g) per one hundred millilitres of blood ; or

(10 )

swears or uses improper language or conducts himself in a disgraceful, improper or unbecoming manner or, whilst on duty, is grossly discourteous to any person ; or

(11 )

discharges a firearm recklessly or negligently ; or

257.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(12 )

in or in relation to the exercise or performance of his functions or duties makes a false or incorrect statement , knowing it to be false or incorrect or not knowing or believing it to be true or correct ; or

(13 )

sleeps on duty; or

( 14)

is negligent or indolent in the discharge of his duties ; or

(15)

negligently allows or suffers a prisoner to escape in circumstances not amounting to a criminal offence ; or

( 16)

in circumstances not amounting to a criminal offence, accepts without the permission of the Commissioner, or demands for carrying out or failing to carry out his duty, any commission , gift , fee or reward (other than his emoluments) or fails to report forthwith to the Commissioner that any such offer has been made to him ;

(17)

without the prior permission of the Commissioner, discloses otherwise than in the discharge of his official duties any information gained by or conveyed to him through his employment in the Prisons' Service or uses such information for a purpose other than the discharge of his official duties ;

(18)

directly or indirectly borrows money from or through a member of a lower rank of places himself under a pecuniary obligation to a junior in rank ; or

( 19 )

other than in the course of his duties and without the permission of the Commissioner, knowingly associates with an ex-prisoner or with the relative or friend of a prisoner ; or

(20 )

in circumstances not amounting to a criminal offence , allows a prisoner under his supervision or control to partake or to obtain possession of liquor or a narcotic drug; or

(21 )

without lawful authority , causes or requires a prisoner under his supervision or control to perform work or render any service in respect of which he or another person receives or will receive some or other personal benefit or gain or in which he or another person has a personal interest , whether pecuniary or otherwise ; or

258.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(22)

knowingly employs a discharged prisoner without the permission of the Commissioner ; or

(23)

uses prison labour in his own service and for his own benefit or for that of another member without the permission of the Commissioner, whether or not payment for such labour at the prescribed rates is made or tendered to the Government ; or

(24)

without the permission of the Commissioner, engages in any trade, business or commercial or agricultural undertaking or keeps animals, other than pets, or undertakes any private agency or private work in any manner connected with the performance or exercise of his official functions or duties ; or

(25)

becomes a member of any party-political organization or of any organization which the Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette, declare to be an organization of which a member of the Prisons' Service may not be a member or takes an active part in party-political matters ; or

(26)

procures or attempts to procure intervention from partypolitical or outside sources or through any channels other than the prescribed official channels in relation to his position or conditions of employment in the Prisons' Service: Provided that nothing herein contained shall preclude or prohibit a member from endeavouring to obtain redress of any grievance through the Legislative Assembly; or

(27)

in circumstances not amounting to a criminal offence , improperly uses, misapplies, loses by neglect or damages any property of the Government , or of any canteen , mess, library, fund , club or other prison institution or of any prisoner; or

(28)

becomes financially embarrassed unless it is shown by such member that such embarrassment has not been oc casioned by any imprudence or reprehensible action on his part and has no detrimental effect on the faithful performance of his duties ; or

(29 )

becomes insolvent or compromises with his creditors or becomes subject to any decree of civil imprisonment, garnishee order or any order under section 65 of the Magistrates' Courts Act , 1944 , unless it is shown by such

259.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

member that the same has been occasioned by unavoidable misfortune ; or (30)

with a view to obtaining any privilege or advantage in relation to his official position or duty or to causing prejudice or injury to the Government, the Prisons' Service or another member, makes a false or incorrect statement knowing it to be false or incorrect or not knowing or believing it to be true or correct ; or

(31 )

during any absence on sick leave , leaves his official or private residential quarters without the written permission of the medical officer ; or

(32 )

commits or causes or permits to be committed , or connives at, any act which is prejudicial to the administration , discipline or efficiency of the Prisons ' Service or any other institution, department or office of the Government or to the authority or position of any other member.

2. For the purposes of item 1 ( 5 ) , (6) or ( 7) of this Schedule , a member of the Prisons ' Service shall be deemed not to be guilty of misconduct in relation to the use of a narcotic drug if such drug was used by him strictly in accordance with the directions of the medical officer or any other registered medical practitioner or a dentist .

3.

For the purposes of item 1 ( 9) of this Schedule

(a)

the commander of any member of the Prisons ' Service may require such member, whom he suspects on reasonable grounds to be under the influence of liquor -

(i)

to breathe into the prescribed apparatus for such period as he may direct ; or

(ii)

to undergo examination by the medical officer or any other medical practitioner , including any test which the medical officer or such other medical practitioner may deem necessary in order to determine the concentration of alcohol in the blood of such member; or

(iii)

to breathe into the prescribed apparatus and to undergo the examination referred to in subparagraph (ii) ;

260.

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

(b)

if -

(i)

any such member fails or refuses to comply with any requirement under paragraph (a) , or

(ii)

the prescribed apparatus records that the concentration of alcohol in his blood exceeds a limit specified by the Minister in the Official Gazette in respect of

that particular make of prescribed apparatus, such member shall be deemed conclusively to be guilty of

contravening item 1 ( 9 ) of this Schedule ; (c)

the provisions of section 239 (4) of the Criminal Procedure Act, 1955 and of section 140 (4) of the Transkei Road Traffic Act, 1967 (Act 5 of 1967) shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any charge under the said item 1 (9) .

4.

In this Schedule -

(i)

" commander" means any member of the Prisons' Service in charge of any prison or of any office , branch, unit or other institution of the Prisons' Service , and includes the commissioned officer ; and

(ii)

Commissioner and any

"prescribed apparatus" means any apparatus prescribed by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette by means of which the breath of any person is tested or analysed in order to determine whether the concentration of alcohol in the blood of such person exceeds a given limit .

SCHEDULE 6 . LAWS REPEALED .

No. and Year of Law

Short Title .

Extent of Repeal

No. 8 of 1959

Prisons Act, 1959

The whole .

No. 33 of 1960

Children's Act, 1960

Section 104 repealed .

261 .

TRANSKEIAN PRISONS ACT, 1974.

No. and Year of Law

Short Title.

Extent of Repeal

No. 80 of 1964

General Law Amendment Act, 1964

Section 37 repealed.

No. 75 of 1965

Prisons Amendment Act, 1965

The whole.

No. 62 of 1966

General Law Amendment Act, 1966

Sections 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 repealed.

No. 70 of 1968

General Law Amendment Act, 1968

Sections 46, 47, 48, 49 , 50, 51 and 52 repealed .

No. 101 of 1969

General Law Amendment Act, 1969

Sections 13, 14, 15 , 16 and 17 repealed .

No. 92 of 1970

General Law Further Amendment Act, 1970.

Section 8 repealed.

No. 9 of 1971

Prisons Amendment Act, 1971

The whole.

No. 4 of 1972

Prisons Amendment Act, 1972

The whole.

262.

"TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

WET NR. 6 VAN 1974.

WET (Xhosa teks deur die Staatspresident geteken ) (Goedgekeur op 9 April 1975)

Om voorsiening te maak vir die instelling van ' n Transkeise Gevangenisdiens en om die werksaamhede en pligte daarvan voor te skryf, om voorsiening te maak vir die aanstelling, skorsing in diens of ontslag van die lede van die Transkeise Gevangenisdiens en om die bevoegdhede en sekere diensvoorwaardes van sodanige lede voor te skryf, om voorsiening te maak vir die instelling of afskaffing en die bestuur en beheer van gevangenisse vir Bantoepersone, om voorsiening te maak vir die opneming, aanhouding, opleiding en behandeling van gevangenes en die uitvoering van strawwe in sodanige gevangenisse, om voorsiening te maak vir die vermindering van gevangenisstraf en die vrylating van gevangenes op parool of op proef, om reglemente van dissipline vir gevangenes en vir lede van die Transkeise Gevangenisdiens voor te skryf, om misdrywe en strawwe voor te skryf, om voorsiening te maak vir die instelling van ' n Transkeise Gevangenisraad en om sy bevoegdhede, pligte en werksaamhede voor te skryf en om voorsiening te maak vir aangeleenthede wat daarmee in verband staan .

RANGSKIKKING VAN HOOFSTUKKE EN BYLAES. Hoofstuk of Bylae.

Onderwerp .

Artikels.

HOOFSTUK 1

WOORDOMSKRYWING

1

HOOFSTUK 2

ORGANISASIE VAN DIE TRANSKEISE GEVANGENISDIENS

2-6

HOOFSTUK 3

GEVANGENISSE

7- 8

HOOFSTUK 4

OPNEMING EN AANHOUDING VAN GEVANGENES

9-16

HOOFSTUK 5

UITVOERING VAN VONNISSE IN GEVANGENISSE

17-23

HOOFSTUK 6

ARBEIDSVERRIGTING DEUR EN BEHANDELING VAN GEVANGENES

24-30

VERPLASING , OORPLASING , OORLEWERING OF OORGAWE VAN GEVANGENES

31 - 34

VERMINDERING VAN GEVANGENISSTRAF EN VRYLATING VAN GEVANGENES

35 - 43

HOOFSTUK 7

HOOFSTUK 8

HOOFSTUK 9

TRANSKEISE GEVANGENISRAAD

44-46

HOOFSTUK 10

MISDRYWE EN STRAWWE

47-55

HOOFSTUK 11

VERHOOR VAN MISDRYWE

56-63

263.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

Hoofstuk of Bylae.

Artikels .

Onderwerp .

HOOFSTUK 12

BESOLDIGING , SKORSING IN DIENS, BEDANKING , UITDIENSTREDING , ONTSLAG OF DISSIPLINERING VAN LEDE VAN DIE GEVANGENISDIENS

64-76

HOOFSTUK 13

ALGEMENE BEPALINGS

77-90

BYLAE

1

Kennisgewing om verdere periodieke gevangenisstraf te ondergaan.

BYLAE

2

Vermindering van gevangenisstraf.

BYLAE

3

Reglement van dissipline vir gevangenes.

BYLAE

4

Dieetstraf.

BYLAE

5

Reglement van dissipline vir lede van die Gevangenisdiens.

BYLAE

6

Wette herroep. DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg : HOOFSTUK 1 .

WOORDOMSKRYWING . Woordomskrywing.

1.

In hierdie Wet , tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken (i)

,,aanmeldbare siekte" 'n aanmeldbare siekte binne die bedoeling van artikel 18 van die Volksgezondheidswet, 1919 (Wet 36 van 1919) ; (xxv)

(ii)

,,alleenopsluiting" alleensopsluiting in ' n isolasiesel ; (xxxv)

(iii)

,,Amptelike Koerant " die Amptelike Transkei; (xxvi)

(iv)

,, Bantoepersoon " 'n Bantoepersoon soos in artikel 73 van die Grondwet omskryf; (ii)

(v)

,,boerderykolonie "

Koerant van die

' n gevangenis ingestel vir

die

aan-

houding, opleiding en behandeling van ledige persone ; ( ix ) (vi)

,, dieetstraf" ' n straf waarby die daaglikse dieet of rantsoen van ' n gevangene op die in Bylae 4 bepaalde wyse verminder word ; (vii)

(vii)

,,die Gevangenisdiens " die by artikel 2 ingestelde Transkeise Gevangenisdiens ; ( xxxvi)

264.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(viii)

,,distrik" die magistraatsdistrik waarin ' n gevangenis geleë is; (viii)

(ix)

,, drank" sterk drank en ook drank soos omskryf in artikel 1 van Proklamasie 333 van 1949 , artikel 1 van die Transkeise Drankwet, 1967 (Wet 7 van 1967 ) of artikel 175 van die Drankwet , 1928 (Wet 30 van 1928 ) ; (xvii)

(x)

,,gevangene " enige persoon , hetsy hy veroordeel is of nie, wat in bewaring in ' n gevangenis aangehou word of wat in bewaring oorgeplaas of verwyder word of in bewaring onderweg is van een gevangenis na ' n ander gevangenis, en vir die doeleindes van artikel 54( 1 ) ( c ) , ook ' n Bantoepersoon wat

(a)

in hegtenis geneem en in ' n distrik van die Transkei in

(b) (c)

uit wettige bewaring ontvlug het ; of tereggestel is; of

(d)

te sterwe gekom het terwyl hy in enige bewaring soos voornoemd was; (xxix )

wettige bewaring is; of

(xi)

,,gevangenis" 'n gevangenis wat ingevolge hierdie Wet ingestel is of geag word ingestel te wees, dit wil sê enige plek aldus ingestel of wat geag word aldus ingestel te wees vir die opneming , aanhouding, opsluiting , opleiding en behandeling van Bantoepersone wat in bewaring aangehou moet word, en ook al die grond , buitegeboue en persele wat aan so ' n plek grens en in verband daarmee gebruik word en al die grond , takke , buitestasies, kampe , geboue, persele of plekke waarheen enige sodanige persone gestuur is vir die doel van gevangesetting, aanhouding , arbeid , behandeling of andersins, en alle kwartiere van lede van die Gevangenisdiens wat in verband met so ' n plek gebruik word, en ook ' n boerderykolonie en , met betrekking tot enige misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet of enige oortreding van of versuim om te voldoen aan enige bepaling van hierdie Wet, iedere plek wat as ' n polisiesel of -opsluitplek gebruik word ; (xxviii)

(xii)

,,gevangenisraad " of „ raad " die by artikel 44 ingestelde Transkeise Gevangenisraad ; (xxx )

(xiii)

,,gewoontemisdadiger" iemand wat deur ' n hof kragtens enige wetsbepaling tot gewoontemisdadiger verklaar is ; ( xi)

265.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(xiv)

(xv) (xvi) (xvii)

,, Grondwet " die Transkeise Grondwet , 1963 (Wet 48 van 1963) ; (vi)

,,hierdie Wet" ook ' n regulasie ; ( xxxvii) ,, Hoërhof" die Transkeise Hoërhof; (xiii) ,,hoof van ' n gevangenis" of ,,hoof" die lid van die Gevangenisdiens in beheer van ' n gevangenis; (xii)

(xviii)

,,isolasiesel" ' n isolasiesel wat kragtens artikel 8(2 ) voorsien word ; (xv)

(xix )

, jeugdige", wanneer dit as ' n selfstandige naamwoord gebruik word , iemand onder die ouderdom van een-entwintig jaar en ook ' n persoon bo daardie ouderdom wat , as gevolg van sy onrypheid , deur die Kommissaris as ' n jeugdige geklassifiseer is, en wanneer dit as ' n byvoeglike naamwoord gebruik word , het dit ' n ooreenstemmende betekenis; (xvi)

(xx )

(xxi)

,,Kabinet" die Kabinet saamgestel ingevolge artikel 10 van die Grondwet ; (iii)

,, Kommissaris" die Kommissaris van die Transkeise Gevangenisdiens aangestel, of wat geag word aangestel te wees, kragtens artikel 4( 1 ) (a) ; (v)

(xxii)

(xxiii)

,,ledige persoon" iemand wat ingevolge artikel 29 ( 6) van die Stadsgebiedewet tot 'n ledige persoon of ' n ongewenste persoon verklaar is; (xiv)

,,lid van die Gevangenisdiens" of ,,lid" iemand wat ooreenkomstig die bepalings van artikel 2 in die Gevangenisdiens diens doen en, behalwe waar spesiaal anders bepaal, ook ' n tydelike bewaarder ; (xxi)

(xxiv)

,,lid van die Polisie " 'n lid van enige polisiemag wat by of kragtens ' n wet ingestel is ; (xx)

(xxv)

,, magistraat " die magistraat van die distrik en ook ' n addisionele magistraat en ' n assistent magistraat van die distrik ; (xviii)

(xxvi)

,, mediese beampte " die distriksgeneesheer of ander mediese praktysyn in artikel 5 bedoel ; (xix )

266.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(xxvii)

,,Minister" die Minister van Justisie ; (xxii)

(xxviii)

,,offisier" 'n offisier aangestel, of wat geag word aangestel te wees, kragtens artikel 4( 1 ) (a) ; (iv)

(xxix )

,,Prokureur-generaal" die Prokureur-generaal van die Transkei; (i)

(xxx ) (xxxi)

(xxxii)

,, Regering" die regering van die Transkei ; (x) ,,regulasie" 'n regulasie wat kragtens hierdie Wet uitgevaardig of andersins van krag is ; ( xxxii) ,,Stadsgebiedewet " die Bantoe ( Stadsgebiede) dasiewet, 1945 (Wet 25 van 1945 ) ; (xl)

Konsoli-

(xxxiii)

,,Tesourie" die Minister van Finansies; (xxxviii)

(xxxiv)

,,verbeteringskool" 'n verbeteringskool wat kragtens die betalings van die Kinderwet , 1960 (Wet 33 van 1960) ingestel is ; ( xxxi)

(xxxv)

,,verdowingsmiddel" ook bedwelmende medisyne soos omskryf in artikel 1 van die Transkeise Drankwet , 1967 of artikel 175 van die Drankwet , 1928 ; (xxiv)

(xxxvi)

,,verhoorbeampte " enige offisier en ook enige ander lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat skriftelik spesiaal deur die Kommissaris gemagtig is om ' n misdryf kragtens artikel 57 te verhoor of ' n ondersoek kragtens artikel 69 te hou ; (xxxix )

(xxxvii)

(xxxviii)

(xxxix)

(x1)

,,voorskryf” deur regulasie voorgeskryf; (xxvii)

,,vrylating op parool" die vrylating van ' n gevangene op parool ingevolge artikel 36 ; (xxxiii) ,,vrylating op proef" die vrylating van ' n gevangene proef ingevolge artikel 38 ; ( xxxiv)

op

,,wangedrag" wangedrag soos in artikel 68 (2 )( a) omskryf. (xxiii) HOOFSTUK 2 .

ORGANISASIE VAN DIE TRANSKEISE GEVANGENISDIENS . 2.

Daar is, behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet en die wets-

bepalings met betrekking tot die regeringsdiens van die Transkei, ' n Transkeise Gevangenisdiens wat uit ondergenoemde persone bestaan , naamlik

267 .

Instelling van die Transkeise Gevangenisdiens.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974 .

(a)

die persone wat, deur of kragtens die bepalings van die Grondwet of enige ander wet , van die gevangenisdiens van die regering van die Republiek oorgedra is na, of tot beskikking gestel is van, die gevangenisdiens van die regering van die Transkei;

(b)

enige persone wat , na die eerste dag van April 1972 maar voor die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet , ingevolge enige wet herroep deur artikel 89 ( 1 ) in die gevangenisdiens van die Transkei in diens geneem is; en

(c)

die persone wat ingevolge artikel 4 as lede van die Transkeise Gevangenisdiens aangestel mag word .

Werksaamhede en pligte van die Gevangenisdiens.

Aanstelling van lede van die Gevangenisdiens.

3.

Ooreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie Wet moet die Gevangenisdiens -

(a)

alle gevangenisse bestuur en beheer;

(b)

elke gevangene wat wettiglik in ' n gevangenis aangehou word , in veilige bewaring daarin hou totdat hy wettiglik daaruit vrygelaat, verwyder of oorgeplaas word;

(c)

die straf wat ' n veroordeelde gevangene wettiglik opgelê is , laat uitvoer;

(d )

werk voorsien vir veroordeelde gevangenes en, vir sover dit prakties is om aldus te doen , opleiding en behandeling waardeur hulle verbeter en gerehabiliteer kan word ; en

(e)

die ander werksaamhede of pligte uitoefen of verrig wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd aan die Gevangenisdiens mag opdra.

( 1 ) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet en , waar dit van 4. toepassing is, die wetsbepalings met betrekking tot die regeringsdiens van die Transkei –

( a)

kan die Kabinet van tyd tot tyd by kommissie (i)

'n offisier aanstel wat die Kommissaris van die Transkeise Gevangenisdiens genoem word en wat, behoudens die voorskrifte van die Minister, in beheer van die Gevangenisdiens is; en

(ii)

sodanige ander offisere aanstel as wat nodig mag wees;

268.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(b)

kan die Kommissaris geskikte persone as lede ( anders as offisiere) van die Gevangenisdiens in die rang van bewaarder, of in sodanige ander range as wat voorgeskryf mag word, aanstel.

(2 )

In ' n gevangenis of gedeelte van ' n gevangenis wat vir die

aanhouding van vroulike gevangenes ingestel of gebruik word , moet daar ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) ' n voldoende aantal vroulike lede van die Gevangenisdiens aangestel word . (3)

Soos die geleentheid dit vereis en op die voorwaardes wat

voorgeskryf mag word , kan die Kommissaris, of indien daartoe deur die Kommissaris gemagtig die hoof van ' n gevangenis, enige geskikte persoon as ' n tydelike bewaarder aanstel, en enige persoon aldus aangestel -

(a)

word , indien hy voorheen kommissierang in enige gevangenisdiens beklee het en die Kommissaris aldus goedkeur, geag ' n offisier te wees; en

(b)

het in alle ander gevalle die bevoegdhede van, en is onderworpe aan dieselfde tugbepalings as, ' n bewaarder wat kragtens subartikel ( 1 )( b ) aangestel is.

(4) Elke lid van die Gevangenisdiens het , uit hoofde van sy amp, al die magte wat regtens by ' n lid van die Polisie berus en is bevoeg en verplig om alle wetlike middels aan te wend ten einde iedere gevangene onder sy toesig in veilige bewaring aan te hou of die hergevangeneming van ' n gevangene wat uit bewaring verkry. "

ontvlug het , te

( 5) Die Kommissaris kan enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens of enige kategorie van sodanige lede , of enige persoon of kategorie van persoon wat in of by ' n gevangenis diens doen , magtig om met ' n gelaaide vuurwapen, of met die ander wapen wat hy nodig mag ag , gewapen te wees . (6) By die uitvoering van sy plig kragtens subartikel ( 1 )( a) (i) kan die Kommissaris van tyd tot tyd orders uitvaardig wat Gevangenisdiensorders heet en wat nie met die bepalings van hierdie Wet teenstrydig mag wees nie en deur alle lede , op wie dit van toepassing is, gehoorsaam moet word . 5. ( 1 ) Vir elke gevangenis is daar ' n mediese beampte in die persoon van die distriksgeneesheer of, as daar geen distriksgeneesheer is nie, die ander mediese praktisyn wat die Sekretaris van Gesondheid vir die doel aanstel.

269.

Mediese beampte.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974. (2) Die distriksgeneesheer of ander mediese praktisyn, na gelang van die geval, moet die werksaamhede of pligte van die mediese beampte ingevolge hierdie Wet uitoefen of verrig.

Geestelike werkers.

6. ( 1 ) Die Minister stel predikante of ander geskikte persone aan om aandag aan die geestelike behoeftes van gevangenes te gee en om die ander pligte uit te voer wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd aan hulle mag opdra. (2)

' n Aanstelling kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) kan ten opsigte van

enige aantal gevangenisse gemaak word en kan te eniger tyd deur die Minister ingetrek word . (3)

Die vergoeding of toelaes, as daar is, wat aan ' n kragtens

subartikel ( 1 ) aangestelde predikant of ander persoon betaalbaar is, word deur die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie bepaal.

HOOFSTUK 3. GEVANGENISSE .

Instelling of afskaffing van gevangenisse.

7.

(1)

Die Minister kan , by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koe-

rant, gevangenisse instel, ' n naam aan ' n gevangenis toewys of enige gevangenis afskaf.

(2 )

Verskillende gevangenisse kan vir verskillende klasse of

kategorië van gevangenes of vir verskillende doeleindes ingestel word .

(3 )

Die Minister kan -

(a)

enige gevangenis of gedeelte van ' n gevangenis as ' n oop-gevangenis, ' n maksimum-veiligheidsgevangenis of 'n gevangenis vir die voltrekking van doodvonnisse

aanwys ; en (b)

met betrekking tot enige gevangenis of kategorie van gevangenis

(i)

die klas of kategorie van persone wat daarin opgeneem

(ii)

of aangehou moet word , bepaal ; en

die voorregte en vergunnings wat aan die gevangenes wat daarin aangehou word, toegestaan mag word, bepaal .

270.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(4)

Waar daar in ' n distrik slegs een gevangenis is, is bedoelde

gevangenis by die toepassing van die wet met betrekking tot magistraatshowe die gevangenis van daardie distrik : Met dien verstande dat die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant kan verklaar dat ' n in bedoelde kennisgewing vermelde gevangenis by voornoemde wetstoepassing die gevangenis is van die distrik of distrikte ook aldus vermeld .

8.

( 1)

In elke gevangenis word daar voorsien vir die gevangenes

wat daarin aangehou word

(a)

(b)

voldoende geriewe vir persoonlike higiëne;

akkommodasie vir geneeskundige versorging en behandeling; en

(c)

vir sover sodanige geriewe doenlik is -

(i)

(ii)

(2)

' n biblioteekdiens ; en

werkswinkels wat behoorlik toegerus is.

In ' n gevangenis kan daar voorsien word een of meer iso-

lasieselle wat vir die volgende doeleindes gebruik word en vir geen ander doeleindes nie -

(a)

die opsluiting van ' n gevangene wat tot alleenopsluiting gevonnis is, hetsy kragtens hierdie Wet of kragtens ' n ander wet;

(b)

die opsluiting van ' n gevangene ingevolge artikel 16 ; of

(c)

die afsondering van ' n gevangene volgens die bepalings van hierdie Wet, indien geen ander geskikte plek vir die doel beskikbaar is nie.

(3)

By ' n gevangenis wat vir die voltrekking van doodvonnisse

aangewys is, word ' n spesiale sel voorsien vir die veilige bewaring van 'n gevangene wat tot die dood veroordeel is. HOOFSTUK 4.

OPNEMING EN AANHOUDING VAN GEVANGENES.

271 .

Voorsiening van benodigdhede by gevangenisse.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

Opneming van gevangene by gevangenis.

9.

(1)

Geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens mag by ' n gevangenis

onder sy beheer ' n veroordeelde of onveroordeelde persoon in sy bewaring neem nie tensy --

(a)

daar teselfdertyd aan hom oorhandig word ' n lasbrief of bevel onderteken deur ' n wettige en bevoegde gesag en waardeur daardie persoon in bedoelde gevangenis gevange gesit word; en

(b)

indien die persoon gevange gesit word kragtens ' n bevel tot siviele gyseling , betaling van die in artikel 14 bedoelde bedrag aan hom gemaak is .

(2 )

' n Lasbrief of bevel vir die gevangesetting van enige per-

soon moet , vir die hele tydperk van aanhouding van die persoon op wie dit betrekking het , gehou word deur die hoof van die gevangenis waarin bedoelde persoon aangehou word .

(3)

Die mediese beampte moet iedere persoon , wat by ' n ge-

vangenis in bewaring opgeneem is, so gou doenlik na sodanige opneming ondersoek en moet volledig in skrif verslag doen oor die fisiese en geestestoestand van sodanige persoon.

(4 ) By die opneming van ' n persoon in ' n gevangenis, het sodanige persoon die reg om ' n naasbestaande in kennis te stel van die plek waar hy hom bevind of kan hy skriftelik die hoof van die gevangenis versoek om aldus te doen .

Aanhouding van sekere persone verbied.

10.

Ondanks die bepalings van artikel 9 of van enige ander wet -

(a)

mag geen persoon , wat beweer word geestelik gekrenk of gebrekkig te wees, in ' n gevangenis aangehou word bloot omrede sy beweerde geestelike gekrenktheid of gebrek nie as daar ' n hospitaal vir sielsiekes of ' n publieke hospitaal (behalwe ' n hospitaal vir aansteeklike siektes) in die distrik is; en

(b)

mag geen jeugdige, voordat hy aan ' n misdryf skuldig bevind is, in ' n gevangenis aangehou word nie indien ' n plek van bewaring, ingestel ingevolge artikel 38 van die Kinderwet, 1960 , redelik beskikbaar is.

272.

11. Ondanks die bepalings van artikel 7(4) van hierdie Wet en artikel 100 ( 1 )

van

die Wet op Landdroshowe , 1944 (Wet 32 van 1944) , kan die Kommissaris gelas dat ' n genoemde persoon of klas

Opneming en aanhouding van persone in ander gevangenis as distriksgevangenis.

van persone, wat in ' n besondere distrik in hegtenis geneem of skuldig bevind is, nie in die gevangenis van sodanige distrik aangehou word nie maar in ' n ander gevangenis opgeneem en aangehou word. 12.

(1)

' n Vroulike gevangene word in ' n gevangenis apart van ' n

manlike gevangene aangehou en, vir sover dit doenlik is, op ' n wyse

Aanhouding van vroulike gevangenes.

wat verhinder dat sy enige manlike gevangene sien of met hom gesels of gemeenskap hou.

(2)

Wanneer dit nodig mag wees vir ' n vroulike gevangene om

opleiding of onderrig van ' n manlike lid van die Gevangenisdiens te ontvang, moet sodanige opleiding of onderrig in die teenwoordigheid en onder die toesig van ' n vroulike lid gegee word.

13.

Daar kan, behoudens die bepalings van artikels 10 en 12, in ' n

polisiesel of -opsluitplek aangehou word

(a)

Aanhouding van gevangenes in polisiesel of -opsluitplek.

enige persoon wat tot gevangenisstraf gevonnis is in ' n hof by ' n magistraatsetel waar daar geen gevangenis ( in teenstelling met 'n polisiesel of -opsluitplek ) is nie ; of

(b)

' n veroordeelde gevangene wat, met die goedkeuring van die Kommissaris , tydelik na ' n polisiesel of -opsluitplek oorgeplaas word :

Met dien verstande dat so ' n persoon of gevangene nie aldus aangehou . mag word nie -

(i)

tensy sy aanhouding in ' n gevangenis ( in teenstelling met ' n polisiesel of -opsluitplek) ondoenlik is ; of

(ii)

14.

vir langer as een maand , behalwe met die goedkeuring van die Kommissaris.

Die applikant in enige siviele verrigtinge wat ' n persoon kragtens ' n bevel van siviele gyseling in ' n gevangenis laat gevange sit, (1)

moet aan die hoof van daardie gevangenis, vir die onderhoud van sodanige persoon gedurende elke dag van sy aanhouding, ' n bedrag betaal wat deur die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie bepaal word .

273.

Onderhoud van siviele gyselaars.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(2)

Sodanige bedrag, wat aan die Transkeise Inkomstefonds

toekom , moet vooruit vir hoogstens sewe dae by enige geleentheid betaal word en, vir daardie doel , word elke dag van aanhouding geag om om tienuur in die voormiddag 'n aanvang te neem .

(3 )

Indien ' n bedrag aldus betaalbaar ten opsigte van enige dag

se aanhouding, nà die eerste dag se aanhouding, nie voor tienuur voormiddag van daardie dag betaal word nie , moet die persoon vir wie se onderhoud die bedrag betaalbaar is, onmiddellik uit die gevangenis vrygelaat word .

Assosiasie of afsondering van gevangenes.

15.

(1)

Behalwe soos hieronder in hierdie artikel bepaal en be-

houdens die bepalings van artikel 12 , moet die hoof van elke gevangenis toesien dat, vir sover dit doenlik is , veroordeelde gevangenes gedurende die rustyd sowel as gedurende die werktyd geassosieer word. (2)

Die Kommissaris kan vir die tydperk wat hy noem die af-

sondering gedurende die rustyd en gedurende die werktyd of gedurende die werktyd of gedurende die rustyd gelas (welke lasgewing te eniger tyd deur hom herroep kan word ) van -

(a)

enige veroordeelde gevangene vir doeleindes van klassifisering, opleiding of behandeling of vir sodanige ander doel as wat hy nodig ag; of

(b)

enige veroordeelde gevangene wat (i)

dreig om geweld te pleeg of ' n aggressiewe houding inneem teenoor ' n ander gevangene of persoon ;

(ii)

gepoog het om te ontvlug of op redelike gronde vermoed word om voornemens te wees om te ontvlug;

(iii)

weer in hegtenis geneem is nadat hy uit wettige bewaring ontvlug het ;

(iv)

'n nadelige invloed op ' n ander gevangene of persoon uitoefen ; of

(v)

hom gedra of optree op ' n wyse wat vir die goeie orde, bestuur of tug van enige gevangenis nadelig is ;

274.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(c)

(d)

' n veroordeelde gevangene wat skriftelik versoek het dat hy aldus afgesonder word;

enige onveroordeelde persoon wat verhoor weens ' n misdryf afwag, indien hy op redelike gronde glo dat daar, tussen sodanige onveroordeelde persoon en ' n ander persoon wat in die gevangenis aangehou word, ' n sameswering of samespanning tot dwarsboming van die gereg bestaan:

Met dien verstande dat geen sodanige afsondering toegepas of toegelaat word nie in die geval van ' n gevangene wie se gesondheid, na die oordeel van die mediese beampte , nadelig daardeur aangetas word of moontlik aangetas kan word .

(3)

Waar ook al moontlik moet -

(a)

gevangenes

wat vonnisse van gevangenisstraf (behalwe

periodieke gevangenisstraf) uitdien, afsonderlik van alle ander klasse of kategorië van gevangenes aangehou word ; (b)

' n jeugdige gevangene , hetsy veroordeeld of onveroordeeld, afsonderlik van ouer of meer geharde gevangenes aangehou word .

(4) ' n Gevangene onder ' n doodvonnis moet afsonderlik van alle ander gevangenes aangehou word.

(5)

Die afsondering van ' n gevangene ingevolge hierdie artikel

word nie geag alleenopsluiting te wees vir die doeleindes van enige bepaling van hierdie Wet waarkragtens alleenopsluiting vir ' n beperkte tydperk as ' n straf voorgeskryf word nie , en geen bepaling van hierdie artikel word so uitgelê nie dat dit afbreuk doen aan die bepalings van enige ander wet waarkragtens die bevoegde gesag die voorwaardes kan bepaal waaronder iemand, wat in ' n gevangenis aangehou word, aldus aangehou moet word .

16. (1 ) Vir die doel om in versekerde bewaring of in bedwang 'n gevangene te hou wat -

(a)

(b)

geweld gepleeg het of met geweld dreig, of

weer gevange geneem is na ontvlugting of op redelike gronde vermoed word om van plan te wees om te ontvlug,

275.

Opsluiting en inbedwanghouding van gevangene vir versekerde bewaring.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

kan die hoof van die gevangenis , so dikwels en vir solank as wat dit nodig mag wees om aldus te doen maar behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 3 ), daardie gevangene in ' n isolasiesel opsluit en boonop of in die alternatief hom in boeie slaan of hom aan ' n ander goedgekeurde meganiese dwangmiddel onderwerp .

(2)

Die bevoegdhede by subartikel ( 1 ) aan die hoof van ' n

gevangenis verleen , kan insgelyks deur hom uitgeoefen word op die skriftelike versoek van -

(a)

die polisieowerhede ten opsigte van ' n gevangene wie se opsluiting en inbedwanghouding, na die oordeel van bedoelde owerhede , in die belang van die regsbedeling is ; of

(b)

die mediese beampte in die geval van ' n gevangene wie se opsluiting of inbedwanghouding op geneeskundige gronde nodig is.

(3 )

Wanneer hy ' n bevoegdheid kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) of ( 2)

uitoefen, moet die hoof van die gevangenis onverwyld die feit in ' n register wat vir die doel gehou moet word , aanteken en , as hy nie ' n offisier is nie, moet hy sy optrede rapporteer aan die offisier onder wie se bevel hy staan wat, sonder versuim, sodanige optrede moet bekragtig of dit tersyde stel .

(4) Geen gevangene word kragtens hierdie artikel opgesluit of in bedwang gehou nie -

(a)

vir meer as dertig dae maar vir hoogstens neëntig dae, behalwe met die skriftelike goedkeuring van die Kommissaris ; of

(b )

vir meer as neëntig dae, behalwe met die skriftelike goedkeuring van die Minister.

( 5 ) Behalwe soos in hierdie artikel en in artikels 8 ( 2 ) en 15 ( 2) bepaal word, mag geen gevangene behalwe iemand onder ' n doodvonnis of in die loop van ' n oorplasing of terwyl hy tydelik buite die grense van ' n gevangenis is, in ' n isolasiesel opgesluit word of aan ' n meganiese dwangmiddel onderwerp word , na gelang van die geval , tensy hy ingevolge Hoofstuk 11 van hierdie Wet of ' n ander wetsbepaling deur ' n geregshof tot alleenopsluiting gevonnis is nie.

276.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

HOOFSTUK 5 .

UITVOERING VAN VONNISSE IN GEVANGENISSE . 17. ( 1 ) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet moet elke lid van die Gevangenisdiens, wat ' n veroordeelde gevangene in sy bewaring

Uitvoering van strawwe.

het, daardie gevangene die straf laat ondergaan wat wettiglik deur die hof of ander bevoegde gesag aan hom opgelê is ( hetsy by die einde van sy verhoor of op hersiening of op appèl , na gelang van die geval) en wat in die lasbrief van die hof of van sodanige gesag aangedui word of, indien die straf kragtens ' n wetsbepaling versag is, die straf wat ingevolge sodanige wetsbepaling gelas is.

(2)

Indien, na die oordeel van die hoof van ' n gevangenis, die

straf wat in ' n in subartikel ( 1 ) bedoelde lasbrief aangedui word teenstrydig is met enige bepaling van hierdie of ' n ander wet, moet hy onverwyld die feit skriftelik aan die Kommissaris rapporteer .

18. ( 1 ) Behalwe waar die hof wettiglik die datum van ' n vonnis van gevangenisstraf vervroeg het of die volgorde waarin twee of meer vonnisse van gevangenisstraf moet loop , bepaal het (indien die hof nie beveel het dat die vonnisse saam moet loop nie) en behoudens die bepalings van subartikel (2) – (a)

tree elke vonnis van gevangenisstraf (behalwe ' n vonnis van gevangenisstraf wat in sy geheel opgeskort is) in werking op die dag waarop daardie vonnis gevel word , tensy die veroordeelde persoon wettiglik op borg vrygelaat is voor sy aanhouding in ' n gevangenis, in welke geval die vonnis in werking tree op die dag waarop hy hom oorgee of in bewaring geneem word vir die doel om die gevangenisstraf te ondergaan ;

(b)

bepaal die Kommissaris die volgorde waarin afsonderlike vonnisse van gevangenisstraf, wat agtereenvolgend moet loop , ' n aanvang neem.

(2)

' n Vonnis van gevangenisstraf met alleenopsluiting neem

'n aanvang voor enige ander vonnis van gevangenisstraf wat tegelykertyd opgelê is .

(3)

In die geval van ' n persoon wat gevonnis is tot lewens-

lange gevangenisstraf of tot ' n onbepaalde vonnis (vanweë sy ver-

277.

Inwerkingtreding van vonnis van gevangenisstraf.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

klaring tot gewoontemisdadiger) of wat so ' n vonnis uitdien, loop daar saam met sodanige gevangenisstraf of vonnis

(a)

enige bepaalde vonnis wat op sodanige persoon opgelê word ; of na gelang van die geval

(b)

enige ander vonnis van lewenslange gevangenisstraf of enige ander onbepaalde vonnis.

(4)

Die gevangenisstraf vir ' n bepaalde tydperk van ' n ge-

vangene wat uit bewaring ontvlug het of onwettiglik uit die gevangenis ontslaan is , word by sy hergevangeneming of herinhegtenisneming, na gelang van die geval, verleng deur ' n tydperk wat gelykstaan aan die aantal dae waarvoor sy gevangenisstraf deur sodanige ontvlugting of ontslag onderbreek is. (5)

(a)

Die tydperk van gevangenisstraf van ' n gevangene op wie gevangenisstraf by wanbetaling van ' n boete opgelê is , word by die betaling of die verhaal van gedeelte van sodanige boete , verkort deur ' n aantal dae wat so na as moontlik in dieselfde verhouding staan tot die tydperk van gevangenisstraf waartoe die gevangene veroordeel is as wat die gedeelte van die boete wat betaal of verhaal is tot die totale bedrag van die boete staan .

(b)

Geen betaling word aangeneem van gedeelte van ' n boete wat die gevangenisstraf met ' n breukdeel van 'n dag sou verkort nie , en geen betaling van gedeelte van 'n boete hoef buite die gewone kantoorure aangeneem te word nie.

(6)

Die tydperk waarvoor ' n gevangene , wat ' n vonnis van ge-

vangenisstraf ondergaan , met die goedkeuring van die mediese beampte in ' n hospitaal of soortgelyke inrigting vir behandeling aangehou word (met inbegrip, in die geval van ' n vrou , van haar bevalling) word as deel van sodanige vonnis gereken tensy die Minister anders gelas.

(7)

' n Gevangene wie se vonnis van gevangenisstraf op ' n Son-

dag of ' n openbare feesdag verstryk, kan ontslaan word op enige uur van die dag wat daardie Sondag of openbare feesdag onmiddellik voorafgaan, tensy die Kommissaris anders gelas het.

278 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

19.

(1)

(a)

Iemand wat kragtens enige wetsbepaling gevonnis is

Tydperk van gevangenisstraf in sekere gevalle.

tot periodieke gevangenisstraf, word van tyd tot tyd totdat sy vonnis verstryk in 'n gevangenis aangehou in ononderbroke tydperke van minstens vier-en-twintig uur (of die korter tydperk wat die hoof van die gevangenis by enige geleentheid mag goedkeur of wat nodig mag wees om die vonnis te voltooi) ;

(b)

tot gevangenisstraf vir korrektiewe opleiding, word in 'n gevangenis aangehou vir ' n tydperk van minstens twee jaar en, behoudens die bepalings van artikels 36 ( 1 ) ( c)(ii) , 37 ( 1 )(a)(ii) en 38 ( 1 ) (a )(ii) , hoogstens vier jaar ;

(c)

tot gevangenisstraf ter voorkoming van misdaad , word in 'n gevangenis aangehou vir ' n tydperk van minstens vyf jaar en, behoudens die bepalings van artikels 36( 1 )(c) (ii) , 37 ( 1 ) (a)(ii) en 38 ( 1 ) ( a)(ii) , hoogstens agt jaar ; of

(d)

tot lewenslange gevangenisstraf, word in ' n gevangenis aangehou vir ' n tydperk van minstens tien jaar en , behoudens die bepalings van artikels 36( 1 ) (d)(ii) , 37 ( 1 ) (b)(ii) en 38 ( 1 ) (b)(ii), hoogstens vyf-en-twintig jaar.

(2)

Behoudens die bepalings van artikels 36 , 37 en 38 word

(a)

' n ledige persoon in ' n boerderykolonie aangehou vir minstens een-hefte van die tydperk wat in die bevel waardeur hy in ' n boerderykolonie gevange gesit is, vermeld word ; en

(b)

iemand wat kragtens enige wetsbepaling tot gewoontemis dadiger verklaar is, in ' n gevangenis aangehou vir solank dit die Kabinet behaag maar vir ' n tydperk van minstens nege jaar.

20.

(1 )

Geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens mag ' n vonnis van lyf-

straf opgelê op ' n gevangene wat in 'n gevangenis aangehou word , ten uitvoer lê nie totdat hy skriftelik in kennis gestel is deur die griffier of klerk van die hof wat sodanige vonnis opgelê het of deur ' n ander bevoegde gesag -

279.

Lyfstraf.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(a)

dat sodanige vonnis bekragtig is op hersiening of op appèl , na gelang van die geval ; of

(b)

dat, by verstryking van die by wet voorgeskrewe tydperk, geen appèl teen sodanige vonnis aangeteken of hangend is nie; en

(c)

dat geen aansoek om verlof om te appelleer voor die hof is nie.

(2)

Voordat enige lyfstraf in enige gevangenis ten uitvoer

gelê word op die persoon wat gevonnis is om daardie straf te ondergaan, moet die mediese beampte sodanige persoon ondersoek en

(a)

indien hy oortuig is dat sodanige persoon in ' n geskikte toestand verkeer om die straf te ondergaan , dienooreenkomstig skriftelik sertifiseer en daarna gedurende die toediening van die straf teenwoordig wees; of

(b)

indien hy nie aldus oortuig is nie of indien, tydens die toediening van die straf, dit hom voorkom dat sodanige persoon nie in 'n geskikte toestand verkeer om die res van die straf te ondergaan nie , moet hy die toediening van die straf of die verdere toediening daarvan, na gelang van die geval , verbied en ' n gepaste skriftelike sertifikaat uitreik .

(3)

Die hoof van die gevangenis moet -

(a)

by elke toediening van lyfstraf in die gevangenis teenwoordig wees en moet onverwyld enige opdrag wat hy van die mediese beampte ontvang, uitvoer;

(b)

nadat die lyfstraf toegedien is, ' n gepaste endossement op die lasbrief wat sodanige straf beveel het, maak; en

(c)

ingeval ' n sertifikaat kragtens subartikel ( 2) (b ) uitgereik word , die Kommissaris op die spoedigste wyse van die uitreiking van die sertifikaat in kennis stel en terselfdertyd die sertifikaat stuur aan die Kommissaris wat sonder versuim

(i)

indien die lyfstraf op sodanige persoon deur die Hoërhof of ' n ander hoërhof opgelê is, die aangeleentheid

280.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

laat afhandel ooreenkomstig die wette wat die prosedure in strafsake in bedoelde hof voorskryf; of

(ii)

indien die lyfstraf deur ' n laerhof op sodanige persoon opgelê is, die aangeleentheid aan daardie hof rapporteer; of

(iii)

indien die lyfstraf kragtens die bepalings van hierdie Wet op sodanige persoon opgelê is, die aangeleentheid aan die Minister rapporteer.

(4)

(a)

In die omstandighede beoog -

in subartikel ( 3 ) ( c ) (ii ) , kan die hof na goeddunke of die vonnis tot lyfstraf kwytskeld òf bedoelde persoon , in die plek van die lyfstraf of in die plek van soveel van die lyfstraf as wat nie ten uitvoer gelê is nie , tot gevangenisstraf veroordeel vir ' n tydperk wat , saam met enige gevangenisstraf waartoe bedoelde persoon weens daardie misdryf gevonnis is, nie die perke van die strafregsmag van die hof in die betrokke saak oorskry nie; of

(b)

in subartikel ( 3 )( c )( iii) , kan die Minister na goeddunke of die vonnis tot lyfstraf kwytskeld òf die aangeleentheid terugverwys na die magistraat of verhoorbeampte, wat by die verhoor van bedoelde persoon voorgesit het , vir die oplegging, in die plek van die lyfstraf, van ' n ander wettige straf.

(5 )

Twee of meer vonnisse tot lyfstraf wat tegelykertyd op-

gelê word , mag nie met tussenpose ten uitvoer gelê word nie maar, behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet en enige ander wetsbepaling, moet dit op een en dieselfde tyd ten uitvoer gelê word : Met dien verstande dat die aantal houe, wat toegedien word, in geen geval meer mag wees as die maksimum aantal houe wat die wet voorskryf nie en dat enige houe beveel, wat meer is as bedoelde aantal, verval.

(6)

Indien, by die uitoefening van sy bevoegdheid kragtens

enige wetsbepaling, die hof of ander bevoegde gesag nie die instrument genoem het waardeur lyfstraf toegedien moet word nie , word die lyfstraf toegedien , op die wyse wat in die regulasies voorgeskryf mag word , met ' n rottang wat so na moontlik -

281.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

( a)

in die geval van ' n volwasse gevangene , 1250 mm in lengte en 12 mm in deursnee moet wees, en

(b)

in die geval van ' n jeugdige gevangene , 1000 mm in lengte en 9 mm in deursnee moet wees,

en sodanige lyfstraf word oor die boude toegedien en oor geen ander liggaamsdeel nie.

(7)

Geen vroulike gevangene en geen gevangene bo die leef-

tyd van vyftig jaar mag kragtens hierdie Wet met lyfstraf gestraf word nie.

Toepassing van vonnisse met alleenopsluiting hetsy op skraalrantsoen of met of sonder ander dieetstraf.

21.

(1 )

Wanneer ' n hof, kragtens ' n ander wet as hierdie Wet,

iemand tot gevangenisstraf op skraalrantsoen en met alleenopsluiting vonnis (a)

word die verwysing na " skraalrantsoen" in sodanige vonnis as ' n verwysing na skraalrantsoen soos omskryf in Bylae 4 uitgelê; en

(b)

word die alleenopsluiting en skraalrantsoen , ondanks andersluidende bepalings in die vonnis of lasbrief van die hof en behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 2 ) , toegepas slegs op twee agtereenvolgende dae van iedere week waarin die vonnis in werking is, welke dae deur die hoof van die gevangenis waarin so-iemand aangehou word, bepaal moet word .

(2 )

(a)

Geen gevangene mag -

aan alleenopsluiting, hetsy met of sonder enige soort van dieetstraf, onderwerp word nie as die mediese beampte skriftelik sertifiseer dat die alleenopsluiting nadelig is of moontlik nadelig kan wees vir die gesondheid van die gevangene; of

(b)

gedurende die tydperk van vier-en-twintig uur wat sy vrylating uit die gevangenis of sy verskyning voor ' n hof onmiddellik voorafgaan, aan enige soort van dieetstraf onderwerp word nie.

(3) Vir sover dit nodig mag wees by die toepassing van ' n ander wet as hierdie Wet , word subartikel ( 1 ) geag ' n regulasie te wees wat

282.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974. kragtens hierdie Wet uitgevaardig is.

22.

Wanneer iemand, wat tot periodieke gevangenisstraf gevonnis

is, uit ' n gevangenis vrygelaat word nadat hy slegs ' n gedeelte van sodanige vonnis uitgedien het, moet die hoof van die gevangenis ' n

Kennisgewing om periodieke gevangenisstraf te hervat.

kennisgewing wesenlik in die vorm voorgeskryf in Bylae 1 aan hom oorhandig waarin hy verplig word om hom op ' n in die kennisgewing vermelde tyd en dag by sodanige gevangenis oor te gee vir die doel om die periodieke gevangenisstraf te hervat .

23. ( 1 ) By die voltrekking van ' n doodvonnis op die aldus gevonnisde persoon moet daar teenwoordig wees die amptenare wat volgens wet belas is om die vonnis te voltrek, die beul en sy assistente (as daar is) , die mediese beampte , ' n offisier en dié ander lede van die Gevangenisdiens wat nodig mag wees en, behalwe met die skriftelike goedkeuring van die Minister, geen ander persoon nie. (2)

So gou moontlik na die voltrekking van ' n doodvonnis op

die aldus gevonnisde persoon moet die mediese beampte sy liggaam ondersoek om die feit en die oorsaak van dood vas te stel en daarna moet hy (a)

' n gepaste sertifikaat onderteken en dit aan die balju of onder-balju oorhandig, en die balju of onder-balju onderteken die sertifikaat en laat dit deur die beul onderteken word en welke sertifikaat die balju daarna saam met die stukke van die Hoërhof laat liasseer;

(b)

' n sertifikaat wat die oorsaak van dood aandui, onderteken en dit aan die magistraat van die distrik waarin die doodvonnis voltrek is, stuur.

(3)

Op ontvangs van die in subartikel ( 2) (b ) bedoelde sertifi-

kaat kan die magistraat, as hy dit nodig ag, met die aangeleentheid kragtens die Wet op Geregtelike Doodsondersoeke , 1959 (Wet 58 van 1959 ) handel en hy moet , in elk geval, die sterfgeval van die betrokke persoon ooreenkomstig die wet laat registreer.

(4)

Die Kommissaris -

(a)

laat die naasbestaandes van die oorledene van sy afsterwe in kennis stel; en

283.

Voltrekking van doodvonnis.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 . (b)

kan, na goeddunke, die liggaam van die oorledene -

(i)

onder die beheer laat plaas van ' n inspekteur van anatomie aangestel ingevolge artikel 5 van die Anatomiewet, 1959 (Wet 20 van 1959 ) om daarmee ooreenkomstig die bepalings van daardie Wet te handel ; of

(ii)

in privaat laat begrawe deur die owerhede van die gevangenis waar die doodvonnis voltrek is of deur die naasbestaandes van die oorledene onder toesig van bedoelde owerhede , en in eersgenoemde geval kan hy sodanige naasbestaandes toelaat om die begrafnis by te woon .

HOOFSTUK 6 . ARBEIDSVERRIGTING DEUR EN BEHANDELING VAN GEVANGENES.

Arbeidsverrigting deur gevonnisde gevangenes.

24.

(1 )

Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet en onderworpe

aan enige spesiale bevel van die hof wat hom gevonnis het , moet elke gevangene wat tot gevangenisstraf gevonnis is en in ' n gevangenis aangehou word, vir die doel van die werk, opleiding en behandeling in artikel 3 (d ) vermeld of vir enige ander doel wat met die gevangenis in verband staan, die arbeid , take en ander pligte verrig wat aan hom opgedra word deur die hoof van die gevangenis of deur enige ander lid van die Gevangenisdiens onder wie se beheer hy mag wees : Met dien verstande dat -

(a)

geen gevangene enige arbeid mag verrig nie

(i)

tensy die mediese beampte gesertifiseer het dat hy geskik is om die arbeid , hetsy in die geheel of gedeeltelik, te verrig; of

(ii)

behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 3 ) , vir langer as tien ure op enige een dag ; en

(b)

' n gevangene , wat gevangenisstraf met alleenopsluiting en enige soort van dieetstraf ondergaan, geen arbeid mag verrig op die dag waarop hy die dieetstraf ondergaan nie.

284.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

' n Vroulike gevangene wat gevangenisstraf ondergaan moet arbeid slegs binne die voorgeskrewe grense van die gevangenis waarin sy aangehou word , verrig en, terwyl sy sodanige arbeid verrig, moet (2 )

sy, behoudens die bepalings van artikel 12 , onder die beheer van ' n vroulike lid van die Gevangenisdiens wees.

(3)

Op ' n Sondag , op Nuwejaarsdag, Goeie Vrydag, Hemel-

vaartdag, Geloftedag en Kersdag en op die ander openbare feesdae wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd mag noem, moet ' n gevangene slegs die arbeid verrig wat nodig mag wees vir doeleindes van higiëne en die huishoudelike bestuur van ' n gevangenis : Met dien verstande dat 'n gevangene , wat aan

' n kerkgenootskap behoort wat Saterdag as

die Sabbatdag erken , op daardie dag van arbeidsverrigting vrygestel kan word op voorwaarde dat hy arbeid op ' n ooreenstemmende aantal Sondae verrig.

(4) ' n Terdoodveroordeelde gevangene is nie verplig om enige arbeid te verrig nie.

25.

Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet, moet -

(a)

elke gevangene, wat gevangenisstraf ondergaan , van tyd ing en klassifisering. tot tyd voorsien word van geskikte en voldoende kleding, welke kleding (en geen ander kleding ) die gevangene gedurende die hele tydperk van sy gevangenisstraf verplig is om te dra;

(b)

alle persone wat in ' n gevangenis aangehou word , behalwe wanneer hulle dieetstraf ondergaan , van voedsel voorsien word van toereikende voedingswaarde en verskeidenheid ooreenkomstig (uitgesonderd waar die mediese beampte of die Kommissaris ' n ander dieet gemagtig het ) ' n rantsoenskaal wat die Kommissaris in oorleg met die Sekretaris van Gesondheid voorskryf;

(c)

elke gevangene voorsien word van ' n aparte bed en van beddegoed van genoegsame warmte ;

(d)

Kleding, voedsel en beddegoed vir gevangenes, oefen-

elke gevangene

(i)

as hy nie in die buitelug werk nie , elke dag wanneer die weer aldus toelaat, in die ope lug oefening neem vir 'n tydperk van sestig minute of die korter tydperk

285.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(minstens dertig minute ) wat die Kommissaris in enige besondere geval bepaal ; en

(ii)

behalwe vir sover hy daarvan deur die mediese beampte vrygestel is, liggaamsoefeninge wat by sy ouderdom en gesondheidstoestand pas, doen :

Met dien verstande dat ' n gevangene wat alleenopsluiting ondergaan vir dertig minute elke voormiddag en vir dertig minute elke namiddag in die ope lug oefening moet neem : Met dien verstande voorts dat die bepalings van hierdie paragraaf nie van toepassing is nie op ' n terdoodveroordeelde gevangene wat nie verplig mag word om enige oefening te neem of te doen nie behalwe as hy aldus versoek en dan slegs in ' n geisoleerde plek ;

(e)

elke gevangene wat tot gevangenisstraf gevonnis is, met behoorlike inagneming van sy veilige bewaring, die duur van sy vonnis, sy ouderdom , kwalifikasies, bekwaamhede , aanleg en fisiese toestand.-

(i)

geklassifiseer word vir die doel van die toepassing op hom van die in artikel 3 (d) beoogde opleiding en behandeling ; en

(ii)

aangemoedig word, of ten opsigte van ' n klas of kategorie van gevangene gespesifiseer deur die Kommissaris verplig word , om ' n geskikte studiekursus in sy vrye tyd te volg.

Arbeidsverrigting deur en kleredrag van ander persone as gevonnisde gevangenes wat in 'n gevangenis aan gehou word.

26. ( 1 ) Behalwe soos in subartikel ( 2 ) bepaal, moet iedere persoon wat in ' n gevangenis aangehou word (behalwe ' n gevangene wat weens 'n misdryf veroordeel is en gevangenisstraf uitdien ) al die werk verrig wat nodig mag wees ter handhawing van die sindelikheid en goeie orde van die kamer of ander plek wat hy okkupeer, sowel as die artikels , gerei en geriewe wat aan hom beskikbaar gestel word of wat hy gebruik en kan, indien hy aldus versoek , ook toegelaat word om ander werk te verrig.

So iemand wat aan ' n geestelike gekrenktheid , ' n geestesgebrek of epilepsie ly is verplig om slegs dié pligte te verrig wat die (2)

mediese beampte mag voorskryf.

286.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(3)

Geen in subartikel ( 1 ) bedoelde persoon mag verplig word

om gevangenisklere te dra nie, tensy -

27.

(a)

sy klere , na die oordeel van die hoof van die gevangenis , ongenoegsaam, onsindelik of andersins ongeskik is; of

(b)

dit nodig is om sy kleding in belang van die regspleging te bewaar; en

(c)

hy nie in staat is om ander geskikte kleding te verkry nie.

( 1)

Behalwe waar spesiaal andersins by wet bepaal en be-

houdens die bepalings van hierdie artikel, kan ' n persoon wat in 'n gevangenis aangehou word (behalwe ' n gevangene wat weens ' n misdryf veroordeel is en gevangenisstraf ondergaan) op die voorwaardes en in die mate wat die Kommissaris magtig -

(a)

briewe skryf en ontvang en vir daardie doel van skryfbehoeftes binne redelike perke voorsien word;

(b)

besoeke op redelike tye ontvang;

(c)

van buite die gevangenis op voorgeskrewe tye voorsien word van redelike hoeveelhede voedsel, ongegiste drank , klere , beddegoed , leesstof, skryfbehoeftes, toiletbenodigdhede en die ander goed wat die Kommissaris mag goedkeur; en

(d)

deur ' n private geneesheer of tandarts ondersoek en behandel word .

(2) Die hoof van die gevangenis of sodanige ander lid as wat die Kommissaris mag aanwys ·

(a)

moet alle briewe geskryf of ontvang deur ' n onveroordeelde persoon, en ook alle leesstof wat aan hom verskaf word, met uitsondering van enige brief of ander dokument wat na die oordeel van sodanige hoof of lid uitsluitlik betrekking het op die verdediging van bedoelde persoon, lees en keur;

(b)

moet geen voedsel of drank ontvang vir oorhandiging aan

287.

Voorregte van ander persone as gevonnisde gevangenes wat in 'n gevangenis aangehou word.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

'n onveroordeelde persoon nie tensy dit geskik is vir menslike verbruik en redelik teen besoedeling beskerm is;

(c)

moet alles wat kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) in die gevangenis ingebring word noukeurig ondersoek ; en

(d)

kan die hoeveelheid voedsel en drank wat op enige een dag aan bedoelde persoon verskaf word , beperk of, indien bedoelde persoon

misbruik

maak van enigeen van die

voorregte wat deur subartikel ( 1 ) toegelaat word, summier al daardie voorregte of enigeen daarvan intrek : Met dien verstande dat so ' n intrekking onderworpe is aan bekragtiging deur die Kommissaris wie se beslissing afdoende is.

(3)

Die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 )(b) word nie uitgelê as sou

dit op enige wyse afbreuk doen aan die bepalings van artikel 77 nie.

Klagtes en versoeke van gevangenes.

28.

(1 )

Die hoof van ' n gevangenis moet daagliks elke persoon

wat in die gevangenis onder sy beheer aangehou word te sien kry en elke klagte wat so ' n persoon aan hom rig, ondersoek.

(2)

As die hoof nie self met so ' n klagte , of met enige versoek

van bedoelde persoon, kan handel nie moet hy dit aan die bevoegde gesag laat voorlê.

(3) Op die skriftelike versoek van ' n persoon wat in ' n gevangenis aangehou word , kan die Kommissaris, die voorsitter van die gevangenisraad of die kragtens artikel 44 (6) aangestelde lid van die gevangenisraad , ' n onderhoud met sodanige persoon voer indien hy oortuig is dat geldige redes vir so ' n onderhoud bestaan.

Pligte van mediese beampte met betrekking tot gevangenes.

29.

(1 )

Behoudens die bepalings van artikel 27 ( 1 ) ( d ) moet die

mediese beampte so dikwels nodig ' n siek gevangene besoek en behandel en moet hy elke gevangene wat beweer dat hy ongesteld is of 'n besering opgedoen het , of wat andersins onder sy aandag gebring is, ondersoek en die nodige behandeling aan hom verleen.

(2 ) Die mediese beampte kan ' n ander geneesheer in verband met die mediese behandeling van ' n gevangene raadpleeg en is verplig om aldus te doen voordat hy ' n ernstige operasie op enige gevangene uitvoer.

288.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(3)

Die hoof van ' n gevangenis moet sonder versuim die naas-

bestaandes van ' n gevangene in kennis stel van enige ernstige siekte waaraan hy ly, met inbegrip van enige geestesongesteldheid of besering in 'n ongeluk van die gevangene .

(4)

Die mediese beampte moet van tyd tot tyd alle gevangenes

wat enige dieetstraf ondergaan , besoek.

30.

(1)

Wanneer iemand wat in ' n gevangenis aangehou word te

sterwe kom (uitgesonderd ' n persoon op wie ' n doodvonnis voltrek is) moet die hoof van die gevangenis onverwyld

(a)

die stergeval aan die Kommissaris en die magistraat rapporteer;

(b)

die naasbestaandes van die oorledene (of as die verblyfplek van die naasbestaandes onbekend is, ' n ander familielid ) van die sterfgeval in kennis stel ; en

(c)

indien, volgens die sertifikaat van die mediese beampte , die dood ingetree het as gevolg van natuurlike oorsake , kennis van die sterfgeval aan die paslike owerheid gee ingevolge die wet betreffende die registrasie van sterfgevalle .

(2)

Op ontvangs van ' n berig kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) , moet -

(a)

die magistraat, indien hy rede het om te glo dat die dood ingetree het as gevolg van ander oorsake as natuurlike oorsake , die aangeleentheid ooreenkomstig die bepalings van die Wet op Geregtelike Doodsondersoeke , 1959 laat afhandel ; en

(b)

die Kommissaris dié navraag doen wat hy nodig ag om die Minister in te lig.

(3 ) Die lyk van ' n persoon wat in ' n gevangenis oorlede is, word deur die gevangenisowerhede in die naaste begraafplaas ter aarde bestel, tensy die Kommissaris die verwydering en teraardebestelling van die lyk deur ' n familielid van die oorledene na goeddunke gemagtig het.

289.

Prosedure by afsterwe van persoon wat in 'n gevangenis aangehou word.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

HOOFSTUK 7 .

VERPLASING, OORPLASING, OORLEWERING OF OORGAWE VAN GEVANGENES.

Verplasing van gevangene op magtiging van die Kommissaris.

31.

(1)

Onderworpe aan enige bepaling gedoen deur die Minister

ingevolge artikel 7 (3 )(b )(i) en aan die bepalings van subartikel ( 2 ) van hierdie artikel, kan die Kommissaris -

(a)

die verplasing gelas of magtig van enige gevangene vanaf die gevangenis waarin bedoelde gevangene aangehou word na enige ander gevangenis of, in die geval van ' n gevangene wat ernstig siek is of van 'n vroulike gevangene wat op die punt staan om geboorte te gee , na enige ander plek ;

(b)

in oorleg met die Prokureur-generaal en die magistraat, die verplasing vanaf 'n gevangenis en die aanhouding op ' n plek of deur ' n bewaarder wat vir die magistraat aanvaarbaar is, magtig van enige gevangene onder die leeftyd van agtien jaar of enige vroulike gevangene van of bo die leeftyd van agtien jaar , wat in die gevangenis verhoor op enige aanklag afwag.

(2)

Geen gevangene mag kragtens hierdie artikel vanaf een

gevangenis na ' n ander verplaas word nie tensy die mediese beampte skriftelik gesertifiseer het dat hy geskik is om verplaas te word.

Oorplasing van persoon vanaf 'n verbeteringskool na 'n gevangenis.

32. ( 1 ) Die Minister wat die bepalings van die Kinderwet, 1960 uitvoer kan, in oorleg met die Minister soos in hierdie Wet omskryf en , ondanks die bepalings van bedoelde Kinderwet of van enige ander wet, by skriftelike bevel enige persoon wat in ' n verbeteringskool aangehou word na ' n gevangenis oorplaas indien, na sy oordeel, sodanige persoon nie vir opleiding in ' n verbeteringskool vatbaar is nie. (2 )

Iemand aldus oorgeplaas word vir alle doeleindes beskou

van die bepalings van die Kinderwet, 1960 onthef te gewees het en om aan die bepalings van hierdie Wet onderworpe te wees asof hy , op die datum van sy oorplasing, tot gevangenisstraf vir korrektiewe opleiding gevonnis was : Met dien verstande dat geen sodanige persoon in ' n gevangenis aangehou mag word vir enige tydperk na die datum waarop, behalwe vir sodanige oorplasing, hy gewoonweg uit die verbeteringskool vrygelaat sou gewees het nie .

290.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

33. aan

(1)

(a)

Die hoof van ' n gevangenis moet in alle opsigte voldoen

die bevel van enige prokureur-generaal of die lasbrief van enige hof of geregtelike beampte waardeur hy aangesê of gemagtig word om na ' n in die bevel of lasbrief vermelde gevangenis ' n persoon in sy bewaring, wat verhoor weens enige misdryf afwag, te verplaas ; of

(b)

die bevel van enige regter waarin hy aangesê word

om

enige gevangene in sy bewaring voor enige hof te bring; of

(c)

' n dagvaarding of subpoena in ' n strafsaak wat aan hom gerig en bestel word en waarby hy aangesê word om ' n in die dagvaarding of subpoena genoemde gevangene voor ' n hof te laat bring.

(2)

(a)

Behoudens die bepalings van paragraaf (b) mag geen gevangene , wat as getuie gedagvaar word om getuienis af te lê namens enige party by ' n siviele saak ( behalwe die regering) of namens die verdediging in ' n strafsaak verplig word om die subpoena te gehoorsaam nie tensy daar aan die hoof van die gevangenis, ten bate van die Transkeise Inkomstefonds, ' n bedrag betaal word wat voldoende is vir die vervoer en verblyf van die gevangene en sy geleide gedurende die hele tydperk van hulle afwesigheid van die gevangenis.

(b)

Geen sodanige bedrag word betaal deur ' n party by 'n siviele saak wat in forma pauperis optree nie of deur die verdediging in ' n strafsaak indien 'n regter, ' n magistraat

of ' n prokureur-generaal sertifiseer dat

die getuienis van die gevangene van wesenlike belang vir die verdediging is en dat die verdediging nie in staat is om die bedrag te betaal nie.

(c)

Die bedrag betaalbaar kragtens paragraaf ( a) word bereken volgens ' n tarief wat die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie voorskryf.

291 ..

Verplasing of oorlewering van gevangenes in geregtelike verrigtinge.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

Oorgawe van gevangene vir oorplasing of uitlewering.

34. aan

(1)

Die hoof van ' n gevangenis moet in alle opsigte voldoen

(a)

enige magtiging uitgereik kragtens artikel 50A( 2 )(b) van die Grondwet vir die oorplasing na ' n gevangenis van die Republiek van ' n gevangene in sy bewaring; of

(b)

enige bevel uitgereik kragtens artikel 11 van die Wet op Uitlewering, 1962 (Wet 67 van 1962 ) , ongeag of die persoon op wie die bevel betrekking het 'n vonnis van gevangenisstraf nog ondergaan al dan nie.

(2)

Iemand wat , ten tyde van sy uitlewering, besig was om ' n

vonnis van gevangenisstraf te ondergaan , moet by sy terugkeer die onverstreke deel van sodanige vonnis uitdien wat geag word om hervat te gewees het op die dag waarop hy weer in die Republiek in hegtenis geneem word .

HOOFSTUK 8.

VERMINDERING VAN GEVANGENISSTRAF EN VRYLATING VAN GEVANGENES. Vermindering van gevangenisstraf.

35. ( 1 ) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet, kan vermindering van gevangenisstraf (hetsy ingevolge een of meer vonnisse cf met of sonder die keuse van ' n boete) binne die perke voorgeskryf in Bylae 2 aan ' n gevangene toegestaan word (a)

as die gevangenisstraf altesame minder as twee jaar is, deur die hoof van die gevangenis waarin die gevangene aangehou word ;

(b)

as die gevangenisstraf minstens twee jaar altesame is, deur die Kommissaris op aanbeveling van die gevangenisraad.

(2 )

Enige weiering van die Kommissaris om enige gevangenisstraf te verminder ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) (b ) is onderworpe aan hersiening deur die Minister.

(3) Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) maar behoudens andersins die bepalings van hierdie Wet , kan ―

(a)

die Minister, in die geval van ' n gevangene wat volgens sy oordeel buitengewone of verdienstelike diens gelewer het .

292.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

spesiale vermindering van gevangenisstraf van hoogstens neëntig dae aan sodanige gevangene toestaan ;

(b)

die Kabinet te eniger tyd , om enige goeie en voldoende rede , ' n deel van die gevangenisstraf van enige gevangene ophef.

(4) Geen strafvermindering mag aan ' n gevangene toegestaan word nie ten opsigte van gevangenisstraf opgelê -

(a)

weens enige misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet; of

(b)

weens ' n misdryf ingevolge enige ander wet (met inbegrip van die gemene reg) wat begaan is terwyl die gevangene in wettige bewaring was, hetsy voor of na sy opneming in ' n gevangenis of terwyl hy voor ' n hof verskyn ; of

(c)

weens verset teen inhegtenisneming, weens bevryding of poging tot bevryding uit wettige bewaring van enige ander persoon wat in hegtenis geneem maar nog nie in ' n gevangenis geplaas is nie , weens die verlening van hulp aan so ' n ander persoon om uit wettige bewaring te ontvlug of in ' n poging om daaruit te ontvlug of weens herberg of skuiling aan sodanige persoon te verleen of daarmee behulpsaam te wees terwyl hy weet dat so iemand aldus ontvlug het; of

(d)

weens ' n misdryf begaan terwyl hy op vrye voet was nadat hy uit wettige bewaring ontvlug het , hetsy voor of na sy opneming in 'n gevangenis ; of

(e)

weens die ander înisdrywe wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd mag spesifiseer.

(5)

Vermindering van gevangenisstraf ingevolge hierdie artikel

is ' n voorreg en nie ' n reg nie en kan

(a)

verbeur word -

(i)

uit hoofde van die bepalings van subartikel (6 ) van hierdie artikel of van artikel 55 ( d) ; of

(ii)

op bevel van die Minister ten opsigte van ' n gevangene

293.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974 . wat, na sy oordeel, hom skuldig gemaak het aan ernstige wangedrag; of

(b)

agterweë gehou word op bevel van die Kommissaris, hangende die verhoor , of die voltooiing van die verhoor , van die betrokke gevangene kragtens artikel 56 of 57.

(6)

Iedere gevangene wat skuldig bevind word aan die misdryf

van ontvlugting of poging tot ontvlugting uit wettige bewaring of van hulpverlening aan of aanhitsing van ' n ander persoon om uit wettige bewaring te ontvlug, of aan die misdryf om sodanige ander persoon behulpsaam te wees by ' n poging om uit wettige bewaring te ontvlug, verbeur die strafvermindering wat aan hom toegeken is of andersins toegeken mag word ten opsigte van -

(a)

die gevangenisstraf wat hy besig was om uit te dien toe hy bedoelde misdryf begaan ;

(b)

die gevangenisstraf wat hom opgelê mag word weens enige misdryf waarop hy , op voornoemde tydstip, verhoor- of strafafwagtend was; en

(c)

die gevangenisstraf wat hom opgelê mag word weens enige misdryf wat hy begaan het voor of na die pleging van die misdryf waarop hy op voornoemde tydstip in wettige bewaring was.

(7)

Geen bepaling van hierdie artikel word so uitgelê nie dat dit

op enige wyse afbreuk doen aan enige bepaling van artikel 19 waarby die minimum tydperk van aanhouding in ' n gevangenis van ' n gevangene voorgeskryf word .

Vrylating op parool.

36.

(1 )

Behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 3 ) van hierdie

artikel en van artikels 19 en 45 (2 ) , kan daar op parool vrygelaat word

(a)

deur die Kommissaris, enige gevangene wie se totale tydperk van aanhouding , hetsy ingevolge een of meer vonnisse, nie meer as vier maande is nie ;

(b)

deur die Minister, enige gevangene wie se totale tydperk van aanhouding, hetsy ingevolge een of meer vonnisse , meer as vier maande maar minder as twee jaar is ;

294.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(c)

deur die Minister op die aanbeveling van die gevangenisraad

(i)

(ii)

enige ledige persoon ;

enige gevangene (behalwe ' n in paragraaf (d ) van hierdie subartikel bedoelde gevangene) wie se totale tydperk van gevangenisstraf ministens twee jaar is ;

(d)

deur die Kabinet op die aanbeveling van die gevangenisraad

(i)

(ii)

(e)

enige gewoontemisdadiger; of

enige gevangene wat lewenslange gevangenisstraf uitdien ; of

deur die Minister met die voorafgaande , of in ' n dringende geval die daaropvolgende , goedkeuring van die Kabinet, enige gevangene wie se vrylating op parool nodig en geregverdig is.

(2)

Vrylating op parool ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) -

(a)

kan gemagtig word ongeag of die gevangenisstraf met die keuse van ' n boete was of sonder so ' n keuse ;

(b)

(c)

geskied by lasbrief onderteken deur die Kommissaris; en

duur vir die tydperk en is onderworpe aan die voorwaardes, met inbegrip van enige toesig , wat die bevoegde gesag bepaal wanneer hy die vrylating magtig en wat in die lasbrief tot vrylating gespesifiseer word : Met dien verstande dat so ' n voorwaarde te eniger tyd gewysig of ingetrek kan word (i)

ten opsigte van ' n in paragraaf ( a) van subartikel ( 1 ) bedoelde persoon , deur die Kommissaris ; of

(ii)

ten opsigte van enige ander gevangene , deur die Kommissaris met die goedkeuring van die Minister.

(3)

Die Minister kan van tyd tot tyd gelas dat die bepalings

295.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

van paragraaf ( a) of (b ) van subartikel ( 1 ) , of altwee sodanige paragrawe, nie van toepassing is nie in die geval van ' n gevangene wat gevangenisstraf ondergaan weens ' n misdryf of 'n klas van misdryf wat die Minister spesifiseer.

Onvoorwaardelike 37. ( 1 ) Behoudens die bepalings van artikels 19 en 45( 2) , kan vrylating van gedaar onvoorwaardelik uit ' n gevangenis vrygelaat word vangenes.

(a)

deur die Minister op aanbeveling van die gevangenisraad -

(i)

(ii)

(b)

enige ledige persoon ; of

enige gevangene wat gevangenisstraf vir korrektiewe opleiding of gevangenisstraf ter voorkoming van misdaad ondergaan ; of

deur die Kabinet op aanbeveling van die gevangenisraad -

(i)

(ii)

enige gewoontemisdadiger; of

enige

gevangene

wat lewenslange

gevangenisstraf

ondergaan ;

(c)

deur die Minister op die aanbeveling van die mediese beampte (maar behoudens die bepalings van paragrawe (a) en (b)), enige gevangene wat aan ' n aanmeldbare siekte ly en wie se vrylating andersins geregverdig is op grond van swak fisiese toestand of, as die gevangene ' n vrou is, haar gevorderde swangerskap ;

(d)

deur die Minister met die voorafgaande , of in ' n dringende geval die daaropvolgende , goedkeuring van die Kabinet , enige gevangene wie se onvoorwaardelike vrylating uit 'n gevangenis nodig en geregverdig is.

'n Gevangene wat ingevolge paragraaf ( a) of (b ) van subartikel ( 1 ) uit ' n gevangenis vrygelaat word , word vrygelaat op die datum aanbeveel deur die gevangenisraad tensy die Minister of die (2)

Kabinet , na gelang van die geval, anders besluit het .

(3) Vrylating uit ' n gevangenis ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) geskied by lasbrief onderteken deur die Kommissaris.

296.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

38. ( 1 ) Behoudens die bepalings van artikels 19 en 45 kan daar uit 'n gevangenis op proef vrygelaat word -

(a)

Vrylating op proef.

deur die Minister op aanbeveling van die gevangenisraad -

enige ledige persoon ; of

(i)

(ii)

enige gevangene (behalwe ' n in paragraaf (b ) van hierdie subartikel bedoelde gevangene) wie se totale tydperk van gevangenisstraf minstens twee jaar is; of

(b)

deur die Kabinet op aanbeveling van die gevangenisraad

(i)

(ii)

(c)

enige gewoontemisdadiger; of

enige gevangene wat lewenslange gevangenisstraf ondergaan ; of

deur die Minister met die voorafgaande , of in ' n dringende geval die daaropvolgende , goedkeuring van die Kabinet , enige gevangene wie se vrylating op proef nodig en geregverdig. is.

(2)

( a)

Vrylating op proef ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) ―

kan gemagtig word ongeag of die gevangenisstraf met die keuse van ' n boete was of sonder so ' n keuse ;

(b)

(c)

geskied by lasbrief onderteken deur die Kommissaris ; en

duur vir die tydperk en is onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat die bevoegde gesag bepaal wanneer hy sodanige vrylating magtig en wat in die lasbrief tot vrylating vermeld word : Met dien verstande dat so ' n voorwaarde te eniger tyd deur die Minister gewysig of ingetrek kan word .

39.

(1)

Indien hy in elke opsig voldoen aan die voorwaardes van

'n kragtens artikel 36( 2) of 38( 2 ) uitgereikte lasbrief, word die persoon op wie die lasbrief betrekking het nie verplig om die straf waarmee hy ten tyde van sy vrylating strafbaar was te ondergaan nie of, na gelang van die geval , hou sodanige persoon op om ' n gewoontemisdadiger te wees .

297.

Gevolge van voldoening of nie-voldoening aan voorwaardes van parool of proef.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

(2)

(a)

Iemand , wat versuim om aan die voorwaardes van ' n kragtens artikel 36(2 ) of 38 ( 2) uitgereikte lasbrief tot vrylating te voldoen , staan onder verpligting om die straf wat ten tyde van sy vrylating uit die gevangenis onverstreke gebly het , te ondergaan en , tensy hy vrywilliglik na die gevangenis teruggekeer het nadat hy aldus deur die Kommissaris versoek is, kan hy op die lasbrief van die Kommissaris in hegtenis geneem word.

(b)

Iemand wat aldus vrywilliglik terugkeer of wat aldus weer gevange geneem word , word by lasbrief onderteken

Afwesigheidsverlof vir gevangenes.

deur

die Kommissaris weer gevange gesit .

40. ( 1 ) Die Minister kan, by lasbrief deur hom onderteken en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy mag bepaal, ' n gevangene toelaat om hom tydelik van die gevangenis waarin hy aangehou word te absenteer (onder geleide of andersins soos die Minister mag besluit ) vir enige doel wat , volgens die oordeel van die Minister, sodanige afwesigheid regverdig.

(2)

Tensy die Minister anders gelas, word die tydperk waar-

voor so ' n gevangene wettiglik van ' n gevangenis afwesig is as deel van sy gevangenisstraf beskou .

Prosedure voor en by vrylating van gevangene.

41.

(1 )

Elke gevangene wat op die punt staan om uit ' n gevangenis

vrygelaat te word , moet -

(a)

vir sover dit doenlik is, deur die mediese beampte ondersoek word ; en

(b)

deur die hoof van die gevangenis en indien moontlik deur 'n offisier, te woord gestaan word met die oog op

sy

plasing, indien hy aldus versoek, in lonende werk .

(2)

Indien die mediese beampte sertifiseer dat so ' n gevangene

aan ' n siekte of besering van so ' n geaardheid ly dat sy vrylating uit die gevangenis moontlik in sy dood of die ernstige aantasting van sy gesondheid of in die verspreiding van enige besmetlike of aansteeklike siekte kan uitloop , kan die Kommissaris na oorlegpleging met die Sekretaris van Gesondheid gelas (a)

dat die gevangene in ' n gevangenis aangehou word vir die

298.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

bykomende tydperk en op die voorwaardes wat die Kommissaris mag bepaal; of

(b)

dat hy in 'n hospitaal opgeneem word :

Met dien verstande dat, behoudens die wetsbepalings met betrekking tot die voorkoming en onderdrukking van besmetlike en aansteeklike siektes, geen sodanige gevangene sonder sy toestemming in ' n gevangenis aangehou word na die dag waarop hy gewoonweg vrygelaat sou gewees het nie.

(3)

Wanneer hy uit ' n gevangenis vrygelaat word , kan ' n ge-

vangene uit gelde beskikbaar gestel vir die doel deur die Wetgewende Vergadering en op die voorwaardes wat die Tesourie mag goedkeur -

(a)

as hy geen geskikte klere het en nie in staat is om dit self te verkry nie , van klere voorsien word ; en

(b)

as hy geen geld van sy eie het nie , voorsien word van middele waardeur hy per openbare vervoer na die spoorwegstasie of bushalte naaste aan sy bestemming kan reis en, as geen voedsel vir sy reis aan hom gegee word nie , van middele waardeur hy sodanige voedsel kan verkry .

42.

(1)

Die Kommissaris kan , uit gelde wat vir die doel deur die

Wetgewende Vergadering bewillig word (a)

Gratifikasies en vergoeding vir gevangenes.

gratifikasies aan gevangenes betaal teen die tariewe en op die voorwaardes wat die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie bepaal ; en

(b)

aan ' n gevangene , wie se verdienvermoë verminder is as gevolg van ' n ongeluk of besering opgedoen in ' n gevangenis en wat nie aan sy eie nalatigheid of wangedrag te wyte was nie, die ex gratia toekenning maak wat die Minister in oorleg met die Minister van Gesondheid en die Tesourie mag goedkeur.

(2 ) Die wyse waarop so ' n gratifikasie of toekenning namens 'n gevangene ge-administreer of aan hom betaal word , word deur die Kommissaris bepaal.

43.

Geen bepaling van hierdie Wet word so uitgelê dat dit op enige

wyse afbreuk doen aan die bevoegdhede verleen aan die Staatspre-

299.

Behoud van bevoegdhede van Staatspresident.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974. sident deur die Grondwet van die Republiek van Suid-Afrika, 1961 of enige ander wet om oortreders te begenadig of om enige straf te versag nie.

HOOFSTUK 9 .

TRANSKEISE GEVANGENISRAAD .

Transkeise Gevangenisraad.

44.

( 1)

( a)

Daar word op Umtata 'n gevangenisraad ingestel wat die Transkeise Gevangenisraad heet en wat bestaan uit soveel offisiere as amptelike lede en soveel ander persone as nie-amptelike lede as wat die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie bepaal.

(b)

Die lede van die gevangenisraad word deur die Minister aangestel en hy moet van tyd tot tyd , soos die geleentheid dit nodig maak , een van die lede as voorsitter van die raad aanwys.

(c)

Wanneer, om enige rede , die voorsitter van die raad van ' n vergadering van die raad afwesig is , tree die senior amptelike lid van die raad as waarnemende voorsitter op.

(2)

(a)

' n Lid van die gevangenisraad word, behoudens die bepalings van paragraaf (b) , vir die tydperk (hoogstens drie jaar) aangestel wat die Minister mag bepaal en beklee , in die geval van ' n lid wat nie in die voltydse diens van die regering is nie , sy amp op die voorwaardes aangaande besoldiging of andersins wat die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie goedkeur wanneer sodanige lid aangestel word : Met dien verstande dat verskillende tydperke of voorwaardes bepaal of goedgekeur kan word ten opsigte van verskillende lede van die raad.

(b)

Die Minister kan te eniger tyd , om enige gegronde of voldoende rede, enige lid van die gevangenisraad afsit .

(3 )

' n Lid van die gevangenisraad wie se amp andersins as

kragtens subartikel ( 2 ) (b ) vakant geword het, kan weer aangestel word .

(4)

Wanneer

300 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(a)

'n lid van die gevangenisraad sy amp neerlê of afgesit word , stel die Minister, behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) , iemand anders aan om die vakature te vul en tot tyd en wyl so iemand aangestel word , maak die oorblywende lede die raad uit ; of

(b)

' n lid van die gevangenisraad tydelik nie in staat is om sy pligte uit te voer nie, kan die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie ' n ander offisier of persoon , na gelang van die geval , as lid van die raad aanstel vir die tydperk, maar hoogstens twaalf maande , wat die Minister nodig ag.

(5)

(a)

Alle vrae op ' n vergadering van die gevangenisraad word by ' n meerderheid van stemme beslis en , in die geval van ' n staking van stemme, het die voorsitter of waarnemende voorsitter, na gelang van die geval , ook 'n beslissende stem.

(b)

Die naaste heelgetal wat een-helfte van die totale aantal lede van die raad oorskry , is ' n kworum .

(6) Die gevangenisraad kan by besluit een of meer van sy lede aanstel om namens hom die ondersoeke in te stel en onderhoude te voer wat nodig mag wees om die raad in staat te stel om enige verslag of aanbeveling kragtens hierdie Wet te doen of om aan enige gevangene leiding te gee of hulp te verleen.

45.

(1 )

Die raad oefen die bevoegdhede uit en verrig die pligte en

werksaamhede wat deur of kragtens hierdie Wet vir die raad voorgeskryf word en -

(a)

moet, wanneer ook al aldus deur die Kommissaris versoek en in elk geval minstens eenmaal in elke jaar, ' n verslag uitbring oor elke gevangene wat in ' n gevangenis aangehou word en wat -

(i)

gevangenisstraf vir korrektiewe opleiding ondergaan ; of

(ii)

gevangenisstraf ter voorkoming van misdaad ondergaan ; of

301 .

Bevoegdhede, pligte en werksaamhede van gevangenisraad.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

(iii)

'n ledige persoon is; of

(iv)

' n gewoontemisdadiger is ; of

(v)

lewenslange gevangenisstraf ondergaan ; of

(vi)

andersins gevangenisstraf vir minstens twee jaar ondergaan ;

(b)

moet , indien aldus deur die Kommissaris versoek , ' n spesiale verslag oor ' n vermelde gevangene uitbring ;

(c)

het die bevoegdheid om, behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet, aanbevelings te maak -

(i)

met betrekking tot enige aangeleentheid ten opsigte waarvan ' n aanbeveling van die raad kragtens hierdie Wet verlang word ;

(ii)

aangaande die opleiding en behandeling van enige gevangene of van enige klas of kategorie van gevangenes;

(d)

(iii)

aangaande die afslag van gedeelte van die gevangenisstraf van enige gevangene ; of

(iv)

aangaande die vrylating van 'n gevangene , hetsy op parool of op proef of voorwaardelik of andersins ;

verleen advies en bystand aan die Minister in alle sake betreffende die gevangenisse van die Transkei, die opleiding en behandeling van gevangenes wat in sodanige gevangenisse aangehou word en die uitvoering in die algemeen van die bepalings van hierdie Wet .

(2) Die raad is nie bevoeg om die vrylating uit ' n gevangenis aan te beveel van -

(a)

' n ledige persoon

(i)

op parool, totdat hy minstens een-helfte van sy vonnis uitgedien het nie , of

(ii)

onvoorwaardelik of op proef, totdat hy minstens twee-derdes van sy vonnis uitgedien het nie ,

302.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

en mag, in elk geval, nie die vrylating van so ' n persoon aanbeveel nie totdat die raad oortuig is dat hy vaste gewoontes van dissipline en ywer aangeleer het en ook tevrede is dat hy in geskikte werk geplaas kan word ;

(b)

iemand

wat

gevangenisstraf vir korrektiewe

opleiding

ondergaan, totdat hy vir ' n tydperk van minstens twee jaar in ' n gevangenis aangehou is nie ;

(c)

iemand wat gevangenisstraf ter voorkoming van misdaad ondergaan, totdat hy vir 'n tydperk van minstens vyf jaar in ' n gevangenis aangehou is nie ;

(d)

' n gewoonte misdadiger totdat hy vir ' n tydperk van minstens nege jaar in ' n gevangenis aangehou is nie, en mag nie die vrylating van ' n gewoontemisdadiger, hetsy voorwaardelik of onvoorwaardelik of op parool of op proef, aanbeveel nie tensy hy oortuig is -

(i)

dat ' n redelike vermoede bestaan dat sodanige persoon hom in die toekoms van misdaad sal onthou en 'n nuttige en vlytige lewe sal lei ; of

(ii)

dat sodanige persoon nie langer in staat is om in misdaad betrokke te wees nie ; of

(iii )

dat die vrylating van sodanige persoon om ' n ander gegronde of voldoende rede geregverdig is; of

(e)

iemand wat tot lewenslange gevangenisstraf gevonnis is, totdat hy vir ' n tydperk van minstens tien jaar in ' n gevangenis aangehou is nie.

46.

Minstens eenmaal in elke jaar moet die voorsitter van die ge- Onderhoud met sekere gevangenes.

vangenisraad of die Kommissaris elke gevangene te woord staan wat -

(a)

' n gewoontemisdadiger is ; of

(b)

lewenslange gevangenisstraf ondergaan ; of

(c)

' n bepaalde vonnis van gevangenisstraf van nege jaar of langer uitdien .

303.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

HOOFSTUK 10.

MISDRYWE EN STRAWWE.

Korrupsie.

47.

( 1)

By die opneming van ' n gevangene in, gedurende sy aan-

houding in, of by sy ontslag uit , ' n gevangenis en onder welke voorwendsel ook al mag geen gevangene en geen ander persoon namens hom enige geld of ander waardevolle vergoeding (behalwe die volle bedrag of ' n gedeelte van ' n wettige boete ) aan enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens betaal of instem om te betaal of aanbied nie en mag geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens enige sodanige geld of waardevolle vergoeding van ' n gevangene of van ' n ander persoon namens hom ontvang of verkry of instem om dit te ontvang of te verkry nie.

(2)

Geen gevangene, of ander persoon namens hom, en geen

lid van die Gevangenisdiens mag enige geldelike verkeer die een met die ander hê nie en geen gevangene of sodanige ander persoon en geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens mag ' n besigheidstransaksie die een met die ander aangaan of poog om dit aan te gaan nie .

(3)

Geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens mag direk of indirek -

(a)

enige artikel of enigiets anders aan of vir die gebruik van ' n gevangene of die Gevangenisdiens verkoop of verskaf nie ;

(b)

' n geldelike belang hê by die verkoop of verskaffing aan die Gevangenisdiens van enige artikel of enigiets anders of enige korting, geskenk of ander voordeel van die verkoper of leweransier van sodanige artikel of soiets anders verkry of ontvang of poog om dit te verkry of te ontvang nie .

(4)

Iemand wat enige bepaling van subartikel ( 1 ) , ( 2 ) of (3 )

oortree, is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens vierhonderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens twee jaar of met beide sodanige boete en sodanige gevangenisstraf. (5 )

Niks in hierdie artikel vervat, word so uitgelê dat dit af-

breuk doen aan enige bepaling van die Wet op die Voorkoming van Korrupsie , 1958 (Wet 6 van 1958 ) nie .

Onwettige gemeenskaphouding.

48.

(1)

( a)

Iemand wat, sonder wettige magtiging (i)

enige gemeenskap met ' n gevangene hou of probeer hou, of

304.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(ii)

enige brief of ander dokument aan of van ' n gevangene aflewer of oorbring of laat aflewer of oorbring, of

(iii)

enige brief of ander dokument, wat vir ' n gevangene bedoel is, in ' n gevangenis inbring of invoer of probeer om dit in te bring of in te voer, of

(iv)

enige brief of ander dokument, wat vir ' n gevangene bedoel is, versteek of plaas, of poog om te versteek of te plaas, waar gevangenes sal werk of sal wees, of

(v)

namens ' n gevangene enige brief of ander dokument uit ' n gevangenis uitbring of probeer uitbring, en

(b)

enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat , sonder wettige magtiging -

(i)

namens ' n gevangene

gemeenskap

met enige

ander persoon hou of probeer hou , of

(ii)

toelaat of duld dat ' n persoon ' n gevangenis binnekom of gemeenskap met ' n gevangene hou , of

(iii)

toelaat of duld dat ' n brief of ander dokument aan of van ' n gevangene afgelewer of oorgebring word of vir die gebruik van ' n gevangene versteek of geplaas word, of

(iv)

toelaat of duld dat ' n brief of ander dokument namens ' n gevangene in ' n gevangenis ingelaat of ingevoer word of uit ' n gevangenis geneem word , en

(c)

enige gevangene wat, tensy hy behoorlik daartoe gemagtig is of andersins volgens Wet -

(i)

vir sy eie gebruik of namens enige ander ge-

305.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

vangene ' n brief of ander dokument in sy besit het of dit ontvang of neem, of

(ii)

maak of probeer maak dat ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of ' n ander persoon ' n brief of ander dokument in ' n gevangenis inlaat of inbring, of dit uit ' n gevangenis neem of dit in 'n gevangenis of ander plek versteek of plaas, of

(iii)

maak of probeer maak dat ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens namens hom of enige ander gevangene met ' n ander persoon gemeenskap hou,

(2 )

Geen bepaling van paragraaf ( b ) van subartikel ( 1 ) word

so uitgelê dat dit ' n offisier of die hoof van ' n gevangenis verbied of verhinder om na goeddunke enige belangrike inligting aangaande sy familielede of vriende aan ' n gevangene oor te dra nie.

Smousery met gevangenes.

49.

(1 )

In hierdie artikel beteken "ongemagtigde goed" enige geld,

sterk drank , bedwelmende middel (met inbegrip van dagga en ' n slaapmiddel) , tabak , klere , lewensmiddele of enige ander goed van welke geaardheid ook al wat ' n gevangene nie in sy besit mag hê nie tensy hy behoorlik daartoe gemagtig is.

(2 )

(a )

Iemand wat , sonder wettige magtiging

(i)

aan ' n gevangene enige ongemagtigde goed verskaf, probeer verskaf of laat verskaf, of

(ii)

enige ongemagtigde goed in ' n gevangenis inneem of inbring of poog omdit in te neem of in te bring, of dit versteek of plaas of probeer versteek of plaas waar gevangenes sal werk of sal wees, en

(b )

enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat , sonder wettige magtiging, toelaat of duld dat enige ongemagtigde goed

(i)

(ii )

aan ' n gevangene verskaf word, of

in ' n gevangenis ingeneem of ingebring word , of

306.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

(iii)

(c)

geplaas of versteek word waar gevangenes sal werk of sal wees , en

enige gevangene wat, tensy hy behoorlik daartoe gemagtig is of andersins volgens wet -

(i)

enige ongemagtigde goed vir sy eie gebruik of namens ' n ander gevangene in sy besit het of dit ontvang of neem , of

(ii)

maak of probeer maak dat ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of ' n ander persoon enige ongemagtigde goed in ' n gevangenis inlaat of inbring of dit in ' n gevangenis of op ' n plek waar ge-

vangenes sal werk of sal wees , versteek of plaas , is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens vierhonderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir 'n tydperk van hoogstens twee jaar of met beide sodanige boete en sodanige gevangenisstraf.

(3 )

Niks in subartikel ( 2 ) vervat , word so uitgelê dat dit aan

enige bepaling van die Wet op die Misbruik van Afhanklikheidsvormende Stowwe en Rehabilitasiesentrums, 1971 (Wet 41 van 1971 ) afbreuk doen nie.

50.

(1)

(a)

Ontvlugting.

Enige gevangene wat

uit die gevangenis waarin hy geplaas is of uit ander wettige bewaring ontvlug, of

(b)

(c)

poog of saamspan om sy ontvlugting uit bewaring te bewerkstellig, of

in besit is van enige werktuig of ander voorwerp met die doel om sy ontvlugting uit bewaring te bewerkstellig ,

is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en , behoudens die bepalings van subartikel (2), strafbaar met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens vyf jaar.

(2 )

Waar dit in enige vervolging kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) bewys

word dat die ontvlugting of poging tot ontvlugting van die beskul-

307.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974 .

digde gepaard gegaan het met geweldpleging, kan die hof wat hom skuldig bevind, benewens die oplegging van ' n straf kragtens daardie subartikel, hom vonnis om lyfstraf van hoogstens tien houe te ondergaan.

(3)

' n Vonnis van gevangenisstraf wat weens ' n oortreding

van subartikel ( 1 ) opgelê word , neem ' n aanvang na die verstryking van enige vonnis wat die beskuldigde ten tyde van sodanige oortreding besig was om uit te dien , maar onderworpe aan die bepalings van artikel 18. (4)

Die bepalings van hierdie artikel word nie so uitgelê dat dit

enige gevangene vrystel van vervolging weens enige ander misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet of weens ' n misdryf ingevolge die gemene reg of enige ander wet nie.

Medepligtigheid aan ontvlugting of herberging of bevryding van gevangene .

51.

Iemand wat --

(a)

' n gevangene help om te ontvlug, of by ' n poging om te ontvlug, uit die gevangenis waarin hy geplaas is of uit ander wettige bewaring, of

(b)

' n gevangene aanhits of aanmoedig om uit bewaring te ontvlug, of

(c)

' n gevangene voorsien of probeer voorsien van enige hulpmiddele waardeur hy mag ontvlug of mag probeer om te ontvlug, of wat enige ander persoon aanhits of aanmoedig om enige sodanige hulpmiddele aan ' n gevangene te voorsien, of

(d )

' n gevangene herberg of versteek of help herberg of versteek, wetende dat hy uit bewaring ontvlug het, of

(e)

'n gevangene uit bewaring bevry of poog om hom daaruit te bevry ,

is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens vyf jaar.

Ongemagtigde dra van uniform , ens.

52.

Iemand wat

(a)

' n uniform of onderskeidende wapen of knope van die 308.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 . Gevangenisdiens dra , of iets wat soveel na so ' n uniform , wapen of knope lyk dat dit bereken is om te mislei , en

(b)

nie ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens is wat uit hoofde van sy aanstelling, rang of ampsnaam geregtig is om sodanige uniform , wapen of knope te dra nie , of

geen vergunning deur die Kommissaris verleen is om soda-

(c)

nige uniform , wapen of knope te dra nie , is skuldig

aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n

boete van hoogstens vyftig rand of met gevangenisstraf vir 'n tydperk van hoogstens drie maande.

54.

( 1)

Iemand wat -

(a)

slenterend aangetref word (i)

op

Diverse misdrywe.

enige gevangenisperseel of

eiendom of binne

honderd meter van ' n gevangenis of ander plek waar gevangenes

vir

gevange setting

teenwoordig mag wees, (ii)

of arbeidsverrigting

of

op enige plek binne honderd meter van ' n in artikel 23(4)(b)(ii) bedoelde begrafnis,

en wat versuim om daarvandaan te vertrek wanneer hy deur 'n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of van die Polisie daartoe gemaan word , of (b)

op enige manier hom opsetlik met ' n gevangene of gevangenes buite ' n gevangenis bemoei , of

(c)

sonder die skriftelike magtiging van die Kommissaris

(i)

'n gevangene of gevangenes of ' n in artikel 23(4)(b) (ii) bedoelde begrafnis fotografeer of skets , of

(ii)

' n foto of skets van enige gevangene of gevangenes (hetsy so ' n skets of voor òf na die inhegtenisneming van sodanige gevangene of gevangenes geneem of gemaak is) of van ' n in artikel 23 (4)(b )(ii) bedoelde begrafnis publiseer of laat publiseer, of

(d )

enige vals inligting aangaande die ervaring of gedrag in ' n

309.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

gevangenis van enige gevangene of persoon of aangaande die bestuur van ' n gevangenis publiseer of laat publiseer wetende dat dit vals is of sonder om redelike stappe te doen om seker te maak dat sodanige inligting waar is, of (e)

sonder redelike verskoning versuim om ooreenkomstig ' n kragtens artikel 69( 5) (b) uitgereikte subpoena te verskyn of ooreenkomstig ' n versoek ingevolge artikel 69 ( 5 )(c) 'n dokument of ander voorwerp voor te lê, of

(f)

opsetlik die voorsittende beampte of enige ander beampte by ' n ondersoek ingevolge artikel 69 of 73 beledig of opsetlik by so ' n ondersoek die verrigtinge versteur of hom andersins sleg gedra, of

(g)

die bepalings van artikel 77 ( 1 ) oortee , of

(h)

weier om gevisenteer te word wanneer hy aldus ingevolge artikel 77 (3 )(a)(ii) versoek word, of

(i)

versuim of weier om te voldoen aan enige lasgewing ingevolge artikel 77 ( 3 ) (b) ( ii) of hom verset teen sy uitsetting uit ' n gevangenis ingevolge daardie artikel of dit verhinder,

is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens tweehonderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir 'n tydperk van hoogstens ses maande of met sodanige boete en sodanige gevangenisstraf.

(2)

Iemand wat -

(a)

terwyl hy onder die invloed van drank of ' n verdowingsmiddel is, hom by ' n gevangenis oorgee om periodieke gevangenisstraf te ondergaan , of

(b)

versuim om aan ' n kennisgewing wat kragtens artikel 22 aan hom oorhandig

(c)

is te voldoen, of

by ' n gevangenis hom voorgee of hom valslik voordoen as iemand wat tot periodieke gevangenisstraf gevonnis is ,

is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens honderd rand of gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens drie maande .

310.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(3)

In ' n vervolging kragtens -

(a)

subartikel ( 1 ) ( c) , kan die hof wat ' n beskuldige skuldig bevind die foto's of sketse ten opsigte waarvan die oortreding begaan is, saam met die negatiewe van bedoelde foto's, aan die regering verbeurd verklaar ;

(b)

subartikel ( 1 ) (d ) , rus die bewyslas om te bewys dat redelike stappe gedoen is om seker te maak dat die betrokke inligting waar is op die beskuldigde .

55. ' n Gevangene wat weens ' n misdryf ingevolge Bylae 3 skuldig Strawwe van gevangenes ten opbevind word , is strafbaar met een of meer van die volgende strawwe : sigte van misdrywe ingevolge Bylae 3 .

(a)

' n berisping;

(b)

die ontneming van alle voorregte , vergunnings of gratifikasies vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens een maand ;

(c)

die ontneming van een of meer maaltye op enige een dag;

(d)

verbeuring van dae;

(e)

behoudens die bepalings van artikel 20(7 ) , lyfstraf van

strafvermindering van hoogstens dertig

hoogstens ses houe indien geen ander straf as ' n in paragraaf (b) bedoelde straf hom opgelê word nie ten opsigte van daardie misdryf;

(f)

(i)

alleenopsluiting met vol rantsoen vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens dertig dae ; of

(ii)

alleenopsluiting vir een van die tydperke van dae (wat aaneenlopend is) uiteengesit in die eerste kolom van Bylae 4 saam met dieetstraf op die wyse en in die volgorde wat ten opsigte van sodanige tydperk in die oorblywende kolomme van bedoelde Bylae 4 voorgeskryf word : Met dien verstande dat , in die geval van ' n gevangene wat sodanige straf vir ' n totale tydperk van meer as dertig dae moet ondergaan (dit wil sê vir twee of meer misdrywe) daar na elke dertig dae van sodanige straf ' n tussenpose van veertien dae (of

311 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

die langer tydperk wat die mediese beampte mag gelas) op vol rantsoen en sonder alleenopsluiting moet wees; (g)

gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van

hoogstens ses maande .

HOOFSTUK 11 . VERHOOR VAN MISDRYWE .

Regsmag van magistraatshof.

56.

Ondanks die bepalings van hierdie Wet of van enige ander wet,

het ' n magistraatshof regsmag om enige misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet te verhoor en om enige straf wat deur hierdie Wet voorgeskryf word, op te lê.

Verhoor deur verhoorbeampte van misdryf ingevolge Bylae 3 .

57.

(1)

Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet het ' n verhoor-

beampte regsmag om enige misdryf ingevolge Bylae 3 te verhoor en, by skuldigbevinding van die gevangene wat verhoor word , om hom een of meer van die in artikel 55 voorgeskrewe strawwe , behalwe die straf wat in paragraaf (g) van daardie artikel voorgeskryf word, op te lê.

(2 )

Daar kan teen ' n skuldigbevinding , of teen ' n straf opgelê ,

ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) nie geappelleer word nie , maar alle vonnisse van lyfstraf opgelê kragtens bedoelde subartikel is in die gewone loop van sake onderhewig aan hersiening deur die Hoërhof of een van die regters daarvan ooreenkomstig die bepalings mutatis mutandis van Hoofstuk XIV van die Wet op Landdroshowe , 1944 .

(3)

Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 2 ) kan die Kom-

missaris gelas dat die notule van die verrigtinge in ' n verhoor ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) (maar nie van ' n verhoor waarin lyfstraf opgelê is nie ) binne die tydperk wat hy noem aan hom voorgelê word tesame met ' n skriftelike verklaring van die verhoorbeampte wat die feite wat hy bevind bewys te wees en sy redes vir die skuldigbevinding meld .

(4 )

Wanneer die Kommissaris ' n lasgewing kragtens subartikel

(3) uitvaardig, word die straf of strawwe wat by die betrokke verhoor opgelê is onmiddellik opgeskort in afwagting van sy beslissing ingevolge subartikel (5).

(5 )

Nadat hy die verrigtinge by so ' n verhoor oorweeg het ,

312 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

kan die Kommissaris die skuldigbevinding en straf bekragtig of tersyde stel of kan hy die skuldigbevinding wysig en die straf versag, verskerp of andersins verander of die verrigtinge verbeter : Met dien verstande dat die Kommissaris geen bevoegdheid besit om die in paragraaf (e) of (g) van artikel 55 voorgeskrewe straf op te lê nie .

58.

(1)

By of vir die doeleindes van ' n verhoor kragtens artikel 57 -

(a)

is die verrigtinge, vir sover doenlik , dieselfde as in ' n summiere verhoor in ' n magistraatshof in strafverrigtinge ;

(b)

is die wetsbepalings met betrekking tot getuies en getuienis in strafsake in ' n magistraatshof mutatis mutandis van toepassing;

(c)

kan die aanwesigheid van iemand om getuienis af te lê of om ' n dokument of ander ding voor te lê afgedwing word by subpoena onderteken deur die verhoorbeampte ;

(d)

is die verhoorbeampte bevoeg om ' n eed of bevestiging van enige persoon wat as getuie opgeroep word , af te neem.

(2)

Indien die gevangene aan die misdryf skuldig pleit en die

persoon wat die vervolging waarneem sodanige pleit aanvaar en geen getuienis van die pleging van die misdryf aanbied , kan die verhoorbeampte, ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) en as hy van oordeel is dat die misdryf nie lyfstraf of alleenopsluiting saam met dieetstraf of alleenopsluiting op vol rantsoen vir ' n tydperk van langer as veertien dae verdien nie , die beskuldigde weens sodanige misdryf skuldig bevind op sy pleit van skuldig sonder ander bewys van die pleging van die misdryf en kan hy daarop enige bevoegde straf behalwe voornoemde strawwe oplê. (3) By die toepassing van die wetsbepalings met betrekking tot meineed word ' n verhoor ingevolge artikel 57 geag 'n geregtelike verrigting te wees.

(4) Indien aldus deur die Kommissaris gemagtig, kan die persoon wat die vervolging by ' n verhoor ingevolge artikel 57 waarneem te eniger tyd voordat die beskuldigde skuldig bevind is die vervolging op enige aanklag stopsit en in daardie geval is die beskuldigde , indien hy op daardie aanklag gepleit het, geregtig om ten opsigte van daardie aanklag vrygespreek te word.

313.

Prosedure by verhoor kragtens artikel 57 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(5) Ondanks die voorafgaande bepalings van hierdie artikel moet die verhoorbeampte wat by die verhoor van ' n gevangene ingevolge artikel 57 voorsit of wat ' n gevangene skuldig bevind , indien dit voorkom dat die misdryf wat verhoor word weens sy aard of omvang meer gevoeglik tot die kennisname van ' n magistraatshof behoort, of wanneer die persoon wat die vervolging waarneem aldus versoek, die verhoor staak of, as die gevangene skuldig bevind is, bedoelde bevinding tersyde stel , en die verrigtinge begin daarop weer van nuuts af voor ' n magistraatshof hetsy op dieselfde aanklag of op 'n ander aanklag .

Plek van verhoor van sekere misdrywe en bywoning by sodanige verhoor.

59.

(1)

Ondanks andersluidende wetsbepalings word die verhoor

ingevolge artikel 56 of 57 van ' n misdryf wat beweer word gepleeg te gewees het , na gelang van die geval, deur ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of ' n gevangene of deur enige twee of meer van sodanige persone gesamentlik (hieronder ' n gevangenisverhoor genoem) by ' n gevangenis gehou of by die ander plek wat die Kommissaris bepaal .

(2) Niemand behalwe die magistraat of die verhoorbeampte, na gelang van die geval, die persoon wat die vervolging waarneem , die persoon wat verhoor word en sy regsverteenwoordiger en ' n tolk en ' n stenograaf mag by ' n gevangenisverhoor teenwoordig wees nie behalwe wanneer hy getuienis aflê, tensy die magistraat of verhoorbeampte wat by die verhoor voorsit of die Kommissaris hom gemagtig het om teenwoordig te wees. Vervolging by gevangenisverhoor.

60.

(1)

Die Kommissaris kan skriftelik enige lid van die Gevange-

nisdiens aanwys om die vervolging by ' n gevangenisverhoor waar te neem maar, indien geen sodanige lid aldus aangewys is nie , moet die magistraat of verhoorbeampte wat by die verhoor gaan voorsit insgelyks ' n geskikte persoon aanwys om die vervolging waar te neem. (2)

Ingevolge hierdie Wet of ' n ander wetsbepaling mag geen

lid van die Gevangenisdiens aangewys word om by die verhoor van ' n ander lid die vervolging waar te neem nie tensy hy ' n rang beklee wat gelyk is aan of hoër is as dié van die beskuldigde . (3 )

Die bepalings van hierdie artikel word nie so uitgelê dat dit

die persoon, wat wettiglik aangestel is om ' n vervolging voor ' n magistraatshof waar te neem, verbied of verhinder om die vervolging by ' n gevangenisverhoor waar te neem nie .

Summiere oplegging van strafdeur hoof van 'n gevangenis.

61. ( 1 ) Wanneer ook al , voordat ' n verhoor ingevolge artikel 57 plaasvind -

314.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

(a)

' n gevangene erken dat hy aan ' n misdryf ingevolge Bylae 3 skuldig is, en

(b)

die hoof van die gevangenis, waarin sodanige gevangene aangehou word, op redelike gronde glo dat ' n magistraatshof of ' n verhoorbeampte wanneer hy daardie gevangene van die misdryf skuldig bevind , geen ander straf sal oplê nie as -

(i)

die in paragraaf (a), (b) of ( c ) van artikel 55 voorgeskrewe straf, of

(ii)

alleenopsluiting met vol ransoen vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens veertien dae ,

kan sodanige hoof, behoudens die bepalings van subartikel (2) , summier die gevangene een of meer van bedoelde strawwe oplê.

(2) Geen straf opgelê kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) is van krag totdat dit deur die Kommissaris bekragtig is nie.

62.

Die Kommissaris kan te eniger tyd na goeddunke die regsmag

die wyse wat hy goeddink , beperk of intrek.

Beperking of intrekking van regsmag van verhoorbeampte.

63. Die bepalings van hierdie Wet word nie so uitgelê dat dit verhinder dat iemand vervolg word anders as ingevolge die bepalings

Vervolging kragtens ander wetsbepalings.

wat deur hierdie Hoofstuk aan ' n verhoorbeampte verleen word op

van hierdie Wet in alle gevalle waar hy aldus vervolg sou kon word nie, maar geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat aan ' n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet onskuldig of skuldig bevind is, kan weer weens ' n misdryf wat uit dieselfde feite en omstandighede ontstaan , verhoor word nie. HOOFSTUK 12. BESOLDIGING, SKORSING IN DIENS , BEDANKING , UITDIENSTREDING, ONTSLAG OF DISSIPLINERING VAN LEDE VAN DIE GEVANGENISDIENS . 64.

(1)

Lede van die Gevangenisdiens, behalwe tydelike bewaar-

ders wat by ooreenkoms geen besoldiging vir hulle dienste ontvang nie, word salarisse en , behalwe soos spesiaal in die regulasies bepaal mag word, toelaes betaal ooreenkomstig die wette met betrekking tot die regeringsdiens van die Transkei .

315 .

Besoldiging van lede van die Gevangenisdiens.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(2)

Geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens mag, sonder die goed-

keuring van die Kommissaris, sy salaris of enige toelae wat kragtens hierdie Wet aan hom betaalbaar is òf in die geheel of gedeeltelik sedeer nie en nòg die geheel nòg enige gedeelte van sodanige salaris of toelae mag kragtens of uit hoofde van enige uitspraak of bevel van enige geregshof in beslag gelê of geneem word , en gaan dan ook nie oor ingevolge of uit hoofde van enige bevel vir die sekwestrasie van die boedel van so ' n lid nie .

Skorsing in diens van lid van die Gevangenisdiens.

65.

( 1 ) ' n Lid van die Gevangenisdiens kan in sy diens geskors word

(as hy ' n offisier is, deur die Minister of, as hy nie ' n offisier is nie, deur die Kommissaris) in afwagting van sy verhoor, of na sy veroordeling, weens enige misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet of enige ander wet of voor of na enige ondersoek ingevolge hierdie Wet na ' n aanklag van wangedrag wat teen hom ingestel is of wat betref sy geskiktheid vir sy dienste of sy vermoë om hulle op bekwame wyse uit te voer en moet aldus geskors word gedurende enige tydperk wat hy in hegtenis is of aangehou word of gevangenisstraf uitdien , maar hou nie uit hoofde van sodanige skorsing op om ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens te wees nie .

(2 )

Gedurende die skorsing in sy diens van ' n lid van die Ge-

vangenisdiens is die bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede , wat uit hoofde van sy amp by hom berus, opgeskort en mag hy nie die uniform van sy rang dra nie , maar ten spyte daarvan bly hy onderworpe aan die tug en strawwe van ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens asof hy nie in sy diens geskors was nie.

(3)

Die skorsing in sy diens van ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens

kan te eniger tyd beëindig word maar, as sodanige lid nie van sodanige beëindiging in kennis gestel en beveel is om diens te hervat nie , bly die skorsing van krag totdat hy uit die Gevangenisdiens ontslaan of in rang of in rangsansiënniteit verlaag is, na gelang van die geval .

(4)

(a)

' n Lid van die Gevangenisdiens, wat in sy diens geskors is , is nie geregtig op enige salaris , toelae , voorreg of voordeel vir die tydperk van sy skorsing nie, maar die Minister kan na goeddunke gelas dat , gedurende die tydperk van sodanige skorsing ( wat nie ' n tydperk is waartydens hy 'n tydperk van gevangenisstraf uitdien nie), sodanige lid sy volle salaris of toelaes of ' n deel daarvan betaal word of dat daar aan hom toe-

316.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

gestaan word die voorregte en voordele wat die Minister noem . (b)

Indien ' n lid, wat in sy diens geskors is, nie uit die Gevangenisdiens ontslaan word nie moet daar aan sodanige lid wanneer hy sy diens hervat die salaris en toelaes betaal en die voorregte en voordele toegestaan word waarop hy geregtig sou gewees het indien hy nie geskors was nie (maar nie vir enige tydperk waartydens hy ' n tydperk van gevangenisstraf uitgedien het nie) , min enige bedrag wat ingevolge paragraaf (a) aan hom betaal is: Met dien verstande dat, indien sodanige lid in rang verlaag is, daar aan hom betaal word die salaris en toelaes van die rang waartoe hy verlaag is: Met dien verstande voorts dat , indien die bedrag wat ingevolge paragraaf ( a) aan die lid betaal is hoër is as die bedrag wat ingevolge hierdie paragraaf betaalbaar is, hy nie verplig is om die oorskot terug te betaal nie.

66.

Geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens mag sonder die skriftelike

toestemming van die Kommissaris, en dan slegs op die voorwaardes

Bedanking van lid van die Gevangenisdiens.

wat die Minister mag bepaal het , uit die Gevangenisdiens bedank nie .

67.

(1)

Behoudens die bepalings van subartikel (3 ) het ' n lid van

die Gevangenisdiens (behalwe ' n in subartikel ( 2) bedoelde lid) die reg om met pensioen af te tree en word hy aldus afgedank vanaf die datum waarop hy die leeftyd van sestig jaar bereik.

(2) ' n Lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat op die wyse beskryf in artikel 2 (a) 'n lid van die Gevangenisdiens geword het of word en wat in die gevangenisdiens van die Regering van die Republiek voor die eerste dag van Januarie 1966 aangestel is, het, behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 3 ) , die reg om met pensioen af te tree en word met pensioen afgedank ooreenkomstig die bepalings mutatis mutandis van artikel 6( 5) van die Regeringsdienspensioenwet , 1973 (Wet 57 van 1973). (3) Indien ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens die leeftyd , waarop hy geregtig is om met pensioen af te tree of waarop hy met pensioen afgedank moet word , na die eerste dag van ' n maand bereik, word hy by die toepassing van subartikels ( 1 ) en ( 2 ) en van die bepalings van voornoemde Regeringsdienspensioenwet , 1973 geag bedoelde leeftyd

317.

Uitdienstreding van lid van die Gevangenisdiens.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

op die eerste dag van die maand wat onmiddellik op daardie maand volg, te bereik.

(4)

Tensy die Minister anders gelas het , word ' n vroulike lid

van die Gevangenisdiens wat in die huwelik tree , geag vrywillig uit die Gevangenisdiens met die oog op die huwelik te getree het met ingang van die dag van haar huwelik of, as sy haar pligte op daardie dag vervul het , met ingang van die dag wat onmiddellik op die dag van haar huwelik volg.

(5)

Indien dit in die openbare belang is om die dienste van ' n

lid van die Gevangenisdiens te behou na die dag waarop hy , ingevolge hierdie artikel, met pensioen afgedank moet word, kan sy dienste aldus van tyd tot tyd behou word

(a)

met die goedkeuring van die Minister, vir tydperke wat altesame nie drie jaar te bowe mag gaan nie ; en daarna

(b)

met die goedkeuring by besluit van die Wetgewende Vergadering, vir verdere tydperke wat altesame nie twee jaar te bowe mag gaan nie .

(6)

Die bepalings van hierdie artikel word nie so uitgelê dat dit

die uitdienstreding raak van iemand wat kragtens die bepalings van artikel 63 ( 1 ) van die Grondwet tot beskikking van die Gevangenisdiens gestel is nie.

Ontslag, afdanking 68. of verlaging in rang van lid van die Gevangenisdiens.

(1)

' n Lid van die Gevangenisdiens kan

(a)

ontslaan of afgedank word

(i)

(ii)

weens voortdurende swak gesondheid ;

weens die afskaffing van sy pos of enige vermindering in of reorganisasie of herreëling van die poste in die Gevangenisdiens of ' n gedeelte daarvan ; of

(iii)

indien, om ander redes as sy eie ongeskiktheid of onvermoë, sy ontslag na die oordeel van die bevoegde gesag doeltreffendheid of besuiniging in die Gevangenisdiens sal bevorder; of

(b)

behoudens die bepalings van artikel 69 , weens wangedrag

318.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

ontslaan word of in rang of in rangsansiënniteit verlaag word of andersins gestraf word; of

(c)

behoudens die bepalings van artikel 73 , weens sy ongeskiktheid vir sy pligte of sy onvermoë om hulle op bekwame wyse uit te voer, ontslaan word of in rang of in rangsansiënniteit verlaag word.

(2)

By die toepassing van subartikel ( 1 ) (b ) –

(a)

beteken "wangedrag"

(i)

(ii)

enige wangedrag in Bylae 5 bedoel ; of

die pleging van ' n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet of enige ander wetsbepaling ;

(b)

word ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat deur ' n geregshof skuldig bevind is , onweerlegbaar geag skuldig te wees aan wangedrag tensy die skuldigbevinding deur ' n hoërhof tersyde gestel of hy ten volle begenadig is.

(3)

' n Lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat op proef aangestel

is en wie se aanstelling nog nie bekragtig is nie kan, ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) , uit die Gevangenisdiens ontslaan word -

(a)

met voorafgaande kennisgewing te dien effekte van een maand ; of

(b)

onmiddellik indien -

(i)

(ii)

sy gedrag onbevredigend is; of

hy opsetlik in sy aansoek om indiensneming in die Gevangenisdiens ' n valse verklaring gemaak het .

(4)

Die bevoegdhede verleen by subartikel ( 1 ) kan, met be-

trekking tot ' n offisier, deur die Kabinet uitgeoefen word en, met betrekking tot ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat nie ' n offisier is nie , deur die Kommissaris maar behoudens die bepalings van artikel 70 (2) .

319.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

Ondersoek na wangedrag van lid van die Gevangenisdiens.

69.

(1)

Wanneer (behalwe in die omstandighede beoog in artikel

68( 2)(b)) dit beweer word dat ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens (hieronder die verweerder genoem) skuldig is aan wangedrag, kan die Kommissaris hom skriftelik

onder sy handtekening van daardie

wangedrag aankla en terselfdertyd hom aansê om binne ' n vermelde tydperk, wat minstens veertien dae moet wees, ' n skriftelike erkenning of ontkenning van die aanklag en die skriftelike verduideliking van die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla word wat hy wil aanbied , aan die Kommissaris te stuur of te oorhandig.

(2)

Die Kommissaris laat die aanklag aan die verweerder per-

soonlik bestel en die verweerder moet, binne voornoemde tydperk , die aanklag erken of ontken .

(3 )

(a)

Indien die verweerder die aanklag erken

word hy geag ingevolge subartikel ( 7 ) skuldig bevind te gewees het aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is; en

(b)

as hy nie ' n offisier is nie , kan hy skriftelik onderneem om die boete (van hoogstens vyftig rand ) te betaal wat die Kommissaris na goeddunke vir die wangedrag vasgestel het ( soos hy hierby gemagtig word om vas te stel ) .

(4)

Indien die verweerder die aanklag ontken , of indien hy die

aanklag nòg erken nòg ontken dan na die verstryking van bogenoemde tydperk, kan die Kommissaris , indien na sy oordeel daar voldoende redes vir verdere optrede bestaan (a)

' n verhoorbeampte of ' n magistraat aanstel (hieronder die voorsittende beampte genoem) om ondersoek na die aanklag in te stel; en

(b)

' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens ( hieronder die aanklaer genoem) aansê om getuienis en argumente ter stawing van die aanklag aan te voer en om enige persoon , wat as getuie vir die verweer opgeroep is , onder kruisverhoor te neem:

Met dien verstande dat geen lid van die Gevangenisdiens aldus aangestel of aangesê word tensy hy ' n rang gelyk aan of hoër as dié van die verweerder beklee nie .

(5)

Die voorsittende beampte

320.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

(a)

moet, in oorleg met die Kommissaris, die tyd en plek van die ondersoek vasstel en die verweerder redelike skriftelike kennisgewing van die tyd on plek aldus vasgestel , gee ;

(b)

kan, indien hy rede het om te glo dat enigiemand in staat is om getuienis af te lê of om ' n dokument of ander voorwerp voor te lê wat by die ondersoek ter sake sal wees, so iemand by ' n deur hom ondergetekende subpoena dagvaar om op die tyd en plek vermeld in die supoena voor hom te verskyn om ondervra te word of om daardie dokument of ander voorwerp voor te lê ;

(c)

kan iemand , wat by die ondersoek teenwoordig is en wat ingevolge paragraaf (b ) gedagvaar is of kon gewees het , as getuie oproep en ' n eed of bevestiging van hom afneem, so iemand ondervra of laat ondervra en hom aansê om enige dokument of ander voorwerp voor te lê wat in sy besit of bewaring of onder sy beheer is en wat die voorsittende beampte rede het om te glo by die ondersoek ter sake mag wees.

(6)

(a)

Die voorsittende beampte moet

notule hou van die

verrigtinge, en van die getuienis wat afgelê word, by die ondersoek.

(b)

Die verweerder het die reg om by die ondersoek teenwoordig te wees en om persoonlik of deur sy regsverteenwoordiger aangehoor te word , om enige persoon wat ter stawing van die aanklag as getuie opgeroep is onder kruisverhoor te neem, om enige dokument wat as getuienis voorgelê is in te sien, om self getuienis af te lê en om ander persone as getuies op te roep : Met dien verstande dat die versuim van die verweerder om by die ondersoek teenwoordig te wees, òf persoonlik of deur ' n regsverteenwoordiger, die verrigtinge nie ongeldig maak nie.

(c)

Behalwe met die vergunning van die Kommissaris mag niemand behalwe die voorsittende beampte, die aanklaer, die verweerder en sy regsverteenwoordiger, 'n getuie wat getuienis aflê en enige tolk en stenograaf by die ondersoek teenwoordig wees nie.

321.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974 .

(7)

Na afloop van die ondersoek moet die voorsittende be-

ampte bevind of die verweerder skuldig of onskuldig is aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is en die verweerder en die Kommissaris van sy bevinding meedeel. (8)

Indien die voorsittende beampte bevind dat die verweerder

onskuldig is aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is en indien die verweerder in sy diens ingevolge artikel 65 geskors is, moet die verweerder toegelaat word om so gou doenlik sy diens te hervat .

(9)

Indien die voorsittende beampte bevind dat die verweer-

der skuldig is aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is, laat hy die verweerder of sy regsverteenwoordiger hom toespreek ter versagting van straf.

( 10 )

' n Verweerder wat ingevolge subartikel ( 7) skuldig bevind

is aan wangedrag kan, nie later nie as veertien dae na sodanige bevinding, daarteen appelleer (a)

as hy ' n offisier is, na die Minister, of

(b)

as hy nie ' n offisier is nie , na die Kommissaris,

deur ' n skriftelike kennisgewing van appèl by die voorsittende beampte in te dien waarin die gronde van die appèl volledig vermeld word .

( 11 )

Indien die voorsittende beampte bevind dat die verweerder skuldig is aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is (a)

stuur hy aan die Kommissaris, na verstryking van die in subartikel ( 10) bedoelde tydperk indien geen appèl teen sy bevinding aangeteken is nie , of nie later nie as sewe dae nadat kennisgewing van appèl by hom ingedien is, na gelang van die geval

(i)

die notule van die verrigtinge by die ondersoek;

(ii)

' n uiteensetting van sy bevinding en sy redes daarvoor;

(iii)

enige aanbeveling wat hy wil maak in verband met die straf wat die verweerder opgelê moet word ; en

(iv)

indien appèl teen sy bevinding aangeteken is, die kennisgewing van appèl ; en

322.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(b)

moet hy, indien die verweerder appèl aangeteken het teen sy bevinding, die verweerder van ' n afskrif van sy redes vir die bevinding voorsien.

( 12)

Indien die verweerder, binne sewe dae na die datum waar-

op hy van ' n afskrif van die redes vir die bevinding voorsien is, by die Kommissaris aansoek doen om ' n afskrif van die notule van die verrigtinge by die ondersoek , moet die Kommissaris dit aan hom verstrek .

( 13)

Nie later nie as veertien dae na die datum waarop ' n afskrif

van die notule van die verrigtinge aan hom verstrek is of, indien hy geen aansoek gedoen het om ' n afskrif van die notule , nie later nie as een-en-twintig dae na die datum waarop hy van ' n afskrif van die redes vir die bevinding voorsien is, kan die verweerder skriftelike vertoë ter stawing van sy appèl aan die Kommissaris voorlê.

(14)

Indien die verweerder ' n offisier is, moet die Kommissaris

die notule van die verrigtinge by die ondersoek, die ander dokumente in sy besit wat op die ondersoek betrekking het en sy aanbeveling in verband met die aangeleentheid aan die Minister voorlê. ( 15 ) In die geval van ' n offisier kan die Minister, of in die geval van ' n ander lid wat nie ' n offisier is nie kan die Kommissaris -

(a)

die appèl geheel en al of ten dele toestaan en die bevinding tersyde stel of wysig; of

(b)

die appèl van die hand wys en die bevinding bekragtig; of

(c)

voordat hy tot ' n finale beslissing oor die appèl kom , ' n aangeleentheid in verband met die ondersoek terugverwys na die voorsittende beampte en hom gelas om verslag daaroor te doen of om die ondersoek te heropen en ' n bevinding daaroor te doen.

( 16 )

Die bepalings van subartikels ( 5 ) en (6) is van toepassing

ten opsigte van ' n ondersoek wat ingevolge ' n lasgewing kragtens subartikel ( 15) heropen is.

( 17)

Indien die Minister of die Kommissaris, na gelang van die

geval, die appèl toestaan en die verweerder ingevolge artikel 65 in sy diens geskors is, moet hy toegelaat word om so gou doenlik diens te hervat.

323.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

Wyse waarop daar gehandel word met 'n lid van die Gevangenisdiens (behalwe 'n offisier) wat aan wangedrag skuldig is.

70.

(1 )

Behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 2 ) kan die Kom-

missaris ten opsigte van ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens (behalwe ' n offisier) wat aan wangedrag skuldig bevind is of geag word skuldig bevind te gewees het en wie se appèl, as daar is, teen sodanige bevinding geheel en al of ten dele van die hand gewys is -

(a)

sodanige lid waarsku of berispe; of

(b)

hom ' n boete van hoogstens honderd rand oplê ; of

(c)

sodanige lid in rang of in rangsansiënniteit verlaag; of

(d )

sodanige lid uit die Gevangenisdiens ontslaan of hom gelas om daaruit te bedank; of

(e)

gelas dat geen verdere stappe in die aangeleentheid gedoen moet word nie.

Enige beslissing van die Kommissaris kragtens paragraaf (c) of (d) van subartikel ( 1 ) is onderworpe aan bekragtiging deur die Minister. (2)

Wyse waarop daar gehandel word met 'n offisier wat aan wangedrag skuldig is.

71.

Die Minister kan , ten opsigte van ' n offisier wat aan wangedrag skuldig bevind is of geag word skuldig bevind te gewees het en wie se appèl geheel en al of ten dele van die hand gewys is -

(a)

gelas dat die offisier deur die Kommissaris gewaarsku of berispe word ; of

(b)

sodanige offisier ' n boete van hoogstens tweehonderd rand oplê ; of

(c)

gelas dat die aangeleentheid na die Kabinet verwys word vir die optrede kragtens artikel 68 ( 1 ) (b ) wat hy nodig ag ; of

Vorige gedrag moet by bepaling van straf in aanmerking geneem word en verhaling van boete.

72.

(d )

gelas dat geen verdere stappe in die aangeleentheid gedoen word nie.

(1 )

By die bepaling van die gepaste straf wat ' n lid van die

Gevangenisdiens ingevolge artikel 70 of 71 weens wangedrag opgelê moet word, moet die bevoegde gesag in aanmerking neem elke straf wat sodanige lid opgelê is kragtens hierdie Wet of enige wet herroep

324.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

by artikel 89 ( 1 ) gedurende die tydperk van vyf jaar wat die dag waarop hy aan die wangedrag skuldig bevind is of geag word skuldig bevind te gewees het onmiddellik voorafgaan.

(2 )

' n Boete opgelê ingevolge artikel 70 of 71 word verhaal

deur dit van die salaris of toelaes van die betrokke lid in die paaiemente wat die Kommissaris moet vasstel, af te trek.

73.

(1)

Indien dit beweer word dat ' n lid van die Gevangenis-

diens vir sy dienste ongeskik is of nie in die vermoë is om dit op be-

Ongeskiktheid of onbekwaamheid .

kwame wyse uit te voer nie , kan die Kommissaris ' n offisier of ' n magistraat aanstel om ondersoek na die bewering in te stel. (2)

Die bepalings van subartikels ( 5 ) tot en met ( 7) en van ( 10)

tot en met ( 16) van artikel 69 en die bepalings van artikel 70 of 71 , na gelang van die geval , is mutatis mutandis van toepassing ten opsigte van ' n ondersoek kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) van hierdie artikel en die lid van die Gevangenisdiens met betrekking tot wie die bewering gemaak word : Met dien verstande dat die bevoegde gesag , kragtens artikel 70 of 71 soos aldus toegepas, slegs die bevoegdheid het om die betrokke lid uit die Gevangenisdiens te ontslaan of hom in rang of in rangsansiënniteit te verlaag.

74.

(1 )

Wanneer dit beweer word dat die Kommissaris aan wange-

Wangedrag van Kommissaris.

drag skuldig is, moet die Minister die aangeleentheid aan die Kabinet rapporteer.

(2)

Indien die Kabinet die Minister gelas om stappe teen die

Kommissaris ten opsigte van enige wangedrag te neem , is die bepalings van artikels 69 en 71 mutatis mutandis van toepassing, behalwe dat elke verwysing na die Kommissaris en, tensy dit uit die samehang anders blyk, elke verwysing na die Minister onderskeidelik as ' n verwysing na die Minister en na die Kabinet uitgelê word . 75.

Indien die bevoegde gesag, weens die wangedrag van ' n lid van

die Gevangenisdiens of sy ongeskiktheid vir sy dienste of onvermoë om dit op bekwame wyse uit te voer -

(a)

sodanige lid ontslaan, tree die ontslag in werking op ' n datum wat die bevoegde gesag vasstel ; of

(b)

sodanige lid gelas om uit die Gevangenisdiens te bedank en die lid versuim om aldus vanaf ' n datum vasgestel deur

325.

Aangeleenthede wat met die ontslag van 'n lid van die Gevangenisdiens in verband staan.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974.

die bevoegde gesag te bedank , word bedoelde lid geag uit die Gevangenisdiens met ingang van daardie datum ontslaan te gewees het .

Dekorasies en medaljes.

76. ( 1 ) Die Kabinet kan dekorasies en medaljes , asook balke , gespes en linte ten opsigte van sodanige dekorasies en medaljes, instel , daarstel en invoer wat , onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat die Kabinet mag voorskryf, deur die Kabinet of die Minister aan iemand wat ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens is of was, ten opsigte van sy dienste as so 'n lid, toegeken kan word .

( 2)

Die ontwerp en die prosedure met betrekking tot die ge-

bruik, versorging, verlies, verbeuring en herstel van so ' n dekorasie , medalje , balk, gespe of lint is soos deur die Kabinet bepaal .

HOOFSTUK 13. ALGEMENE BEPALINGS.

Toegang tot gevangenisse en gevangenes.

77.

(1)

Behoudens enige bepaling van die Minister kragtens artikel

7(3 )(b)(ii) en behalwe soos hieronder in hierdie artikel bepaal , mag niemand ' n gevangenis binnegaan of besoek of toegang tot ' n gevangene hê of met ' n gevangene ' n onderhoud voer nie tensy hy be hoorlik daartoe gemagtig is deur die Kommissaris.

(2)

Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie artikel en van enige

ander wet, is subartikel ( 1 ) nie van toepassing nie -

(a)

op enige regter van die Hoërhof of van ' n afdeling van die Hoofgeregshof van Suid-Afrika ;

(b)

op die magistraat ;

(c)

op enige balju , onder-balju , geregsbode of lid van die Polisie in die uitoefening van sy pligte;

(d )

op ' n advokaat of prokureur wat behoorlik as sodanig toegelaat is en wat behoorlik aangestel is deur of namens die gevangene met wie hy ' n onderhoud wil voer.

(3)

(a)

Behoudens die regulasies kan enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens -

326.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(i)

die bekleër van ' n amp of iemand in subartikel (2) bedoel, versoek om die bewys van sy identiteit of amp en die doel van sy besoek wat nodig mag wees te lewer;

(ii)

enige persoon wat ' n gevangenis binnegaan of verlaat of wat hom binne ' n gevangenis bevind, ondervra en visenteer; of

(iii)

enige voertuig wat ' n gevangenis binnegaan of verlaat of wat binne in ' n gevangenis is, deursoek .

(b)

Die hoof van ' n gevangenis kan

(i)

weier om toegang tot die gevangenis te verleen aan enigiemand wat weier of versuim om die bewys wat kragtens paragraaf (a)(i) van hom versoek word te lewer, enigiemand wat versuim om bevredigend op enige ondervraging te antwoord of enigiemand wat weier om gevisenteer te word ;

(ii)

iemand, wat hom verkeerd in ' n gevangenis gedra, beveel om die gevangenis te verlaat en, indien hy versuim om aldus te doen, hom uit die gevangenis laat uitsit.

(4)

( a)

Behalwe waar ' n wet spesiaal anders bepaal, moet ' n gevangene ' n redelike geleentheid gebied word om sy regsverteenwoordiger te spreek en, indien hy verhoor op enige aanklag berei.

(b)

afwag, om sy verdediging voor te

' n Onderhoud tussen ' n gevangene en sy regsverteenwoordiger moet ten aanskoue maar, behalwe in die geval van ' n terdoodveroordeelde gevangene , buite die gehoor van ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens plaasvind.

(5)

Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel (4) kan ' n gevangene,

by versoekskrif, vir die oorweging van die Minister voorlê enige vertoë of spesiale inligting of feite wat op sy veroordeling of vonnis be-

327.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

trekking het en wat hy nie voorheen kon indien of bekendmaak nie of wat aan hom onbekend was of wat hy, weens onkunde of onnadenkendheid of om ' n ander goeie rede , nie aan die hof wat hom skuldig bevind het , geopenbaar het nie.

'n Behoorlik kragtens artikel 6( 1 ) aangestelde predikant of ander geestelike werker het redelike toegang tot ' n gevangene wat (6)

aan die kerk of ander organisasie van die predikant of werker behoort of wat andersins sodanige toegang versoek het.

(7)

Die bepalings van hierdie artikel word nie so uitgelê nie

dat dit afbreuk doen aan enige ander wetsbepalings waarby toegang tot sekere persone wat in ' n gevangenis aangehou word, verbied word .

Inspeksie van gevangenisse.

78.

( 1)

Die Kommissaris moet -

(a)

iedere gevangenis wat kragtens hierdie Wet ingestel is of geag word ingestel te wees , en

(b)

iedere polisiesel of -opsluitplek wat nie deur die Gevangenisdiens beheer word nie en waar gevangenes kragtens die magtiging in artikel 13 vervat, aangehou word

minstens eenmaal in elke tydperk van drie maande deur ' n offisier laat inspekteer.

(2)

So ' n offisier moet skriftelik verslag doen aan die Kom-

missaris oor elke inspeksie wat hy kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) uitvoer, en hy moet sertifiseer dat elke persoon , wat in die gevangenis, polisiesel of -opsluitplek

(3 )

aangehou

word , wettiglik aldus aangehou word .

' n Magistraat moet, nie minder dikwels as eenkeer in elke

maand , elke gevangenis in sy distrik , met inbegrip van enige polisiesel of -opsluitplek waar gevangenes aangehou word kragtens die magtiging vervat in artikel 13 , besoek en hy moet hom daarvan oortuig dat iedere persoon, wat geregtig is op ontslag uit ' n gevangenis of uit aanhouding, na gelang van die geval , aldus ontslaan is.

(4)

Die mediese beampte moet die gevangenis, wat onder sy

mediese sorg is, minstens eenmaal per week inspekteer en hy moet skriftelik aan die Kommissaris verslag doen oor enige aangeleentheid wat na sy oordeel onder die aandag van die Kommissaris gebring moet word.

328.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

79.

( 1)

Vir sover dit doenlik is, moet gevangenes (behalwe ' n in

artikel 24 bedoelde gevangene) wat verplig is om arbeid te verrig, op openbare werke werk.

(2)

Gebruik van gevangenisarbeid.

Behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) kan die Kom-

missaris of enige hoof van ' n gevangenis wat behoorlik daartoe deur die Kommissaris gemagtig is, op die voorwaardes en by betaling van die gelde wat deur die Minister in oorleg met die Tesourie vasgestel is, magtiging verleen vir die gebruik van gevangenes of ' n besondere klas van gevangenes deur plaaslike owerhede of ander openbare liggame of deur private persone .

(3)

Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 2 ) kan die Minister

in oorleg met die Tesourie die kostelose gebruik van gevangenisarbeid in enige aangeleentheid van openbare belang of in die belang van enige verdienstelike liefdadigheid magtig.

80.

(1 )

Die Kommissaris kan, op die grondslag wat deur die Te-

Belonings.

sourie goedgekeur mag gewees het -

(a)

geldelike belonings uitloof en uitbetaal aan persone wat inligting verstrek wat lei tot die gevangeneming van ʼn gevangene wat uit bewaring ontvlug het; of

(b)

geldelike belonings betaal aan persone wat inligting verstrek met betrekking tot die beplande ontvlugting uit ' n gevangenis van ' n gevangene .

(2)

Aan iemand wat sodanige inligting verstrek of wat so ' n

gevangene gevange neem , aanhou of oorhandig of laat oorhandig aan ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of van die Polisie kan daar betaal word, benewens enige beloning , die redelike onkoste wat hy aangegaan het in die verstrekking van sodanige inligting of in die gevangeneming,

aanhouding

of

oorhandiging

van die

gevangene .

(3) Geen beloning mag ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) aan enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens of van die Polisie betaal word nie behalwe met die goedkeuring van die Minister en dan slegs as, na sy oordeel , die omstandighede so buitengewoon is as om die betaling te regverdig.

81.

(1)

Indien enige regsgeding teen die Regering of ' n lid van die

Gevangenisdiens ingestel word weens ' n handeling verrig ter nakoming van ' n lasbrief of bevel wat uitgereik of uitgevaardig heet te wees deur 'n magistraat , vrederegter of ander beampte wat by wet gemag-

329.

Nie-aanspreeklikheid vir handelinge kragtens onreëlmatige lasbriewe verrig.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

tig is om lasbriewe of bevele uit te reik of uit te vaardig, is die Regering of die betrokke lid van die Gevangenisdiens , ondanks die bepalings' van artikel 9 , nie op grond van onreëlmatigheid in verband met die uitreiking of uitvaardiging van die lasbrief of bevel of weens onbevoegdheid van die persoon wat die lasbrief of bevel uitgereik of uitgevaardig het , aanspreeklik nie. (2)

By voorlegging van die lasbrief of bevel wat onderteken

heet te wees deur ' n magistraat, vrederegter of so ' n ander beampte en by bewys dat die handelinge waaroor gekla word ter nakoming van die lasbrief of bevel verrig is, word uitspraak ten gunste van die Regering of van bedoelde lid , na gelang van die geval, gegee. (3 ) Die aanhouding in ' n gevangenis of plek van, of die uitvoering van enige straf op, ' n persoon wat onder of bo ' n ouderdom wat deur hierdie Wet voorgeskryf word , word nie geag onwettig te gewees het nie indien sodanige persoon , op die tydstip toe die lasbrief ontvang is oënskrynlik binne die by hierdie Wet voorgeskrewe ouderdomsgrense was. Verjaring van aksies.

82.

Geen siviele geding word teen die Regering of enige persoon,

weens enigiets uit hoofde van ' n bepaling van hierdie Wet gedoen of nagelaat, na die verstryking van ses maande van die datum waarop die eisoorsaak ontstaan het, ingestel nie en tensy skriftelike kennisgewing van die voorneme om sodanige geding in te stel, waarin die oorsaak en besonderhede van die eis uiteengesit word, minstens een maand voordat die geding ingestel word aan die verweerder gegee is.

Sekere tydelike bewaarders geag dienaars van die Regering te wees.

83.

' n Tydelike bewaarder wat geen besoldiging vir sy dienste ont-

vang, word nie , slegs op grond van daardie feit, geag nie in die diens van die Regering te wees nie .

Gebruik van vuur- 84. ( 1 ) Indien ' n gevangene poog om te ontvlug of ' n lid van die wapens en ander wapens en van Gevangenisdiens of ' n ander persoon aanval of dreig om hom aan te geweld oor die val of, in samewerking met ander persone , geweld pleeg, kan enige algemeen. lid van die Gevangenisdiens, vir die doel om die ontvlugting van bedoelde gevangene te verhoed of vir die verdediging van homself of van enige ander persoon

(a)

geweld gebruik vir sover dit wettiglik nodig is; en

(b)

indien hy gemagtig is om gewapen te wees soos in artikel 4(5) bepaal , gebruik maak van sy vuurwapen of ander wapen, na gelang van die geval.

330.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(2 ) Indien ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens, terwyl hy onder die noodsaaklikheid en in die mate soos voormeld optree , ' n gevangene dood , wond of beseer, word hy nie geag ' n misdryf te gepleeg het nie .

85. ( 1 ) Geen lisensiegeld , belasting, reg of geld is aan die Trans- Vrystelling van gevangenis winkels keise Inkomstefonds betaalbaar ten opsigte van enige winkel van lede van lisensiegelde. van die Gevangenisdiens wat as sodanig onder die handtekening van die Minister gesertifiseer is of ten opsigte van enige artikel wat in so 'n winkel te koop is nie.

(2) By die toepassing van hierdie artikel omvat "winkel" ook 'n menasie vir lede van die Gevangenisdiens of enige perseel wat gebruik word om ontspanning, verversings of benodigdhede te verskaf uitsluitlik vir lede of gepensioneerde lede van die Gevangenisdiens of vir persone wat in enige werk in of in verband met so ' n menasie of perseel werksaam is.

86.

( 1)

Behoudens enige toepaslike bepalings van die wet met be-

trekking tot die regeringsdiens van die Transkei, kan die Minister regulasies, wat nie met hierdie Wet teenstrydig is nie , uitvaardig betreffende

(a)

die aanstelling, opleiding, bevordering , oorplasing, afwesigheidsverlof en diensvoorwaardes oor die algemeen van lede van die Gevangenisdiens ;

(b)

die geneeskundige ondersoek en geneeskundige , tandheelkundige en hospitaal-behandeling van lede van die Gevangenisdiens ;

(c)

die range en ampstitels van lede van die Gevangenisdiens , die voorrang by sodanige range , die behoud of verbeuring van range en die toekenning van ererange;

(d)

die drag en kleding van die Gevangenisdiens en die beheer oor uniform- of uitrustingstukke wat aan lede voorsien word ;

(e)

die bewoning van amptelike wonings ;

(f)

die werksaamhede , bevoegdhede en pligte van lede van die Gevangenisdiens en van mediese beamptes;

331 .

Regulasies.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(g)

die algemene bestuur en beheer van gevangenisse en die handhawing van goeie orde en dissipline daarin ;

(h)

die geneeskundige ondersoek, fotografeer, meet , neem van vingerafdrukke en die verkryging van persoonlike besonderhede van gevangenes en die opstel en hou van registers met betrekking tot gevangenes;

(i)

die voorsiening van voedsel , kleding en ander benodigdhede aan gevangenes en die grondslag waarop dit voorsien word ;

(j)

die beskerming van die gesondheid van gevangenes;

(k)

die veilige bewaring van gevangenes en sekerheid in gevangenisse oor die algemeen ;

(1)

die ontvangs en veilige bewaring by gevangenisse van geld of ander eiendom wat aan ' n gevangene behoort, die wyse waarop met sodanige geld of ander eiendom gedurende die aanhouding van die gevangene gehandel moet word, die vernietiging van die onhigiëniese of onbruikbare kleding van ' n gevangene en die beskikking oor die eiendom van ' n gevangene wat ontvlug het of oorlede is of wat versuim het om sodanige eiendom op te eis;

(m ) deursoekings en visentering in gevangenisse ;

(n)

die uitvoering van vonnisse in gevangenisse ;

(o)

die behandeling van terdoodveroordeelde persone ;

(p)

die verbeurdverklaring van en wyse van handeling met enige artikels wat onwettig in ' n gevangenis ingebring is of wat binne of naby ' n gevangenis gevind is ;

(q )

die inbeslagneming en ondersoek van ' n brief of ander mededeling wat aan ' n gevangene of aan ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens geadresseer is ;

(r)

die verrigting van arbeid deur gevangenes ;

(s)

die opleding en behandeling van gevangenes;

332.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(t)

(u)

die toepassing van goedgekeurde meganiese dwangmiddels;

die uitoefening deur die gevangenisraad van sy werksaamhede en pligte en die prosedure by vergaderings, en die vorm van verslae , van die gevangenisraad ;

(v)

die instelling en bestuur en beheer oor ' n fonds vir die voorsiening van geneeskundige , tandheelkundige en hospitaal-behandeling aan lede van die Gevangenisdiens wat aftree of afgetree het met pensioen ;

(w) geldelike bystand aan inrigtings, verenigings of persone wat hulle bemoei met die welsyn of rehabilitasie van gevangenes of van persone wat uit gevangenisse ontslaan word ;

(x )

(y)

die aangeleenthede wat by regulasie voorgeskryf moet of mag word;

in die algemeen, en sonder dat die bepalings van hierdie paragraaf op enige wyse deur die bepalings van die voorafgaande paragrawe ingeperk word , enige aangeleentheid wat, na die oordeel van die Minister, dit nodig is om voor te skryf ten einde die oogmerke en doelstellings van hierdie Wet te bereik .

(2 )

Die regulasies kan strawwe voorskryf vir enige oortreding

daarvan of versuim om daaraan te voldoen maar hoogstens ' n boete van tweehonderd rand of ses maande gevangenisstraf, en verskillende regulasies kan uitgevaardig word ten opsigte van verskillende gevangenisse of verskillende klasse gevangenes. (3)

' n Regulasie wat verbeterde diensvoorwaardes vir lede van

die Gevangenisdiens voorskryf, kan met terugwerkende krag uitgevaardig word . (4)

Geen regulasie wat enige uitgawe vanuit die Transkeise In-

komstefonds meebring mag kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) deur die Minister uitgevaardig word nie behalwe in oorleg met die Tesourie.

87.

(1 )

Die Minister kan van tyd tot tyd by kennisgewing in die

Amptelike Koerant Bylae 1 , 2 , 3, 4 of 5 wysig.

333 .

Bepalings in verband met Bylaes.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(2 )

Die Bylaes word as deel van hierdie Wet gelees en enige

wysiging van ' n Bylae, wanneer dit gepubliseer is soos in subartikel ( 1 ) bepaal, is ewe regsgeldig asof dit deel van die oorspronklike Bylae uitgemaak het en word geag ingesluit te wees in enige verwysing in hierdie Wet na bedoelde Bylae .

Sekere bepalings van hierdie Wet moet aan gevangenes bekendgemaak word.

88.

(1)

Die bepalings van Bylae 3 moet aan elke gevangene bekend-

gemaak word so gou doenlik nadat hy in ' n gevangenis opgeneem is.

(2)

'n Afskrif van hierdie Wet word in elke gevangenis gehou

vir die inligting van enige gevangene wat versoek dat sodanige afskrif aan hom vir 'n redelike tydperk beskikbaar gestel word.

Herroeping van wette en voorbehoude.

89.

(1)

Behoudens die bepalings van artikel 50A van die Grond-

wet, word die wette vermeld in Bylae 6 hierby in die mate in die derde kolom van die Bylae aangedui, herroep .

(2)

(a)

Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 )

word iedere persoon , met inbegrip van ' n in artikel 63 van die Grondwet vermelde beampte , wat onmiddellik voor die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet , kragtens ' n wet herroep by bedoelde subartikel ' n amp of pos in die diens van die Regering beklee het , geag in die ooreenstemmende amp of pos ingevolge hierdie Wet aangestel te gewees het ;

(b)

bly die regulasies en orders, wat ingevolge ' n wet herroep by bedoelde subartikel van krag is (hieronder die bestaande regulasies en orders genoem) , behoudens die bepalings van artikels 65 en 67 van die Grondwet en vir sover die bestaande regulasies en orders toegepas kan word, nie vervang is deur of nie onbestaanbaar is met die bepalings van hierdie Wet nie , van toepassing op die Gevangenisdiens ;

(c)

word enigiets wat kragtens ' n bepaling van ' n wet herroep by bedoeide subartikel gedoen is, geag kragtens die ooreenstemmende bepaling van hierdie Wet gedoen te gewees het ; en

(d)

word enige verrigtinge , verhoor of ondersoek ingevolge ' n wet herroep by bedoelde subartikel wat nie by die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet afgehandel was nie , voortgesit en afgehandel in elke opsig asof hierdie Wet nie aangeneem was nie .

334.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 . (3)

' n Verwysing in enige wet na ' n " tronk" word uitgelê as ' n

verwysing na 'n gevangenis ingestel , of wat geag word ingestel te wees, ingevolge hierdie Wet.

(4) ' n Beampte wat kragtens die bepalings van artikel 63 van die Grondwet tot die beskikking van die Gevangenisdiens gestel is, word by die toepassing van hierdie Wet geag ingevolge artikel 4 in die Gevangenisdiens aangestel te gewees het in die rang en in die pos wat hy te eniger tyd hou of beklee .

(5 )

Enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat buite ' n distrik van

die Transkei diens verrig, bly onderhewig aan die bepalings van hierdie Wet.

90.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Wet op Gevangenisse , 1974. BYLAE

1.

KENNISGEWING OM VERDERE PERIODIEKE GEVANGENISSTRAF TE ONDERGAAN . Aan

Adres.........

.... Gevangenisno .

NADEMAAL u behoorlik gevonnis is om periodieke gevangenis-

straf vir 'n tydperk van EN NADEMAAL u nou

....... uur te ondergaan : ……………………………………. uur van bedoelde gevangenis-

straf uitgedien het : DERHALWE word u hiermee in kennis gestel , ingevolge artikel 22 van die Transkeise Wet op Gevangenisse , 1974 dat u u by die ....... gevangenis om

op .....

....... die

.......

..... dag van

…..vm./nm. ..... 19 ...........

moet oorgee ten einde bedoelde periodieke gevangenisstraf te hervat .

(Handtekening van hoof van gevangenis)

Plek

Datum

Oorspronklike kennisgewing deur my ontvang op hierdie ..... dag van

.... 19 ..............

335.

Kort titel.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(Handtekening van Gevangene)

Getuie (Handtekening en rang) BYLAE 2 .

VERMINDERING VAN GEVANGENISSTRAF.

Item 1 :

Omskrywings .

In hierdie Bylae beteken -

(i)

"die reëls" die in item 3 van hierdie Bylae voorgeskrewe reëls;

(ii)

"diskwalifiserende aanhouding" aanhouding in ' n gesertifiseerde toevlug, boerderykolonie , habilitasiesentrum of toevlug ;

(iii)

verbeteringskool , re-

"diskwalifiserende boete " ' n boete van meer as honderd

rand ; 6 (iv)

diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf" gevangenisstraf met of sonder die keuse van ' n boete vir ' n tydperk van minstens eenhonderd en vier-en-twintig dae ;

(v)

"kwalifiserende gevangenisstraf

gevangenisstraf waarvan

'n gedeelte ingevolge hierdie Wet afgeslaan kan word ; (vi)

"residivis" , onderworpe aan die reëls, ' n gevangene wat voorheen gevonnis is tot diskwalifiserende aanhouding, diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf of tot ' n diskwalifiserende boete, ongeag of sodanige vonnis of enige deel daarvan opgeskort is al dan nie ,

en

het die

uitdrukking

"gesertifiseerde

toevlug",

"rehabilitasie-

sentrum" of "toevlug' die betekenis daaraan toegewys in die Wet op Toevlugte en Rehabilitasiesentrums, 1963 (Wet 86 van 1963 ) of in die Wet op die Misbruik van Afhanklikheidsvormende Stowwe en Rehabilitasiesentrums, 1971 , na gelang van die geval.

Item 2 :

Vermindering van gevangenisstraf.

336.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

Tydperk van kwalifiserende

Gedeelte van gevangenisstraf

gevangenisstraf.

wat afgeslaan mag word .

(a)

Hoogstens ses maande een-derde

(of 184 dae) (b)

Meer as ses maande maar minder as twee jaar (dit

een-vierde

wil sê hoogstens 729 dae) (c)

Twee jaar en langer: (i)

(ii) Item 3:

Ander persone as residiviste

een-vierde

Residiviste

een-agste

Reëls wat toegepas moet word by die berekening en toestaan van strafvermindering.

Reël 1 :

Vir die doeleindes van strafvermindering -

(a)

word ' n breukdeel van ' n dag geag ' n volle dag te wees ; en

(b)

word vonnisse van gevangenisstraf, wat op twee of meer tellings van dieselfde aanklag opgelê is, geag een vonnis te wees.

Reël 2:

(a)

Ten einde te bepaal of ' n gevangene ' n residivis is, moet geen diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf, diskwalifiserende aanhouding of diskwalifiserende boete in aanmerking geneem word nie indien ' n tydperk van tien jaar of langer verloop het tussen die datum waarop die gevangene veroordeel is weens die oortreding waarvoor hy die kwalifiserende gevangenisstraf ondergaan en

(i)

waar geen gedeelte van die diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf of diskwalifiserende aanhouding opgeskort is nie , die datum van verstryking van die diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf of die diskwalifiserende aanhouding, na gelang van die geval, sonder inagneming van enige afslag van vonnis of die betaling van ' n boete ; of

337

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(ii)

waar gedeelte van die diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf of diskwalifiserende aanhouding opgeskort is, die datum van verstryking van die onopgeskorte gedeelte van die diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf of die diskwalifiserende aanhouding, na gelang van die geval, sonder inagneming van enige afslag van vonnis of die betaling van ' n boete; of

(iii)

waar die diskwalifiserende gevangenisstraf of diskwalifiserende aanhouding in die geheel opgeskort is, die datum waarop die diskwalifiserenaande gevangenisstraf of diskwalifiserende houding opgelê is; of

(iv)

in die geval van ' n diskwalifiserende boete, die datum waarop die boete opgelê is.

(b)

By die berekening van voornoemde tydperk van tien jaar of langer, word die duur van enige vonnis van gevangenisstraf ( anders as die kwalifiserende gevangenisstraf) wat die gevangene besig is om te ondergaan nie in aanmerking geneem nie tensy sodanige vonnis 'n opgeskorte vonnis is wat in werking gestel is. BYLAE 3 .

REGLEMENT VAN DISSIPLINE VIR GEVANGENES.

Daar is skuldig aan ' n misdryf enige gevangene wat , binne of buite 'n gevangenis, na gelang van die geval (1)

' n wettige bevel wat aan hom gegee is deur ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of deur enige ander persoon wat die bevoegdheid besit om die bevel te gee , nie gehoorsaam nie of verontagsaam of wat opsetlik versuim om dit uit te voer; of

(2)

weier om te werk , lui , agtelosig of nalatig in sy werk is of werk op enige wyse ontduik ; of

(3)

hom siek aanstel of veins dat hy siek is of hom vermink of beseer met die opset om die verrigting van enige arbeid te vermy; of

338.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974 .

(4)

parmantig of oneerbiedig is teenoor ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of iemand onder wie se beheer hy mag wees of teenoor enige persoon in enige gevangenis ; of

(5)

hom op ' n skandelike of onsedelike wyse gedra of deur woord of daad hom aan insubordinasie skuldig maak; of

(6)

vloek of dreigende , vuil , beledigende , lasterlike of ander onbehoorlike taal gebruik; of

(7)

onnodige geraas maak of andersins ' n oorlas is; of

(8)

opsetlik ' n onware antwoord gee op enige vraag wat aan hom gestel word deur ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens of deur enige ander persoon wat enige plig in ' n gevangenis uitvoer; of

(9)

sonder toestemming sy werkplek of sel of enige ander plek waar hy gelas is om aan te bly , verlaat ; of

( 10)

enige valse en kwaadwillige aantyging teen ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens,

'n

medegevangene

of ander persoon

maak ; of

( 11 )

met ' n ander gevangene of enige ander persoon gesels, of met hom op enige ander wyse gemeenskap hou , op ' n tydstip wanneer of in ' n plek waar hy nie toegelaat is om aldus te doen nie ; of

( 12 )

enige valse , beuselagtige of kwaadwillige klagte indien ; of

( 13)

ontervredenheid , agitasie of insubordinasie onder sy medegevangenes veroorsaak of aan ' n sameswering deelneem; of

( 14)

' n geringe aanranding pleeg; of

( 15)

enige ongemagtigde artikel in sy sel of in sy besit het , of ' n ongemagtigde artikel van ' n ander persoon ontvang of dit aan hom gee; of

(16)

geringe diefstal pleeg; of

( 17)

opsetlik of nalatiglik openbare eiendom beskadig , vernietig of skend ; of

339.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974. ( 18 )

enigiets wat aan hom vir persoonlike gebruik uitgereik is, met inbegrip van ' n identifikasiekaart of ander dokument, opsetlik of nalatiglik verloor, beskadig of vernietig of dit opsetlik verander of skend; of

( 19)

enigiets wat aan hom vir sy persoonlike gebruik uitgereik is, met inbegrip van ' n identifikasiekaart of ander dokument, verruil; of

(20)

sonder vergunning enigiets, wat hy gemagtig is om in ' n gevangenis vir sy persoonlike gebruik in te bring, aan ' n ander persoon verkoop of dit andersins van die hand sit ; of

(21 )

(22)

enigiets doen wat nadelig is vir goeie orde of dissipline ; of

poog om enigeen van die misdrywe wat in hierdie Bylae vermeld word te pleeg of iemand anders aanhits of aanspoor om so ' n misdryf te pleeg.

BYLAE 4. DIEETSTRAF .

Tydperk en volgorde van dieetstraf Tydperk van Skraal rantsoen

alleenopsluiting

Verminderde rantsoen

rantsoen

Vol

Skraal rantsoen

5 dae

5 dae

Geen

Geen

Geen

10 dae

5 dae

2 dae

1 dag

2 dae

3 dae

15 dae

7 dae

3 dae

2 dae

20 dae

8 dae

4 dae

3 dae

5 dae

25 dae

9 dae

5 dae

5 dae

6 dae

30 dae

12 dae

6 dae

6 dae

6 dae

By die toepassing van hierdie Bylae beteken -

(i)

"skraal rantsoen" ' n dieet wat bestaan uit tweehonderd gram mieliemeel, tweemaal per dag, wat in water sonder sout gekook is, en vyftien gram protone soppoeier gekook in vyfhonderd- en-sewentig milliliter water, eenmaal per dag; en

340.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(ii)

"verminderde rantsoen" in dieet wat uit een-helfte van die voorgeskrewe daaglikse rantsoen van ' n gevangene bestaan .

Reël by die toepassing van dieetstraf.

Dieetstraf word , behoudens die bepalings van artikel 21 ( 2) (b) van hierdie Wet, toegepas so gou doenlik nadat dit opgelê is en kan op enige dag van die week begin .

BYLAE 5 .

REGLEMENT VAN DISSIPLINE VIR LEDE VAN DIE GEVANGENISDIENS .

Behoudens die bepalings van artikel 63 ( 3 ) van die Grondwet is 1. 'n lid van die Gevangenisdiens skuldig aan wangedrag indien hy -

(1 )

' n bepaling van hierdie Wet ( behalwe ' n bepaling wat uitdruklik ' n kriminele misdryf skep en ' n straf vir sodanige misdryf voorskryf) oortree of versuim om daaraan te voldoen ; of

(2 )

sonder verlof of geldige rede hom van diens absenteer of oor enige verlof wat aan hom toegestaan is, uitbly ; of

(3)

' n wettige bevel wat aan hom gegee is deur ' n lid of ander persoon wat bevoeg is om dit te doen of enige Gevangenisdiensorder of ander bevel uitgevaardig deur die Kommissaris of ander bevoegde gesag nie gehoorsaam nie of verontagsaam of opsetlik versuim om dit uit te voer of deur woord of gedrag insubordinasie aan die dag lê ; of

(4)

hom siek aanstel of veins of voorgee dat hy siek , kranklik , ongesteld of beseer is of aan pyn ly; of

(5)

onder die invloed van drank of ' n verdowingsmiddel is , hetsy op diens of nie ; of

(6)

terwyl hy op diens is, enige drank of ' n verdowingsmiddel gebruik ; of

(7)

hom vir diens ongeskik maak deur die oormatige gebruik van drank of ' n verdowingsmiddel; of

341 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE, 1974 .

(8)

'n gewoonte daarvan maak om ' n plek waar drank verkoop word te besoek ; of

(9)

te eniger tyd terwyl hy op diens is ' n konsentrasie van alkohol in sy bloed het van minstens nul komma nul sewe gram (0,07g) per honderd milliliter van bloed ; of

( 10)

vloek of onbehoorlike taal gebruik of hom op ' n skandelike , onbehoorlike of onbetaamlike wyse gedra of, terwyl hy op diens is, hom aan growwe onbeleefdheid teenoor enige persoon skuldig maak; of

( 11 )

' n vuurwapen roekeloos of nalatiglik afvuur ; of

(12) in of met betrekking tot die uitoefening of uitvoering van sy werksaamhede of pligte ' n valse of onjuiste verklaring maak, wetende dat dit vals of onjuis is of terwyl hy nie weet of glo dat dit waar en juis is nie ; of

(13 )

op diens slaap ; of

( 14)

nalatig of traag in die uitvoering van sy pligte is ; of

( 15)

in omstandighede wat nie op ' n kriminele misdryf neerkom nie, nalatiglik toelaat of duld dat ' n gevangene ontvlug; of

( 16)

in omstandighede wat nie op ' n kriminele misdryf neerkom nie, enige kommissie , geskenk, geld of beloning (behalwe sy besoldiging) sonder die vergunning van die Kommissaris aanneem, of dit van enige persoon eis vir die uitvoering van sy plig of sy versuim om sy plig uit te voer, of versuim om onverwyld aan die Kommissaris te rapporteer dat so ' n aanbod aan hom gedoen is ; of

(17)

sonder die voorafgaande vergunning van die Kommissaris, inligting wat hy ingewin het of wat aan hom verstrek is weens sy werk in die Gevangenisdiens openbaar andersins as in die vervulling van sy amptelike pligte of sodanige inligting vir ' n ander doel as die vervulling van sy amptelike pligte gebruik; of

(18 )

regstreeks of onregstreeks geld leen van of deur ' n lid van

342.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

'n laer rang of hom onder ' n geldelike verpligting teenoor 'n mindere in rang plaas; of

( 19)

behalwe in die loop van sy pligte en sonder die vergunning van die Kommissaris, wetend met ' n oud-gevangene of met 'n familielid of vriend van 'n gevangene assosieer; of

( 20)

in omstandighede wat nie op ' n kriminele misdryf neerkom nie, 'n gevangene onder sy toesig of beheer toelaat om drank of 'n verdowingsmiddel te gebruik of om in besit daarvan te kom ; of

(21 )

sonder wettige magtiging ' n gevangene onder sy beheer of toesig werk laat verrig of 'n diens laat lewer ten opsigte waarvan hy of iemand anders persoonlike voordeel of wins sal ontvang of waarin hy of iemand anders ' n persoonlike belang het, hetsy geldelik of andersins , of sodanige gevangene versoek om bedoelde werk te verrig of bedoelde diens te lewer; of

(22)

sonder die vergunning van die Kommissaris en wetens 'n ontslane gevangene in diens neem ; of

(23)

sonder die vergunning van die Kommissaris gevangenisarbeid in sy eie diens en tot eie voordeel of tot voordeel van ' n ander lid gebruik , afgesien daarvan of betaling vir sodanige arbeid teen die voorgestelde tarief gemaak word of aan die Regering aangebied word ; of

(24)

sonder die vergunning van die Kommissaris ' n ambag beoefen of in enige besigheids-, handels- of landbou- onderneming deelneem, of enige diere behalwe troeteldiere aanhou, of enige private agentskap of private werk wat op enige manier met die verrigting of uitoefening van sy amptelike werksaamhede of pligte in verband staan , onderneem ; of

(25)

' n lid word van enige party-politieke organisasie of van ʼn organisasie wat die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant mag verklaar om ' n organisasie te wees waarvan ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens nie lid mag word nie , of aktief aan party-politieke sake deelneem ; of

343.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

(26)

hy, met betrekking tot sy posisie of diensvoorwaardes in die Gevangenisdiens, inmenging deur party-politieke of buite-bronne of deur ander kanale as die voorgeskrewe amptelike kanale verkry of poog om dit te verkry : Met dien verstande dat die bepalings hiervan nie ' n lid verhinder of verbied om pogings aan te wend om die herstel van enige grief in die Wetgewende Vergadering te verkry nie ; of

(27)

in omstandighede wat nie op ' n kriminele misdryf neerkom nie, enige eiendom van die Regering of van enige gevangeniswinkel, menasie, biblioteek, fonds, klub of ander gevangenisinrigting of van ' n gevangene misbruik , verkeerd aanwend, weens nalatigheid verloor of beskadig ; of

(28 )

in geldelike moeilikheid raak tensy daar deur die lid bewys word dat sy geldelike moeilikheid nie die gevolg van onversigtigheid of laakbare optrede aan sy kant is en nie ' n nadelige uitwerking op die getroue vervulling van sy pligte het nie ; of

(29 )

insolvent raak of ' n skikking met sy skuldeisers tref of onderhewig word aan ' n bevel vir siviele gyseling, ' n skuldbeslagbevel of enige bevel ingevolge artikel 65 van die Wet of Landdroshowe , 1944 , tensy die lid bewys dat soiets veroorsaak is deur onvermydelike teenspoed ; of

(30)

met die oog daarop om ' n voorreg of voordeel in verband met sy amptelike posisie of plig te verkry of om die Regering, die Gevangenisdiens of ' n ander lid nadeel aan te doen of skade te berokken , ' n valse of onjuiste verklaring maak wetende dat dit vals of onjuis is of terwyl hy nie weet of glo dat dit waar en juis is nie ; of

(31 )

gedurende sy afwesigheid met siekteverlof, sy amptelike of private woonkwartiere verlaat sonder die skriftelike toestemming van die mediese beampte ; of

(32)

' n daad wat nadelig is vir die administrasie, dissipline of doeltreffendheid van die Gevangenisdiens of enige ander inrigting, departement of kantoor van die Regering of vir die gesag of posisie van enige ander lid doen of laat doen of toelaat dat dit gedoen word.

344.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

2.

By die

toepassing van items

1 ( 5),

(6)

en (7 ) van hierdie

Bylae word ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens geag nie skuldig te wees aan wangedrag met betrekking tot die gebruik van ' n verdowingsmiddel nie indien sodanige verdowingsmiddel deur hom gebruik is stiptelik in ooreenstemming met die opdragte van die mediese beampte of enige ander geregistreerde mediese praktisyn of ' n tandarts. 3.

By die toepassing van item 1 ( 9 ) van hierdie Bylae -

(a)

kan die bevelvoerder van ' n lid van die Gevangenisdiens sodanige lid wat hy redelikerwys vermoed onder die invloed van drank is, gelas

(i)

om in die voorgeskrewe apparaat uit te asem vir die tydperk wat hy mag bepaal , of

(ii)

om hom aan ondersoek deur die mediese beampte of ' n ander geneeskundige praktisyn te onderwerp , met inbegrip van enige bloedtoets, wat die mediese beampte of ander geneeskundige praktisyn nodig mag ag om die konsentrasie van alkohol in die bloed van sodanige lid vas te stel; of

(iii)

om in die voorgeskrewe apparaat uit te asem en om hom aan die in subparagraaf ( ii) bedoelde ondersoek te onderwerp ;

(b)

indien

(i)

sodanige lid versuim of weier om aan ' n lasgewing kragtens paragraaf ( a) te voldoen , of

(ii)

die voorgeskrewe apparaat wys dat die konsentrasie van alkohol in sy bloed ' n perk oorskry wat deur die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant met betrekking tot daardie besondere maak van voorgeskrewe apparaat vermeld word,

word bedoelde lid onweerlegbaar geag, skuldig te wees aan die misdryf van ' n oortreding van item 1 (9 ) van hierdie Bylae ; (c)

is die bepalings van artikel 239 (4 ) van die Strafproseswet , 1955 en van artikel 140( 4 ) van die Transkeise Wet op Pad-

345.

TRANSKEISE WET OP GEVANGENISSE , 1974.

verkeer, 1967 (Wet 5 van 1967) mutatis mutandis van toepassing met betrekking tot ' n aanklag kragtens bedoelde item 1 (9). 4.

In hierdie Bylae beteken (i)

"bevelvoerder" enige lid van die Gevangenisdiens wat in beheer is van ' n gevangenis of van ' n kantoor , tak, eenheid of ander inrigting van die Gevangenisdiens , en ook die Kommissaris en enige offisier; en

(ii)

"voorgeskrewe apparaat" enige apparaat deur die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant voorgeskryf deur middel waarvan die asem van ' n persoon getoets of ontleed word ten einde vas te stel of die konsentrasie van alkohol in die bloed van bedoelde persoon ' n gegewe perk oorskry .

BYLAE 6 . WETTE HERROEP .

No. en Jaar van Wet No. 8 van 1959

Kort titel.

Omvang van herroeping

Wet op Gevangenisse , 1959 Kinderwet, 1960

Die geheel . Artikel 104 herroep .

No. 80 van 1964

Algemene Regswysigingswet , 1964

Artikel 37 herroep.

No. 75 van 1965

Wysigingswet op Gevangenisse, 1965

Die geheel .

No. 62 van 1966

Algemene Regswysigingswet, 1966

No. 33 van 1960

No. 70 van 1968

Artikels 10, 11 , 12, 13, en 14 herroep.

Algemene Regswysigingswet, 1968

Artikels 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 , 51

No. 101 van 1969

Algemene Regswysigingswet, 1969

Artikels 13 , 14 , 15 , 16 en 17

No. 92 van 1970

Verdere Algemene Regswysigingswet, 1970

Artikel 8 herroep .

No. 9 van 1971

Wysigingswet op Gevangenisse , 1971

Die geheel .

No. 4 van 1972

Wysigingswet op Gevangenisse , 1972

Die geheel .

346.

en 52 herroep .

herroep.

UMTHETHO OWENZA IMIBANDELA WAMAHLATHI ASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

UMTHETHO UMTHETHO

WE 7 KA 1974.

(Obhalwe ngesi Afrikaans usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla 30 Septemba 1974) Wokwenza imiBandela eMthethweni wamaHlathi aseTranskei, 1969. KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO -MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo :-

Kwisiqendu 7 so Mthetho wamaHlathi aseTranskei, 1969 (nge1. zants'apha obizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho oyintloko) ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokubeka emhlathini (a) wesiqendwana (3)

Ulwenziwo-mbandela kwisiqendu 7 soMthetho 6 wowe 1969 .

endaweni yegama elithi "eeyadi " eli gama lithi " eemitha”.

2. Kwisiqendu 15 soMthetho oyintloko ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana (2) esi siqendwana singezants'apha :

“ (2) (a)

Ilawulwa yimigaqo yomhlathi ( b) , ivolyum yemithi yothi -

(i)

xa iyimithi engqukuva, ibe sisiphumo sobude bayo neariya ephakathi nje

yeziqwanaqwana

zayo ; (ii)

xa iyimithi engqukuva efunjwe doloxanderha , ibe sisiphumo sobude , sobubanzi nokuphakama kwemfumba ; ize

(iii)

xa isisigodo esenziwe mbombone semithi esarhiweyo okanye esetyenziweyo ibe sisiphumo sobude , sobubanzi nobunzulu bayo .

(b)

Ukulungiselela injongo -

(i)

yomhlathi (a) (i) , ubude neday ametha ephakathi nje yemithi iya kumentwa, ize iariya ephakathi nje

yeziqwanaqwana imiselwe , ngokwemigaqo

neendlela

ezimiselwa

nguSibakhulu

amaxesha

ngamaxesha ;

(ii)

yomhlathi ( a) (ii) , ivolyum eqinileyo yemithi iya kubalwa ngokusebenzisa ifekta ephakathi nje yoguqulelo

eya kumiselwa nguSibakhulu ;

347.

Ulwenziwo-mbandela kwisiqendu 15 soMthetho 6 wowe 1969 .

UMTHETHO OWENZA IMIBANDELA WAMAHLATHI ASETRANSKEI , 1974 .

(iii)

yomhlathi ( a) (iii) ; ubude, ububanzi nobunzulu bemithi buya kusekwa kwimilinganiso yenyani okanye ethelekelelwa nje ngokwesiko elaziwayo leshishini ,

yaye ivolyum yemithi yothi emva koko iqukunjelwe kwelo qhezu lekyubhikmitha angathi uSibakhulu alimisele ngamaxesha ngamaxesha ." Ulwenziwo-mbandela kwisiqendu 18 soMthetho 6 wowe 1969 .

3.

Kwisiqendu 18 soMthetho oyiNtloko ngokwenjenje kwenziwa

um bandela

ngokubeka

kwisiqendwana

(2) endaweni yebinzana-

ntetho elithi "kwiimayile ezintlanu " eli binzana-ntetho lithi “ kwikhilomitha ezilishumi. ”

Ulwenziwo-mba- 4. Kwisihlomelo 1 soMthetho oyintloko ngokwenjenje kwenziwa ndela kwisihlomelo 1 soMthetho 6 umbandela wowe 1969 . (a)

ngokufakela emva kwegama lenzululwazi-sityalo negama Lam .

eliqhelekileyo

athi

"Bruguiera gymnorrhiza

..isiKungathi " la magama elenzulu-

Iwazi- sityalo neliqhelekileyo angala "Buxus macowanii uMgalagala " ;

(b)

ngokubeka endaweni yegama lenzululwazi - sityalo elithi "Cussonia umbellifera Sond . " Iwazi- sityalo lithi Baill .".

(c)

" Schefflera

eli gama lenzulu-

umbellifera

( Sond. )

ngokucima eli gama lenzululwazi-sityalo " Notobuxus macowanii (Oliv . ) Phill. " neli gama liqhelekileyo : "uMgalagala" ;

(d)

ngokubeka endaweni yegama lenzululwazi-sityalo elithi "Rhus legatii Schonl. " eli gama lenzululwazisityalo lithi "Rhus chirindensis forma legatii" ; na -

(e)

ngokubeka endaweni yegama lenzululwazi- sityalo elithi "Trichilia roka Forsk. Chiov. (syn . T emetica) " eli gama lenzululwazi- sity alo lithi “Trichilia dregeana Sond.".

Igama elifutshane .

5.

Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho owenza imiBandela wamaHlathi aseTranskei, 1974.

348.

TRANSKEIAN FOREST AMENDMENT ACT , 1974.

ACT NO. 7

ACT

OF 1974.

(Afrikaans text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 30 September 1974) To amend the Transkei Forest Act, 1969.

BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows: -

1.

Section 7 of the Transkei Forest Act, 1969 ( hereinafter referred

to as the principal Act) is hereby amended by the substitution in pa-

Amendment of section 7 of Act 6 of 1969 .

ragraph (a) of subsection ( 3 ) for the word "yards " of the word "metres".

2.

Section 15 of the principal Act is hereby amended by the substitution for subsection ( 2) of the following subsection:

"(2) (a)

Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b ) , the volume of timber shall -

(i)

in the case of round timber, be the product of its length and its mean sectional area ;

(ii)

in the case of round timber stacked at right angles, be the product of the length , width and height of the stack; and

(iii)

in the case of a squared log of sawn or worked timber, be the product of its length, width and depth.

(b)

For the purpose of -

(i)

paragraph ( a) (i ) , the length and average diameter of the timber shall be measured , and the mean sectional area determined, in accordance with rules and methods prescribed by the Secretary from time to time;

(ii)

paragraph ( a) (ii) , the solid volume of the timber shall be calculated by the application of an average conversion factor determined by the Secretary ;

349 .

Amendment of section 15 of Act 6 of 1969 .

TRANSKEI FOREST AMENDMENT ACT, 1974.

(iii)

paragraph ( a) (iii) , the length , width and depth of the timber shall be based on actual or nominal measurements according to the recognized custom of the trade,

and the volume of the timber shall thereafter be rounded off at such fraction of a cubic metre as the Secretary may from time to time prescribe.". Amendment of section 18 of Act 6 of 1969 .

3.

Section 18 of the principal Act is hereby amended by the sub-

stitution in subsection ( 2) for the expression "five miles" of the expression "ten kilometres” . Amendment of Schedule 1 of Act 6 of 1969 .

4.

Schedule 1 of the principal Act is hereby amended -

(a)

by the insertion after the botanical and common names " Bruguiera gymnorrhiza Lam . mangrove" of the botanical "Buxus macowanii

(b)

and common names Cape box " ;

by the substitution for the botanical name "Cussonia umbellifera Sond." of the botanical name "Schefflera umbellifera (Sond .) Baill .".

(c )

by the deletion of the botanical and common names "Notobuxus macowanii (Oliv. ) Phill ..... Cape box " ;

(d)

by the substitution for the botanical name " Rhus legatii Schonl. " of the botanical name " Rhus chirindensis forma legatii " ; and

(e)

by the substitution for the botanical name “ Trichilia roka Forsk. Chiov. (syn .T. emetica) " of the botanical name "Trichilia dregeana Sond . ".

Short title.

5.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Forest Amendment Act,

1974 .

350.

TRANSKEISE BOSWYSIGINGSWET, 1974. WET NR. 7 VAN 1974.

WET (Afrikaans teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 30 September 1974)

Tot wysiging van die Transkeise Boswet , 1969. DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg:-

1.

Artikel 7 van die Transkeise Boswet, 1969 (hieronder die hoof-

wet genoem) word hierby gewysig deur in paragraaf ( a) van subartikel

Wysiging van artikel 7 van Wet 6 van 1969 .

(3) die woord "tree " deur die woord " meter” te vervang.

2.

Artikel 15 van die hoofwet word hierby gewysig deur subartikel

(2) deur die volgende subartikel te vervang:

"(2) (a)

Behoudens die bepalings van paragraaf ( b ) , is die volume van timmerhout .

(i)

in die geval van ronde timmerhout , die produk van die lengte en die gemiddelde deursnee-oppervlakte daarvan ;

(ii)

in die geval van ronde timmerhout wat reghoekig gestapel is, die produk van die lengte , breedte en hoogte van die stapel ; en

(iii)

in die geval van ' n vierkantige blok van gesaagde of verwerkte timmerhout, die produk van die lengte, breedte en diepte daarvan.

(b)

By die toepassing van .

(i)

paragraaf (a) ( i) , word die lengte en gemiddelde deursnee van die timmerhout gemeet, en die gemiddelde

deursnee-oppervlakte vasgestel,

oor-

eenkomstig die reëls en metodes wat die Sekretaris van tyd tot tyd voorskryf;

(ii)

paragraaf ( a ) (ii) , word die soliede volume bereken deur die toepassing van ' n gemiddelde omsettingsfaktor

wat

351.

die

Sekretaris

bepaal ;

Wysiging van artikel 15 van Wet 6 van 1969 .

TRANSKEISE BOSWYSIGINGSWET, 1974.

(iii )

paragraaf ( a ) (iii) , word die lengte , breedte en diepte gebaseer op werklike of nominale mate ooreenkomstig die erkende handelsgebruik,

en word die volume van die timmerhout daarna op die fraksie van 'n kubieke meter afgerond wat die Sekretaris van tyd tot tyd voorskryf. " Wysiging van artikel 18 van Wet 6 van 1969 .

3.

Wysiging van Bylae 1 van Wet 6 van 1969 .

4.

Artikel 18 van die hoofwet word hierby gewysig deur in sub-

artikel ( 2 ) die uitdrukking "vyf myl" deur die uitdrukking “ tien kilometer" te vervang .

Bylae 1 van die hoofwet word hierby gewysig -

(a)

deur na die botaniese en gewone name " Bruguiera Wortelboom" die Lam macowanii .. "Buxus name gewone en botaniese

gymnorrhiza

Buig-my-nie" in te voeg;

(b)

deur die botaniese naam " Cussonia umbellifera Sond ." deur die botaniese naam "Schefflera umbellifera (Sond.) Baill. " te vervang ;

(c)

deur

die

botaniese en gewone name " Notobuxus

macowanii (Oliv . ) Phill. te skrap . (d)

.Buig- my- nie "

deur die botaniese naam "Rhus legatii Schonl. " deur die botaniese naam “ Rhus chirindensis forma legatii” te vervang; en

(e)

deur

die

botaniese

naam

"Trichilia roka Forsk.

Chiov. (sin. T. emetica) " deur die botaniese naam "Trichilia dregeana Sond. " te vervang.

Kort titel. 5.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Boswysigingswet , 1974 .

352.

UMTHETHO OWENZA IMIBANDELA WENKONZO KARHULUMENTE WASETRANSKEI 1974 .

UMTHETHO WE 8 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

(Obhalwe ngesi Ngesi usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe ) ( Uvunywe ngomhla 30 Septemba 1974 ) Wokwenza imibandela kwisiHlokomiso R.334 sowe 1963.

KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO- MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo : 1.

(1 )

Kwisiqendu 12 sesiHlokomiso R.334 sowe 1963 ( ngeza-

nts'apha kulo Mthetho esibizwa ngokuthi sisilokomiso ) ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokongeza apho kuso esi siqendwana singezants'apha :

"(5) Nangani ikho le migaqo ingasentla yesi siqendu , nawuphi na umntu osengqeshweni ngaphandle kweNkonzo kaRhulume-

Ulwenziwo mbandela esiqendwini 12 sesiHlokomiso R.334 sowe 1963 njengoko kwenziwe kuso umbandela sisiqendu 3 so Mthetho 3 wowe 1967 nasisiqendu 1 soMthetho 5 wowe 1970 .

nte waseTranskei ngokuphathelele kuwo nawuphi na umcimbi engenza imithetho ngokumalunga nawo iNdlu yoWiso - mithetho , kodwa othi ngenye indlela abe ufanelekile ukuba aqeshwe kule Nkonzo seyixeliwe angathi ngesincomo -kufaneleka kwakhe esenziwe yiKhomishini aqeshwe lisebe ukuba enze umsebenzi othile okanye isithuba sexesha ngokwaloo migqalise lo ckungacetyiswa yiKhomishini ukuba ifanelekile yaza yavunywa nguM. phathiswa wezeMali. ".

(2) Imigaqo yesiqendu 61 ( 3 ) (b) soMthetho osisiSeko soLawulo IwaseTranskei , 1963 (uMthetho 48 wowe 1963) ayiyi kusebenza kuye nawuphi na umntu oqeshwe eNkonzweni ka Rhulumente waseTranskei ngokwesiqendwana ( 5 ) sesiqendu 12 sesiHlokomiso , njengoko sifakelwe sisigendwana (1 ) sesiqendu . 2.

Kwisiqendu 18 sesiHlokomiso ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yomhlathi (g) lo mhlathi ungezants'apha :

“(g) liba lilungu lawo nawuphi na umbutho weqela lezobupolitika okanye lawo nawuphi na umbutho iNkulumbuso engathi, ngesaziso e Gazethini kaRhulumente waseTranskei iwubhengeze ngokuba ngumbutho igosa elingebi lilungu lawo , okanye lithabatha inxaxheba eshushu emicimbini

Ulwenziwo-mbandela kwisiqendu 18 sesi Hlokomiso R.334 sowe 1963 njengoko sifakewe umbandela sisiqendu 2 soMthetho 2 wowe 1971 nesiqendu 7 soMthetho 5 wowe 1972 .

yamaqela ezobupolitika ; okanye ” .

3. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho owenza imiBandela weNkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei, 1974 .

353.

Igama elifutshane.

TRANSKEIAN GOVERNMENT SERVICE AMENDMENT ACT 1974. ACT NO . 8 OF 1974.

ACT (English text signed by the State President ) (Assented to on 30 September 1974)

To

amend

Proclamation

R.334

of

1963.

BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows:Amendment of section 12 of Proclamation R.334 of 1963 , as amended by section 3 of Act 3 of 1967 and section 1 of Act 5 of 1970 .

1.

(1 )

Section 12 of Proclamation R.334 of 1963 (hereinafter in

this Act referred to as the Proclamation ) is hereby amended by the addition thereto of the following subsection:

"(5) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section , any person in employment outside the Transkeian Government Service in connection with any matter in respect of which the Legislative Assembly may make laws, but who is otherwise eligible for employment in the said Service , may on the recommendation of the Commission be employed by a department for a particular service or period of time on such conditions as may be recommended by the Commission and approved by the Minister of Finance . ".

(2) The provisions of section 61 ( 3) ( b ) of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act 48 of 1963 ) shall not apply to any person employed in theTranskeian Government Service in terms of subsection (5 ) of section 12 of the Proclamation , as inserted by subsection ( 1 ) of this section . Amendment of section 18 of Proclamation R.334 of 1963 , as amended by section 2 of Act 2 of 1971 and section 7 of Act 5 of 1972 .

2.

Section 18 of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the sub-

stitution for paragraph (g) of the following paragraph :

“(g) becomes a member of any party -political organization or of any organization which the Chief Minister may , by notice in the Official Gazette of the Transkei , declare to be an organization of which an officer may not be a member , or takes an active part in party-political matters ; or" .

Short title.

3.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Government Service

Amendment Act, 1974.

354.

TRANSKEISE REGERINGSDIENSWYSIGINGSWET , 1974. WET NR . 8 WET

VAN 1974.

(Engelse teks deur die Staatspresident geteken ) (Goedgekeur op 30 September 1974)

Tot wysiging van Proklamasie R.334 van 1963.

DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg: -

1.

(1 )

Artikel 12 van Proklamasie R.334 van 1963 (hieronder in

hierdie Wet die Proklamasie genoem) word hierby gewysig deur die volgende subartikel daaraan toe te voeg:

“(5) Ondanks die voorgaande bepalings van hierdie artikel, kan

Wysiging van artikel 12 van Proklamasie R.334 van 1963 , soos gewysig deur artikel 3 van Wet 3 van 1967 en artikel 1 van Wet 5 van 1970 .

enigiemand wat buite die Transkeise Regeringsdiens in verband met ' n aangeleentheid ten opsigte waarvan die Wetgewende Vergadering wette kan maak , in diens is , maar wat andersins in aanmerking kan kom vir indiensneming in bedoelde Diens, op die aanbeveling van die Kommissie deur ' n departement vir ' n besondere diens of tydperk in diens geneem word op die voorwaardes wat die Kommissie mag aanbeveel en die Minister van Finansies mag goedkeur. ".

(2) Die bepalings van artikel 61 ( 3 ) ( b) van die Transkeise Grondwet, 1963 (Wet 48 van 1963 ) is nie van toepassing op iemand wat kragtens subartikel ( 5 ) van artikel 12 van die Proklamasie , soos ingevoeg deur subartikel ( 1 ) van hierdie artikel, in die Transkeise Regeringsdiens in diens geneem word nie.

2.

Artikel 18 van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur para-

graaf (g) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang:

"(g) 'n lid word van enige party -politieke organisasic of van 'n organisasie wat die Hoofminister by kennisgewing in die

Wysiging van artikel 18 van Proklamasie R.334 van 1963 , soos gewysig deur artikel 2 van Wet 2 van 1971 en artikel 7 van Wet 5 van 1972 .

Amptelike Koerant van die Transkei mag verklaar om ' n organisasie te wees waarvan ' n beampte nie lid mag word nie ,

of aktief

aan party-politieke sake deelneem ; of" .

3.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Regeringsdienswysigingswet , 1974 .

355.

Kort titel

UMTHETHO OWENZA UMBANDELA WEMIHLALAPHANTSI YENKONZO KARHULUMENTE WASETRANSKEI , 1974.

UMTHETHO

WE 9 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

(Obhalwe ngesi Afrikaans usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunyiwe ngomhla 18 Septemba 1974)

Wokwenza umbandela kuMthetho wemiHlalaphantsi yeNkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei , 1970 ngenjongo yokulungiselela udityaniso lweemali zonyaka , iibhonasi nezibonelelo emazihlawulwe kubamkeli-mihlalaphantsi .

KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO -MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo :Ulwenziwo mbandela Kwisiqendu 2 soMthetho 4 wowe 1970 .

1. Kwisiqendu 2 soMthetho weMihlalaphantsi yeNkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei, 1970 (uMthetho 4 wowe 1970) ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokubeka 4 endaweni yomhlathi ( c) lo mhlathi ungezants'apha :

"(c) (i)

br. d sundrom isambuku salo naluphi na uncedo-mali , esithe ngaphambilana nje nqo komhla omiselweyo samelwa kukuba sihlawulwe kuye nawuphi na umntu ngokwesihlokomiso , asiyi kuncitshiswa ; saye ke .

(ii)

eso sambuku nayo nayiphi na ibhonasi okanye isibonelelo emasihlawulwe kuloo mntu ngokwesiqendu 1 (1 ) soMthetho woFakelo -mibandela wee Penshini zeNkonzo kaRulumente waseTranskei , 1969 ( uMthetho 5 wowe 1969) ziya kuthi, zilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho , zidityaniswe zibe sambuku -sinye zize zihlawulwe kuloo mntu zitsalwa engxoweni yepenshini njengemali yonyaka ; lwaye ke ".

Igama elifutshane.

2.

Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho owenza uMbayeNkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei ,

ndela wemiHlalaphantsi 1974 .

356.

TRANSKEIAN GOVERNMENT SERVICE PENSIONS AMENDMENT ACT, 1974.

ACT NO. 9 ACT

OF 1974.

(Afrikaans text signed by the Statepresident) (Assented to on 18 September 1974)'

To amend the Transkeian Government Service Pensions Act , 1970 in order to provide for the consolidation of annuities, bonuses and allowances payable to pensioners . BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows:-

1.

Section 2 of the Transkeian Government Service Pensions Act ,

1970 (Act 4 of 1970) is hereby amended by the substitution for

Amendment of Section 2 of Act 4 of 1970 .

paragraph (c ) of the following paragraph :

“(c) (i)

the amount of any benefit , which immediately prior to the fixed date was payable to any person in terms of the proclamation , shall not be decreased ; and

(ii)

such amount and any bonus or allowance payable to such person in terms of section 1 ( 1 ) of the Transkeian Government Service Pensions Amendment Act, 1969 (Act 5 of 1969) shall , subject to the provisions of this Act, be consolidated into one amount and be paid to such person from the pension fund as an annuity ; and ".

2.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Government Service

Pensions Amendment Act, 1974.

357.

Short title.

TRANSKEISE WYSIGINGSWET OP REGERINGSDIENSPENSIOENE , 1974.

WET NR . 9 . VAN 1974.

WET

(Afrikaans teks deur die Staatspresident geteken ) ( Goedgekeur op 18 September 1974) Om die Transkeise Regeringsdienspensioenewet , 1970 te wysig ten einde voorsiening te maak vir die konsolidasie van jaargelde , bonusse en toelaes wat aan pensioenarisse betaalbaar is . DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg:-

1. .

Wysing van artikel 2 van Wet 4 van 1970 .

Artikel 2 van die Transkeise Regeringsdienspensionewet, 1970

(Wet 4 van 1970) word hierby gewysig deur paragraaf ( c ) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang :

“(c) (i)

word die bedrag van enige voordeel , wat onmiddellik voor die vasgestelde datum aan enigiemand ingevolge die proklamasie betaalbaar was nie verminder nie; en

(ii)

word sodanige bedrag en enige bonus of toelae wat aan bedoelde persoon betaalbaar is ingevolge artikel 1 (1 ) van die Wysigingswet op die Transkeise Regeringsdienspensioene , 1969 (Wet 5 van 1969) , onderworpe aan die bepalings van hierdie Wet , in een bedrag gekonsolideer en aan bedoelde persoon uit die pensioenfonds as 'n jaargeld betaal ; en "

Kort titel.

2.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Wysigingswet op Regerings-

dienspensioene , 1974 .

358 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974. UMTHETHO WE 10 KA 1974.

UMTHETHO

(Obhalwe ngesiNgesi usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 8 April 1975) Wokumisela imigaqo uqeqesho noqesho lwabaqeqeshelwa imisebenzi ethile yobuchule eTranskei nokulungiselela imicimbi enxibelelene noko .

KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo : 1.

Kulo Mthetho, ngaphandle kokuba umxholo ophethweyo una- Ingcaciso-magama. ntsingiselo yimbi ukuthi -

(i)

"umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule " kuthetha nawuphi na umntu oqeshwe ngokwemvumelwano yoqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule ebhaliswe ngokwesiqendu 14 kwaye , ukulungiselela iinjongo zeziqendu 25 , 31 , 32 nesama 33 ( 12 ) , kuquka nawuphi na umntu oqeshwe ngokwesiqendu 11 ;

(ii)

"iBhodi" kuthetha iBhodi yaseTranskei yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule esekwe ngesiqendu 4;

(iii)

"umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule " kuthetha nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule osebenzayo ngokwesiqendu 10 , 18 okanye 21 ;

(iv)

" imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule " okanye "imvumelwano " kuthetha nayiphi na ikontreki yoqeqe. shelo-msebenzi wobuchule ebhaliswe okanye ekufuneka ibhaliswe ngokwesiqendu 14 ;

(v)

"umsebenzi wobuchule obaluliweyo " kuthetha nawuphi na umsebenzi obalulwe ngokwesiqendu 10 kwaye kuquka naliphi na isebe lomsebenzi ;

(vi)

"umongameli ” kuthetha umongameli woqeqeshelo - mse benzi wobuchule owalathelwe ngokwesiqendu 3(a) kwaye , kulawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu 3(b) , kuquka umongameli oncedisayo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule ;

(vii)

"umqeshi " kuthetha nawuphi na umntu (ekuqukwa apho uMbuso naye nawuphi na uRhulumente wawo) oqesha nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule okanye

359.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

oqesha okanye ofumanisa umsebenzi nawuphi na umntu osengumntwana emsebenzini obaluliweyo wobuchule okanye oqeqesha nawuphi na umntu osengumntwana emsebenzini obaluliweyo wobuchule , ngenye indlela engeyiyo leyo yasesikolweni okanye umzi-wemfundo cgcinwa usebenza kakuhle ngokupheleleyo okanye ngokuyinxenye ngeengxowa-mali zikaRhulumente okanye esikolweni okanye kuludwe lwezifundo nengqeqesho esibhaliswe ngokoMthetho weMfundo yaseTranskei , 1966 (uMthetho 9 wowe 1966) njengesikolo esifumanisa imfundo yobugcisa, kwaye ukuthi - “qesha" nokuthi “ ngqesho " kuneentsingiselo ezingqinelana noko ;

(viii)

“umondli” kuquka, xa engumntu osengumntwana ongenamondli okanye omondli wakhe ungafumanekiyo okanye unge nakho ukumnceda , umntu othi , ngemvume yomongameli , enze iimfanclo zomondli okanye egameni lomondli womntu osengumntwana ;

(ix)

"umhloli" kuthetha umhloli owalathelwe ngokwesiqendu 26 :

(x)

" ilungu leBhodi " okanye " ilungu " kuquka ilungu leBhodi elilibamba;

(xi)

" uMphathiswa " kuthetha uMphathiswa wczaseKhaya ;

(xii)

"igosa" kuthetha igosa njengoko lichaziweyo esiqendwini 1(1) sesilllokomiso R.334 sowe 1963 ;

(xiii )

" Gazethi kaRhulumente " kuthetha iGazethi kaRhulumente waseTranskei ;

(xiv )

" ixesha lasemva kukatshayile " kuthetha loo nxenye yaso nasiphi na isithuba sexesha athi ngaso umqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule asebenzele umqeshi wakhe ngayo nayiphi na iveki enye okanye naluphi na usuku olunye , kuxhomekeke ckuthini kukuphi na, ethe kratya kuzo naziphi na iiyure eziqhelekileyo zokusebenza ebekunokufuncka loo mqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule -

(a)

ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo msebenzi wobuchule ; okanye

360.

woqeqeshelo-

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO -MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

(b)

ngokwawo

nawuphi na umgaqo

woMthetho wee-

Fektri, isiMatshini noMsebenzi woKwakha, 1941 (uMthetho 22 wowe 1941 ) okanye uMthetho wee Venkile neeOfisi , 1939 (uMthetho 41 wowe 1939) , okanye nasiphi na isaziso ngokwawo nawuphi na kule miThetho ixeliweyo , esisebenzayo kuloo mqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule , ayisebenze kuloo veki okanye ngolo suku , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na ;

(xv)

"umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo " kuquka nawuphi na umhlaba , isakhiwo okanye isithuthi ;

(xvi)

(xvii)

"-miselwe" kuthetha ukuthi kumiselwe ngommiselo ngokwalo Mthetho ;

"inkonzo kaRhulumente " kuthetha inkonzo kaRhulumente waseTranskei ;

(xviii)

"umvuzo " kuthetha nayiphi na intlawulo ngemali okanye ngempahla yorhwebo okanye ngemali nangempahla yorhwebo okanye emayihlawulwe nawuphi na umntu , evela ngayo nayiphi na indlela engqeshweni kwaye ukuthi "-vuza" kunentsingiselo engqinelana naleyo ;

(xix )

"umsebenzi wobuchule " kuquka naliphi na isebe lomsebenzi okanye naliphi na iqela lemisebenzi okanye amasebe emisebenzi ;

(xx)

"Transkei " kuthetha ilizwe elikhankanywe 2 soMthetho

osisiSeko

so Lawulo

esiqendwini

IwaseTranskei ,

1963

(uMthetho 48 wowe 1963) , kunye nawo nawuphi na ummandla oqukwe kwelo lizwe ngokwesiqendu 3 salo Mthetho ukhankanyiweyo .

2.

(1)

Lo Mthetho awuyi kusebenza ngokuphathelele -

(a)

kuye nawuphi na umfundi obhalisiweyo kwiyunivesiti okanye kwikholeji yobugcisa ofundela imfundo enomsila okanye idiploma evunywe nguMphathiswa nosebenza emsebenzini obaluliweyo wobuchule ngeeholide khona ukuze afumane amava;

(b)

kumsebenzi owenziwa kulo okanye ngokumalunga

361 .

Ukusetyenziswa koMthetho .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

nalo naliphi na iziko lemfundo eligcinwa lisebenza kakuhle ngokupheleleyo okanye ngokuyinxenye ngeengxowa-mali zoluntu njengenxalenye yokufundisa okanye yokuqeqesha umntu owenzayo ;

(c)

kumsebenzi owenziwa njengenxalenye yemfundo okanye yengqeqesho yomntu owenzayo kuso nasiphi na isikolo sobugcisa esiqhuba nayiphi na iklasi okanye uludwe lwezifundo eyenziwa ngezandla okanye ufundiso kuwo nawuphi na umsebenzi ob. : lweyo wobuchule ;

(d)

kuye nawuphi na umntu othi emva kokuba eyizuzile imfundo enomsila okanye idiploma evunywe nguMphathiswa asebenze emsebenzini obalulweyo wobuchule ngenjongo yokuba afumane amava ;

(e)

kuqesho okanye kuqeqesho kwimicimbi yobufama okanye yolimo nemfuyo ;

(f) Ulwalathelo lomongameli woqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule namanye amagosa.

kuqesho emzini nje womntu ozimeleyo .

3.

Umphathiswa angathi , elawulwa yimithetho elawula inkonzo kaRhulumente .

(a)

alathele igosa eliya kubizwa ngokuba ngumongameli woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule eliya kuthi , lilawulwa nayiyiphi na imiyalelo yoMphathiswa , lisebenzise amagunya athweswe lize lenze iimfanelo ezabelwe uMongameli ngulo Mthetho kunjalo nje liqhube loo msebenzi ungomnye angathi uMphathiswa ngamaxesha ngamaxesha alabele wona ;

(b)

alathele igosa eliya kubizwa ngokuba ngumongameli oncedisayo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule oya kuthi , elawulwa yiyo nayiphi na imiyalelo kaMongameli abe namandla ukuba asebenzise naliphi na igunya nokwenza nawuphi na umsebenzi okanye imfanelo anamandla okulisebenzisa okanye okuyenza umongameli ; aze

(c)

alathe le loo magosa angamanye angathi afuneke khona ukuze kufezwe

oko kufunwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho ;

omnye kuwo ke uya kwenza iimfanelo zokuba ngunobhala webhodi.

362 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE, 1974.

1.

Ngokwenjenje ke kusekwa ibhodi yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobu-

chule eya kwaziwa ngokuba yiBhodi yaseTranskei yaQeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule .

5.

(1 )

Ibhodi iya kuba nabantu abangadlulanga kwabasixhenxe

abangamalungu aseburhúlumenteni kunye nabantu abangagqithanga kwababini abangamalungu angengo aburhulumente abalathelwa njengoko kuqingqiweyo ngezants'apha.

(2)

Kumalungu asemthethweni -

(a)

amabini (omnye kuwo uya kuba ngusihlalo weBhodi) aya kwalathelwa lakhe ;

(b)

nguMphathiswa kumagosa esebe

amabini aya kuba ngamagosa okanye amanye amagosa eSebe leMfundo alathelwa nguMphathiswa weMfundo ;

(c)

amabini aya kuba ngamagosa eSebe lecNdlela nemisebenzi ; laye ke

(d)

elinye liya kuba ligosa leofisi yeKhomishini yeNkonzo kaRhulumente , clalathelwe yiKhomishini , eliya kuba lilungu le Bhodi xa sukuba kuqwalasclwa yiBhodi nawuphi na umcimbi ochaphazela nawuphi na umqcqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule osengqeshweni kaRhulumente waseTranskei .

(3)

Umphathiswa angalathela ukuba babe ngamalungu ange-

ngo kaRhulumente eBhodi nabaphi na abantu ababini abatyunjwe nguwo nawuphi na umbutho okanye imibutho ethi kuluvo lwakhe ibe imele okanye ube umele abaqeshi.

(4) Ngelungu ngalinye leBhodi elingenguye usihlalo kuya kubakho ilungu elilisekela clalathelwa ngendlela echazwe kwisiqendwana ( 2 ) nesesi (3 ) .

(5 )

( a)

Lilawulwa yimigaqo yomhlathi (b ) , ilungu leBhodi liya kwalathelwa eso sithuba (esingengaphezulu eminyakeni emithathu ) esingathi simiselwe sisiphathamandla elalathelwa siso elo lungu kwaye ke , xa ili-

363.

Useko-Bhodi yaseTranskei yoQeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule. Ukubunjwa kweBhodi.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

lungu elikhankanywe kwisiqendwana (3) , liya kuba sesikhundleni sobulungu balo ngaloo migqaliselo iphathelele emvuzweni okanye kokunye angathi uMphathiswa ayimisele ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali .

(b)

Isiphathamandla elalalathelwe siso naliphi na ilungu singathi nangaliphi na ilixa ngaso nasiphi na isizathu esinesihlahla nesaneleyo silishenxise elo lungu esikhundleni.

(6) Xa sukuba naliphi na ilungu leBhodi liphuma esikhundleni salo okanye lishenxiswa kuso isiphathamandla esifanelekileyo siya kwalathela omnye umntu ukuzalisa isikhewukwaye ke , ade abe walathelwe loo mntu , amalungu aseleyo aya kuba yiBhodi.

Inkqubo 6. ezintlanganisweni zeBhodi.

(1)

( a)

Ukuba usihlalo akakho nakuyiphi na intlanganiso yeBhodi , amalungu akhoyo anganyula omnye kuwo ukuba abambele usihlalo kuloo ntlanganiso .

(b)

Nawuphi na ke umntu obambele usihlalo ngolo hlobo uya kuba namandla okusebenzisa okanye okwenza onke

okanye

okanye

(2)

nawuphi

iimfanelo

na kumagunya, umsebenzi

zikasihlalo

ngokwalo

Mthetho .

Akukho mntu ungelilo ilungu leBhodi nonoBhala wayo

uya kubakho kuyo nayiphi na intlanganiso yeBhodi ngaphandle kokuba ugunyaziselwe

ngemfanelo ukwenjenjalo ngusihlalo okanye

nguMphathiswa okanye ngaphandle kokuba uvela ngaphambi kwebhodi kuba ephendula isapina okanye ngenye indlela ngesicelo seBhodi. (3)

Intlanganiso yokuqala yeBhodi iya kuba ngexesha nase-

ndaweni eya kumiselwa ngumongameli , zaye ke zonke iintlanganiso ezilandelayo zeBhodi ziya kuba ngaloo maxesha nakwezo ndawo ingathi iBhodi iziqingqe ngamaxesha ngamaxesha : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi usihlalo weBhodi angathi , emva kwesaziso esifanelekileyo , abize intlanganiso eyodwa yeBhodi eya kuba ngexesha nasendaweni emiselwe nguye .

(4)

Unobhala weBhodi uya kunika isaziso esibhaliweyo esinge-

ngaphantsi kweentsuku ezilishumi sayo nayiphi na intlanganiso eqhelekileyo yeBhodi ilungu ngalinye layo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje

364.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974. ukuba isaziso esifutshane kunoko singanikwa xa iimeko zikufuna oko okanye usihlalo ayalela ngolo hlobo.

(5) : Nasiphi na isaziso sentlanganiso yeBhodi siya kuphelekwa luludwe Iweentloko zemicimbi eza kuqwalaselwa kuloo ntlanganiso.

(6)

Amalungu amane, ekukhutshelwa ngaphandle kuwo usi-

hlalo , aya kuba yiKhoram yayo nayiphi na intlanganiso yeBhodi.

(7)

Usihlalo uya kuthabatha inyathelo lokuba kugcinwe ingxeexoxiweyo kwintlanganiso nganye yeBhodi, ngxelo-

lo- micimbi

micimbi leyo iya kwandlalwa esithebeni khona ukuze iqiniselwe entlanganisweni eqhelekileyo yeBhodi elandela nqo leyo .

(8)

Akho sigqibo okanye ngcebiso yaBhodi iya kuba namandla

omthetho ngaphandle kokuba yamkelwe luninzi lwevoti . (9) Xa zilinganayo iivoti usihlalo webhodi uya kuba nayo to fol nevoti eqhawul'imbambano . (10) Naliphi na ilungu elilisekela lingabakho nakuyiphi na intlanganiso yeBhodi kodwa aliyi kuba navoti xa likho ilungu elilisekela lalo . (11 ) Ibhodi ingathi ngesigqibo yalathele naliphi na kumalungu ayo oburhulumente (ngezants'apha kulo Mthetho elibizwa ngokuba ligosa eliphandayo ) ukuba liqhube egameni layo naluphi na uphando engalubona lufuneka khona ukuze iBhodi ibe nakho ukuwenza okanye ukusebenzisa nawaphi na amagunya ayo , umsebenzi okanye iimfanelo zayo ngokwalo Mthetho laye ke elo gosa liphandayo liya kuthi ngoko nangoko emva koko libe namandla okusebenzisa nawaphi na okanye onke kumagunya kasihlalo weBhodi ngokwalo Mthetho. 7.

Iimfanelo nomsebenzi weBhodi.

Ibhodi iya kuthi -

(a)

iphande , ize icebise uMphathiswa okanye umongameli kuwo nawuphi na umcimbi angathi uMphathiswa okanye umongameli, kuxhomekeke ekuthini ngubani na kanyekanye , ngokumalunga nawo enze okanye asebenzise naliphi na igunya, umsebenzi okanye imfanelo ngokwalo Mthetho ;

(b)

ibe negunya lokwenza iingcebiso ngokubhekiselele kuwo nawuphi

na

umcimbi

ekufunwa

ingcebiso yeBhodi ngokwalo

ngokumalunga

Mthetho ;

365 .

nawo

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO -MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

(c)

iphande nayiphi na impikiswano ezalwa yimvumelwano yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule ebhikiswe kuyo ngomnye waba bazibophelele ngale mvumelwano okanye ngumongameli okanye ngumhloli ize yenze umgudu wokuba ipheliswe loo mpikiswano ngoxolo ;

(d)

ifumanise umongameli

loo

nkcukacha-manani , iingxelo

okanye enye inkcazo ekuyo angathi ayifune umongameli ; ize

(e)

yenze ezo mfanelo nomsebenzi ngokubhekiselele kuwo nawuphi na umcimbi ophathelele kubaqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule angathi uMphathiswa awabele yona.

Uphando yiBhodi okanye egameni layo.

8.

(1 )

Ibhodi okanye igosa eliphandayo lingathi nangaliphi na

ilixa lingene nakuwuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo apho kuqeshwe okanye bekuqeshwe khona umqeqeshelwa - msebenzi wobuchule laye lingaqhuba olo hlobo nolo phando kuloo mhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo engathi iBhodi okanye igosa eliphandayo , kuxhomekeke ekuthini ngubani na kanye-kanye , ilubone lufuneka .

(2)

Usihlalo weBhodi angathi ngesapina esayinwe nguye abize

nawuphi na umntu (ongelilo igosa) othi ngokoluvo lwakhe abe angaba nakho ukunika ingxelo esemxholweni ngawo nawuphi na umcimbi osaphandwayo yiBhodi okanye orhanelwa okanye ekukholelwa ukuba kuye okanye elugcinweni okanye elulawulweni lwakhe into echaphazela nangayiphi na indlela umxholo wophando , ukuba abekho ngexesha nasendaweni exelwe kwisapina khona ukuze abuzwe imibuzo okanye avelise loo ncwadi , ixwebhu okanye into , waye engagcina ngenjongo yokuba ihlolwe nayiphi na incwadi , ixwebhu okanyc into eveliswe ngolo hlobo . (3 ) Usihlalo weBhodi angabiza njengengqina aze afungise okanye enze okokuba nawuphi na umntu athembise ngendili ukuthetha inyaniso kuyo nayiphi na intlanganiso yeBhodi , mntu lowo owayethunyelwe okanye ongewayethunyelwe isapina csimbiza njengengqina ngokwesiqendwana (2 ) waye ke usihlalo nalo naliphi na elinye ilungu leBhodi lingambuza imibuzo lize limyalele ukuba abonise nayiphi na incwadi , ixwebhu okanye into ekuye okanye esclugcinweni okanye elulawulweni Iwakhe : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi usihlalo angathi esebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe awalele nawuphi na umbuzo othi ngokoluvo Iwakhe ube awukho mxholweni ngokumalunga nophando .

366 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO -MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

(4) Kulawula imigaqo yesiqendu 6( 2) , ukubuzwa imibuzo kwalo naliphi na ingqina ngokwesiqendwana ( 3) kuya kuqhutywa ngasese .

(5) Nasiphi na isapina esikhutshwe ngokwesiqendwana (2) singanikwa umntu ekufuneka abekho ukuphendula sona nguye nawuphi

na umntu

ogunyaziselwe

ukwenjenjalo

ngumongameli

(a)

ngokumnika ikopi yeso sapina loo mntu ngenkqu ; okanye

(b)

ngokuyishiya loo kopi endaweni yakhe eqhelekileyo okanye yokugqibela eyaziwayo yokuhlala okanye yokushishina okanye yengqesho emntwini okhangeleka ngathi akangaphantsi kweminyaka elishumi elinesithandathu ubudala nekungathi uhlala okanye uqeshwe apho ; okanye

(c)

ngokuthumela loo kopi ngeposi ebhalisiweyo okanye eqiniselweyo endaweni yakhe eqhelekileyo okanye eyokugqibela eyaziwayo yokuhlala okanye yokushishina okanye yokuqeshwa okanye kwinamba yebokisi yakhe yaseposini.

(6)

Ingqina, elingelilo igosa okanye omnye umntu osengqe-

shweni esisigxina yakhe nawuphi na uRhulumente woMbuso , elibizwa ngesapina okanye ngenye indlela elibuzwa imibuzo ngokwesiqendwana (2 ) okanye (3) liya kuba nelungelo lokufumana isibonelelo esilingana nesibonelelo ebeliya kumelwa kukuba lisihlawulwe ukuba belibizwe ngesapina ukuba linike ubungqina kuxubusho-micimbi yetyala lesizi enkundleni kamantyi : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi usihlalo weBhodi angathi, ukuba ubona kufanele ayalele ukuba akukho sibonelelo sinjalo okanye yinxenye kuphela yeso sibonelelo eya kuhlawulwa elo ngqina. (7) Akukho mntu uya kuthintela , axabe endleleni okanye athuke ngabom usihlalo okanye naliphi na ilungu leBhodi okanye naliphi na igosa eliphandayo ekusebenziseni kwalo naliphi na igunya ngokwesi siqendu .

(8) Akukho mntu ubizwe ngemfanelo ngesapina ngokwesiqendwana ( 2) uya kuthi ngaphandle kwesizathu esaneleyo , angaphumeleli ukubakho ngexesha nasendaweni exelwe kwisapina.

367 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

(9)

Akukho mntu ubizwe ngemfanelo ngesapina ngokwesiqe-

ndwana ( 2) okanye ubizwe ukuba abe lingqina ngokwesiqendwana (3) uya kukutyeshela ukuhlala ekho ngaphandle kokuba ukhululwe kokunye ukubakho ngusihlalo weBhodi okanye uya kwala ukufungiswa okanye ukuba enziswe isithembiso esenziwe ngendili sokuthetha inyaniso okanye uya kutyeshela ukuyiphendula ngokupheleleyo nangokwanelisayo kangangoko aziyo nakangangoko akholwayo yonke imibuzo ebhekiswa kuye ngokusemthethweni , okanye ukuvelisa nayiphi na incwadi , ixwebhu okanye into ekuye okanye eselugcinweni okanye elulawulweni lwakhe xa kufuneka enjenjalo ngokusemthethweni : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi , ngokubhekiselele emntwini onjalo , umthetho obhekiselele kuxhamliso - lungelo njengoko usebenzayo kwingqina elibizwa ngesapina ukuba linike ubungqina okanye livelise nayiphi na incwadi , ixwebhu okanye into phambi kwenkundla yomthetho , uya kusebenza.

Makube yindaba yakwamkhozi.

9.

Akukho lungu leBhodi , umhloli , igosa okanye omnye umntu

okhoyo nakuyiphi na intlanganiso yeBhodi okanye nakuñuphi na uphando okanye ubuzo- mibuzo ngokwalo Mthetho uya kudiza kuye nawuphi na umntu ongenguye uMphathiswa okanye umongameli okanye ngenjongo yokusebenzisa amagunya akhe okanye ukwenza nawuphi na umsebenzi okanye iimfanelo ngokwalo Mthetho okanye ngaphandle kokuba unyanzelekile ukuba enjenjalo ngokomthetho , nayiphi na ingxelo ephathelele kuxubusho -micimbi okany、 kwiingxoxo kuyo nayiphi na intlanganiso yeBhodi okanye ebhekiselele kwimicimbi yemali okanye yorhwebo yakhe nawuphi na umntu , inkazathi yababini

okanye

ishishini ,

ayifumeneyo

ekusebenziseni

amagunya akhe okanye ekwenzeni nawuphi na umsebenzi okanye imfanelo ngokwalo Mthetho okanye xeshikweni wayekhona kuyo nayiphi na intlanganiso enjalo , uphando okanye ubuzo - mibuzo olunjalo , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na .

Ubalulo -misebenzi osebenza kuyo lo Mthetho nemigqaheloliselo yoqeqes misebenzi wobuchule.

10. ( 1 )) Umphathiswa angathi , ngecebiso le Bhodi , ngesaziso e Gazethini kaRhulumente abalule nawuphi na umsebenzi njengomsebenzi ekuya kusebenza ngokumalunga nawo imigaqo yalo Mthetho waye engawuchaza loo msebenzi ngokubhekiselele emsebenzini owenziwayo apho , imisetyenzana ngemisetyenzana eqhutywayo apho kuwo okanye uhlobo okanye udidi lomhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo ekwenziwa kuzo umsebenzi okanye imisetyenzana eqhutywayo . (2)

Umphathiswa angathi kanjalo , ngecebiso leBhodi amisele -

(a)

izifanelekelo - msebenzi

368.

ekuqukwa

apho

elona nani

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE, 1974.

lincinane leminyaka yobudala (elingayi kuba ngaphantsi kweshumi elinesihlanu leminyaka ) nomgangatho wemfundo ekufuneka befikelele kuwo abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ;

(b )

isithuba

soqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule

nokuthi

eso sithuba singafutshaniswa okanye solulwe kangakanani na nakuziphi na iimeko ;

(c)

imiyinge abaya kuvuzwa ngayo abaqeqeshelwa- misebenzi yobuchule ngonyaka ngamnye woqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule , iimeko engancitshiswa okanye eya kwandiswa kuzo le miyinge nobungakanani bonciphiso okanye bolwandiso : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho myinge usekwe kwisixa somsebenzi owenziweyo uya kumiselwa, kunjalo nje makuqondakale kwakhona ukuthi uMphathiswa akayi kumisela nawuphi na umyinge womvuzo ongaphezulu komyinge ibhodi ecebise ukuba kuvuzwe ngawo ;

(d)

iiklasi abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule abaya kubakho kuzo ngezithuba zabo zoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule , inani leentsuku abaya kubakho kuzo , iiyure abaya kubakho nenani leeyure abaya kubakho kuzo kwezo klasi ngayo nayiphi na iveki kuwo nawuphi na unyaka kunjalo nje , kulawula imigaqo yesiqe ndwana (9) , inani leeyure, ukuba zikho neemeko abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule abaya kukhuluIwa kuzo emsebenzini ngumqeshi ngenjongo yokuba babekho eziklasini ngalo naluphi na usuku : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi, xa sukuba ubukho kuzo naziphi na iiklasi ezinjalo bumiselwe ngohlobo apha lokuba bube ngosuku olunye lweveki, inani leeyure ezimiselwa ngolo hlobo liya kuthi, kangangoko kuthi kube nokwenzeka lingabi ngaphantsi kwezisibhozo ngemini ;

(e)

uhlobo nenani loludwe-zifundo eziqhutywa ngembhalelwano emazifundwe ngabaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule endaweni okanye ngaphezu kwazo naziphi na iiklasi ezimiselwe ngokomhlathi (d ) nemigqaliselo ezingathi ezo zifundo zifundiswe zilawulwa yiyo endaweni yezo klasi ;

369.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO - MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

(f)

uludwe lwezifundo ezisisigxina zobugcisa

abaya

kuba

kho

zengqeqesho

kuzo

kwe-

abaqeqeshelwa-

msebenzi wobuchule , isithuba okanye izithuba zokubakho nezigama ekuya kuziwa kuzo kolu ludwezifundo ;

(g)

iintlobo zomsebenzi umqeshi aya kufumanisa kuzo abaqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule ingqeqesho yamava afunyanwa ngokwenza , ulinganiselo lweeyure zokusebenza aya kuthi ngazo namabakala ngesithuba soqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule aya kuthi ngawo afumanise loo ngqeqesho kuhlobo ngalunye lomsebenzi ;

(h)

uvavanyo okanye iimviwo (ezenziwayo okanye ezichazwa-nje okanye zombini ezo ntlobo ) , ukuba zikho , abaya kuthi abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule bahlolwe ngazo ngamabakala amiselweyo ngesithuba soqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule , uvavanyo olunesiqiniselo sobungcungela okanye somsebenzi aya kuvavanywa ngalo umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule , ibakala oluya kuqhutywa ngalo uvavanyo neemeko angathi kuzo umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule avavanywe ngolo vavanyo lunesiqiniselo sobungcungela okanye somsebenzi ngaphambili okanye emva kwelo bakala, okanye akhululwe kulo naluphi

na

uviwo okanye uvavanyo olunjalo okanye inxenye yalo ; (i)

imali emelwe kukuba ihlawulelwe naluphi na uvavanyo okanye uviwo olumiselwe ngokomhlathi (h) nokuthi loo mali iya kuhlawulwa ngubani na ;

(j)

imeko abaya kuthi kuzo abaqeshi bahlawule zonke okanye nayiphi na inxenye exeliweyo yeemali ezimelwe kukuhlawulwa ngokumalunga naziphi na iiklasi okanye uludwe lwezifundo olumiselwe ngokomhlathi (d) , (e) okanye (f) , okanye babuyisele kubaqeqesheIwa-msebenzi wobuchule zonke okanye nayiphi na inxalenye exeliweyo yazo naziphi na iimali ezinjalo ezihlawulwe ngabo ;

(k)

elona

nani liphezulu leeyure eziqhelekileyo zoku-

sebenza abangathi abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchu-

370.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

le bayalelwe okanye bavunyelwe ukuba balisebenze ngayo nayiphi na iveki okanye ngalo naluphi na usuku , neentsuku angathi kuzo , iiyure ngalo naluphi na usuku angathi ngaphambi okanye emva kwalo nezigama angathi kuzo nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule angayalelwa okanye angavunyelwa ukuba asebenze ; (1)

esona sithuba sexesha side sokusebenza emva kukatshayile ekungafuneka okanye abangathi bavunyelwe abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule basisebenze ngaso nasiphi na isithuba esithile nemiyinge abaya kuvuzwa ngokungqinelana nayo nzi emva kukatshayile ;

ngokumalunga nomse-

(m) inani leeholide ezihlawulelwayo emazivunyelwe abaqeqeshelwa - msebenzi wobuchule ngawo nawuphi na umnyaka woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule nemiyinge abaya kuhlawulwa ngayo ngokumalunga nezo holide ; (n )

umvuzo neminye imigqaliselo yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule ngokumalunga nasiphi na isithuba athi ngaso umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule angabi nakho ngenxa yawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule okanye enye imeko exeliweyo ukwenza umsebenzi womqeshi wakhe ngeeyure eziqhelekileyo zokusebenza;

(0)

elona nani lincinane okanye likhulu labaqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule emaliqeshwe kuwo nawuphi na umsebenzi obalulweyo okanye nguye nawuphi na umqeshi okanye , ukuba alikho elona nani lincinane okanye likhulu linjalo elimiselweyo , isiphathamandla eliya kumiselwa siso okanye iingongoma ezisisiseko esiyindoqo

eliya kumiselwa ngokungqinelana nazo

naliphi na inani elinjalo ; (p)

nawuphi na omnye umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo- msebenzi wobuchule walo naluphi na uhlobo angathi awubone ufanele ukuba awumisele .

(3) Umphathiswa angathi kanjalo arhoxise okanye afake imibandela kuso nasiphi na isaziso esipapashwe ngokwesiqendwana (1 ) okanye (2) .

371 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO - MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

(4 )

( a)

Ngaphambi kokupapasha isaziso ngokwesiqendwana (1 ) , ( 2) okanye ( 3 ) uMphathiswa uya kuthi ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente -

(i)

abhengeze injongo yakhe yokusipapasha isaziso esikhankanywe kuqala ;

(ii)

axele ukuba iikopi zesaziso esikhankanywe kuqala zifumaneka kumongameli ; aze

(iii )

acele bonke abantu abanomdla ukuba bandlale phambi kweBhodi ngencwadi ebhaliweyo , zingekadluli

iintsuku ezingamashumi amathathu

emva kopapasho lweso saziso senjongo yakhe , nasiphi na isichaso abangaba naso kweso saziso sicetywayo .

(b)

Ibhodi yothi ngaphandle kokulibazisa ithumele naziphi na izichaso ezinjalo kuMphathiswa kunye namacebiso ayo ngazo .

(5 )

Isaziso ngokwesiqendwana (2 ) okanye (3) okanye (4) esi-

phathelele kwimigqaliselo yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule singapapashwa ngaxesha-nye nopapasho okanye ngalonaliphi na ilixa emva kopapasho lwesaziso ngokwesiqendwana ( 1) , ( 3 ) okanye (4) esiphathelele kubalulo lomsebenzi lowo wobuchule .

(6)

Imigqaliselo eyahlukeneyo yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobu-

chule ingamiselwa ngokwesiqendwana ( 2 ) okanye (3 ) ngokumalunga neendidi ezahlukeneyo zabaqeshi okanye abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule, imisebenzi yobuchule eyahlukeneyo okanye imimandla eyahlukeneyo waye ke ekumiseleni loo migqaliselo yahlukeneyo uMphathiswa angasebenzisa nayiphi na indlela yolwahlukahlukaniso angathi ayibone ifanele .

(7)

(a)

Umongameli angathi, ngecebiso leBhodi kunjalo nje clawulwa yiloo migqaliselo angathi ayiqingqe (migqaliselo leyo iya kwandlalwa ephepheni elibhaliweyo elibhekiswa kwiadresi yomqeshi) aluvume uqeqesho Iwabaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule nguye nawuphi na umqeshi ngokwawo nawuphi na umsebenzi omiselweyo abaya kuthi ngawo abaqeqeshelwa-mse-

372.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE, 1974 .

benzi wobuchule bazuze ingqeqesho yabo inxenye exeliweyo yezithuba zabo zoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule besoloko bephantsi kweliso labahlohli abavunywe ngumongameli ngecebiso clinjalo .

(b)

Nayiphi na imigqaliselo yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule ephambeneyo nemigqaliselo abaqeqeshwa belawulwa yiyo nabaphi na abaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngokwawo nawuphi na umsebenzi omiselweyo ovunywe ngolo hlobo ayiyi kusebenza ngokumalunga nabo baqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule .

(8 )

Ukuba umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule , ekungasafu-

neki nganto ukuba abekho eziklasini okanye enze izifundo zembhalelwano ngeposi ezimiselwe ngokomhlathi (d) okanye (e) wesiqendwana ( 2) ukhetha ukuqhubela phambili nezifundo zakhe , uya kulawulwa yimigqaliselo aze axhamle namalungelo afana nalawo omqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ekufuneka azihambe ezo klasi okanye afunde ezo zifundo zembhalelwano ngeposi .

(9 ) Umqeshi wakhe nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule -

(a)

ekufuneke abekho nakuziphi na iiklasi ezimiselwe ngokwesitenxa- mgaqweni somhlathi (d ) wesiqendwana (2 ) , okanye

(b)

ekufuneka ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo omiselwe ngokomhlathi (e ) weso siqendwana sixeliweyo okanye ngokwalo naluphi na ukhululo ngokwesiqendu 29 abekho ngenjongo yokufunda nakuyiphi na indawo emiselwe ngumongameli ,

akayi kufuna okanye avumele umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ukuba ezo klasi zixeliweyo okanye iiyure ekufuneka ngolo hlobo abekho ngazo ziba ngosuku olunye lweveki , ukuba asebenze ngolo suku , okanye ukuba ezo yure zixeliweyo ziba kwiintsuku ezingaphezulu kolunye evekini , ukuba asebenze ngezo yure , waye umqeshi uya kumhlawula ngokumalunga naluphi na usuku olunjalo umvuzo ngomyinge ongengaphantsi komyinge oqhelekileyo womvuzo wakhe ngokungathi ebesebenzile ngolo suku iiyure zakhe ezilingeneyo -nje

373.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE, 1974.

eziqhelekileyo zolo suku : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi ukuba umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule akezanga ngesizathu esingenasihlahla kuyo nayiphi na iklasi okanye indawo enjalo yokufunda , umqeshi angathabatha emvuzweni wakhe kangangoko ebeya kumelwa kukuba ahlawulwe ngokumalunga nolo suku okanye ixesha angezanga ngalo .

( 10 ) Ukuba umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule uyaphumelela kuvavanyo olunesiqiniselo sobungcungela okanye somsebenzi olumiselwe ngokomhlathi (h) wesiqendwana ( 2) ngaphambili okanye emva kwebakala eliqingqwe ngolo hlobo , imvumelwano naye yoqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule iya kuthatyathwa ngokuba iphelile ngenxa yokuhamba kwexesha ukususela emhleni ongamashumi amabini ananye eentsuku

Uqesho noqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule.

11.

(1 )

emva kosuku lokugqibela lovavanyo .

Emva kokuba umsebenzi wobuchule ubalulwe nguMpha-

thiswa ngokwesiqendu 10( 1 ) , akukho mntu uya kuthi ngaphandle kwemvume ebhaliweyo kamongameli -

(a)

athathele engqeshweni yakhe emsebenzini wobuchule obalulweyo kungekuko kuba engumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule nawuphi na umntu , okanye

(b)

agcine engqeshweni yakhe emsebenzini obalulweyo wobuchule kungekuko kuba engumqeqeshelwa -msebenzi wobuchule nawuphi na umntu osengumntwana ongekasigqibi isithuba soqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule okanye ongekaluphumeleli uvavanyo olunesiqiniselo sobungcungela okanye somsebenzi olumiselwe ngokumalunga naloo msebenzi ngokwesiqendu 10( 2) : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi imigaqo yesi siqendwana ayiyi kusebenza kuye nawuphi na umntu ongumsebenzi oNtsundu ongumakhi njengoko achaziweyo esiqendwini 1 soMthetho wabaSebenzi abaNtsundu 1951 ) .

(2)

abangabakhi ,

1951

(uMthetho

27 wowe

Umongameli angathi, ethathela ingqalelo eyiyo oko kulu-

ncedo kumntu osengumntwana okanye omnye umntu ochaphazelekayo kunjalo nje

emva kobhungisano neBhodi , ayinike okanye anga-

yiniki imvume yakhe .

(3 )

Akukho mntu uya kugcina nawuphi na umntu osengum-

374.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

ntwana okanye omnye umntu engqeshweni yakhe emsebenzini wobuchule obalulweyo nasiphi na isithuba esingaphaya kweenyanga ezine emva komhla wemvume enikwe ngokumalunga naloo mntu ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) ngaphandle kokuba imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule ngefomu emiselweyo yenziwe ngokwalo Mthetho nemigqaliselo yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule esebenzayo kuloo msebenzi ize ibe ithunyelwe kumongameli khona ukuze ayibhalise.

(4)

Nasiphi na isicelo semvume kamongameli ngokwesiqendwa-

na ( 1 ) siya kuba ngefomu emiselweyo .

12.

Akukho mntu uya kuthi ngokuthe nggo okanye ngokusekele-

zayo afune okanye avumele ukuba nawuphi na umntu ahlawule okanye anike nawuphi na umvuzo ngokumalunga nokuqeshwa kwakhe nawuphi na umntu osengumntwana emsebenzini wobuchule oba-

Aluvunyelwe ulwamkelomvuzo okanye ibhaso-mali.

lulweyo okanye amkele nawuphi na umvuzo onjalo kuye nawuphi na umntu .

13.

(1 )

Nawuphi na umntu -

Izifanelekeloqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule.

(a)

onezifanelekelo -ngqeqesho eziqingqwe ngokwesigendu 10 (2);

(b)

ozuze isiqiniselo sokufaneleka singefomu emiselweyo ;

(c)

ofikelele eshumini elinesihlanu leminyaka yobudala, kuze kube

(d)

akufuneki ngomthetho isikolo ,

ukuba ahambe nasiphi na

angathi, elawulwa yimigaqo kunjalo nje ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho azibophelele njengomqeqeshelwa- msebenzi emsebenzini wobuchule obalulweyo .

(2 )

Ukuba nawuphi na umntu onjalo usengumntwana uya-

kuncediswa ngumondli wakhe waye ke, ukuba akangomntu usengumntwana akayi kuzibophelela ngolo hlobo ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume kamongameli oya kuthi , ngaphambi kokunika imvume yakhe, abhungisane neBhodi.

375.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974. (3)

Nawuphi na umntu osengumntwana angazibophelela ngolo

hlobo khona ukuze asigqibe isithuba soqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule esimiselwe ngokwesiqendu 10( 2 ) ngokumalunga nomsebenzi lowo wobuchule ubalulweyo emva kokufikisa kwakhe ebudodeni okanye ebufazini.

Ubhaliso-mvume- 14. ( 1 ) Akukho mvumelwano yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule Iwano yoqeqeshelo-misebenzi wobu- emsebenzini obalulweyo wobuchule iya kuba namandla omthetho chule. ngaphandle kokuba -

(a)

ibhaliwe

ukwenziwa kwayo ngefomu emiselweyo ,

yaye

(b)

isayinwe ngumqeshi okanye egameni lakhe nangumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule waye ke , ukuba umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngumntu osengumntwana, ngumondli wakhe , ize ibe

(c)

(2)

ibhalisiwe ngumongameli .

Umqeshi uya kuthi , ingekapheli inyanga enye ukususela

emhleni

eyayenziwe ngawo , ayinike imvumelwano (iikopi-mbini ) umongameli khona ukuze ayibhalise . (3 ) Isicelo ngasinye sobhaliso lwemvumelwano yoqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule siya kubhekiswa kunobhala weBhodi saye siya kuphelekwa -

(a)

bubungqina bomhla wokuzalwa nomgangatho emfundweni walowo uza kuba ngumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ; ne-

(b )

siqiniselo sikagqirha ngefomu emiselweyo , esikhutshwe ngugqirha obhalisiweyo wamayeza ngokumalunga nokuphila kakuhle emzimbeni kwalowo uza kuba ngumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule khona ukuze abe nakho ukwenza imvumelwano yoqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule emsebenzini lowo ubalulweyo wobuchule .

(4) Ibhodi iya kuyithumela imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule kumongameli , kunye necebiso layo ngokuphathelele ekuthini kufanelekile okanye akufanelekanga na ukuba ibhaliswe ,

376.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO - MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

waye umongameli angathi ngoko nangoko emva koko ayibhalise loo mvumelwano okanye ale ukuyibhalisa : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi umongameli akayi kwala ukuyibhalisa nayiphi na imvumeIwano ngaphandle kokuba iBhodi icebise ngolo hlobo .

(5 ) Umongameli angala ukuyibhalisa imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule ethi ngenye indlela ivumelane nemigaqo yalo Mthetho ukuba iBhodi yenze ingxelo yokuba ngokoluvo lwayo akulo ncedo kulo uza kuba ngumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ukuba abhalise imvumelwano waye angathi, ekufikeleleni esigqibeni ngokwesi siqendwana, ase iso into yokuba lo uza kuba ngumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule kulindelekile kusini na ukuba azuze umsebenzi ngokuqeshwa emsebenzini lowo ubalulweyo wobuchule ekupheleni kwemvumelwano .

(6)

Emva kobhaliso

lwemvumelwano yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi

wobuchule ikopi yesibini yemvumelwano iya kugcinwa ngumongameli yaye eyokuqala iya kuthunyelwa ngumongameli kumqeshi oya kuyigcina loo kopi ide ipheliswe itshintshelwe komnye okanye itshithiswe imvumelwano . (7)

Umongameli uya kuthi ekwenziweni kwesicelo akhuphele

nawuphi na kwaba bazibophelele ngemvumelwano ebhalisiweyo ikopi eqiniselweyo yaloo mvumelwano ekuhlawuleni imali engamashumi amahlanu eesenti eziya kuba yinzuzo engena kwiNgxowa yeMali eNgenayo eTranskei.

Ukuba kuluvo lomongameli nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa- Uqeqesho-baqeqeshelwa-msebenzi msebenzi wobuchule akazuzi ngqeqesho yaneleyo , umongameli anga- wobuchule. 15.

(1)

thi emva kobhungisano neBhodi , ayalele umqeshi womqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule ukuba athabathe elo nyathelo , lixelwe kumyalelo , angalibona lifuneka umongameli khona ukuze kuqinisekiswe ukuba umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule uya kuzuza ingqeqesho eyaneleyo , waye engathi nangaliphi na ilixa awurhoxise okanye awufakele imibandela nawuphi na umyalelo onjalo . (2)

Kuwo nawuphi na umyalelo onjalo umongameli angaca-

cisa iindidi zomsebenzi aza kuqeqeshwa kuzo umqeqeshelwa-mse benzi wobuchule , izithuba zexesha , izigama aya kuqeqeshwa kuzo ngolo hlobo okanye imihla aya kuqeqeshwa phakathi kwayo ngolo hlobo , imigqaliselo ephathelele kuphoso-liso kuye , indlela okanye indawo yokusebenza nawo nawuphi na omnye umcimbi okanye umgqaliselo ophathelele kuqeqesho lomqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule .

377.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

Uqesho-baqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule nga-

16.

(1)

Ukuba kuluvo lomongameli umqeshi womqeqeshelwa- mse-

benzi wobuchule uthi , ngaso nasiphi na isizathu esingekho lulawuphantsi kwexesha lweni lomqeshi, angabi nakho ukumfumanisa umqeqeshelwa-msebeeliqhelekileyo lokusebenza nobo- nzi wobuchule umsebenzi okanye ingqeqesho ngesithuba esipheleleyo lekiso ngabaqeqeshelwa-msebenzi seeyure eziqhelekileyo zakhe zokusebenza , angathi, emva kokubhuwobuchule. ngisana neBhodi, ngencwadi ebhaliweyo agunyazise eso sithuba kunjalo nje phantsi kwaloo migqaliselo angayimiselayo ukuba kuqeshwe umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule inani elixeliweyo leeyure ngalo naluphi na usuku okanye ngeveki nganye , okanye ngenani elixeliweyo leentsuku ngeveki nganye , elingaphantsi kwenani lezo yurę okanye iintsuku , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na ekuqheleke ukuba lisetyenzwe ngumqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule ngohlawulo lomvuzo oqhelekileyo womqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule okanye lomyinge oxeliweyo womvuzo wakhe oqhelekileyo . (2)

ongaphantsi komyinge

womvuzo

Umongameli angathi, emva kobhungisana neBhodi , nge-

newadi ebhaliweyo aguny azise eso sithuba kunjalo nje phantsi kwaloo migqaliselo

angayimiselayo ,

ubolekiso

ngomqeqeshelwa-msebenzi

wobuchule ukuba ancede omnye umqeshi ukuba kuluvo Iwakhe ukwenjenjalo chule.

kuya kuba luncedo kumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobu-

(3) Ukubolekisa ngomqeqeshelwa -msebenzi wobuchule ukuba ancede ngomsebenzi wakhe omnye umqeshi okugunyaziswe ngokwesiqendwana ( 2 ) akuyi kumkhulula umntu ongumqeshi ngokwemvumelwano yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi

wobuchule kuyo nayiphi na

imfanelo amelwe kukuyenza ngokwaloo mvumelwano .

(2) Akukho mntu uya kuqesha umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngaphantsi kwenani leeyure ngalo naluphi na usuku okanye ngayo nayiphi na iveki , okanye ngaphantsi kwenani leentsuku kuyo nayiphi na iveki , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na ekuqheleke ukuba lisetyenzwe ngumqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule okanye abolekise ngomqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ukuba asebenzele omnye umntu okanye amboleke komnye umntu umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule ukuba asebenzele yena, ngendlela engeyiyo leyo ivumelana nemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ) okanye ( 2) , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na.

Ukungaphangeli nolululo-sithuba semvumelwano.

17. ( 1 ) Elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (3) nezo nguqunguqulo esithubeni esiqingqelwe uqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule angathi azimisele uMphathiswa ngokwesiqendu 10 ( 2 ) ( b ) , umqeqeshelwa-msebe378.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

nzi wobuchule uya kusebenza isithuba esipheleleyo soqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule ekufuneka esisebenzile ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule omiselwe ngokwesiqendu 10(2) okanye ( 3) saye eso sithuba siya kolulwa ngosuku olunye ngosuku ngalunye oluqhelekileyo lokusebenza ebengekho ngalo emsebenzini umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule. (2) Umqeshi ngamnye uya kukubika nakuphi na ukungabikho komqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule osengqeshweni yakhe ngaso nasiphi na isizathu , esingesiso sokungabikho ngenxa yonqunyanyisomsebenzini okwexeshana ngokwesiqendu 19 eBhodini zingekagqithi iintsuku ezisixhenxe ukususela emhleni woko kungabikho okanye umhla esiphele ngawo isithuba soko kungabikho kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na, yaye iBhodi yothi ekufumaneni eso saziso yazise umongameli ngaso .

(3) Ukuba unqunyanyiso - msebenzini okwexeshana lomqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngokwesiqendu 19 aluqiniselwa yiBhodi okanye xa kubhenwayo lukhatywa kuba lungekho mthethweni nguMphathiswa ngokwesiqendu 19(7) , umongameli angathi emva kokufumana isicelo esenziwe ngumqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule sokuba kungafuneki asebenzele isithuba sokungabikho okudalwe lunqunyanyiso-msebenzini , kunjalo nje emva kobhungisano neBhodi , asivumele okanye asale isicelo okanye angayalela ukuba umqeqeshelwamsebenzini wobuchule asebenze kuphela inxalenye yeso sithuba sokungabikho waye ke , ekusaleni eso sicelo okanye ekwenzeni loo myalelo , angayixela imihla ekuya kusetyenzelwa phakathi kwayo nemigqaliselo ekuya kusetyenzelwa phantsi kwayo eso sithuba, waye engathi nangaliphi na ilixa asirhoxise okanye asifakele imibandela nasiphi na isigqibo okanye umyalelo owenziwe okanye onikwe nguye ngokwesi siqendwana. (4)

(a)

Umongameli angathi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha, emva kobhungisano neBhodi ayalele ukuba isithuba soqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule sakhe nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule solulwe ngesithuba esixeliweyo esingengaphezulu -

(i)

kosuku olunye ngokuphathe lele kusuku ngalunye

awathi

ngalo ,

ngokoluvo lomongameli ,

umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule watyeshela ngaphandle kwesizathu esinesihlahla ukwenza oko kufunwa nguwo nawuphi na umgqaliselo

379.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule omiselwe ngokwesiqendu 10( 2 ) ( d ) okanye (e ) osebenzayo okanye owawusebenza kuye ;

(ii)

nosuku olunye ngokuphathelele kusuku ngalunye awathi ngalo , ngokoluvo lomongameli umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule watyeshela

ngaphandle kwesizathu esinesihlahla ukuba kho kuludwe olupheleleyo lwezifundo ezisigxina zengqeqesho yobugcisa ekufuneka okanye ekwakufuneka abekho kulo ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi omiselwe ngokwesiqendu

(b)

wobuchule

10 ( 2 ) (f) .

Umongameli angathi , emva kokubhungisana neBhodi kuwo nawuphi na umyalelo okhutshwe ngokomhlathi (a) axele -

(i)

imihla

esiya

kusetyenzelwa

phakathi

kwayo

isithuba esongezelelweyo esikhankanywe kuloo myalelo ; na -

(ii)

loo migqaliselo iyeminye angayibona ifuneka , waye engathi , emva kolo bhungisano , awurhoxise okanye awufake imibandela nawuphi na umyalelo onjalo.

(c)

Umongameli wothi ngencwadi ebhaliweyo azise umqeshi nomqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule lowo ochaphazelekayo , kwaye ke ukuba umqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule ngumntu osengumntwana umondli wakhe , ngemigaqo yawo nawuphi na umyalelo owenziwe ngokomhlathi (a) no (b) , yaye ke loo migaqo yothi ngoko nangoko emva koko ithatyathwe ngokuba iyinxalenye yemvumelwano msebenzi wobuchule .

(5)

yoqeqeshelo-

Ukuba umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule uyatshona ku-

vavanyo olunesiqiniselo sobungcungela okanye somsebenzi olumiselwe ngokwesiqendu

10( 2 )

(b ) ngokumalunga nomsebenzi lowo

ubalulweyo wobuchule , imvumelwano naye iya kolulwa kwixesha layo ngeenyanga ezilishumi elinambini .

380.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974

(6)

Imigaqo yeziqendwana ( 1 ) , ( 2) nesesi ( 3 ) ayiyi kusebenza

ngokumalunga -

(a)

nayo nayiphi na imvume yokungaphangeli anelungelo kuyo umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo- msebenzi wobuchule okanye ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho ;

(b)

nako nakuphi na ukungaphangeli emsebenzini ngenxa

yokugula

isithuba

sisonke

esingengaphezulu

kweentsuku ezingamashumi amathathu kuwo nawuphi na umnyaka ;

(c)

nako nakuphi na ukungaphangeli okubangelwa kukuya eklasini, kuludwe Iwezifundo , uvavanyo okanye uviwo ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule osebenzayo kumqeqesheIwa-msebenzi wobuchule ,

18. ( 1 ) Umqeshi angamthumela okanye amtshintshe umqeqeshe- Utshintshelo kwezinye iindawo Iwa-msebenzi wobuchule emsusa kwenye indawo amse kwenye xa wabaqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuaqhubayo ngesiqhelo umsebenzi lowo wobuchule, kodwa kungenga chule notshintshemvume ifunyenwe kwangaphambili yomongameli akayi kuthumela qeshi lo kwabanye abalweemvumeokanye atshintshe ngolo hlobo umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule Iwano zoqeqeshelowobumsebenzi ukuba akuyi kumlungela kakuhle loo mqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobu- chule. chule ukuba ahambe imihla ngemihla xa ayayo naxa avelayo endaweni esisiqhelo ahlala kuyo .

(2)

(a )

Amalungelo neembophelelo zomqeshi ngokwayo nayiphi na imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo- msebenzi wobuchule zingathi , ngemvume cfunyenwe kwangaphambili yomongameli , zitshintshelwe komnye umqeshi ngombhalo othetha oko obhalwe exwebhini lemvumelwano, mbhalo lowo uya kusayinwa ngabo bonke abenze loo mvumelwano .

(b)

Akukho tshintshelo komnye lwayo nayiphi na imvumelwano luya kuphelela ngaphandle kokuba lubhaliswe ngumongameli kunjalo nje ukulungiselela loo njongo imvumelwano ebhalwe umbhalo ngemfanelo njengoko kuqingqiweyo emhlathini (a) iya kunikwa umongameli , kunye nekopi yokuqala esisikhutshelo saloo mbhalo , zingekagqithi iintsuku czilishumi elinane emva komhla wokusayina loo mbhalo .

381.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

(3)

( a)

Umongameli angathi esebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe avume okanye angavumi nemvume yakhe ekhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) okanye ( 2) , waye ke xa avumayo nemvume yakhe ekhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) angawisa loo migqaliselo angayibona ifuneka.

(b)

Umongameli uya kwala nemvume yakhe ekhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) kokuba ·

(i)

okanye ( 2) , ngaphandle

wanelisiwe kukuba bonke abenze esi sivumeIwano soqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule balivumele elo nyathelo licetywayo ; kunjalo nje

(ii)

(4)

(a)

abe ubhungisene neBhodi.

Ukuba nawuphi na umntu kwishishini labahlulelane ungumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule imvumelwano naye yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule ayiyi kupheliswa kukufa okanye lurhoxo ngomhlalaphantsi Iwakhe nawuphi na umahlulelane , ukuba ishishini lobuhlelelane lisaqhutywa ngomnye umntu okanye abahlulelane kodwa amalungelo neembophelelo zomqeshi ngokwemvumelwano leyo ziya kuthatyathwa kuloo meko ngokuba zitshintshelwe emntwini okanye kubahlulelane abaqhuba elo shishini .

(b)

Loo mntu okanye umahlulelane wothi, ingekapheli inyanga enye ukususela emhleni woko kufa okanye urhoxo- msebenzini ngomhlalaphantsi, ayinike imvumelwano umongameli ngenjongo yokuba utshintshelo .

(5)

abhalise

Emva kobhaliso lotshintshelo komnye lwemvumelwano

yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule ngokwesi siqendu , umqeshi omtsha uya kuyigcina imvumelwano ide iphelelwe lixesha layo , itshintshelwe komnye okanye itshitshe, kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanye -kanye koku . Unqunyanyiso19. ( 1 ) Ukuba umqeshi wanelisekile kukuba umqeqeshela-msemsebenzini Iwabaqeqeshelwa-msebe- benzi wobuchule ozibophelele kuye ngemvumelwano ngokwalo Mthenzi wobuchule. tho uyaphule kakubi imigaqo yemvumelwano okanye yawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule angamnqumamisa

382.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

ngoko nangoko emsebenzini umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule isithuba esingadlulanga enanini leentsuku ekuqheleke ukuba zisetyenzwe evekini emsebenzini lowo ubalulweyo wobuchule okanye eso sithuba sithe nyi apho engathi iBhodi isivumele samaxesha ngamaxesha.

( 2)

Ukuba kuluvo lomongameli umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wo-

buchule wenze isenzo sohlobo apha olwenza lufaneleke ukuba akhe anqunyanyiswe emsebenzini ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) waye enganqu. nyanyiswanga nguloo mqeshi , umongameli angathi nangaliphi na ixesha, emva kokubhungisana neBhodi ngesaziso esibhaliweyo ayalele unqunyanyiso okwexeshana lomqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ukususela kuloo mhla kunjalo nje eso sithuba, esingengaphezulu kwamashumi amathathu eentsuku zomsebenzi, angathi umongameli asiqingqe. (3)

Nawuphi na umqeshi onqumamise okwexeshana ngolo

hlobo umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule uya kulubika udaba olo ngencwadi ebhaliweyo kumongameli zingekapheli iintsuku ezintathu ukususela emhleni awayenqumamise ngawo umqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule .

(4)

Umongameli wothi , kamsinyane njengoko kunokwenzeka,

enze uphando ngalo naluphi na aze aqinisele afake imibandela okanye akhabe kuba lungekho mthethweni naluphi na unqunyanyisomsebenzini lwexeshana ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) . (5)

Ukuba umongameli wenze imibandela okanye uyalukhaba

unqunyanyiso lwexeshana lomqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngokwesiqendwana (4)

angayalela ukuba nawuphi na okanye wonke

umvuzo womqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule obubanjwe ngesithuba sonqunyanyiso-msebenzini okwexeshana uhlawulwe igosa elicacisiweyo singekapheli eso sithuba sexesha angathi umongameli asimisele .

(6)

Umyalelo owenziwe ngokwesiqendwana (5 ) kunjalo nje

nasiphi na isigqibo ngokwesiqendwana (7) ngokumalunga nawuphi na umyalelo onjalo (ingelulo utshitshiso lwawo) siya kuba nesiqhamo sesigwebo , saye singenziwa sisebenze ngokungathi sisigwebo , kwityala lembambano ekugwetyelwa kuso uRhulumente waseTranskei laye igosa elixeliweyo liya kuhlawula nasiphi na isambuku-mali elisifumeneyo ngokomyalelo okanye isigqibo wobuchule wakhe.

kumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi

okanye , ukuba ungumntu osengumntwana, kumondli

383.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE, 1974.

(7)

Ukuba umqeshi okanye umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobu-

chule ubona ukuthi akwenziwanga bulungisa bomthetho kuye siso nasiphi na isigqibo somongameli ngokwesi siqendu okanye ukuba umongameli akaphumeleli ukwenza nasiphi na isigqibo zingekapheli iintsuku ezingamashumi amathathu emva kombiko okhankanywe kwisiqendwana

( 3) , loo

mqeshi

okanye

umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi

wobuchule angathi nangaliphi na ilixa zingekagqithi iintsuku ezisenziwe isigqibo okanye ekupheleni ngamashumi amathathu kweso sithuba sixeliweyo , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na, abhene okanye awandlale umcimbi phambi koMphathiswa, ongathi , emva kokucebisana neBhodi asiqinisele isigqibo somongameli okanye enze eso sigqibo sisenye sifanelwe kukuba besenziwe ngumongameli ngokoluvo lwakhe .

(8 )

Ukubhenela kuMphathiswa ngokwesiqendwana ( 7) ngesi-

gqibo somongameli siya kwaziswa ngumbheni ngokunika umongameli isaziso sokubhena (siikopi- ntathu ) esiya kuba nale ngcombolo : -

(a)

igama lombheni ;

(b)

amagama omqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule nomqeshi ochaphazelekayo ;

(c)

umhla esaziwa ngawo umbheni isigqibo somongameli okanye umhla olwabikwa ngawo unqunyanyiso-msebenzini , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na kanyekanye koku ;

(9)

( d)

inkcukacha ngesigqibo ukuba kubhenwa ngesigqibo , ne

(e )

zizathu ezisekwe kuzo izibheno .

Umphathiswa uya kusazisa isigqibo sakhe malunga nesi-

bheno ngencwadi ebhaliweyo ebhekiswa kumbheni nakumongameli .

Utshitshiso lwe20. ( 1 ) Imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule ingatshimvumelwano yoqe- tshiswa qeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule. (a)

ngokuvumelana kwabo bayenzileyo , kodwa oko kulawulwa yimvume yomongameli ; okanye

(b)

ngumongameli emva kokubhungisana neBhodi ezici-

384.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO - MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

ngela ngokwakhe okanye ngokucelwa nguye nawuphi na owenze loo mvumelwano ukuba wanelisekile ukuba utshitshiso lwemvumelwano lufanele .

(2)

Ekutshitshisweni kwayo nayiphi na imvumelwano yoqeqe-

sho- msebenzi wobuchule umqeshi uya kuyinika imvumelwano umongameli oya kuthi ngoko nangoko emva koko enze umbhalo ofane. lekileyo ekopini yokuqala neyesibini yemvumelwano .

21. ( 1 ) Xa sukuba kubonakala ukuba iingongoma ezamkelekileyo Ukuguqulwa kwemvumelwano youbunjani bazo eziphathelele nakuwuphi na umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule. qeqesho- msebenzi wobuchule zibhalwe ngokungekuko kwimvumelwano naye yoqeqe. shelo - msebenzi wobuchule nokuthi ngeso sizathu kumiswa kakubi umntu ekwenzeni naye imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo- msebenzi wobuchule umongameli angathi , ukuba wanelisekile ukuba kuyafuneka kwenjiwe njalo , ekwenziweni- sicelo ngulowo umiswe kakubo nasemva kokubhungisana nomnye lowo enze loo mvumelwano naye kunye

neBhodi , ayiguqule imigaqo yemvumelwano ngokuncama-

thisela apho inkcazo eyandlala iingongoma ezithe tse nemigaqo esemxholweni yemvumelwano njengoko ifakelwe imibandela ngokwezo ngongoma. (2) Nayiphi na ke inkcazo enjalo iya kusayinwa ngumongameli yaye ke emva koko imigaqo leyo isemxholweni eyandlalwe apho ngolo hlobo iya kuba yinxalenye yemvumelwano yoqeqeshelomsebenzi wobuchule waye ke umongameli uya kuwalungisa amaxwebhu akhe abhaliweyo angqinelane noko : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho butyala bamali bongezelelweyo buya kuwiselwa nawuphi na umntu ozibophe ngale mvumelwano ngokuphathelele nakusiphi na isithuba esingaphambili komhla esayinwe ngawo inkcaZO. 22. Ekupheleni kwayo nayiphi na imvumelwano yoqeqeshelo -mse- leni Inkqubo ekuphekwemvumebenzi wobuchule umqeshi uya kuthi , zingekapheli iintsuku ezisixhe- Iwano yoqeqemsebenzi nxe iphelile, azelise ingcombolo aze asayine isiqiniselo sokuba loo shelowobuchule. mvumelwano iphelile aze emva koko anike loo mvumelwano iphelileyo umongameli oya kuthi, emva kokuba ekuphawulile oko kuphela, adlulisele imvumelwano yokuqala emntwini olugqibileyo uqeqesho Iwakhe emsebenzini wobuchule ngokwemigaqo yayo ngenjongo yokuba igcinwe nguloo mntu.

Nawuphi na umqeshi , umntu oza kuba ngumqeshi , umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule okanye lowo uza kuba ngumqeqe23.

(1)

385.

Ubhenelo kuMphathiswa.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO -MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974. shelwa- msebenzi wobuchule obona ukuthi akwenziwanga bulungisa bamthetho kuye sisigqibo somongameli ngokwesiqendu 10(7 ) , 11 , 14 , 15 , 16 ( 1 ) nesesi ( 2) , 17 , 20 okanye 21 angathi zingekadluli iintsuku ezilishumi elinesine ukususela emhleni wokwenza isigqibo abhenele kuMphathiswa ongathi , emva kokucebisana neBhodi , asiqinisele isigqibo okanye enze eso sigqibo sisesinye sifanelwe kuluvo lwakhe kukuba sasenziwe ngumongameli .

(2)

(a)

Isibheno esibhekiswa kuMphathiswa ngokwesiqendwana (1 ) sisenziwa kuchaswa isigqibo somongameli siya kwaziswa ngokunika umongameli isaziso sokubhena (siikopi-ntathu ) esinale ngcombolo ingezants'apha :-

(i)

(ii)

igama lombheni ;

igama lomqeshi okanye lalowo uza kuba ngumqeshi nelomqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule okanye lowo uza kuba ngumqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule ;

(iii)

umhla umbheni awayaziswe ngawo ngesigqibo somongameli ;

(iv)

(v)

(b)

inkcukacha ngesigqibo ekubhenwa kuso ; ne -

zizathu esisekwe kuzo isibheno .

Umphathi angafuna ukuba umbheni amfumanise loo ngcombolo ingaphezulu kwale ingathi ifuneke khona ukuze uMphathiswa abe nakho ukusisingatha isibheno .

Akuvunyelwe ukuziphinde zela okudlela indlala oqeshiweyo.

24.

(1)

Akukho mqeshi uya kugxotha nawuphi na umntu amqe-

shileyo okanye uya kunciphisa umyinge womvuzo wakhe okanye ngenye indlela ayiguqule imigqaliselo yokuqeshwa kwakhe ibe yimigqaliselo engeloncedo lungakanani kuye okanye aguqule isikhundla sakhe ngendlela emdlela indlala xa athelekiswa nabanye abantu abaqeshwe nguloo mqeshi ngenxa nje yokuba erhanela okanye ekholwa (nokokuba olo rhano okanye inkolo ifanele okanye iyinyaniso nokokuba akunjalo ) kukuba loo mntu anike ingxelo nayiphi na ebekunokufuneka ngokwalo Mthetho ukuba ayinike umhloli okanye igosa eliphandayo okanye iBhodi , okanye wenze oko kufunwa akwenze

386.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

nguwo nawuphi na umyalelo osemthethweni womhloli , igosa eliphandayo okanye iBhodi , okanye abe unike ubungqina kulo naluphi na uxubusho- micimbi ngokwalo Mthetho .

(2) Inkundla egweba umqeshi ngokreqo lwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ) ingathi phezu kwaso nasiphi na isigwebo engasiwisayo (a)

xa ingumqeshwa, onciphiso lomyinge womvuzo wakhe okanye oguqulo Iwemigqaliselo yokuqeshwa okanye yesikhundla sakhe belungumxholo wesimangalelo ebegwetywe ngaso umqeshi imyalele umqeshi ukuba abuyisele umyinge womvuzo , imigqaliselo yengqesho okanye isikhundla somqeshwa sibe seso besikho ngaphambili konciphiso okanye koguqulo , ukususela emhleni ekwakwenziwe ngawo unciphiso okanye uguqulo ;

(b)

xa ingumqeshwa ogxotho lwakhe lwalungumxholo wesimangalelo awayegwetywe ngaso umqeshi , imyalele umqeshi ukuba ahlawule umqeshwa isambukumali esithelekelelwa yinkundla ukuba silingana nomvuzo weenyanga ezintathu ngomyinge awayevuzwa ngawo ngexesha lokugxothwa kwakhe.

(3)

Nawuphi na umyalelo owenziwa ngokwesiqendwana ( 2)

(b) uya kuba nesiqhamo sesigwebo waye ungenziwa usebenze ngokungathi sisigwebo kwityala lembambano ekugwetyelwa ngaso umqeshwa lowo .

25.

Utyesheloluhlawulomvuzo .

Akukho mqeshi uya kuthi (a)

ayalele okanye avumele nawuphi na umqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule ukuba ahlawule okanye abuyisele kuye nasiphi na isambuku - mali esimelwe kukuhlawulwa okanye esihlawulwa kuloo mqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule ngokwemvumelwano yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule okanye ngokwayo nayiphi na

imigqaliselo

yoqeqeshelo -misebenzi

yobuchule ,

okanye enze nasiphi na isenzo okanye avumele ukuba kwenziwe nasiphi na isenzo esisiphumo saso esithe ngqo okanye esingathe ngqo ikukuba loo mqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule uhluthwa nasiphi na isambuku-mali esimelwe kukuhlawulwa okanye esihlawulwa ngolo hlobo , okanye nayiphi na inxenye yaso ; okanye

387.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974. (b)

amyalele okanye amvulele nawuphi na umqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule ukuba akhuphe irisiti, okanye ngenye indlela ukuba azenze ofumene ngaphezulu koko akuhlawuliweyo ngenene ngumqeshi.

Ulwalathelobahloli.

26. (1 ) Umphathiswa angathi , elawulwa yimithetho elawula inkonzo kaRhulumente , alathele nawuphi na umntu abe ngumhloli ngokwalo Mthetho .

(2) Umhloli ngamnye uya kuxhotyiswa ngesiqiniselo esisayinwe ngumongameli nesichaza ukuba lo unaso walathelwe ukuba abe ngumhloli ngokwalo Mthetho . Amagunya abahloli.

27.

(1 )

Nawuphi na umhloli angathi , ngenjongo yokuqinisekisa

ukuthi imigaqo yalo Mthetho iyathotyelwa kusini na

(a)

nangaliphi na ilixa angene emhlabeni nezakhiwo ezikuwo ngaphandle kwesaziso esinikwe kwangaphambili aze aqhube olo hlolo nophando angalubona lufuneka ;

(b)

lo gama

asemhlabeni nezakhiwo

ezikuwo okanye

ngalo naliphi na elinye ixesha, ayalele nawuphi na umntu ukuba avelise ngoko nangoko , okanye ngexesha nasendaweni

emiselwe

ngumhloli, nayiphi

na

incwadi , isaziso , umbhalo , uluhlu okanye elinye ixwebhu elisemhlabeni nezakhiwo e zikuwo okanye ebelisemhlabeni nezakhiwo ezikuwo okanye ebenalo loo mntu kuye okanye elugcinweni okanye

elulawu-

lweni Iwakhe okanye umqeshwa wakhe okanye nawuphi na umntu oqeqeshwa nguye ;

(c)

nangaliphi na ixesha kunjalo nje nakuyiphi na indawo ayalele nawuphi na umntu kuye okanye kugcino okanye elulawulweni lwakhe onayo nayiphi na incwadi , isaziso , umbhalo , uluhlu okanye elinye ixwebhu elinjalo , ukuba alivelise ngoko nangoko , okanye ngexesha nasendaweni emiselwe ngumhloli ;

(d)

ahlole aze athabathe izicatshulwa kuyo kunye neekopi zayo nayiphi na incwadi, umbhalo , uluhlu okanye ixwebhu

elinjalo

aze

ayalele nawuphi na

umntu ukuba anike inkcazo yako nakuphi na oku-

388.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

bhaliweyo apho aze ayixhiphule nayiphi na incwadi , umbhalo , uluhlu okanye ixwebhu elinjalo elingathi ngoluvo lwakhe libe bubungqina balo naluphi na ulwaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho ;

(e)

abuze eyedwa okanye kukho nawuphi na omnye umntu , njengoko abona kufanele , ngokumalunga nemicimbi ekuthethwe ngayo kulo Mthetho , nawuphi na umntu ambona kuwo nawuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo ekungenwe kuzo ngokwesi siqendu okanye anezizathu ezinesihlahla zokukholwa ukuba uqeshiwe, okanye ubeqeshiwe okanye ebeqeqeshwe kuwo nawuphi na umsebenzi obalulweyo wobuchule okanye kuwo nawuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo ekusebenza kuzo nawuphi na umgaqo walo Mthetho , okanye kuye onayo , ogcine okanye olawula nayiphi na into ekusebenza ngokuphathelele kuyo nawuphi na umgaqo onjalo ;

(f)

ayalele nawuphi na umntu okhankanywe emhlathini (b) , (c) , (d) okanye (e) ukuba avele phambi kwakhe ngalo naliphi na ixesha nendawo emiselwe nguye aze ngoko nangoko ambuze imibuzo loo mntu .

Umhloli ongena nakuwuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) angaphelekwa yitolika okanye ngom(2)

nye omncedisayo okanye naliphi na ilungu lomkhosi wamapolisa osekwe ngumthetho . (3 )

Nawuphi na umntu ekusetyenziswa ngokubhekiselele kwi-

shishini lakhe nawuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo , kunjalo nje umntu ngamnye oqeshwe nguye , uya kuthi ngawo onke amaxesha afumanise loo mancedo noncedo olufunwayo ngumhloli khona ukuze awasebenzise amagunya akhe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) .

(4 )

Ukulungiselela

iinjongo

zale migaqo ingasentl'apha yesi

siqendu itoliki okanye umncedisi uya kuthi , xa aqhuba umsebenzi ngokomyalelo osemthethweni womhloli , athatyathwe ngokuba ngumhloli.

(5 )

Nawuphi na umhloli osebenzisa naliphi na igunya okanye

owenza nayiphi na imfanelo ayethweswe okanye ayiwiselwe ngulo Mthetho uya kuthi , xa sifunwayo asivelise isiqiniselo asinikwe ngokwesiqendwana 26( 2) .

389.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO -MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 . Amaxwebhu abhaliweyo amakagcinwe.

28. (1 ) Umqeshi ngamnye obotshelelweyo yimvumelwano yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule uya kuthi ngawo onke amaxesha ngokuphathelele kumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngamnye osemcimbini, agcine amaxwebhu abhaliweyo omvuzo ohlawuliweyo , ixesha elisetyenziweyo nawaloo nkcukacha iyenye ifanelekileyo ekuqukwa apho, ngaphandle kokunciphisa ukusebenza ngokubanzi kwemigaqo yesi siqendwana, inkcukacha yenkqubela eyenziwe nguloo mqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule kulo naluphi na uludwe lwezifundo zengqeqesho olumiselweyo namanyathelo athatyathwe ngumqeshi ukwenza kusebenze nayiphi na imigqaliselo eqingqwe ngokwesiqendu 10 ( 2) (g) .

(2)

Amaxwebhu akhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) aya kugci-

nwa ngendlela nangohlobo olumiselweyo : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi umhloli angathi , ngencwadi ebhaliweyo esayinwe nguye , akugunyazise ukugcinwa kwaloo maxwebhu ngenye indlela eya kuthi ngokoluvo lwakhe imenze ukuba aqinisekise kuyo inkcukacha efunwayo . (3)

Umntu ngamnye ongumqeshi okanye obengumqeshi okha-

nkanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) uya kuwagcina nawaphi na amaxwebhu abhalwe ngokweso siqendwana isithuba esiyiminyaka emithathu emva komhla wolwenziwo -maxwebhu , waye eya kuthi xa afunwayo ngumhloli okanye ligosa eliphandayo ngalo naliphi na ixesha kweso sithuba sixeliweyo esiyiminyaka emithathu awavelise la maxwebhu axeliweyo khona ukuze ahlolwe . Ukhululo kwimigqaliselo yoqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule.

29.

(1 )

Nangani ikho nayiphi na into ekulo Mthetho kodwa ela-

wulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (4) uMphathiswa angathi, ukuba kuluvo lwakhe kukho zimeko zizodwa ezenza ukuba lufanele ukhululo kunjalo nje ngecebiso leBhodi , ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente akhulule naluphi na udidi , iqela , icala okanye uhlobo lwabaqeshi okanye wabaqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule oluxelwe kweso saziso, ngokubanzi-nje okanye elusikela loo mida angayibona ifanele kunjalo nje phantsi kwayo nayiphi na imigqaliselo angayiwisayo kweso saziso , kuyo yonke okanye nayiphi na imigaqo yalo Mthetho okanye kuwo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuchule waye uMphathiswa angathi ekuluxeleni ngolo hlobo naluphi na udidi , iqela , icala okanye uhlobo olunjalo , asebenzise nayiphi na indlela yolwahluka-hlukaniso angayibona ifuneka .

(2)

Umphathiswa angathi kanjalo asirhoxise okanye asifakele

imibandela nasiphi na isaziso esipapashwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1) .

390.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

(3)

Elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (4) uMphathiswa anga-

thi, ukuba kuluvo lwakhe kukho iimeko ezizodwa ezenza lufanele ukhululo , ngelayisensi esayinwe ngumongameli akhulule nawuphi na umntu, ngokubanzi okanye emsikela loo mida angayibona ifanele naphantsi kwaloo migqaliselo angayiwisayo kunjalo nje eso sithuba angasixelayo , kuyo yonke okanye nayiphi na kwimigaqo yalo Mthetho okanye kuwo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule omiselwe ngokwesiqendu 10( 2) okanye kuwo nawuphi na umgqaliselo omiselwe esazisweni esipapashwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) .

(4)

Umphathiswa akayi kuluvumela naluphi na ukhululo ngo-

kwesiqendwana ( 1 ) okanye ( 3) ngaphandle kokuba iBhodi icebise olo khululo .

30. ( 1 ) Xa sukuba nawuphi na umphathi-shishini , iarhente okanye Izenzo okanye izityeshelo ngaumqeshwa wakhe nawuphi na umqeshi esenza okanye etyeshela baphathi-mashishini, iiarhente okanye ukwenza nasiphi na isenzo ebekuya kuba sisaphulo- mthetho ngokwa- abaqeshwa. lo Mthetho ukuba umqeshi asenze okanye atyeshele ukusenza , ngoko ke ngaphandle kokuba kukho ubungqina -

(a)

bokuba

ekwenzeni okanye ekutyesheleni ukwenza

eso senzo umphathi-shishini , iarhente okanye umqeshwa wayekwenza oko

angayekwanka nje ngabom

ngumqeshi okanye ngaphandle kwemvume yomqeshi , no .

(b)

bokuba onke amanyathelo afanelekileyo athatyathwa ngumqeshi ukuthintela nasiphi na isenzo utyeshelo lolo hlobo , kunjalo nje

(c)

okanye

bokuba phantsi kwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo okanye kuzo naziphi na imeko kwakungekho gunyeni okanye ekuqhubeni ngesiqhelo umsebenzi wakhe wengqesho umphathi-shishini , iarhente okanye umqeshwa ukuba enze okanye atyeshele ukwenza izenzo , zisemthethweni zingekho mthethweni , zohlobo lwesenzo okanye lokutyeshela ukwenza abekwa ngalo ityala ,

umqeshi uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba yena nkqu usenzile okanye utyeshele ukusenza eso senzo waye eya kumelwa kukuba afuny anwe enetyala okanye

agwetywe ngokuphathelele kuso , yaye ke into

391 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

yokuba wayekhuphe imiyalelo enqanda nasiphi na isenzo okanye utyeshelo lolo hlobo yona ngokwayo ayiyi kwamkelwa ngokuba ibubungqina obaneleyo bokuba wathabatha onke amanyathelo afanelekileyo ukusinqanda esingenzeki isenzo okanye utyeshelo .

(2)

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umphathi-shishini , iarhente okanye

umqeshwa womqeshi esenza okanye etyeshela ukwenza nasiphi na isenzo ebesiya kuba sisaphulo-mthetho ngokwalo Mthetho ukuba besenziwe okanye sityeshelwe ukwenzisa ngumqeshi , uya kumelwa kukuba afunyanwe enetyala aze agwetywe ngokuphathelele kulo ngokungathi ngumqeshi .

(3)

Nawuphi na umphathi- shishini , iarhente okanye umqeshwa

womqeshi efunyanwa enetyala ngokwemigaqo yesi siqendu lokreqosiqendu 24( 1 ) okanye lesaphulo- mthetho esikhankanywe esiqendwini 31 ( 1 ) , inkundla iya kwenza umyalelo ochase umqeshi ngokwesiqendu 24(2 ) okanye isiqendu 32(3 ) , kuxhomekeke ekuthini sisiphi na, yaye ke imigaqo yezo ziqendu zixeliweyo iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokumalunga naloo myalelo , kwaye ke akukho myalelo unjalo uya kwenziwa uchasa nawuphi na umphathishishini , iarhente okanye umqeshwa onjalo .

Izaphulo-mthetho nezohlwayo.

31.

(1 )

Nawuphi na umntu (a)

okreqa okanye otyeshela nawuphi na umgaqo wemvumelwano yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule okanye nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule ombophelelayo ngamandla omthetho ; oka-

nye (b)

okreqa okanye otyeshela imigaqo yesiqendu 8 ( 7) , 8 ( 8) 8(9 ) , 14(2) , 17 ( 2) , 18(4 ) (b) , 19( 3 ) okanye 22 , okanye

(c)

okreqa okanye otyeshela nawuphi na umgaqo wesiqendu 9 , 11 ( 1 ) , 11 ( 3 ) , 12 , 16 ( 4) , 18( 1 ) okanye 25 , okanye

(d)

otyeshela nawuphi na umgaqo owiswe ngokwesiqendu 18 ( 3 )(a) okanye 29 , okanye nawuphi na umyalelo na umyalelo owenziwe ngokwesiqendu 15 ( 1 ) , 19 ( 2 ) okanye 19 ( 5 ) , okanye

(e)

ozenza ngobuxoki ngokungathi ungumhloli , okanye

392 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

(f)

owalayo ukuwuphendula kangangoko aziyo nawuphi na umbuzo umhloli ambuze wona ekusebenziseni amagunya akhe ngokwesiqendu 27 , okanye

(g)

owalayo okanye otyeshela kangangoko anakho nawuphi na umyalelo owenziwa ngumhloli ngokwesiqendu 27( 1 ) ( b) okanye 27( 1 ) ( f) , okanye

(h)

othintela umhloli ekwenzeni umsebenzi wakhe ngokwesiqendu 27 , okanye

(i)

okreqa imigaqo yesiqendu 24( 1 ) , okanye

(j)

otyeshela nawuphi na umyalelo ngokwesiqendu 24 ( 2)( a) , okanye

(k)

okreqa nawuphi na umgaqo wesiqendu 28 okanye otyeshela okanye owalayo ukuvelisa nawaphi na amaxwebhu abhaliweyo xa afunwayo ngokweso siqendu nguye nawuphi na umhloli okanye igosa eliphandayo ,

(1)

obhala nayiphi na into kulo naliphi na ixwebhu elibhaliweyo eligcinwa ngokwesiqendu 28 , esazi ukuthi oko akubhalileyo bubuxoki , okanye

(m ) othi njengengqina kulo naluphi na uphando oluqhutywa ngokwesiqendu 8 enze impendulo ebubuxoki okanye enze ingxelo ebubuxoki xa afungiswayo okanye ngesithembiso esinendili sothetho-nyaniso ngawo nawuphi na umcimbi , esazi ukuthi loo mpendulo okanye ingxelo ibubuxoki ,

uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze ekugwety weni amelwe kukuba -

(i)

xa isisaphulo-mthetho esikhankanywe emhlathini (a) (esimxholo waso ingekokutyeshela ukuhlawula nangaluphi na uhlobo umqeqeshelwamsebenzi

wobuchule)

okanye

emhlathini

(b )

adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwekhulu leerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintathu okanye amelwe

393.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE, 1974.

kukuba adliwe loo mali aze afakwe etrongweni ngolo hlobo ngaxesha-nye ; (ii)

xa isisaphulo-mthetho esikhankanywe emhlathini (a) esimxholo waso ikukutyeshela ukuhlawula ngalo naluphi na uhlobo umqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule okanye emhlathini (c ) kuye kuze kuquke nalapho u (h) no (k) no ( 1 ) adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwamakhulu amabini eerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintandathu okanye amelwe kukuba adliwe loo mali aze afakwe etrongweni ngolo hlobo ngaxesha-nye ;

(iii)

xa isiso nasiphi na isaphulo-mthetho esikhankanywe emhlathini (i) , adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwamakhulu amathandathu eerandi okanye afakwe

etrongweni isithuba

esingengaphezulu

kweminyaka emibini okanye amelwe kukuba adliwe loo mali aze afakwe etrongweni ngolo hlobo ngaxesha-nye ; aze ke

(iv)

xa isisaphulo -mthetho esikhankany we emhlathini (j ) , adliwe imali engengaphezulu kweerandi ezintlanu ngosuku ngalunye esisaqhuba ngalo isaphulo-mthetho ;

(v)

xa isisaphulo -mthetho esikhankany we emhlathini (m) , adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwamakhulu amabini cerandi okanye afakwe etrongweni isithuba esingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintandathu .

(2) Umhlathi (a) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) awuyi kusebenza ngokumalunga nokungaphumeleli ukubakho kuyo nayiphi na iklasi okanye uludwe lwezifundo okanye kuyo nayiphi na indawo ekuthe ngenxa yako kwenziwa umyalelo ngokwesiqendu 17 ( 3 ) . (3)

Imigaqo yesiqendu 351 soMthetho weNkqubo kumaTyala

eSizi , 1955 (uMthetho 56 wowe 1955) ayiyi kusebenza ngokuphathelele kwisaphulo-mthetho esikhankanywe emhlathini (i) wesiqendwana ( 1 )

okanye esimxholo waso ikukutyeshela ukumhlawula

ngalo naluphi na uhlobo umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule .

394.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO -MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

32.

(1)

(a)

Xa sukuba umqeshi efunyanwa enetyala ngokwesiqendu 31 ( 1 ) (a) lokutyeshela ukuhlawula ngalo naluphi

na uhlobo ,

inkundla

emfumana

enetyala iya

kwenza uphando ize iqingqe umahluko phakathi kwesambuku- mali

engesihlawulile

ukuba

belungekho

utyeshelo afunyenwe enetyala ngalo : Kodwa makuqondakale

nje

ukuthi

ukuba

inkundla

ayinakho

ngabo bonke ubungqina , nokokuba bunikwe ngaphambili nokokuba ngasemva kofunyano enetyala , ukuwuqingqa ngokuthe nqo loo mahluko , iya kuthi , kangangoko inakho , iwuthelekelele loo mahluko .

(b)

Ukuba akukho sambuku -mali sihlawulweyo , isambuku-mali engebesihlawuliwe ukuba belungekho utyeshelo , siya kuthi , ukulungiselela iinjongo zesi siqendu , sithatyathwe ngokuba singumahluko .

(c)

Umahluko oqingqwa ngolo hlobo ke, okanye isambuku-mali athelekelelwa ngaso ngolo hlobo ke, sibizwa kwesi siqendu ngokuthi sisambuku-mali ekungahlawulwanga ngaso .

(2)

Inkqubo eqingqwe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) iya kusetyenziswa

ngaphambi kowiso-sigwebo yaye iya kuthatyathwa ngokuba iyinxalenye yothetho-tyala. (3)

Emva kokuba inkundla ithe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) yasi-

yasithelekelela isambuku -mali ekungahlawulwanga ngaso , iya kumyalela umgwetywa ukuba ayihlawule le mali egoseni

qingqa okanye

eliya kuxelwa yinkundla (emva koku elibizwa ngokuba ligosa elixeliweyo) singekapheli isithuba esiqingqwe yinkundla, ngezavenge okanye ngenye indlela, njengoko ingathi imisele inkundla.

Inkundla ingathi nangaliphi na ilixa ngesicelo somgwetywa ngesizathu esinesihlahla esibonisiweyo , isolule isithuba esime(4)

lwe kukuba sihlawulwe singekapheli egoseni elixeliweyo isambukumali esikhankanyiweyo okanye iziguqule izambuku - mali ezikhutshwa ngezavenge .

(5)

Umyalelo owenziwa ngokwemigaqo yesi siqendu iya kuba

nesiqhamo emthethweni, waye ungenziwa usebenze ngokungathi sisigwebo setyala lembambano ekugwetyelwa ngaso uRhulumente waseTranskei laye igosa elixeliweyo liya kuhlawula nasiphi na isambukumali elisifumeneyo ngokomyalelo kumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobu-

395.

Um yalelo owiselwa umqeshi wokuhlawula isambuku-mali ekungahla wulwanga ngaso.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

chule ekwakutyeshelwe ngokuphathelele kuye , okanye , ukuba ungumntu osengumntwana, kumondli wakhe.

(6)

Akuyi kuba sisikhuselo emthethweni ngalo naluphi na

ubeko-tyala ngotyeshelo olukhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) ukubonisa ubungqina bokuba utyeshelo abekwe ityala ngalo ummangalelwa lwalubangelwe kukungabi nantsiba.

Ubungqina nezi33. ( 1 ) Ubungqina bopapasho eGazethini kaRhulumente lwesathatyathwa-ukuthi. ziso ngokwesiqendu 10 okanye 29 buya kuba bubungqina obungathandabuzekiyo bokuba yonke imigaqo yalo Mthetho , ngokuphathelele emicimbini eyandulela nenxibelelene nopapasho lwesaziso , ithotyelwe. (2)

Xa bungekhoyo ubungqina obanelisayo bubudala bakhe

nawuphi na umntu , loo minyaka yobudala iya kuthi kulo naluphi na uxubusho - micimbi ngokwalo Mthetho ithatyathwe ngokuba yileyo ixelwe ngumhloli ngokuba kuluvo lwakhe ingahle ibe yeyobudala benyani baloo mntu , kodwa nawuphi na ke umntu onomdla kulo mcimbi onganeliswayo yiloo ngxelo-luvo angathi, ngeendleko zakhe , afune ukuba umntu lowo ithandabuzekayo iminyaka yakhe yobudala avele ngaphambili kukagqirha wesithili aze axilongwe kwangugqirha lowo yaye ke inkcazo ekwisiqiniselo sikagqirha wesithili obemxilongile loo mntu ngokumalunga nokuthi iminyaka yakhe ngenyani ingahle ibe yintoni na yothi , kodwa kuphela ukulungiselela iinjongo zolu xubusho -micimbi lukhankanyiweyo , ibe bubungqina obungathandabuzekiyo beminyaka yobudala yaloo mntu .

(3 )

Xa

sukuba

nakuluphi

na uxubusho-micimbi

ngokwalo

Mthetho kukho bungqina bokuba nawuphi na umntu ngalo naliphi na ixesha wayekho kuwo nawuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo ekwakuqhutywa kuzo nawuphi na umsebenzi obalulweyo wobuchule, loo mntu uya kuthi , ngaphandle kokuba kuveliswe bungqina bumbi, athatyathwe ngokuthi ngelo xesha ubeqeshwe kuloo msebenzi wobuchule nguloo mntu wayeqhuba apho loo msebenzi ngelo xesha.

(4) Umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba usebenza emsebenzini obalulweyo wobuchule ngaso nasiphi na isithuba akho ngaso kuwo nawuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo okuzo ekuqhutywa kuzo loo msebenzi : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi ukuba kukho ubungqina bokuba nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule okanye omnye

396.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEĢESHELO-MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

umntu wayengasebenzi ngayo nayiphi na inxalenye yaso nasiphi na isithuba esinjalo,

isithatyathwa-ukuthi esilungiselelwe kwesi siqe-

ndwana asiya kusebenza ngokuphathelele kwesi siqendwana asiyi kusebenza

ngokuphathelele

kumqeqeshelwa- msebenzi

wobuchule

okanye omnye umntu ngokubhekiselele kuloo nxalenye yesithuba.

(5 )

Kulo naluphi na uxubusho-micimbi ngokwalo Mthetho ,

nawuphi na umbhalo okanye inkcazo ekuyo nayiphi na incwadi okanye ixwebhu eligcinwe ngumqeshi, okanye ingumphatḥi-shishini wakhe, iarhente okanye umqeshwa okanye elifunyenwe kuwo nawuphi na umhlaba nezakhiwo ezikuwo ezisetyenziswa nguloo mqeshi, liya kwamkelwa njengobungqina obuchase yena njengovumo lweengongoma ezandlalwe kuloo nkcazo okanye umbhalo , ngaphandle kokuba kukho ubungqina bokuba inkcazo okanye umbhalo wawungenziwanga nguloo mqeshi okanye nguye nawuphi na umphathi-shishini , iarhente okanye umqeshwa waloo mqeshi xeshikweni aqhuba umsebenzi wakhe njengomphathi- shishini okanye xeshikweni aqhuba ubuarhente okanye umsebenzi aqeshwe kuwo.

(6)

Nawuphi na umbhalo obonakala ngathi yingxelo-micimbi

exutyushiweyo entlanganisweni yeBhodi nekungathi isayinwe ngumntu ozichaza ngokuthi ungusihlalo, okanye umbambeli-sihlalo , iya kuthi ekuvelisweni kwayo nguye nawuphi na umntu yamkelwe ngokuba ibibungqina obusekuhleni koko obungaphiki-sekayo boxubusho-micimbi ebhalwe apho . (7) Kulo naluphi na uxubusho-micimbi ngesityholo sokuthi kukreqwe isiqendu 16(4) , kuya kuthatyathwa, kude kube kuveliswe bungqina bumbi , ngokuthi umongameli akalugunyazisanga ubolekiso okanye ingqesho esiphathelele kuyo isimangalo.

(8)

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu ebekwa ityala ngokwesi-

qendu 31 ( 1 ) (a) lokuthi ukutyeshele ukuhlawula nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule obeqeshwe nguye ngaso nasiphi na isithuba umvuzo

ekwakufuneka ngokuphathelele kweso

sithuba

awuhlawule loo mqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule ngokwayo nayi. phi

na

imvumelwano

yoqeqeshelo - msebenzi

wobuchule

okanye

ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo - msebenzi wobuchule , kuze ke kubekho ubungqina bokuba loo mqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule , ngaso nasiphi na isithuba ekuhle kuso olo bekotyala , wayebotshelelwe

ngumthetho kuloo

mntu yimvumelwano

yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule ngokwalo Mthetho , nokuthi •ngo397.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO - MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 . kwaloo mvumelwano okanye ngokwawo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule ummangalelwa kwakufuneka ehlawule loo mqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule isambuku -mali esithile somvuzo ophathelele kweso sithuba , ummangalelwa uya kuthatyathwa, kude kube kuvele bungqina bumbi, ngokuthi akasihlawulanga eso sambuku -mali loo mqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule.

(9)

Xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu ebekwa ityala lokuba uthe ,

ngokuphambeneyo nesiqendu 24( 1 ) , wamgxotha nawuphi na umntu amqeshileyo okanye wawunciphisa umyinge womvuzo wakhe , okanye ngenye indlela wayiguqula imigqaliselo yengqesho akuyo yaba yimigqaliselo engaginyisi mathe kakuhle noko kuye , okanye wasiguqula isikhundla akuso saba yilahleko kuye xa sithelekiswa nesabanye abantu abaqeshwe nguye, ummangalelwa uya kuthatyathwa, kude kube kuvele bungqina bumbi, ngokuthi wenjenjalo ngenxa yorhano okanye inkolo exelwe kwisimangalo eso .

( 10) Xa sukuba nakuluphi na uxubusho -tyala ngokwalo Mthetho kukho ubungqina bokuba nayiphi na inkcazo okanye umbhalo ongathe tse ukuwo nawaphi na amaxwebhu abhaliweyo agcinwe nguye nawuphi na umntu ngokwesiqendu 28 , uya kuthatyathwa , kude kube kuveliswe bungqina bumbi , ngokuthi uyenzile loo nkcazo okanye umbhalo esazi ukuthi oko akuthanga tse .

(11 ) (a)

Kulo naluphi na uxubusho-micimbi ngokwalo Mthetho , ingxelo efungelweyo ebonakala ngathi yenziwe nguMphathiswa okanye umongameli ngokuphathelele kulo naluphi na ubalulo , ukhululo , imvume , isigqibo , igunya, umyalelo , isiqingqo okanye nawuphi na omnye umcimbi okhankanywe kulo Mthetho , iya kuthi , ngokuveliswa kwayo nje kolo xubusho -micimbi nguye nawuphi na umntu koko phantsi kwemigaqo yomhlathi (b) , ibe bubungqina obusekuhleni kodwa obunokuphikiswa boko kubhalwe kuyo .

(b)

Umntu ochophele uxubusho-micimbi ekuveliswa kulo nayiphi na ingxelo enjalo efungelweyo angathabatha inyathelo lokuba uMphathiswa okanye umongameli , kuxhomekeke ekuthini ngubani na kanye-kanye , abizwe aze kunika ubungqina obenziwa ngomlomo okanye angathabatha inyathelo lokuba iingongoma eziyimibuzo ebhaliweyo zandlalwe phambi kwakhe khona

398.

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO - MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974.

ukuze aziphendule , zaye ke iingongoma eziyimibuzo nayo nayiphi na impendulo efungelweyo kuzo ebonakala ngathi yimpendulo evela kuMphathiswa okanye kumongameli ,

kuxhomekeke

ekuthini

ngubani

na

kanye-kanye , ziya kuthi kanjalo zamkeleke njengobungqina kuxubusho- micimbi. ( 12) Ukuba umqeshi uthe , ngokuphathelele kuso nasiphi na isithuba, watyeshela ukugcina amaxwebhu ekufuneka ewagcinile ngokwalo Mthetho okanye watyeshela ukuwagcina loo maxwebhu isithuba esimiselweyo okanye wawanyopha loo maxwebhu ngobuqhetseba okanye wenza okokuba anyopheke ngobuqhetseba , ngoko ke kulo naluphi na uxubusho -micimbi ngokwalo Mthetho , umqeqeshelwa- msebenzi wobuchule obeqeshwe nguye ngesithuba ekuhle ngaso utyeshelo okanye unyopho-maxwebhu ngobuqhetseba uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba ebesebenza esengqeshweni yakhe ngaso sonke eso sithuba sixeliweyo , kungengaphantsi kwenani leeyure ezilisiko luloo msebenzi ubalulweyo okanye inani leeyure ezilungiselelwe kwimvumelwano yoqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule okanye kuwo nawuphi na umgqaliselo woqeqeshelo- msebenzi wobuchule osebenzayo kumqeqeshelwa-msebenzi wobuchule , kuxhomekeke ekuthini kukuphi na: Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi , ukuba kukho ubungqina bokuthi nawuphi na umqeqeshelwa-msebenzi

wobuchule

onjalo ngenene ubesebenze iiyure ezingaphi na esengqeshweni yakhe ngaso nasiphi na isithuba esithile , isithatyathwa-ukuthi esingqinwa sesi siqendwana asiyi kusebenza ngokuphathelele kuloo mqeqeshelwamsebenzi wobuchule ngokubhekiselele kweso sithuba . 34.

Nangani ikho nayiphi na into ephambaneyo noku ekuwo nawu-

phi na omnye umthetho , inkundla kamantyi iya kuba negunya loku

Igunya lokugweba .

wisa nasiphi na isohlwayo esiqingqwe ngulo Mthetho okanye lokwenza nawuphi na umyalelo wenkundla olungiselelwe kulo Mthetho .

35. Akukho nto ikulo Mthetho iya kuchaphazela naliphi na ilu- Amalungelo abaqeqeshelwangelo angathi umqeshi okanye umqeshwa abenalo lokumangalela baqeshi msebenzi nawakumaomnye ukuba enze oko kufunwa ngumgqaliselo woqeqeshelo- tyala embambano . msebenzi wobuchule okanye yokuba abuyelwe yimali ayibangayo ngedemeshe .

36.

Umphathiswa angawisa imimiselo ngokubhekiselele kuwo na- Imimiselo.

wuphi na umcimbi abona ukuthi iyafuneka okanye iluncedo ukuba ayimisele khona ukuze kufezwe iinjongo zalo Mthetho , ekuqukwa apho nayiphi na imimiselo eqingqa uhlobo emalibe lulo naliphi na

399 .

UMTHETHO WASETRANSKEI WOQEQESHELO- MSEBENZI WOBUCHULE , 1974 .

ixwebu elifunekayo , okanye imirhumo emayihlawulwe ngaso

nasi-

phi na isenzo esenziwe ngokwalo Mthetho : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuba nayiphi na imimiselo eqingqa loo mirhumo iya kuwiswa kucetyiswana noMphathiswa wezeMali.

Utshitshisomithetho.

37. Imithetho ekhankanywe esiHlomelweni ngokwenjenje iyatshitshiswa.

Igama elifutshane noqalisa-kusebenza.

38.

Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho waseTranskei

woqeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuchule, 1974 waye uya kuqalisa ukusebenza ngomhla oya kumiselwa nguMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini kaRhulumente.

ISIHLOMELO . IMITHETHO ETSHITSHISIWEYO .

Inamba noNyaka woMthetho

Igama elifutshane .

No. 37 wowe 1944

Umthetho woQeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuChule , 1944 .

No. 28 wowe 1951

Umthetho oFakela imiBandela woQeqeshelo -msebenzi wobuChule , 1951 .

No. 29 wowe 1959

Umthetho oFakela imiBandela woQeqeshelo- msebenzi wobuChule , 1959.

No. 46 wowe 1963

Umthetho oFakela imiBandela woQeqeshelo-msebenzi wobuChule , 1963.

400.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

ACT NO . 10 ACT

OF 1974.

(English text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 8 April 1975) To regulate the training and employment of apprentices in certain trades in the Transkei and to provide for matters incidental thereto . BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows:-

1.

Definitions.

In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates -

(i)

“ apprentice " means any person employed under a contract of apprenticeship registered in terms of section 14 and, for the purposes of section 25 , 31 , 32 and 33 ( 12 ) , includes any person employed in terms of section 11 ; (xvii)

(ii)

(iii)

" Board" means the Transkeian Apprenticeship established by section 4 ; ( xiv)

Board

"condition of apprenticeship " means any condition of apprenticeship applicable in terms of section 10, 18 or 21 ; (ix)

(iv)

"contract of apprenticeship " or "contract" means any contract of apprenticeship registered or required to be registered in terms of section 14 ; (viii)

(v)

"designated trade" means any trade designated under section 10 and includes any branch of a designated trade ; (i)

(vi)

" director" means the director of apprenticeship appointed in terms of section 3( a) and , subject to the provisions of section 3 (b), includes an assistant director of apprenticeship ; (vi)

(vii)

"employer" means any person (including the State and any government thereof) who employs any apprentice or who employs or provides work for any minor in a designated trade , or who trains any minor in a designated trade , otherwise than in a school or institution maintained wholly or partly from public funds or in a school or course

401 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

of instruction and training registered in terms of the Transkei Education Act, 1966 (Act 9 of 1966) as a school providing vocational education , and " employ" and "employment" have corresponding meanings; (xx )

(viii)

"guardian" includes, in the case of a minor who has no guardian or whose guardian is not available or able to assist him, a person who, with the approval of the director, acts as or in the place of the guardian of the minor: ( xviii)

(ix)

" inspector" means an inspector appointed under section 26; (vii)

(x)

"member of the Board" or "member" includes an alternate member of the Board ; (x)

(xi)

(xii)

"Minister" means the Minister of the Interior (ix)

"officer" means an officer as defined in section 1 ( 1 ) of Proclamation R.334 of 1963 ; (iii)

(xiii)

"Official Gazette " means the Official Gazette of the Transkei ; (ii)

(xiv)

"overtime" means that portion of any period during which the apprentice works for his employer during any one week or any one day, as the case may be , which is in excess of the ordinary working hours which that apprentice could -

(a)

under any condition of apprenticeship ; or

(b)

under any provision of the Factories, Machinery and Building Work Act, 1941 (Act 22 of 1941 ) or the Shops and Offices Act , 1939 (Act 41 of 1939) or any notice under any of the said Acts,

which is applicable to that apprentice , be required to work during that week or during that day, as the case may be; (xii)

(xv)

"premises" includes any land , structure or vehicle ; ( xiii)

402 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(xvi)

" prescribed " means prescribed by regulation under this Act; (xix )

(xvii)

"public service" means the public service of the Transkei ; (xv)

(xviii)

"remuneration " means any payment in money or in kind or both in money and in kind or owing to any person, which arises in any manner whatsoever out of employment and " remunerate" has a corresponding meaning ; ( v)

(xix)

(xx)

"trade" includes any branch of a trade or any group of trades or branches of trades ; (iv)

"Transkei " means the territory referred to in section 2 of the Transkei Constitution Act,

1963 (Act 48 of 1963 ) ,

together with any area included in that territory in terms of section 3 of the said Act, (xvi)

2.

This Act shall not apply in respect of -

(a)

any registered student at a university or technical college who is studying for a degree or diploma approved by the Minister and who works in a designated trade during vacations in order to obtain practical experience ;

(b)

work performed in or in connection with any educational institution maintained wholly or partly from public funds as part of the education or training of the person performing it ;

(c)

work performed as part of the education or training of the person performing it in any vocational school which conducts any class or course in or by means of which practical manual training or tuition in any designated trade is offered ;

(d )

(e)

any person who, having obtained a degree or diploma approved by the Minister, works in a designated trade in order to obtain practical experience ;

employment or training in farming or agricultural pursuits; or

403 .

Application of Act.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(f)

Appointment of director of apprenticeship and other officers.

employment in a private household .

3. The Minister may, subject to the laws governing the public service -

(a)

appoint an officer to be styled the director of apprenticeship who shall , subject to any directions of the Minister, exercise the powers conferred on and perform the duties assigned to the director by this Act, and perform such other functions as the Minister may from time to time assign to him;

(b)

appoint an officer to be styled the assistant director of apprenticeship who shall,

subject to

any in-

structions of the director, be competent to exercise any power and to perform any function or duty which the director is competent to exercise or to perform ; and

(c)

appoint such other officers as may be necessary for carrying out the provisions of this Act , one of whom shall perform the duties of secretary to the Board.

Establishment of Transkeian Apprenticeship Board.

4.

Constitution of Board.

5.

There is hereby established an apprenticeship board which shall be known as the Transkeian Apprenticeship Board.

( 1 ) The Board shall consist of not more than seven persons as official members and of not more than two persons as non-official

members appointed as hereinafter provided .

(2)

Of the official members -

(a)

two (one of whom shall be the chairman of the Board) shall be

appointed

by the Minister from

amongst the officers of his department ; (b)

two shall be officers or other officials of the Department of Education appointed by the Minister of Education ;

(c)

two shall be officers of the Department of Roads and Works appointed by the Minister of Roads and Works ; and

404 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(d )

one shall be an officer of the office of the Public Service Commission appointed by that Commission who shall act as a member of the Board whenever any matter affecting any apprentice in the employ of the Government of the Transkei is being considered by the Board .

(3)

The Minister may appoint as non-official members of the

Board any two persons nominated by any organisation or organisations which in his opinion is or are representative of employers .

(4)

For every member of the Board other than the chairman

there shall be an alternate member appointed in the manner described in subsections (2) and ( 3). (5 )

(a)

Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b ) , a member of the Board shall be appointed for such period (not exceeding three years) as the authority by whom such member is appointed may determine and , in the case of a member referred to in subsection ( 3) , shall hold office upon such conditions as to remuneration or otherwise as the Minister may approve in consultation with the Minister of Finance .

(b)

The authority by whom any member was appointed may at any time for any good and sufficient reason remove such member from office .

(6)

Whenever any member of the Board vacates his office or

is removed therefrom the competent authority shall appoint some other person to fill the vacancy and , until such person is appointed , the remaining members shall constitute the Board.

6.

( 1)

(a)

If the chairman is absent from any meeting of the Board, the members present may elect one of their number to act as chairman at that meeting.

(b)

Any person so acting as chairman shall be competent to exercise or perform all or any of the powers, functions or duties of the chairman under this Act.

(2) No person other than a member of the Board and its secretary shall attend any meeting of the Board unless duly authorized thereto by the chairman or the Minister or unless he is appearing

405 .

Procedure at meeting of the Board.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

before the Board in answer to a subpoena or otherwise at the Board's request.

(3)

The first meeting of the Board shall be held at a time and

place to be appointed by the director, and all subsequent meetings of the Board shall be held at such times and places as the Board may from time to time determine : Provided that the chairman of the Board may, after reasonable notice , call a special meeting of the Board to be held at a time and place appointed by him. (4) The secretary of the Board shall give not less than ten days notice in writing of any ordinary meeting of the Board to each member thereof: Provided that shorter notice may be given when circumstances so demand or the chairman so directs .

(5)

Any notice of a meeting of the Board shall be accompanied

by an agenda containing the subjects for consideration

at

such

meeting. (6)

Four members,

excluding the

chairman , shall form a

quorum for any meeting of the Board. (7) The chairman shall cause minutes to be kept of every meeting of the Board, which minutes shall be submitted for confirmation at the next ensuing ordinary meeting of the Board .

(8 )

No resolution or recommendation of the Board shall be

valid unless it has been adopted by a majority of votes.

(9) In the event of an equality of votes the chairman of the Board shall also have a casting vote.

( 10 ) An alternate member may attend any meeting of the Board but shall have no vote when the member of whom he is the alternate is present.

( 11 ) The Board may by resolution appoint any one of its official members (hereinafter in this Act referred to as an investigating officer) to conduct on its behalf any investigation which it may deem necessary for the purpose of enabling the Board to exercise or perform any of its powers, functions or duties under this Act and such investigating officer shall thereupon be competent to exercise any or all of the powers of the chairman of the Board under this Act.

406 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT , 1974.

7.

Duties and functions of Board.

The Board shall -

(a)

investigate , and advise the Minister or the director in , any matter in respect of which the Minister or the director, as the case may be , may exercise or perform any power, function or duty under this Act :

(b)

have the power to make recommendations in regard to any matter in respect of which a recommendation of the Board is required under this Act ;

(c)

investigate any dispute arising from a contract of apprenticeship referred to it by one of the parties to the contract or by the director or an inspector and endeavour to settle such dispute amicably ;

(d)

furnish the director with such statistics , returns or other information in its possession as the director may require ; and

(e)

perform such duties and functions in regard to any matter concerning apprentices as the Minister may assign to it.

8. (1) The Board or an investigating officer may at any time enter upon any premises where an apprentice is or has been employed and may make such inspections and enquiries on such premises as the Board or the investigating officer, as the case may be , may deem necessary.

(2)

The chairman of the Board may by subpoena under his

hand summon any person ( other than an officer) who in his opinion . may be able to give material information concerning any matter under investigation by the Board or who is suspected or believed to have in his possession or custody or under his control any book , document or thing which has any bearing on the subject of the investigation, to appear at a time and place specified in the subpoena to be interrogated or to produce that book, document or thing, and he may retain for examination any book , document or thing so produced .

(3) The chairman of the Board may call as a witness and administer an oath or affirmation to any person at any meeting of the

407.

Enquiries by or on behalf of the Board.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974 .

Board who was or might have been subpoenaed in terms of subsection (2 ) and the chairman and any other member of the Board may interrogate him and require him to produce any book, document or thing in his possession or custody or under his control : Provided that the chairman may in his discretion disallow any question which in his opinion is not relevant to the investigation.

(4)

Subject to the provisions of section 6(2) , the interroga-

tion of any witness under subsection ( 3 ) shall be conducted in private.

(5 )

Any subpoena issued under subsection ( 2) may be served

on the person required to appear in answer thereto by any person authorised thereto by the director -

(a)

by delivering a copy of such subpoena to such person personally; or

(b)

by leaving such copy at his usual or last known place of abode or business or employment with some person apparently not less than sixteen years of age and apparently residing or employed there; or

(c)

by sending such copy by registered or certified post to his usual or last known place of abode or business or employment or to his post office box number.

(6)

A witness, other than an officer or other person in the

full-time employment of any government of the State , who is subpoenaed

or otherwise interrogated in terms of subsection ( 2) or ( 3)

shall be entitled to an allowance equal to the allowance which would have been payable to him if he had been subpoenaed to give evidence in criminal proceedings in a magistrate's court : Provided that the chairman of the Board may, if he thinks fit, direct that no such allowance or only part of such allowance shall be paid to such witness.

(7)

No person shall wilfully hinder, obstruct or insult the

chairman or any member of the Board or any investigating officer in the exercise by him of any power under this section.

(8)

No person who has been duly subpoenaed under sub-

section (2 ) shall, without sufficient cause , fail to attend at the time and place specified in the subpoena.

408.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(9)

No person who has been duly subpoenaed under subsection (2 ) or called as a witness under subsection ( 3 ) shall fail to remain in attendance until excused from further attendance by the chairman of the Board or refuse to be sworn or to be placed under affirmation as a witness or fail to answer fully and satisfactorily to the best of his knowledge and belief all questions lawfully put to him, or to produce any book , document or thing in his possession or custody or under his control when lawfully required to do so : Provided that, in relation to such person, the law relating to privilege , as applicable to a witness subpoenaed to give evidence or to produce any book, document or thing before a court of law shall apply .

9.

No member of the Board, inspector, officer or other person

Secrecy to be observed.

present at any meeting of the Board or at any investigation or interrogation under this Act shall disclose to any person other than the Minister or the director or for the purpose of the exercise of his powers or the performance of any function or duties under this Act or unless he is obliged to do so by law any information relating to the proceedings or the discussions at any meeting of the Board or concerning the financial or business affairs of any person, firm or business, which he has acquired in the exercise of his powers or the performance of any function or duty under this Act or while he was present at any such meeting, investigation or interrogation , as the case may be. 10.

(1)

The Minister may, on the recommendation of the Board ,

by notice in the Official Gazette designate any trade as a trade in respect of which the provisions of this Act shall apply and he may define such trade by reference to the work performed therein , the operations of which it is composed or the type or class of premises upon which the work or operations are performed . (2)

The Minister may in like manner, on the recommendation

of the Board prescribe (a)

the qualifications, including the minimum age (which shall not be lower than fifteen years) and the educational standard required of apprentices;

(b)

the period of apprenticeship and the extent to which and the circumstances in which such period may be curtailed or extended;

(c)

the rates according to which apprentices shall be remunerated during each year of their apprenticeship ,

409.

Designation of trades to which this Act applies and conditions of apprenticeship.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

the circumstances under which those rates may be reduced or shall be increased and the extent of the reduction or increase : Provided that no rate based upon the quantity of work done shall be prescribed , and provided further that the Minister shall not prescribe any rate of remuneration in excess of the rate recommended by the Board ;

(d)

the classes which apprentices shall attend during their periods of apprenticeship , the number of days on which, the hours within which and the number of hours during which they shall attend such classes during any week in any year and , subject to the provisions of subsection ( 9) , the number of hours, if any, during which and the circumstances under which apprentices shall be

released from

work by the

employer for the purpose of attending classes on any day: Provided that, whenever attendance at any such classes is so prescribed as to fall on one day of the week, the number of hours so prescribed shall , in so far as it is practicable , be not less than eight per day;

(e)

the nature and number of correspondence courses to be followed by apprentices in lieu of or in addition to any classes prescribed under paragraph (d) and the conditions subject to which those courses may be followed in lieu of those classes;

(f)

the

full- time

technical training courses which ap-

prentices shall attend, the period or periods of attendance , and the intervals at which those courses shall be attended ;

(g)

the types of work in which the employer shall provide practical training for apprentices, the proportion of the working hours during which and the stages during the apprenticeship period at which he shall provide such training in each type of work ;

(h)

the tests or examinations (either practical or theoretical or both), if any, which apprentices shall undergo at prescribed stages during the period of apprentice-

410.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

ship, the qualifying proficiency or trade test which an apprentice shall undergo, the stage at which it shall be undergone , and the circumstances under which an apprentice may undergo such qualifying proficiency or trade test prior or subsequent to that stage , or be exempted from any such examination or test or part thereof;

(i)

the fees payable in respect of any test or examination prescribed under paragraph (h ) and by wham such fees shall be paid ;

(j)

the circumstances under which employers shall pay the whole or any specified portion of the fees payable in respect of any classes or courses prescribed under paragraph (d ) , ( e ) or ( f) , or refund to their apprentices the whole or any specified portion of any such fees paid by them ;

(k)

the maximum number of ordinary working hours which apprentices may be required or permitted to work during any week or on any day, and the days on which , the hours on any day before or after which and the intervals during which no apprentice may be required or permitted to work;

(1)

the maximum period of overtime which apprentices may be required or permitted to work during any specific period, and the rates according to which they shall be remunerated in respect of overtime ;

(m ) the number of paid holidays to be allowed to apprentices during any year of apprenticeship and the rates according to which they shall be remunerated in respect of such holidays ;

(n )

the remuneration and other conditions of apprenticeship, in respect of any period during which an apprentice is unable by reason of any condition of apprenticeship

or other specified circumstance to

render service to his employer during ordinary working hours;

411 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT , 1974.

(o)

the minimum or maximum number of apprentices to be employed in any designated trade or by any employer or, if no such minimum or maximum number is prescribed , the authority by whom and the methods by which or the principles in accordance with which any such number shall be determined ;

(p)

any other condition of apprenticeship of whatsoever nature which he may deem expedient to prescribe .

(3)

The Minister may in like manner withdraw or amend any

notice published under subsection ( 1 ) or ( 2).

(4)

(a)

Before publishing a notice under subsection ( 1 ) , ( 2 )

or (3 ) the Minister shall by notice in the Official Gazette

(i)

make known his intention to publish the firstmentioned notice ;

(ii)

indicate that copies of the first-mentioned notice are obtainable from the director; and

(iii)

call upon all interested persons to lodge with the Board in writing, not later than thirty days after the publication of such notice of intention, any objection they may have to the proposed notice .

(b )

The Board shall without delay forward any such objections to the Minister together with its recommendations thereon .

(5 )

A notice under subsection ( 2) or ( 3 ) or ( 4 ) relating to

conditions of apprenticeship may be published simultaneously with or at any time after the publication of a notice under subsection ( 1 ) , (3) or (4 ) relating to the designation of the trade concerned .

(6 )

Different conditions of apprenticeship may be prescribed

under subsection

( 2 ) or ( 3 ) in respect of different classes of employers or apprentices, different designated trades or different areas and in prescribing such different conditions the Minister may apply any method of differentiation which he may deem advisable .

412 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(7)

( a)

The director , may, on the recommendation of the Board and subject to such conditions as he may determine (which conditions shall be set out in writing addressed to the employer) , approve of the training of apprentices by any employer in accordance with any scheme under which the apprentices will receive their training for a specified portion of their periods of apprenticeship under the continuous supervision of tutors approved by the director on such recommendation.

(b)

Any conditions of apprenticeship which are inconsistent with the conditions subject to which any apprentices are trained under any scheme so approved shall not apply in respect of such apprentices .

(8)

If an apprentice , who is no longer required to attend

classes or follow correspondence courses prescribed under paragraph (d) or (e ) of subsection ( 2 ) , elects to continue his studies, he shall be subject to the same conditions and enjoy the same privileges as an apprentice who is required to attend such classes or follow such correspondence courses .

(9)

The employer of any apprentice who(a)

is required to attend any classes prescribed in accordance with the proviso to paragraph ( d ) of subsection (2), or

(b) is in terms of any condition prescribed under paragraph ( e) of the said subsection or of any éxemption under section 29 required to attend for the purpose of study at any place determined by the director, shall not require or permit the apprentice , if the said classes or the hours during which he is so required to attend , fall on one day of the week, to work on that day, or if the said hours fall on more than one day of the week, to work during those hours, and the employer shall pay him in respect of any such day remuneration at a rate not less than his ordinary rate of remuneration as if he had on such day worked his average ordinary hours for that day: Provided that , if an apprentice has absented himself without good reason from any such

413 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974 .

Crass or such place of study , the employer may deduct so much from his remuneration as would otherwise be payable to him in respect of the day on which or the time during which he so absented himself.

( 10 )

If an apprentice passes a qualifying proficiency or trade

test prescribed under paragraph (h) of subsection ( 2 ) , prior or subsequent to the stage so prescribed , his contract of apprenticeship shall be deemed to have terminated by effluxion of time with effect from a date twenty-one days after the last day of the test .

Employment and apprenticeship.

11.

( 1)

After a trade has been designated by the Minister in terms

of section 10( 1 ) , no person shall without the written consent of the director -

(a)

take into his employment in the designated trade , otherwise than as an apprentice , any person, or

(b)

retain in his employment in the designated trade , otherwise than as an apprentice , any minor ,

who has not completed the period of apprenticeship or passed the qualifying proficiency or trade test prescribed in respect of that trade in terms of section 10( 2 ) : Provided that the provisions of this subsection shall not apply to any person who is a Bantu building worker as defined in section 1 of the Bantu Building Workers Act, 1951 (Act 27 of 1951 ) .

The director may, with due regard to the interests of the minor or other person concerned and after consultation with the (2 )

Board, grant or refuse his consent.

(3)

No person shall keep any minor or other person in his

employ in a designated trade for any period longer than four months after the date of the consent granted in respect of such person in terms of subsection ( 1 ) unless a contract of apprenticeship in the prescribed form has been entered into in accordance with this Act and the conditions of apprenticeship applicable to that trade and has been lodged with the director for registration . (4)

Any application for the consent of the director under

subsection ( 1 ) shall be in the prescribed form.

414 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

12. No person shall directly or indirectly require or permit any Acceptance of premium or person to pay or give any consideration in respect of the employment bonus prohibited. of any minor or apprentice in a designated trade or receive any such consideration from any person .

13.

(1)

Qualifications for apprenticeship.

Any person who-

(a)

has the qualifications prescribed under section 10(2 ) ,

(b)

has obtained a certificate of fitness in the prescribed form ,

(c)

has attained the age of fifteen years, and

(d)

is not required by law to attend any school ,

may, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Act, bind himself as an apprentice in a designated trade .

(2)

If any such person is a minor he shall be assisted by his

guardian and, if he is not a minor, he shall not so bind himself except with the consent of the director who shall , before granting his consent, consult the Board.

(3 )

Any minor may so bind himself as to complete the period

of apprenticeship prescribed under section 10( 2 ) in respect of the designated trade concerned after his majority .

14. ( 1 ) No contract of apprenticeship in a designated trade shall be valid unless -

(a)

it has been entered into in writing in the prescribed form , and

(b)

it has been signed by or on behalf of the employer and by the apprentice and, if the apprentice is a minor, by his guardian , and

(c)

it has been registered by the director.

(2) The employer shall, within one month from the date on which it was entered into , lodge the contract (in duplicate) with the director for registration .

415 .

Registration of contract of apprenticeship.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(3)

Every application for the registration of a contract of

apprenticeship shall be directed to the secretary of the Board and shall be accompanied by (a)

proof of the date of birth and educational standard of the prospective apprentice ; and

(b)

a medical certificate in the prescribed form issued by a registered medical practitioner in respect of the physical fitness of the prospective apprentice to enter into a contract of apprenticeship in the designated trade concerned .

(4)

The Board shall forward the contract of apprenticeship to

the director, together with a recommendation in regard to the advisability or otherwise of its registration , and the director may thereupon register such contract or refuse to register it : Provided that the director shall not refuse to register any contract unless the Board has so recommended.

(5)

The director may refuse to register a contract of appren-

ticeship which otherwise complies with the provisions of this Act if the Board has reported that in its opinion it is not in the interests of the prospective apprentice to register the contract and he may , in coming to a decision in terms of this subsection , take into account the prospects of the prospective apprentice to obtain employment in the designated trade concerned at the expiry of the contract. (6)

After registration of the contract of apprenticeship the

duplicate copy of the contract shall be retained by the director and the original shall be forwarded by the director to the employer who shall retain the same until the termination , transfer or rescission of the contract. (7) The director shall on application issue to any one of the parties to a registered contract a certified copy of such contract upon payment of an amount of fifty cents which shall be for the benefit of the Transkeian Revenue Fund.

Training of apprentices.

15.

(1)

If in the opinion of the director any apprentice is not

receiving adequate training, the director may , after consultation with the Board , order the employer of the apprentice to take such action , specified in the order, as the director may deem necessary to ensure that the apprentice will receive adequate training , and may at any time withdraw or vary any such order.

416 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT , 1974.

(2 )

In any such order the director may specify the classes of

work on which the apprentice is to be trained , the periods during which, the intervals at which or the dates between which he shall be so trained , the conditions relating to supervision , the method or place of work and any other matter or condition relating to the training of the apprentice .

If in the opinion of the director the employer of an apprentice is, for any reason beyond the control of the employer, unable to provide the apprentice with work or training during the full 16.

(1 )

Employment of apprentices for less than ordinary time and working loan of services

period of his ordinary working hours, he may, after consultation with ofapprentices. the Board, in writing authorize , for such period and subject to such conditions as he may determine , the employment of the apprentice for a specified number of hours on any day or in each week, or on a specified number of days in each week , which is less than the number of such hours or days , as the case may be , ordinarily worked by the apprentice, against payment of the ordinary wages of the apprentice or of a specified rate of wages which is less than the rate of his ordinary wages .

(2)

The director may, after consultation with the Board , in

writing authorize, for such period and subject to such conditions as he may determine , the loan of the services of an apprentice to another employer if in his opinion it is in the interests of the apprentice to do so.

(3)

The loan

of the services of an apprentice to another

employer authorized in terms of subsection ( 2 ) shall not release the person who is the employer in terms of the contract of apprenticeship from any obligation under such contract.

(4) No person shall employ an apprentice for less than the number of hours on any day or in any week, or on less than the number of days in any week , as the case may be , ordinarily worked by the apprentice , or lend or borrow the services of an apprentice, otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of subsection ( 1 ) or (2 ), as the case may be. Subject to the provisions of subsection ( 3 ) and to such Absence from work and exvariations in the period of apprenticeship as the Minister may pre- tension of period of contract. scribe in terms of section 10( 2 ) (b ) , an apprentice shall serve the full 17.

(1)

period of apprenticeship which he is required to serve in terms of any

417.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

condition of apprenticeship prescribed under section 10( 2 ) or ( 3 ) and such period shall be extended by one day for every ordinary working day on which the apprentice was absent from work.

(2)

Every employer shall report any absence by an apprentice

in his employ from work through whatever cause , other than an absence due to a suspension in terms of section 19 to the Board within seven days from the date of such absence or the date on which the period of such absence terminated , as the case may be, and the Board shall upon receipt of such notification advise the director thereof.

(3)

If the suspension of an apprentice in terms of section 19 is

not confirmed by the Board or is set aside on appeal by the Minister in terms of section 19(7) , the director may after receipt of an application by the apprentice not to be required to serve the period of absence which resulted from the suspension, and after consultation with the Board, grant or refuse the application or may order that the apprentice shall serve only a portion of such period of absence and , in refusing such application or making such order , he may specify the dates between which, and the conditions under which the period in question shall be served , and he may at any time withdraw or vary any decision or order given or made by him in terms of this subsection.

(4)

(a)

The director may from time to time , after consultation with the Board, order that the period of apprenticeship of any apprentice be extended by a specified period, not exceeding -

(i)

one day in respect of every day on which , in the opinion of the director, the apprentice failed without good reason to comply with any condition of apprenticeship prescribed under section 10 (2 ) (d) or (e) which is or was applicable to him ; and

(ii)

one day in respect of every day on which in the opinion of the director, the apprentice failed without good reason to attend a full-time technical training course which he is or was required to attend in terms of any condition of apprenticeship prescribed under section 10( 2) (f) .

418 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974. (b)

The director may, after consultation with the Board , in any order issued in terms of paragraph ( a) specify -

(i)

the dates between which the additional period specified

(ii)

in such order shall be served ; and

such other conditions as he may deem necessary , and may, after such consultation , withdraw or vary any such order.

(c)

The director shall in writing notify the employer and the apprentice concerned , and if the apprentice is a minor his guardian, of the terms of any order made under paragraphs (a) and (b ) , and the said terms shall thereupon be deemed to form part of the contract of apprenticeship .

(5)

If the apprentice fails the qualifying proficiency or trade

test prescribed in terms of section 10 ( 2 ) (h) in respect of the designated trade concerned , his contract of apprenticeship shall be extended by twelve months. (6)

The provisions of subsections ( 1 ) , ( 2) and ( 3 ) shall not

apply in respect of (a)

any leave of absence to which the apprentice is entitled in terms of any condition of apprenticeship or under any law;

(b)

any absence from work through sickness for a total period not exceeding thirty days in any year;

(c)

any absence from work which is due to attendance at a class, course , test or examination in accordance with any condition of apprenticeship applicable to the apprentice.

18.

(1)

An employer may send or transfer an apprentice from

one place to another in the

course of the ordinary carrying on by

him of the trade in question, but shall not without the prior consent of the director so send or transfer an apprentice if it would not be reasonably convenient for such apprentice to travel daily to and from his normal place of residence .

419 .

Transfer of apprentices and transfer of contracts of apprenticeship.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974 .

( 2)

(a)

The rights and obligations of an employer under any contract of apprenticeship may, with the prior consent

of the director,

be

transferred

to another

employer by an endorsement to that effect on the contract, which endorsement shall be signed by all the parties thereto .

(b)

No transfer of any contract shall be complete until it has been registered by the director and for that purpose the contract duly endorsed as provided in paragraph ( a ) shall be lodged with the director, together with a duplicate original of such endorsement , not later than fourteen days after the date of signature of such endorsement.

(3 )

(a)

The director may in his discretion grant or withhold his consent referred to in subsection ( 1 ) or (2), and may when granting his consent referred to in subsection ( 1 ) impose such conditions as he may deem necessary .

(b)

The director shall not grant his consent referred to in subsection ( 1 ) or ( 2 ) , unless -

(i)

he is satisfied that all parties to the contract of apprenticeship action ; and

(ii) (4)

(a)

have

agreed

to the

proposed

he has consulted the Board .

If any person is apprenticed to a partnership his contract of apprenticeship shall not be terminated by reason of the death or retirement of any partner if the business

of the partnership is continued by

another person or partnership, but the rights and obligations of the employer under the contract shall in such case be deemed to be transferred to the person or partnership continuing such business.

(b)

Such person or partnership shall , within one month of the date of such death or retirement , lodge the contract with the director for registration of the transfer.

420 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(5)

After the registration of the transfer of a contract of ap-

prenticeship in terms of this section, the new employer shall retain the contract until its expiry, transfer or rescission , as the case may be.

19. ( 1 ) If an employer is satisfied that an apprentice bound to him by contract under this Act has committed a serious breach of the terms of the contract or of any condition of apprenticeship, he may forthwith suspend the apprentice for a period not exceeding the number of days ordinarily worked in a week in the designated trade concerned or such further period as the Board may from time to time allow.

(2) If in the opinion of the director an apprentice has acted in a manner justifying his suspension under subsection ( 1 ) and he has not been suspended by the employer concerned , the director may at any time , after consultation with the Board, by written notice order the suspension of the apprentice as from such date and for such period , not exceeding thirty working days, as the director may determine.

(3)

Any employer who has so suspended an apprentice shall

report the matter in writing to the director within three days of the date on which he suspended the apprentice .

(4)

The director shall , as soon as may be , enquire into and

confirm , vary or set aside any suspension under subsection ( 1 ) .

(5 ) If the director varies or sets aside the suspension of an apprentice in terms of subsection (4) , he may order that any or all of the wages which may have been withheld from the apprentice during the period of suspension be paid to a specified officer within such period as the director may direct.

(6)

An order made under subsection (5) and any decision

under subsection (7) in respect of any such order (other than rescission thereof) shall have the effect of, and may be executed as if it were, a civil judgement in favour of the Government of the Transkei and the specified officer shall pay any amount received by him in in pursuance of the order or decision to the apprentice or , if he is a minor, to his guardian. (7)

If an employer or apprentice feels aggrieved by any de-

421 .

Suspension of apprentices.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

cision of the director under this section, or if the director fails to give any decision within thirty days after the report referred to in subsection (3 ) , such employer or apprentice may at any time within thirty days of the decision or on the expiry of the said period , as the case may be, appeal or submit the matter to the Minister, who may, after consultation with the Board confirm the decision of the director or give such other decision as in his opinion the director ought to have given. (8)

An appeal to the Minister in terms of subsection (7)

against the decision of the director shall be noted by the appellant by lodging with the director a notice of appeal (in triplicate ) which shall contain the following information: (a)

the name of the appellant ;

(b)

the names of the apprentice and the employer concerned ;

(c)

the date on which the decision of the director was notified to the appellant or the date on which the suspension was reported , as the case may be;

(d)

particulars of the decision if a decision is appealed against; and

(e)

(9)

the grounds on which the appeal is based .

The Minister shall notify his decision on the appeal in

writing to the appellant and to the director.

Rescission of contract of apprenticeship.

20.

( 1)

A contract of apprenticeship may be rescinded -

(a)

by agreement between the parties thereto, but subject to the consent of the director; or

(b)

by the director after consultation with the Board on his own initiative or at the instance of any party thereto , if he is satisfied that the rescission of the contract is justified .

(2)

Upon the rescission of the contract of apprenticeship , the

employer shall lodge the contract with the director who shall thereupon make an appropriate endorsement on the original and duplicate copy of the contract.

422.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

Whenever it appears that the facts relating to any apprentice are incorrectly recorded in his contract of apprenticeship and that by reason thereof prejudice is caused to a party to the contract the director may , if he is satisfied that it is desirable to do so, on the 21.

( 1)

Modification of contract of apprenticeship.

application of the prejudiced party and after consultation with the other party and the Board , modify the terms of the contract by affixing thereto a statement setting out the correct facts and the relative terms of the contract as amended in pursuance of those facts.

(2)

Any such statement shall be signed by the director and

thereafter the relative terms so set out therein shall form part of the contract of apprenticeship , and the director shall adjust his records in accordance therewith : Provided that no additional financial liability shall be imposed on any party to the contract in respect of any period prior to the date on which the statement is signed . 22.

Upon the expiry of any contract of apprenticeship the employer

shall, within seven days of such expiry , complete and sign a certificate to the effect that such contract has expired and thereafter lodge

Procedure upon expiration of contract of apprenticeship.

the expired contract with the director who, after having noted the expiry , shall transmit the original contract to the person who has completed his apprenticeship in terms thereof for retention by such person. 23.

(1)

Any employer, prospective employer, apprentice or pros-

pective apprentice who feels aggrieved by a decision of the director in terms of section 10 ( 7 ) , 11 , 14 , 15 , 16 ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) , 17 , 20 or 21 may within fourteen days of the date of the decision appeal to the Minister who may, after consultation with the Board , confirm the decision or give such other decision as in his opinion should have been given by the director.

(2 )

(a)

An appeal to the

Minister under subsection ( 1 )

against the decision of the director shall be noted by lodging with the director a notice of appeal (in triplicate ) which contains the following information:-

(i)

(ii)

the name of the appellant ;

the name of the employer or the prospective employer and of the apprentice or prospective apprentice ;

423.

Appeal to the Minister.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(iii)

the date on which the appellant was notified of the director's decision ;

(iv)

details of the decision appealed against, and

(v)

(b)

the grounds upon which the appeal is based .

The director may require the appellant to furnish such further information as may be necessary to enable the Minister to deal with the appeal.

Victimization forbidden.

24. ( 1 ) No employer shall dismiss any person employed by him or reduce the rate of his remuneration or otherwise alter the conditions of his employment to conditions less favourable to him or alter his position to his disadvantage relatively to other persons employed by such employer by reason of the fact that he suspects or believes (whether or not the suspicion or belief is justified or correct) that that person has given any information which under this Act he could be required to give to an inspector or an investigating officer or to the Board , or has complied with any lawful requirement of an inspector, an investigating officer or the Board , or has given evidence in any proceedings under this Act. (2)

The court convicting an employer of a contravention of

the provisions of subsection ( 1 ) may in addition to any sentence which it may impose -

(a)

in the case of an employee , the reduction of whose rate of remuneration or the alteration of whose conditions of employment or position was the subject of the charge of which the employer was convicted, order the employer to restore the rate of remuneration, conditions of employment or the position of the employee to that existing prior to the reduction or alteration , with effect from the date on which the reduction or the alteration was made ;

(b)

in the case of an employee whose dismissal was the subject of the charge of which the employer was convicted, order the employer to pay to the employee a sum estimated by the court to be equal to three month's remuneration at the rate according to which he was being remunerated at the time of his dismissal.

424.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(3)

Any order made under subsection (2)(b ) shall have the

effect of and may be executed as if it were a civil judgement in favour of the employee concerned .

25.

Evasion of payment of remuneration.

No employer shall -

(a)

require or permit any apprentice to pay or repay to him any amount payable or paid to that apprentice under the contract of apprenticeship or in terms of any conditions of apprenticeship, or do any act or permit any act to be done as a direct or indirect result of which that apprentice is deprived of the benefit of any amount so payable or paid, or any portion thereof; or

(b)

require or permit any apprentice to give a receipt for, or otherwise to represent that he has received , more than he has actually been paid by the employer.

26.

(1)

The Minister may, subject to the laws governing the public

Appointment of inspector.

service , appoint any person as an inspector under this Act . (2 )

Every inspector shall be furnished with a certificate signed

by the director and stating that the holder has been appointed as an inspector under this Act.

27.

(1)

Any

inspector

may, for the purpose

of ascertaining

whether the provisions of this Act are being complied with (a)

at any time enter any premises whatsoever without prior notice and make such examination and enquiry as he may deem necessary ;

(b)

while he is on the premises or at any other time, require from any person the production then and there, or at a time and place fixed by the inspector, of any book, notice , record , list or other document which is or has been on the premises or in the possession or custody or under the control of that person or his employee or any person being trained by him;

(c)

at any time and at any place require from any person who has the possession or custody or control of any

425.

Powers of inspector.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

such book, notice , record , list or other document , the production thereof then and there , or at a time and place fixed by the inspector;

(d)

examine and make extracts from and copies of any such book, record , list or document and require from any person an explanation of any entries therein , and seize any such book , record , list or document as in his opinion may afford evidence of any offence under this Act.

(e)

question either alone or in the presence of any other person, as he thinks fit, with respect to matters dealt with in this Act, any person whom he finds on any premises entered in terms of this section or whom he has reasonable grounds for believing to be, or to have been employed or trained in any designated trade or on any premises in respect of which any provision of this Act is applicable , or in possession , custody or control of anything in respect of which any such provision is applicable ;

(f)

require any person referred to in paragraph (b) , (c) , (d) or (e) to appear before him at any time and place fixed by him and then and there question that person.

An inspector entering any premises under subsection ( 1 ) may be accompanied by an interpreter or other assistant or any (2)

member of a police force established by law.

(3)

Any person in connection with whose business any pre-

mises are used, and every person employed by him, shall at all times furnish such facilities and assistance as are required by the inspector for the purpose of exercising his powers under subsection ( 1 ) .

(4)

For the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section an interpreter or assistant shall , while acting under the lawful direction of an inspector, be deemed to be an inspector.

(5)

Any inspector exercising any power or performing any

duty conferred or imposed upon him by this Act shall , on demand , produce the certificate furnished to him in terms of section 26 (2 ) .

426 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT , 1974.

28.

(1)

Every employer upon whom an apprenticeship contract is

Records to be kept.

binding shall at all times, in respect of every apprentice concerned , keep a record

of the remuneration paid , of the time worked and of

such other appropriate particulars

including, without prejudice to

the generality of the provisions of this subsection , particulars of the progress made by such apprentice in any prescribed course of training and the steps taken by the employer to carry out any conditions prescribed under section 10 ( 2 ) (g) .

(2)

The records referred to in subsection ( 1 ) shall be kept in

the prescribed form and manner: Provided that an inspector may, in writing under his signature , authorize the keeping of such records in some other form which in his opinion will enable him to ascertain therefrom the required particulars. (3)

Every person who is or has been an employer referred to

in subsection ( 1 ) shall retain any record made in terms of that subsection for a period of three years subsequent to the date of the record, and shall on demand by an inspector or investigating officer made at any time during the said period of three years produce the said record for inspection. 29.

( 1)

Notwithstanding anything in this Act contained but sub-

ject to the provisions of subsection ( 4 ) , the Minister may if in his opinion special circumstances exist which justify exemption and on the recommendation of the Board, by notice in the Official Gazette, exempt any class , group, section or type of employers or apprentices specified in such notice , either generally or with such restrictions as he may deem fit and subject to any conditions which he may impose in such notice , from all or any of the provisions of this Act or from any condition of apprenticeship and the Minister may, in so specifying any such class, group, section or type , apply any method of differentiation which he may deem advisable . * (2)

The Minister may in the same manner withdraw or amend

any notice published under subsection ( 1 ) . (3) Subject to the provisions of subsection (4) the Minister may, if in his opinion special circumstances exist which justify exemption, under licence signed by the director exempt any person , either generally or with such restrictions as he may deem fit and subject to such conditions as he may impose and for such period as he may specify, from all or any of the provisions of this Act or from

427.

Exemption from conditions of apprenticeship.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

any condition of apprenticeship prescribed under section 10( 2) or from any condition prescribed in a notice published under subsection ( 1).

(4 )

The Minister shall not grant any exemption under sub-

section ( 1 ) or ( 3 ) unless the Board has recommended such exemption. Acts or omissions by managers, agents or employees.

30. ( 1 ) Whenever any manager, agent or employee of any employer does or omits to do any act which it would be an offence under this Act for the employer to do or omit to do, then unless it is proved

(a)

that in doing or omitting to do that act the manager. agent or employee was acting without the connivance or permission of the employer, and

(b)

that all reasonable steps were taken by the employer to prevent any act or omission of the kind in question , and

(c)

that it was not under any condition or in any circumstances within the scope of the authority or in the course of the employment of the manager, agent or employee to do or to omit to do acts whether lawful or unlawful of the character of the act or omission charged ,

the employer shall be presumed himself to have done or to have omitted to do that act and shall be liable to be convicted or sentenced in respect thereof, and the fact that he issued instructions forbidding any act or omission of the kind in question shall not, of itself, be accepted as sufficient proof that he took all reasonable steps to prevent the act or omission.

(2 ) Whenever any manager, agent or employee of an employer does or omits to do any act which it would be an offence under this Act for the employer to do or to omit to do , he shall be liable to be convicted and sentenced in respect thereof as if he were the employer.

(3 ) Any such manager, agent or employee may be so convicted and sentenced in addition to the employer.

(4)

Whenever the manager, agent or employee of an employer

is convicted under the provisions of this section of a contravention of

428.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974 .

section 24( 1 ) or of an offence referred to in section 31 (1 ) , the court shall make an order against the employer under section 24( 2) or section 32 (3), as the case may be, and the provisions ofthe said sections shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of such order, and no such

order shall be

made

against any

such manager, agent or

employee . 31.

(1)

Offences and penalties.

Any person who (a)

contravenes or fails to comply with any provision of a contract of apprenticeship or any condition of apprenticeship which is binding upon him , or

(b)

contravenes or fails to comply with the provisions of section 8 (7) , 8( 8 ) , 8 ( 9 ) , 14 ( 2 ) , 17 ( 2 ) , 18(4 ) (b) , 19 (3 ) or 22, or

(c)

contravenes or fails to comply with any provision of section 9 , 11 ( 1 ) , 11 (3 ) , 12 , 16 (4 ) , 18 ( 1 ) or 25 , or

(d)

fails to comply with any condition imposed under section 18 (3 ) ( a) or 29 , or with any order given under section 15 ( 1 ) , 19 ( 2 ) or 19 ( 5 ) , or

(e )

falsely

represents himself to be an inspector, or

(f)

refuses to answer to the best of his knowledge any question which an inspector has put to him in the exercise of his powers in terms of section 27 , or

(g)

refuses or fails to comply to the best of his ability with any requirement made by an inspector in terms of section 27( 1 ) (b ) or 27 ( 1 ) (f) , or

(h)

hinders an inspector in the performance functions in terms of section 27 , or

of his

(i)

contravenes the provisions of section 24( 1 ) , or

(j)

fails to comply with any order in terms of section 24(2) (a) , or

(k)

contravenes any provision of section 28 or fails or refuses to produce any record on the demand under that section of any inspector or investigating officer, or

429.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

(1 )

makes any entry in any record kept in terms of section 28 , knowing such entry to be false , or

(m) as a witness at any enquiry held in terms of section 8 gives a false answer or makes a false statement under oath or affirmation in connection with any matter, knowing such answer or statement to be false,

shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction -

(i)

in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (a) (which does not consist of the failure to make any payment to an apprentice ) or in paragraph (b), to a fine not exceeding one hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding three months or to both such fine and such imprisonment ;

(ii)

! in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (a) which consists of the failure to make any payment to an apprentice or in paragraphs ( c) to and including (h) and (k) and (1 ) to a fine not exceeding two hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months or to both such fine and such imprisonment ;

(iii)

in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (i), to a fine not exceeding six hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding two years or to both such fine and such imprisonment ;

(iv)

in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (j) , to a fine not exceeding five rand for every day on which the offence continues ; and

(v)

in the case of an offence referred to in paragraph (m) , to a fine not exceeding two hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months .

( 2)

Paragraph ( a) of subsection (1 ) shall not apply in respect

430.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

of a failure to attend any class or course or at any place as a result of which an order has been made under section 17(3 ). (3)

The provisions of section 351 of the Criminal Procedure

Act, 1955 (Act 56 of 1955 ) shall not apply in respect of an offence referred to in paragraph ( i ) of subsection (1) or which consists of a failure to make any payment to an apprentice . 32.

(1)

( a)

Whenever an employer is convicted in terms of section 31 ( 1 ) ( a) of the failure to make any payment, the court convicting him shall enquire into and determine the difference between the amount which he paid and the amount which he would have paid if the failure of which he has been convicted had not occurred : Provided that if the court is unable on all the evidence, whether given before or after conviction, to determine that difference exactly , it shall, to the best of its ability , estimate that difference .

(b)

If no amount has been paid , the amount which would have been paid if the failure had not occurred , shall , for the purposes of this section, be deemed to be the difference .

(c)

The difference so determined, or the

amount at

which it is so estimated , is in this section referred to as the amount underpaid .

(2 )

The

procedure

prescribed in subsection ( 1 ) shall be

followed before sentence is passed and shall be deemed to form part of the trial.

(3)

After the court has in terms of subsection ( 1 ) determined

or estimated the amount underpaid , it shall order the convicted person to pay the said amount to an officer specified by the court (hereinafter referred to as the specified officer) within a period fixed by the court, in instalments or otherwise , as the court may determine . (4)

The court may at any time upon the application of the

person convicted , for good cause shown, extend the period within which the said amount must be paid to the specified officer or vary the amounts of the instalments. (5)

An order made under the provisions of this section shall

431.

Order upon employer to pay amount underpaid.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974 .

have the effect of, and may be executed as if it were , a civil judgement in favour of the Government of the Transkei and the specified officer shall pay any amount received by him in pursuance of the order to the apprentice in respect of whom the failure occurred or, if he is a minor, to his guardian .

(6)

It shall not be a defence to any charge on a failure referred

to in subsection ( 1 ) to prove that the failure with which the accused is charged was due to lack of means,

Evidence and presumptions.

33.

(1)

Proof of publication in the Official Gazette of a notice

under section 10 or 29 shall be conclusive proof that all the provisions of this Act, in respect of matters precedent and incidental to the publication of the notice , have been complied with .

(2) In the absence of satisfactory proof of the age of any person, such age shall in any proceedings under this Act be presumed to be that stated by an inspector to be in his opinion the probable age of that person, but any interested person who is dissatisfied with that statement of opinion may at his own expense require that the person whose age is in question appear before and be examined by a district surgeon and a statement contained in a certificate by the district surgeon who examined that person as to what in his opinion is the probable age of that person shall , but only for the purpose of the said proceedings , be conclusive proof as to the age of that person .

(3 )

Whenever in any proceedings under this Act it is proved

that any person was at any time present on any premises in which any designated trade was being carried on , that person shall , unless the contrary is proved, be presumed at that time to have been employed in that trade by the person there carrying on that trade at that time .

(4)

An apprentice or any other person shall be deemed to be

working in a designated trade during any period during which he is present on any premises on which that trade is being carried on: Provided that , if it is proved that any apprentice or other person was not working during any portion of any such period , the presumption provided for in this subsection shall not apply in respect of the apprentice or other person with reference to that portion of the period .

(5 )

In any proceedings under this Act, any entry or statement

contained in any book or document kept by an employer, or by his

432.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974. manager, agent or employee or found on any premises occupied by that employer, shall be admissible in evidence against him as an admission of the facts set forth in that statement or entry, unless it is proved that the statement or entry was not made by that employer or by any manager, agent or employee of that employer in the course of his work as manager or in the course

of his agency or

employment .

(6)

Any record purporting to be the minutes of a meeting of

the Board and to have been signed by a person describing himself as the chairman, or acting chairman, shall upon its production by any person be received corded therein .

(7)

as prima facie evidence of the proceedings re-

In any proceedings in respect of an alleged contravention

of section 16( 4) , it shall be presumed , until the contrary is proved , that the director has not authorized the employment or the loan to which the charge relates.

(8 )

Whenever any person is charged under section 31 ( 1 ) (a)

with having failed to pay any apprentice employed by him during any period the remuneration which in respect of that period he was required to pay that apprentice under any contract of apprenticeship or in terms of any condition of apprenticeship, and it is proved that that apprentice was, during any period covered by the charge , bound to that person by a contract of apprenticeship under this Act , and that under that contract or in terms of any condition of apprenticeship the accused was required to pay to that apprentice a certain amount of remuneration in respect of that period , the accused shall be presumed , until the contrary is proved , not to have paid that amount to that apprentice .

(9)

Whenever any person is charged with having, in contra-

vention of section 24( 1 ) , dismissed any person employed by him or reduced the rate of his remuneration, or otherwise altered the conditions of his employment to conditions less favourable to him , or altered his position to his disadvantage in relation to other persons employed by him by reason of a suspicion or belief referred to in that section and stated in the charge , and it is proved that the accused dismissed that person or reduced the rate of his remuneration or otherwise altered the conditions of his employment to conditions less favourable to him or altered his position to his disadvantage in relation to other persons employed by him , the accused shall be pre-

433 .

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT, 1974.

sumed, until the contrary is proved , to have done so by reason of the suspicion or belief stated in the charge . ( 10 )

Whenever in any proceedings under this Act it is proved

that any incorrect statement or entry is contained in any record kept by any person under section 28 , he shall be presumed , until the contrary is proved , to have made that statement or entry knowing the same to be incorrect.

( 11 )

( a)

In any proceedings under this Act, an affidavit purporting to have been made by the Minister or the director in respect of any designation , exemption , consent, decision , authority, order, determination or any other matter referred to in this Act, shall , on its mere production in those proceedings by any person but subject to the provisions of paragraph (b), be prima facie proof of its contents.

(b)

The person presiding over the proceedings at which any such affidavit is produced may cause the Minister or the director, as the case may be , to be summoned to give oral evidence or may cause written interrogatories and any reply on aoth thereto purporting to be a reply from the Minister or the director, as the case may be, shall in like manner be admissible as evidence in the proceedings .

( 12 ) If an employer has, in respect of any period , failed to keep the records which in terms of this Act he is required to keep or has failed to keep those records for the prescribed period or has falsified those records or caused them to be falsified , then in any proceedings under this Act, an apprentice employed by him during the period in respect of which the failure or the falsification has occurred shall be presumed to have worked in his employment throughout the said period, not less than the number of hours customary in the designated trade in question or the number of hours provided for in the contract of apprenticeship or in any condition of apprenticeship applicable to the apprentice , as the case may be : Provided that, if it is proved what hours any such apprentice actually worked in his employment during any particular period , the presumption established by this subsection shall not apply in respect of that apprentice with reference to that period .

434.

TRANSKEIAN APPRENTICESHIP ACT , 1974 .

34.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any

Jurisdiction.

other law, a magistrate's court shall have jurisdiction to impose any penalty prescribed by, or to make any order of court provided for, in this Act.

35.

Nothing contained in this Act shall affect any right which an

employer or cmployee may have to institute civil proceedings against

Civil rights of apprentices and employers.

the other party for compliance with the conditions of apprenticeship or to recover damages .

36.

The Minister may make regulations in regard to any matter

Regulations,

which he considers it necessary or expedient to prescribe for the achievement of the aims and objects of this Act, including any regulations prescribing the form of any document required , or the fees payable for any act performed , under this Act : Provided that any regulations prescribing such fees shall be made in consultation with the Minister of Finance. 37.

The laws mentioned in the Schedule are hereby repealed .

Repeal of laws.

38.

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Apprenticeship Act,

Short title and commencement.

1974 and shall come into operation on a date to be determined by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette .

SCHEDULE . LAWS REPEALED .

Number and Year of Law No. 37 of 1944 No. 28 of 1951 No. 29 of 1959 No. 46 of 1963

Short Title .

Apprenticeship Act, 1944 . Apprenticeship Amendment Act , 1951 . Apprenticeship Amendment Act , 1959 . Apprenticeship Amendment Act , 1963 .

435.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974. WET NR. 10

WET

VAN 1974 .

(Engelse teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 8 April 1975) Om die opleiding en diens van vakleerlinge in sekere bedrywe in die Transkei te reël en om voorsiening te maak vir aangeleenthede wat daarmee in verband staan .

DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg:-

Woordbepaling.

1.

In hierdie Wet, tensy uit die samehang anders blyk , beteken -

(i)

,,aangewese bedryf" enige bedryf kragtens artikel 10 aangewys, en ook enige vertakking van ' n aangewese bedryf; (v)

(ii)

,,Amptelike Koerant " die Amptelike Koerant van die Transkei ; (xiii)

(iii)

,, beampte " 'n beampte soos omskryf in artikel 1 ( 1 ) van Proklamasie R.334 van 1963 ; (xii)

(iv)

„ bedryf"

ook ' n vertakking van ' n bedryf of ' n groep

bedrywe of vertakkings van bedrywe ; (xix)

(v)

,,besoldiging" enige betaling in kontant of in natura of beide in kontant en in natura , gedoen of verskuldig aan enige persoon, wat op enige wyse hoegenaamd uit diens ontstaan en het ,,besoldig" 'n ooreenstemmende betekenis ; (xviii)

(vi)

,, direkteur", die direkteur van vakleerlingskap aangestel kragtens artikel 3 ( a) en , behoudens die bepalings van artikel 3 (b) , ook ' n assistent direkteur; (vi)

(vii )

(viii)

,, inspekteur" 'n inspekteur wat kragtens artikel 26 aangestel is; (ix)

,, leerlingskontrak " of ,,kontrak " 'n leerlingskontrak wat ingevolge artikel word ; (iv)

436.

14 geregistreer is of geregistreer moet

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE, 1974 .

(ix)

(x)

,, leervoorwaarde ", enige leervoorwarde wat ingevolge artikel 10 , 18 of 21 van toepassing is ; (iii)

,,lid van die Raad" of ,,lid " ook 'n plaasvervangende lid van die Raad; (x)

(xi)

(xii)

,,Minister" die Minister van Binnelandse Sake ; (xi)

,, oortyd" daardie gedeelte van enige tydperk gedurende welke ' n vakleerling in een week of op een dag , na gelang van die geval , vir sy werkgewer werk, wat meer is as die gewone werkure wat daardie vakleerling ingevolge -

(a)

(b)

een of ander leervoorwaarde , of

een of ander bepaling van die Wet op Fabrieke , Masjinerie en Bouwerk, 1941 (Wet 22 van 1941 ) , of die Wet op Winkels en Kantore , 1939 (Wet 41 van 1939 ) , of van ' n kennisgewing ingevolge een of ander van daardie wette, of

(c)

enige loonreëlende maatreël ,

wat op daardie vakleerling van toepassing is, verplig kan word om gedurende daardie week of op daardie dag, na gelang van die geval, te werk; (xiv)

(xiii) (xiv)

,,perseel" ook enige grond , bouwerk of voertuig ; (xv) ,, Raad" die Transkeise Vakleerlingraad ingestel by artikel 4 ; (ii)

(xv)

,, regeringsdiens", die

regeringsdiens van

die

Transkei ;

(xvii)

(xvi)

"" Transkei”

die Gebied in artikel 2 van die Transkeise

Grondwet, 1963 (Wet 48 van 1963 ) bedoel en ook enige gebied wat ingevolge artikel 3 van genoemde Wet in daardie Gebied ingesluit is ; ( xx )

(xvii)

,,vakleerling" iemand in diens kragtens ' n leerlingskontrak wat ooreenkomstig artikel 14 geregistreer is en by die toepassing van artikels 25 , 31 , 32 en 33 ( 12 ) , ook iemand wat kragtens artikel 11 in diens is ; (i)

437.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(xviii)

,,voog" in die geval van ' n minderjarige wat geen voog het of wie se voog nie beskikbaar of in staat is om hom by te staan nie , ook iemand wat met goedkeuring van die direkteur op tree as, of in die plek van , die voog van die minderjarige ; (viii)

(xix )

(xx)

,,voorgeskryf" by regulasie voorgeskryf; (xvi)

,, werkgewer" enige persoon (met inbegrip van die Staat en enige regering daarvan) wat in ' n aangewese bedryf 'n vakleerling in diens het of ' n minderjarige in diens het of aan hom werk verskaf of wat 'n minderjarige in ' n aangewese bedryf oplei , anders as in ' n skool of inrigting wat geheel en al of gedeeltelik uit openbare fondse onderhou word of in ' n skool of onderwys- en opleidingskursus wat ingevolge die Transkeise Onderwyswet , 1966 (Wet 9 van 1966) geregistreer is as ' n skool wat beroepsonderwys verskaf en het ,, in diens hê" en ,,diens" ooreenstemmende betekenisse. (vii)

Toepassing van Weţ.

2.

Hierdie Wet is nie van toepassing nie ten opsigte van (a)

' n geregistreerde student op ' n universiteit of tegniese kollege wat besig is om vir ' n deur die Minister goedgekeurde graad of diploma te studeer en wat gedurende vakansies in ' n aangewese bedryf werk ten einde praktiese ondervinding op te doen ;

(b)

werk wat in of in verband met ' n onderwysinrigting wat geheel en al of gedeeltelik uit openbare fondse onderhou word , verrig word as deel van die onderrig of opleiding van die persoon wat dit verrig ;

(c)

werk wat as deel van die onderrig of opleiding van die persoon wat besig is om dit te verrig, verrig word in 'n beroepskool , en wat ' n klas of kursus aanbied waarin of deur middel waarvan praktiese ambagsopleiding of opleiding in ' n aangewese bedryf verskaf word;

(d)

iemand wat, nadat hy ' n deur die Minister goedgekeurde graad of diploma verwerf het, in ' n aangewese bedryf werk ten einde praktiese ondervinding op te doen;

438.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(e)

diens of opleiding in boerdery of landboukundige werksaamhede ; of

(f)

3.

diens in ' n private huishouding.

Die Minister kan, met inagneming van die wette wat die re-

geringsdiens reël -

(a)

Aanstelling van direkteur van vakleerlingskap en ander beamptes.

' n beampte met die benaming van direkteur van vakleeringskap aanstel wat , onderworpe aan die opdragte van die Minister, die bevoegdhede uitoefen en die pligte vervul wat by hierdie Wet aan die direkteur verleen of opgelê word , en die ander werksaamhede verrig wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd aan hom mag opdra ;

(b)

' n beampte met die benaming van assistent-direkteur van vakleerlingskap aanstel wat , · onderworpe aan enige opdragte van die direkteur, bevoeg is om enige bevoegdheid uit te oefen of werksaamheid of plig te verrig wat die direkteur bevoeg is om uit te oefen of te verrig ; en

(c)

die ander beamptes aanstel wat nodig mag wees om die bepalings van hierdie Wet uit te voer, een waarvan die pligte van die sekretaris van die Raad verrig .

4.

' n Raad vir vakleerlinge word hierby ingestel wat as die Trans-

keise Vakleerlingraad bekend staan . 5.

(1)

Instelling van die Transkeise Vakleerlingraad.

Die Raad bestaan uit hoogstens sewe persone as amptelike

lede en uit hoogstens twee persone as nie-amptelike lede aangestel soos hieronder bepaal . (2)

Samestelling van die Raad.

Van die amptelike lede -

(a)

word twee (waarvan een die voorsitter van die Raad is) deur die Minister vanuit die beamptes van sy departement aangestel ;

(b)

is twee beamptes of ander amptenare van die Departement van Onderwys wat deur die Minister van Onderwys aangestel word ;

439.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(c)

is twee beamptes van die Departement van Paaie en Werke wat deur die Minister van Paaie en Werke aangestel word ; en

(d) is een ' n beampte van die kantoor van die Regeringsdienskommissie aangestel deur daardie Kommissie en wat as lid van die Raad sit wanneer ook al enige aangeleentheid , wat ' n vakleerling in die diens van die Regering van die Transkei raak , deur die Raad oorweeg word.

(3) Die Minister kan enige twee persone as nie-amptelike lede van die Raad aanstel wat deur enige organisasie of organisasies wat na sy oordeel verteenwoordigend van werkgewers is, benoem word .

(4)

Vir elke lid van die Raad , behalwe die voorsitter, is daar ' n plaasvervangende lid wat op die wyse beskryf in subartikels (2 ) en (3) aangestel word .

(5)

(a)

Behoudens die bepalings van paragraaf (b) word ' n lid van die Raad aangestel vir die tydperk (hoogstens drie jaar) wat die gesag wat hom aanstel, mag bepaal en , in die geval van ' n in subartikel (3) bedoelde lid , beklee hy sy amp op die voorwaardes wat betref besoldiging of andersins wat die Minister in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies mag goedkeur .

(b)

Die gesag deur wie enige lid aangestel is , kan te eniger tyd om enige gegronde en voldoende rede sodanige lid uit sy amp ontslaan .

(6)

Wanneer ook al enige lid van die Raad sy amp neerlê of

daaruit ontslaan word, moet die bevoegde gesag ' n ander persoon aanstel om die vakature te vul en, totdat sodanige persoon aangestel is, maak die oorblywende lede die Raad uit.

Prosedure by vergaderings van die Raad.

6.

(1)

(a)

Indien die voorsitter van ' n vergadering van die Raad afwesig is, kan die aanwesige lede een uit hulle geledere kies om by daardie vergadering as voorsitter op te tree .

(b)

Iemand wat aldus as voorsitter optree , is bevoeg om al of enigeen van die bevoegdhede , werksaamhede of

440 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

pligte van die voorsitter kragtens hierdie Wet uit te oefen of uit te voer.

(2 )

Niemand, behalwe 'n lid van die Raad of sy sekretaris mag

enige vergadering van die Raad bywoon nie tensy hy behoorlik daartoe gemagtig is deur die voorsitter of die Minister of tensy hy voor die Raad in antwoord op ' n subpoena of andersins op die Raad se versoek verskyn .

(3 )

Die eerste vergadering van die Raad word gehou op 'n tyd

en plek wat deur die direkteur aangewys word , en alle daaropvolgende vergaderings word gehou op die tye en plekke wat die Raad van tyd tot tyd mag bepaal : Met dien verstande dat die voorsitter van die Raad , na redelike kennisgewing, ' n spesiale vergadering van die Raad kan belê om op ' n tyd en plek deur hom vasgestel , gehou te word . (4)

Die sekretaris van die Raad moet skriftelik minstens tien

dae kennis van enige gewone vergadering van die Raad aan elke lid daarvan gee : Met dien verstande dat korter kennis gegee mag word wanneer omstandighede

(5)

dit vereis of die voorsitter aldus gelas .

Die kennisgewing van 'n vergadering van die Raad moet

vergesel gaan van ' n agenda wat die onderwerpe wat op sodanige vergadering oorweeg sal word , bevat.

(6 ) Vier lede , uitgesonderd die voorsitter, is by enige vergadering van die Raad ' n kworum .

(7)

Die voorsitter laat notule hou van elke vergadering van die

Raad en sodanige notule moet vir bekragtiging voorgelê word by die daaropvolgende gewone vergadering van die Raad .

( 8) Geen besluit of aanbeveling van die Raad is geldig tensy dit met ' n meerderheid van stemme aangeneem is nie.

(9) In die geval van ' n staking van stemme , het die voorsitter ook ' n beslissende stem.

( 10)

' n Plaasvervangende lid mag enige vergadering van die Raad

bywoon maar mag nie ' n stem uitbring wanneer die lid van wie hy die plaasvervanger is, teenwoordig is nie .

441 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

( 11 )

Die Raad kan by besluit enigeen van sy amptelike lede

aanstel (hieronder in hierdie Wet ' n ondersoekbeampte genoem) om namens hom die ondersoek te onderneem wat die Raad nodig mag ag ten einde die Raad in staat te stel om enige van sy bevoegdhede , werksaamhede of pligte ingevolge hierdie Wet uit te oefen of uit te voer en sodanige ondersoekbeampte is daarop bevoeg om enigeen of al die bevoegdhede van die voorsitter van die Raad kragtens hierdie Wet uit te oefen.

Pligte en werksaamhede van die Raad.

7.

Die Raad -

(a)

moet ondersoek instel na, en die Minister of die direkteur van advies dien oor, enige aangeleentheid ten opsigte waarvan die Minister of die direkteur, na gelang van die geval, ' n bevoegdheid , werksaamheid of plig ingevolge hierdie Wet kan uitoefen of verrig;

(b)

is bevoeg om aanbevelings te doen met betrekking tot enige aangeleentheid ten opsigte waarvan ' n aanbeveling van die Raad ingevolge hierdie Wet vereis word ;

(c)

moet ondersoek instel na enige geskil wat uit ' n leerlingskontrak voortspruit en wat na hom verwys word deur een van die partye by die kontrak of deur die direkteur of ' n inspekteur, en moet trag om die geskil in der minne te skik ;

(d)

die direkteur van die statistiek, opgawes of ander inligting in sy besit wat die direkteur mag versoek , voorsien; en

(e)

die pligte en werksaamhede in verband met enige ander aangeleentheid met betrekking tot vakleerlinge verrig, wat die Minister aan hom mag opdra .

Ondersoeke deur en namens die Raad.

8.

(1)

Die Raad of ' n ondersoekbeampte kan te eniger tyd enige

perseel waar ' n vakleerling in diens is of was, betree , en kan op die perseel die ondersoeke en navrae doen wat die Raad of die ondersoekbeampte , na gelang van die geval, nodig ag. (2)

Die voorsitter van die Raad kan by subpoena onderteken

deur hom enigeen (behalwe 'n beampte) wat volgens sy oordeel in staat mag wees om inligting van belang te verstrek omtrent die saak wat deur die Raad ondersoek word , of wat , na sy vermoede of geloof,

442.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

in besit is van enige boek, dokument of ding wat in verband staan met die saak wat ondersoek word , of wat dit in sy bewaring of onder sy beheer het, dagvaar om op ' n in die dagvaarding vermelde tyd en plek te verskyn om ondervra te word om om daardie boek, dokument of ding voor te lê , en kan enige boek, dokument of ding wat aldus voorgelê is, vir besigtiging in sy besit hou.

(3 )

Die voorsitter van die Raad kan enige op ' n vergadering

van die Raad aanwesige persoon wat ingevolge subartikel ( 2) gedagvaar is of kon geword het , oproep en aan hom ' n eed of bevestiging oplê ; en die voorsitter en enige ander lid van die Raad kan hom ondervra en van hom verlang dat hy enige boek, dokument of ding wat in sy besit of in sy bewaring of onder sy beheer is, voorlê : Met dien verstande dat die voorsitter na goeddunke enige vraag kan afwys wat na sy mening nie by die ondersoek tersake is nie .

(4)

Behoudens die bepalings van artikel 6( 2 ) vind die onder-

vraging van enige getuie kragtens subartikel ( 3 ) privaat plaas . (5)

' n Subpoena uitgereik kragtens subartikel ( 2 ) kan aan die

persoon wat in antwoord daarop moet verskyn, beteken word deur enigiemand daartoe gemagtig deur die direkteur, deur -

(a)

' n afskrif van die subpoena aan hom persoonlik af te lewer; of

(b)

sodanige afskrif by sy gewone of laasbekende woonof besigheids- of werksplek te laat by ' n persoon wat blykbaar minstens sestien jaar oud is en blykbaar daar woon of daar in diens is ; of

(c)

sodanige afskrif per aangetekende of gesertifiseerde pos aan sy gewone of laasbekende woon- of besigheids- of werkplek of sy posbusnommer te stuur.

(6)

' n Getuie , anders as ' n beampte of ander persoon in die vol-

tydse diens van die regering, wat gedagvaar word kragtens subartikel (2 ) of andersins ondervra word kragtens subartikel ( 3 ) is geregtig op 'n toelae gelykstaande aan die toelae wat aan hom betaalbaar sou gewees het indien hy gedagvaar was om getuienis af te lê in strafverrigtinge in ' n magistraatshof: Met dien verstande dat die voorsitter van die Raad na goeddunke kan gelas dat geen sodanige toelae nie of slegs ' n gedeelte van sodanige toelae aan die getuie betaal moet word .

443 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(7)

Niemand mag die voorsitter of ' n lid van die Raad of die

ondersoekbeampte by die uitoefening van enige bevoegdheid aan hom deur hierdie artikel verleen , opsetlik hinder, belemmer of beledig nie .

( 8)

Niemand mag, indien hy behoorlik ingevolge subartikel

(2 ) as getuie gedagvaar is, sonder voldoende rede versuim om op die in die subpoena vermelde tyd en plek te verskyn nie .

(9)

Niemand mag, indien hy behoorlik ingevolge subartikel (2 )

gedagvaar of ingevolge subartikel ( 3 ) opgeroep is as ' n getuie , versuim om aanwesig te bly totdat die voorsitter van die Raad hom van verdere bywoning vrystel , of weier om as getuie ingesweer te word, of versuim om op alle aan hom wettiglik gestelde vrae ten volle en op bevredigende wyse na sy beste wete en oortuiging te antwoord , of om enige boek, dokument of ding wat in sy besit of bewaring of onder sy beheer is, voor te lê wanneer dit wettiglik van hom vereis word om aldus te doen : Met dien verstande dat, met betrekking tot sodanige persoon , die regsreëls betreffende privilegie , soos toepaslik op ' n getuie wat gedagvaar is om getuienis af te lê of om 'n boek , dokument of ding voor te lê in ' n geregshof, van toepassing is.

Geheimhouding bewaar te word.

9.

Geen lid van die Raad , inspekteur, beampte of ander persoon

wat by ' n vergadering van die Raad of by enige ondersoek of ondervraging ingevolge hierdie Wet aanwesig is, mag aan enige persoon behalwe die Minister of die direkteur of vir die doeleindes van die uitoefening van sy bevoegdhede of die verrigting van sy werksaamhede of pligte ingevolge hierdie Wet of tensy hy deur ' n wetsbepaling daartoe verplig word , enige inligting openbaar nie met betrekking tot die verrigtinge of die besprekings op ' n vergadering van die Raad of met betrekking tot die geld- of besigheidsake van enige persoon , firma of besigheid wat deur hom ingewin is by die uitoefening van sy bevoegdhede of die verrigting van enige werksaamheid of plig ingevolge hierdie Wet of terwyl hy by so ' n vergadering , ondersoek of ondervraging aanwesig is, na gelang van die geval. Aanwysing van bedrywe waarop hierdie Wet van toepassing is en leervoorwaardes.

10.

(1)

Die Minister kan , op aanbeveling van die Raad , by kennis-

gewing in die Amptelike Koerant enige bedryf aanwys as ' n bedryf ten opsigte waarvan die bepalings van hierdie Wet van toepassing is en hy kan bedoelde bedryf omskryf met verwysing na die werk wat daarin verrig word , die werksaamhede waaruit dit saamgestel is of die soort of kategorie van perseel waarop die werk of werksaamhede verrig word .

444 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(2) Die Minister kan op aanbeveling van die Raad op dieselfde wyse voorskryf -

(a)

die kwalifikasies, met inbegrip van die minimum leeftyd (wat nie minder as vyftien jaar mag wees nie ) en die opvoedkundige standaard , wat van vakleerlinge vereis word ;

(b)

die duur van die leertyd en die mate waarin en die omstandighede waaronder dit verkort of verleng mag word ;

(c)

die skale waarteen vakleerlinge besoldig moet word gedurende elke jaar van hulle leertyd , die omstandighede waarin daardie skale verminder kan word of verhoog moet word, en die mate van die vermindering of verhoging: Met dien verstande dat geen skaal wat op die hoeveelheid verrigte werk gegrond is , voorgeskryf word nie ; en met dien verstande voorts dat die Minister geen skaal van besoldiging mag voorskryf wat hoër is as die skaal wat die Raad aanbeveel het nie ;

(d)

die klasse wat vakleerlinge tydens die duur van hul leertyd moet bywoon , die aantal dae waarop , die tye waartussen en die aantal ure wat hulle die klasse gedurende enige week in enige jaar moet bywoon en, behoudens die bepalings van subartikel (9 ) , die aantal ure indien daar is wat , en die omstandighede waaronder, vakleerlinge deur die werkgewer van werk onthef moet word om klasse op enige dag by. te woon: Met dien verstande dat wanneer daar aldus voorgeskryf word dat bywoning van sodanige klasse op een dag van die week val , die aantal ure wat aldus voorgeskryf word sover doenlik minstens agt per dag moet wees ;

(e)

die aard en aantal van die korrespondensie-kursusse wat deur vakleerlinge gevolg moet word in plaas van of benewens enige ingevolge paragraaf (d ) voorgeskrewe klasse , en die voorwaardes waarop daardie kursusse in plaas van daardie klasse gevolg mag word;

445 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(f)

die voltydse tegniese opleidingskursusse wat vakleerlinge moet bywoon, die tydperk of tydperke van die bywoning en die tussenposes waarby daardie kursusse bygewoon moet word ;

(g)

die soorte werk waarin die werkgewer praktiese opleiding aan vakleerlinge moet verskaf, die deel van die werkure gedurende welke en die stadia gedurende die leertyd waarop hy bedoelde opleiding in elke soort werk moet verskaf;

(h)

die toetse of eksamens (hetsy prakties of teoreties of albei) as daar is, wat vakleerlinge in voorgeskrewe stadiums gedurende die leertyd moet aflê, die finale bekwaamheids- of bedryfstoets wat 'n vakleering moet aflê, die stadium warain dit afgelê moet word , en die omstandighede waaronder ' n vakleering sodanige finale bekwaamheids- of bedryfstoets voor of na daardie stadium kan aflê, of van so ' n eksamen of toets of 'n deel daarvan vrygestel kan word ;

(i)

die gelde betaalbaar ten opsigte van enige toets of eksamen kragtens paragraaf (h) voorgeskryf en deur wie sodanige gelde betaal moet word ;

(j)

die omstandighede waarin werkgewers al die gelde of 'n aangegewe deel van die gelde wat ten opsigte van klasse of kursusse wat kragtens paragraaf (d) , (e) of (f) voorgesrkyf is , betaalbaar is, moet betaal, of aan hul vakleerlinge alle sodanige gelde of aangegewe deel daarvan

(k)

wat

hul

betaal

het,

moet

terugbetaal ;

die maksimum-aantal gewone werkure wat vakleerlinge verplig of toegelaat kan word om gedurende ' n week of op ' n dag te werk, en die dae waarop , die ure van enige dag voor of na welke , en die tussenposes gedurende welke , geen vakleerling verplig of toegelaat kan word om te werk nie;

(1)

die maksimum-tydperk oortyd wat vakleerlinge verplig of toegelaat kan word om gedurende ' n aangegewe tydperk te werk, en die skale waarvolgens hul ten opsigte van oortyd besoldig moet word ;

446.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE, 1974.

(m) die aantal vakansiedae met besoldiging wat aan vakleerlinge in enige jaar van hul leertyd toegestaan moet word, en die skale waarvolgens hul ten opsigte van sulke vakansiedae besoldig moet word ;

(n)

die besoldiging en ander leervoorwaardes, ten opsigte van enige tydperk gedurende welke ' n vakleerling ter oorsake van ' n leervoorwaarde of ander aangegewe omstandigheid nie in staat is om gedurende gewone werkure vir sy werkgewer diens te doen nie ;

(o)

die minimum en maksimum getal vakleerlinge wat in 'n aangewese bedryf of by ' n werkgewer in diens moet wees, of indien geen minimum of maksimum getal voorgeskryf is nie, die gesag deur wie en die metode of beginsels waarvolgens so ' n getal bepaal moet word ;

(p)

enige ander leervoorwaarde hoegenaamd wat hy raadsaam ag om voor te skryf.

(3)

Die Minister kan op dieselfde wyse ' n kennisgewing inge-

volge subartikel ( 1 ) of ( 2 ) afgekondig, intrek of wysig. (4)

( a)

Voordat hy ' n kennisgewing kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) , ( 2) of ( 3 ) , afkondig, moet die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant -

(i)

sy voorneme om eersgenoemde kennisgewing af te kondig bekend maak ;

(ii)

aandui dat afskrifte van eersgenoemde kennisgewing by die

(iii)

direkteur verkrygbaar is;

en

alle belanghebbende persone aansê om, nie later nie as dertig dae na publikasie van bedoelde kennis van voorneme , enige besware wat hulle teen die voorgestelde kennisgewing het skriftelik by die Raad in te dien.

(b)

Die Raad moet enige sodanige besware , saam met sy aanbevelings daarop, sonder versuim aan die Minister stuur.

447.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(5)

' n Kennisgewing kragtens subartikel ( 2 ) of ( 3 ) of ( 4)

betreffende leervoorwaardes kan gelyktydig met of te eniger tyd na die publikasie van ' n kennisgewing kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) , ( 3 ) of (4) betreffende die aanwysing van die betrokke bedryf, gepubliseer word .

(6)

Verskillende leervoorwaardes kan ingevolge subartikel (2)

of (3 ) voorgeskryf word ten opsigte van verskillende kategorieë werkgewers of vakleerlinge , verskillende aangewese bedrywe en verskillende gebiede en die Minister kan , by die voorskryf van sulke verskillende voorwaardes , op enige grond wat hy raadsaam ag, ' n verskil trek . (7)

(a)

Die direkteur kan op aanbeveling van die Raad en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes (welke voorwaardes in ' n geskrif aan die werkgewer gerig uiteengesit moet word) goedkeuring verleen aan die opleiding van vakleerlinge deur ' n werkgewer ooreenkomstig ' n skema waaronder die vakleerlinge hulle opleiding vir ' n aangegewe deel van hulle leertye sal ontvang onder voortdurende toesig van afrigters wat die direkteur op bedoelde aanbeveling goedkeur.

(b)

Leervoorwaardes wat onbestaanbaar is met die voorwaardes waaraan die opleiding van vakleerlinge onder 'n aldus goedgekeurde skema onderworpe is, is nie ten opsigte van sulke vakleerlinge van toepassing nie .

(8)

Indien ' n vakleerling van wie dit nie meer vereis word nie

dat hy klasse bywoon of korrespondensie-kursusse volg wat kragtens paragraaf (d) of ( e ) van subartikel ( 2 ) voorgeskryf is, verkies om sy studies voort te sit, is hy onderhewig

aan dieselfde voorwaardes en

geniet hy dieselfde voorregte as ' n vakleerling wat sodanige klasse moet bywoon

(9)

of sodanige korrespondensie-kursusse moet volg.

Die werkgewer van ' n vakleerling wat -

(a)

verplig is om klasse wat ooreenkomstig die voorbehoudsbepaling by paragraaf ( d ) van subartikel (2 ) voorgeskryf is, by te woon , of

(b)

volgens ' n voorwaarde wat kragtens paragraaf (e ) van genoemde subartikel voorgeskryf is of, volgens ' n vrystelling kragtens artikel 29

448 .

verplig is om vir die

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE, 1974.

doeleindes van studie op ' n plek deur die direkteur bepaal , aanwesig te wees ,

verplig nie die vakleerling en laat hom nie toe, indien genoemde klasse of die ure gedurende welke hy aldus verplig is om aanwesig te wees op een dag van die week val , om op daardie dag te werk nie , of indien genoemde ure op meer as een dag van die week val , om gedurende daardie ure te werk nie , en die werkgewer moet hom vir so 'n dag besoldiging betaal teen ' n skaal wat nie laer is nie dan sy gewone skaal van besoldiging, asof hy op bedoelde dag sy gemiddelde gewone ure vir daardie dag gewerk het : Met dien verstande dat indien ' n vakleerling hom sonder grondige rede van so ' n klas of studieplek geabsenteer het, die werkgewer die deel van sy besoldiging kan terughou wat aan hom betaalbaar is ten opsigte van die dag waarop of die tyd wat hy hom aldus geabsenteer het .

( 10 )

Indien ' n vakleerling in ' n finale bekwaamheids- of bedryf-

stoets voorgeskryf kragtens paragraaf (h) van subartikel ( 2 ) , slaag vóór of ná die stadium aldus voorgeskryf, word sy leerlingskontrak geag deur verloop van tyd beëindig te wees vanaf ' n datum een-entwintig dae na die laaste dag van die toets .

11.

(1)

Nadat ' n bedryf deur die Minister kragtens artikel 10 ( 1 )

aangewys is, mag niemand sonder die skriftelike toestemming van die direkteur -

(a)

in die aangewese bedryf in sy diens neem nie behalwe as ' n vakleerling enige persoon , of

(b)

in die aangewese bedryf in sy diens hou nie, behalwe as 'n vakleerling enige minderjarige ,

wat nie die tydperk van leerlingskap voltooi het of in die kwalifiserende bekwaamheids- of bedryfstoets geslaag het nie wat ten opsigte van daardie bedryf kragtens artikel 10( 2 ) voorgeskryf is : Met dien verstande dat die bepalings van hierdie subartikel nie van toepassing is nie op iemand wat ' n Bantoebouwerker is soos omskryf in artikel 1 van die Wet op Bantoebouwerkers, 1951 (Wet 27 van 1951 ).

(2)

Die direkteur kan , met behoorlike inagneming van die

belange van die minderjarige of ander betrokke persoon en na oorlegpleging met die Raad, sy toestemming verleen of weerhou .

449.

Indiensneming en leerlingskap.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(3 )

Niemand mag ' n minderjarige of ander persoon in sy diens

in ' n aangewese bedryf hou vir enige tydperk langer as vier maande na die datum waarop toestemming ten opsigte van sodanige persoon kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) verleen is nie tensy ' n leerlingskontrak in die voorgeskrewe vorm ooreenkomstig hierdie Wet en die leervoorwaardes van toepassing op daardie bedryf aangegaan is en dit by die direkteur vir registrasie ingedien is.

(4)

' n Aansoek om die toestemming van die direkteur krag-

tens subartikel ( 1 ) moet in die voorgeskrewe vorm gedoen word .

Ontvangs van premie of bonus verbied.

12.

Niemand mag regstreeks of onregstreeks eis of toelaat dat

enigiemand enige vergoeding betaal of gee ten opsigte van die indiensneming van ' n minderjarige of vakleerling in ' n aangewese bedryf of enige sodanige vergoeding van enigiemand ontvang nie .

Kwalifikasies vir leerkontrak.

13.

( 1 ) Enige persoon wat -

(a)

die ingevolge artikel 10( 2 ) voorgeskrewe kwalifikasies besit ,

(b)

' n sertifikaat van liggaamlike geskiktheid in die voorgeskrewe vorm verkry het,

(c)

die leeftyd van vyftien jaar bereik het , en

(d)

nie volgens wet verplig is om ' n skool by te woon nie

kan hom, met inagneming van en ooreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie Wet, as vakleerling in enige aangewese bedryf verbind .

(2)

Indien so ' n persoon ' n minderjarige is , moet hy deur sy

voog bygestaan word , en indien hy nie ' n minderjarige is nie , mag hy hom nie aldus bind nie behalwe met toestemming van die direkteur wat, alvorens hy sy toestemming verleen , die Raad moet raadpleeg.

(3)

' n Minderjarige kan hom aldus verbind om die leertyd wat

kragtens artikel 10( 2 ) ten opsigte van die aangewese bedryf voorgeskryf is, na sy meerderjarigheid te voltooi. Registrasie van 14. ( 1 ) leerlingskontrakte. tensy -

Geen leerlingskontrak in ' n aangewese bedryf is geldig nie

450 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(a)

dit by die sluit daarvan op skrif in die voorgeskrewe vorm gestel is , en

(b)

dit deur of namens die werkgewer , en deur die vakleerling en, as die vakleerling ' n minderjarige is , deur sy voog onderteken is , en

(c)

(2)

dit deur die direkteur geregistreer is.

Die werkgewer moet die kontrak binne ' n maand na die

datum waarop dit gesluit is, by die direkteur vir registrasie inlewer (in duplikaat) .

(3)

Elke aansoek om registrasie van ' n leerlingskontrak moet

gerig word aan die sekretaris van die Raad en moet vergesel gaan van -

(a)

bewys van die standaard van

geboortedatum en opvoedkundige en die vorgenome vakleerling ;

(b)

' n mediese sertifikaat in die voorgeskrewe vorm , uitgereik deur ' n geregistreerde mediese praktisyn ten opsigte van die liggamlike geskiktheid van die voorgenome vakleerling om 'n leerlingskontrak in die betrokke aangewese bedryf aan te gaan.

(4)

Die Raad moet die leerlingskontrak aan die direkteur stuur

tesame met ' n aanbeveling met betrekking tot die raadsaamheid al dan nie van die registrasie daarvan en die direkteur kan daarop die kontrak registreer of weier om dit te registreer : Met dien verstande dat die direkteur nie die registrasie van ' n kontrak mag weier nie tensy die Raad aldus aanbeveel het.

(5 )

Die direkteur kan weier om ' n leerlingskontrak te registreer

wat andersins aan die bepalings van hierdie Wet voldoen indien die Raad gerapporteer het dat na sy mening dit nie in die belang van die voorgenome vakleerling is om die kontrak te registreer nie en die direkteur kan, wanneer hy tot ' n beslissing ingevolge hierdie subartikel geraak , die vooruitsigte van die voorgenome vakleerling om by die verstryking van die kontrak werk in die betrokke aangewese bedryf te verkry, in aanmerking neem.

451 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE, 1974.

(6) Na registrasie van die leerlingskontrak moet die duplikaatafskrif van die kontrak deur die direkteur behou word en moet die oorspronklike deur die direkteur aan die werkgewer gestuur word wat dit moet behou totdat die kontrak verstryk of oorgedra of ontbind word . (7)

Op aansoek en by betaling van die bedrag van vyftig sent

(ten bate van die Transkeise Inkomste fonds) reik die Direkteur aan enigeen van die partye by die kontrak uit ' n gesertifiseerde afskrif van die kontrak.

Opleiding van vakleerlinge.

15.

(1)

Indien ' n vakleerling na die mening van die direkteur nie

geskikte opleiding ontvang nie, kan die direkteur, na raadpleging met die Raad , die werkgewer van die vakleerling beveel om die in die bevel vermelde stappe te doen wat die direkteur nodig ag ten einde te verseker dat die vakleerling geskikte opleding sal ontvang, en die direkteur kan so ' n bevel te eniger tyd intrek of wysig.

(2)

Die direkteur kan in so ' n bevel die kategorieë werk aan-

gee waarin die vakleerling opgelei moet word , die tydperke gedurende welke, die tussenposes waarby of die datums waartussen hy aldus opgelei moet word , die voorwaardes betreffende toesig, die metode van werk of die werkplek , asook enige ander aangeleentheid of voorwaarde betreffende die opleiding van die vakleerling .

Diens van vakleerlinge vir minder dan gewone werktyd, en leen van dienste van vakleerlinge.

16.

( 1)

Indien die werkgewer van ' n vakleerling na die mening

van die direkteur, om enige rede buite die beheer van die werkgewer, nie in staat is om die vakleerling gedurende die volle tydperk van sy gewone werkure van werk of opleiding te voorsien nie, kan hy, na raadpleging met die Raad , skriftelik magtig dat, vir die tydperk en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy mag bepaal , die vakleerling diens doen vir ' n aangegewe aantal ure op ' n dag of in elke week, of op ' n aangegewe aantal dae in elke week, wat minder is as die aantal sodanige ure of dae, na gelang van die geval , wat die vakleerling gewoonlik werk, en teen betaling van die gewone loon van die vakleerling of van ' n loon teen ' n aangegewe loonskaal wat laer is as die skaal van sy gewone loon.

(2)

Die direkteur kan , na raadpleging met die Raad , skriftelik

magtig dat die dienste van ' n vakleerling vir die tydperk en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy mag bepaal, aan 'n ander werkgewer geleen word , as dit na sy mening in die belang van die vakleerling sou wees om dit te doen.

452 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(3 )

Die leen van die dienste van ' n vakleerling aan ' n ander

werkgewer, ingevolge subartikel ( 2 ) gemagtig, onthef nie die persoon wat ooreenkomstig die leerlingskontrak die werkgewer is , van enige verpligting ingevolge die kontrak nie .

(4)

Niemand mag ' n vakleerling laat diens doen vir minder as

die aantal ure op ' n dag of in ' n week, of op minder as die aantal dae in ' n week , na gelang van die geval , wat die vakleerling gewoonlik werk nie, of die dienste van ' n vakleerling uitleen of leen nie , anders as ooreenkomstig die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) of ( 2 ) , na gelang van die geval .

17.

(1 )

Behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 3) en die af-

wykings van die leertyd wat die Minister mag voorskryf ingevolge artikel 10(2 ) (b) , moet ' n vakleerling die volle leertyd uitdien wat hy volgens 'n leervoorwaarde voorgeskryf kragtens artikel 10(2 ) of 10 ( 3 ) moet uitdien, en daardie tydperk moet verleng word met een dag vir iedere gewone werkdag waarop die vakleerling uit sy werk afwesig was.

(2 )

Iedere werkgewer moet enige afwesigheid uit werk van ' n

vakleerling in sy diens, om watter rede ook al , behalwe ' n afwesigheid wat toe te skrywe is aan ' n skorsing ingevolge artikel 19 , op die voorgeskrewe wyse aanmeld by die Raad , en wel binne sewe dae vanaf die datum van dié afwesigheid of die datum waarop die tydperk van dié afwesigheid geëindig het , na gelang van die geval , en die Raad moet by ontvangs van sodanige kennisgewing die direkteur daarvan verwittig. (3)

Indien ' n skorsing van ' n vakleerling ingevolge artikel 19

nie deur die Raad bekragtig word nie , of op appèl tersyde gestel word deur die Minister ingevolge artikel 19 ( 7 ) , kan die direkteur na ontvangs van ' n aansoek deur die vakleerling dat hy nie die tydperk van afwesigheid moet uitdien wat uit die skorsing voortvloei nie, en na raadpleging met die Raad , die aansoek toestaan of weier of gelas dat die vakleerling slegs ' n gedeelte van dié tydperk van afwesigheid moet uitdien, en wanneer hy so ' n aansoek weier of so ' n bevel uitreik, kan hy die datums waartussen en die voorwaardes waarop die betrokke tydperk uitgedien moet word , bepaal , en hy kan ' n beslissing of bevel wat hy ingevolge hierdie subartikel gegee of uitgereik het, te eniger tyd intrek of wysig .

(4 )

(a)

Die direkteur kan van tyd tot tyd

453.

na raadpleging

Afwesigheid uit werk en verlenging van kontraktydperk.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE, 1974. met die Raad gelas dat die leertyd van ' n vakleerling verleng word met ' n vermelde tydperk van hoogstens -

(i)

een dag ten opsigte van iedere dag waarop, volgens die oordeel van die direkteur , die vakleerling sonder grondige rede versuim het om ' n leervoorwaarde na te kom wat kragtens artikel 10(2) (d ) of (e) voorgeskryf is en wat op hom van toepassing is of was ; en

(ii)

een dag ten opsigte van iedere dag waarop , volgens die oordeel van die direkteur, die vakleerling sonder grondige rede versuim het om ' n voltydse tegniese opleidingskursus by te woon wat hy verplig is of was om by te woon ingevolge ' n leervoorwaarde voorgeskryf kragtens artikel 10 ( 2) (f) .

(b)

Na raadpleging met die Raad kan die direkteur in ' n bevel uitgereik ingevolge paragraaf ( a) -

(i)

die datums bepaal waartussen die bykomende tydperk vermeld in die bevel uitgedien moet word; en

(ii)

die ander voorwaardes bepaal wat hy nodig ag, en hy kan na sodanige raadpleging so ' n bevel wysig of intrek.

(c)

Die direkteur moet die betrokke werkgewer en vakleerling, en indien die vakleerling ' n minderjarige is sy voog, skriftelik in kennis stel van die bepalings van ' n bevel uitgereik kragtens paragrawe (a) en (b ), en daarop word genoemde bepalings geag deel van die leerlingskontrak uit te maak.

(5 )

Indien die vakleerling die kwalifiserende bekwaamheids-

of bedryfstoets voorgeskryf ingevolge artikel 10 (2 ) ( h ) ten opsigte van die betrokke aangewese bedryf druip , word sy leerlingskontrak met twaalf maande verleng .

(6)

Die bepalings van subartikels ( 1 ) , ( 2 ) en ( 3 ) is nie van toe-

passing nie ten opsigte van -

454.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(a)

enige afwesigheidsverlof waarop die vakleerlinge geregtig is ingevolge ' n leervoorwaarde of kragtens ' n wet;

(b)

enige afwesigheid uit werk weens siekte , vir ' n totale tydperk van hoogstens dertig dae in 'n jaar;

(c)

enige afwesigheid uit werk wat toe te skrywe is aan die bywoning van ' n klas , kursus, toets of eksamen ooreenkomstig ' n leervoorwaarde wat op die vakleerling van toepassing is.

18.

(1 )

'n Werkgewer kan , in die loop van die gewone beoefening

van die betrokke bedryf deur hom , ' n vakleerling van een plek na ' n ander stuur of verplaas, maar mag nie sonder die voorafgaande toestemming van die direkteur ' n vakleerling aldus stuur of verplaas nie indien dit nie vir die vakleerling redelik gerieflik sal wees nie om daagliks na en van sy gewone verblyfplek te reis .

(2 )

( a)

Die regte

en verpligtinge van ' n werkgewer kragtens

'n leerlingskontrak kan , met die voorafgaande toestemming van die direkteur, aan ' n ander werkgewer oorgedra word by ' n endossement tot dien effekte op die kontrak, welke endossement deur alle partye daartoe onderteken moet word . (b)

Geen oordrag van ' n kontrak is voltooi totdat dit deur die direkteur geregistreer is nie en vir daardie doel moet die kontrak, behoorlik ge-end osseer soos in paragraaf (a) bepaal , nie later nie as veertien dae na die datum van ondertekening van sodanige endossement, by die direkteur ingedien word, tesame met 'n duplikaat oorspronklike van sodanige endossement .

(3)

(a)

Die direkteur kan na goeddunke sy toestemming vermeld in subartikel ( 1 ) of ( 2 ) verleen of weier en kan, wanneer hy sy toestemming vermeld in subartikel ( 1 ) verleen, die

(b)

voorwaardes

oplê wat hy nodig ag.

Die direkteur mag nie sy toestemming vermeld in subartikel ( 1 ) of (2) verleen nie, tensy (i)

hy oortuig is dat al die partye by die leerlingskontrak

ingestem

het

handeling; en

455 .

met

die voorgenome

Verplasing van vakleerlinge, en oordrag van leerlingskontrakte,

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974. (ii)

(4)

(a)

hy die Raad geraadpleeg het .

Indien iemand by ' n vennootskap in die leer is, word sy leerlingskontrak nie uit hoofde van die dood of uittrede van ' n vennoot beëindig nie , indien die saak van dié vennootskap deur ' n ander persoon of vennootskap voortgesit word, maar word in so ' n geval die regte en verpligtings van die werkgewer kragtens die kontrak geag oorgedra te wees aan die persoon of vennootskap wat dié saak voorsit.

(b)

So ' n persoon of vennootskap moet, binne ' n maand vanaf die datum van sodanige dood of uittrede , die kontrak by die direkteur vir registrasie van die oordrag inlewer.

(5 )

Na registrasie van die oordrag van die leerlingskontrak

kragtens hierdie artikel moet die nuwe werkgewer die kontrak behou todat dit verstryk of oorgedra of ontbind word, na gelang van die geval.

Skorsing van vakleerlinge.

19. ( 1)

Indien ' n werkgewer oortuig is dat ' n vakleerling wat deur 'n kontrak ingevolge hierdie Wet teenoor hom gebonde is, ' n ernstige oortreding van die bepalings van die kontrak of van ' n leervoorwaarde begaan het, kan hy die vakleerling onmiddellik in sy diens skors vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens die aantal dae waarop daar gewoonlik in ' n week in die betrokke aangewese bedryf gewerk word , of so ' n verdere tydperk as wat die Raad van tyd tot tyd mag toestaan. (2 ) Indien ' n vakleerling na die mening van die direkteur opgetree het op ' n wyse wat sy skorsing kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) regverdig en hy nie deur die betrokke werkgewer geskors is nie, dan kan die direkteur te eniger tyd, na raadpleging met die Raad , by skriftelike kennisgewing beveel dat die vakleerling in sy diens geskors word vanaf die datum en vir die tydperk van hoogstens dertig werksdae wat hy mag bepaal.

(3 )

' n Werkgewer wat ' n vakleerling aldus geskors het, moet

die saak binne drie dae na die datum waarop hy die vakleerling geskors het, skriftelik by die direkteur aanmeld .

(4 )

Die direkteur moet so spoedig doenlik ' n skorsing krag-

tens subartikel ( 1 ) ondersoek, en dit bekragtig, wysig of vernietig.

456 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(5 )

Indien die direkteur die skorsing van die vakleerling inge-

volge subartikel (4 ) wysig of vernietig, kan hy beveel dat ' n gedeelte of die hele bedrag van die loon wat aan die vakleerling tydens die duur van die skorsing weerhou mag gewees het, aan ' n aangegewe beampte oorbetaal word binne die tydperk wat die direkteur mag bepaal. (6)

' n Bevel ingevolge subartikel ( 5 ) gegee en ' n beslissing in-

gevolge subartikel ( 7 ) ten opsigte van so ' n bevel ( behalwe ' n opheffing daarvan) het die uitwerking van ' n siviele vonnis ten gunste van die Transkeise Regering en kan ten uitvoer gelê word asof dit so 'n vonnis was, en die aangegewe beampte moet enige bedrag wat hy ingevolge die bevel of beslissing ontvang, aan die vakleerling oorbetaal of, as hy 'n minderjarige is, aan sy voog.

(7)

Indien 'n werkgewer of vakleerling hom veronreg voel deur

'n beslissing van die direkteur ingevolge hierdie artikel , of indien die direkteur versuim om binne dertig dae na die verslag in subartikel ( 3 ) bedoel ' n beslissing te gee , kan die werkgewer of vakleerling te eniger tyd binne dertig dae na die beslissing of by verstryking van bedoelde tydperk, na gelang van die geval , hom beroep op die Minister, of die saak voorlê aan die Minister, wat na raadpleging met die Raad die beslissing van die direkteur kan bekragtig of sodanige ander beslissing gee as wat, na sy mening, die direkteur behoort te gegee het .

(8 )

'n Appèl na die Minister ingevolge subartikel ( 7 ) teen die

die beslissing van die direkteur word deur die appellant aangeteken deur ' n kennisgewing van appèl (in drievoud) by die direkteur in te dien wat die volgende besonderhede bevat -

(a)

die naam van die appellant ;

(b)

die name van die betrokke vakleerling en werkgewer;

(c)

die datum waarop die beslissing van die direkteur aan die appellant bekend gemaak is of die datum waarop die skorsing aangemeld is, na gelang van die geval ;

(d)

besonderhede van die beslissing indien daar teen ' n beslissing ge-appelleer word ; en

(e)

die gronde van die appèl .

457 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE, 1974.

(9) Die Minister moet sy beslissing op die appèl skriftelik aan die appellant en die direkteur bekend maak.

Ontbinding van leerlingskontrakte.

20. ( 1)

'n Leerlingskontrak kan ontbind word -

(a)

deur ooreenkoms van die betrokke

partye ,

maar

onderworpe aan die toestemming van die direkteur; of

(b)

deur die direkteur, na raadpleging met die Raad , uit eie beweging of op versoek van enige party daarby, indien hy oortuig is dat die ontbinding van die kontrak geregverdig is.

(2 )

By ontbinding van ' n leerlingskontrak moet die werk-

gewer die kontrak by die direkteur inlewer wat daarop 'n toepaslike endossement op die oorspronklike kontrak en op die duplikaat afskrif daarvan moet aanbring.

Wysiging van leerlingskontrakte.

21.

(1)

Wanneer dit blyk dat die feite met betrekking tot 'n vak-

leerling onjuis in sy leerlingskontrak ingeskryf is en dat uit hoofde daarvan aan ' n party by die kontrak nadeel veroorsaak word, dan kan die direkteur, as hy oortuig is dat dit wenslik is om aldus te doen op aansoek van die benadeelde party en na raadpleging met die ander party en die Raad , die bepalings van die kontrak wysig deur daaraan ' n verklaring te heg waarin die juiste feite en die desbetreffende bepalings van die kontrak soos ingevolge daardie feite gewysig, uiteengesit word. (2)

So ' n verklaring word deur die direkteur onderteken en

daarop maak die desbetreffende bepalings wat aldus daarin uiteengesit word , deel van die leerlingskontrak uit , en die direkteur wysig sy stukke dienooreenkomstig: Met dien verstande dat geen addisionele geldelike aanspreeklikheid aan enige party by die kontrak ten opsigte van ' n tydperk voor die datum waarop die verklaring onderteken word , opgelê word nie. Prosedure by verstryking van leerlingskontrak.

22.

By verstryking van ' n leerlingskontrak moet die werkgewer,

binne sewe dae van sodanige verstryking, ' n sertifikaat opstel en onderteken ten effekte dat die kontrak verstryk het, en daarna moet hy die verstreke kontrak inlewer by die direkteur wat , nadat hy die verstryking aangeteken het, die oorspronklike kontrak aan die persoon wat sy vakleerlingskap daarvolgens voltooi het, stuur sodat laasgenoemde persoon dit kan behou .

458.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974. 23.

(1)

Enige werkgewer, voorgenome werkgewer, vakleerling of

Appelle na die Minister.

voorgenome vakleerling, wat hom veronreg voel deur ' n beslissing van die direkteur ingevolge artikel 10( 7) , 11 , 14 , 15 , 16 ( 1 ) en ( 2 ) , 17 , 20 of 21 kan binne veertien dae na die datum van die beslissing hom op die Minister beroep , en die Minister kan , na raadpleging met die Raad, die beslissing bevestig of sodanige ander beslissing gee as wat die direkteur na sy mening behoort te gegee het.

(2)

(a)

' n Appèl na die Minister kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) teen die beslissing van die direkteur word deur die appellant aangeteken deur ' n kennisgewing tot appèl ( in drievoud) by die direkteur in te dien wat die volgende besonderhede bevat :-

(i)

(ii)

die naam van die appellant;

die name van die werkgewer of voorgenome werkgewer en van die vakleerling of voorgenome vakleerling;

(iii)

die datum waarop die appellant van die direkteur se beslissing verwittig is ;

(iv)

besonderhede van die beslissing waarteen geappelleer word ; en

(v)

(b)

die gronde van die appel.

Die direkteur kan die appellant versoek om sodanige verdere inligting te verstrek as wat nodig mag wees om die Minister in staat te stel om met die appel te handel.

24.

(1)

Geen werkgewer mag ' n persoon in sy diens, uit sy diens

ontslaan of die skaal van sy besoldiging verminder of sy diensvoorwaardes andersins verander tot voorwaardes wat vir hom minder gunstig is of sy posisie met betrekking tot ander persone in sy diens tot sy nadeel verander nie , omrede dat hy vermoed of glo ( onverskillig of die vermoede of geloof geregverdig of juis is al dan die) dat daardie persoon inligting verstrek het wat hy kragtens hierdie Wet versoek sou kan word om aan ' n inspekteur of ' n ondersoekbeampte of die Raad te verstrek, of voldoen het aan enige wettige vereiste deur

459.

Viktimisasie verbied.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

'n inspekteur, of ' n ondersoekbeampte of die Raad gestel , of by enige verrigtinge ingevolge hierdie Wet getuienis afgelê het.

(2 )

Die hof wat ' n werkgewer aan ' n oortreding van die be-

palings van subartikel ( 1 ) skuldig bevind kan, benewens enige vonnis wat hy mag oplê -

(a)

in die geval van ' n werknemer, die vermindering van wie se skaal van besoldiging of die verandering van wie se diensvoorwaardes of posisie die onderwerp van die aanklag was waarop die werkgewer skuldig bevind is, die werkgewer beveel dat hy die werknemer weer moet herstel in die skaal van besoldiging , diensvoorwaardes of posisie , soos dit voor die vermindering of verandering bestaan het, en wel met ingang vanaf die datum waarop die vermindering of verandering aangebring is; en

(b)

in die geval van ' n werknemer wie se ontslag die onderwerp van die aanklag was waarop die werkgewer skuldig bevind is, die werkgewer beveel dat hy die werknemer ' n bedrag betaal wat volgens beraming van die hof gelyk is aan drie maande se besoldiging teen die skaal waarvolgens hy ten tyde van sy ontslag besoldig was.

(3)

' n Bevel kragtens subartikel ( 2 ) ( b) gegee , het die uitwerk-

ing van ' n siviele vonnis ten gunste van die betrokke werknemer, en kan ten uitvoer gelê word asof dit so ' n vonnis was.

Ontduiking van betaling van besoldiging.

25.

Geen werkgewer mag-

(a)

vereis of toelaat dat ' n vakleerling enige bedrag wat aan daardie vakleerling betaalbaar of betaal is ingevolge die leerlingskontrak

of ooreenkomstig ' n leer-

voorwaarde , aan hom betaal of terugbetaal , of enige handeling verrig of toelaat dat enige handeling verrig word waarvan die regstreekse of onregstreekse gevolg is dat aan daardie vakleerling die voordeel van ' n aldus betaalbare of betaalde bedrag, of ' n gedeelte daarvan , ontneem word; of

460 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(b)

vereis of toelaat dat ' n vakleerling ' n kwitansie uitreik vir meer dan wat die werkgewer hom werklik betaal het, of op ander wyse voorgee dat hy meer as dit ontvang het.

26.

(1)

Die Minister kan, met inagneming van die wette wat die

Aanstelling van inspekteur.

regeringsdiens reël, enige persoon as ' n inspekteur ingevolge hierdie Wet aanstel.

(2) Elke inspekteur word voorsien van ' n sertifikaat onderteken deur die direkteur wat meld dat die houer as inspekteur ingevolge hierdie Wet aangestel is . 27. ( 1 ) ' n Inspekteur kan, ten einde uit te vind of aan die bepalings van hierdie Wet voldoen word -

(a)

te eniger tyd sonder voorafgaande kennisgewing enige perseel hoegenaamd betree en sodanige ondersoek instel en navraag doen as wat hy nodig ag;

(b)

terwyl hy op die perseel is of te enige ander tyd van enige persoon eis dat hy daar en dan of op ' n deur die inspekteur bepaalde tyd en plek enige boek, kennisgewing, aantekening, lys of ander geskrif voorlê wat op die perseel is of was, of in die besit of bewaring of onder die beheer van daardie persoon of sy werknemer of iemand wat hy oplei , is of was;

(c)

te eniger tyd en te eniger plek van iemand wat die besit of bewaring van of beheer oor so ' n boek, kennisgewing, aantekening, lys of ander geskrif het , eis dat hy dit daar en dan of op ' n deur die inspekteur bepaalde tyd en plek , voorlê ;

(d )

so ' n boek, aantekening, lys of geskrif ondersoek en uittreksels daaruit of afskrifte daarvan maak, en van enige persoon ' n uitleg vorder van enige inskrywings daarin en beslag lê op so ' n boek , aantekening, lys of geskrif wat na sy mening bewys mag lewer van ' n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet ;

(e)

met betrekking tot aangeleenthede waaroor hierdie Wet handel, òf alleen òf in teenwoordigheid van ' n

461 .

Bevoegdhede van inspekteur.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

ander persoon, soos hy wenslik ag, enige persoon ondervra wat hy vind op ' n perseel, kragtens hierdie artikel betree , of omtrent wie hy op redelike gronde aanneem dat hy in ' n aangewese bedryf of op ' n perseel ten opsigte waarvan enige bepaling van hierdie Wet van toepassing is, in diens is of was , of opgelei word of was, of dat hy die besit of bewaring van, of beheer oor enigiets het ten opsigte waarvan so ' n bepaling van toepassing is;

(f)

' n in paragraaf (b) , ( c) , (d ) of (e ) bedoelde persoon gelas om op ' n tyd en plek deur hom bepaal voor hom te verskyn, ondervra .

en daar en dan daardie persoon

(2 ) ' n Inspekteur wat ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) ' n perseel betree, kan deur ' n tolk of ander assistent of ' n lid van ' n by wet ingestelde polisiediens vergesel wees.

(3)

' n Persoon in verband met wie se besigheid enige perseel

gebruik word, en elke persoon by hom in diens, moet te alle tye sodanige hulp verskaf as wat die inspekteur verlang ten einde sy bevoegdhede ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) uit te oefen.

(4)

By die toepassing van die voorgaande bepalings van hierdie

artikel word ' n tolk of assistent , terwyl hy optree onder die regmatige bevele van ' n inspekteur, geag ' n inspekteur te wees.

(5 ) ' n Inspekteur wat ' n bevoegdheid uitoefen of ' n plig vervul wat deur hierdie Wet aan hom verleen of opgedra word , moet op versoek die sertifikaat toon wat ingevolge artikel 26( 2 ) aan hom verskaf is.

Aantekeninge wat gehou moet word.

28.

( 1)

Iedere werkgewer op wie ' n leerlingskontrak bindend is,

moet te alle tye ten opsigte van iedere betrokke vakleerling aantekening hou van die besoldiging wat betaal is, van die tyd wat gewerk is en van die ander besonderhede wat voorgeskryf mag wees met inbegrip, sonder afbreuk aan die algemeenheid van die bepalings van hierdie subartikel, van besonderhede van die vordering wat sodanige vakleerling in ' n voorgeskrewe opleidingskursus gemaak het en die stappe wat die werkgewer gedoen het om gevolg te gee aan enige voorwaardes wat kragtens artikel 10(2 ) (g ) voorgeskryf is.

462 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974 . (2 )

Die aantekeninge vermeld in subartikel ( 1 ) moet in die voorgeskrewe vorm en op die voorgeskrewe wyse gehou word : Met dien verstande dat ' n inspekteur skriftelik onder sy handtekening magtiging kan verleen vir die hou van dié aantekeninge in ' n ander vorm wat volgens sy oordeel hom in staat sal stel om daaruit die nodige besonderhede te wete te kom .

(3 ) Iedere persoon wat ' n werkgewer vermeld in subartikel ( 1 ) is of was, moet enige aantekening wat ingevolge daardie subartikel gemaak is, vir ' n tydperk van drie jaar na die datum van die aantekening behou, en moet op aanvraag deur ' n inspekteur of ondersoekbeampte te eniger tyd gedurende genoemde tydperk van drie jaar, genoemde aantekening ter insae toon.

29. ( 1 ) Ondanks enige bepalings in hierdie Wet vervat maar onderworpe aan die bepalings van subartikel (4 ) kan die Minister, indien daar na sy mening spesiale

omstandighede bestaan wat vrystelling

regverdig, op aanbeveling van die Raad by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant enige kategorie, groep, afdeling of soort van werkgewers of vakleerlinge in die kennisgewing vermeld , òf in die algemeen of met die beperkings wat hy goedvind en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy in die kennisgewing mag oplê, vrystel van almal of enigeen van die bepalings van hierdie Wet of van enige leervoorwaarde, en die Minister kan, by ' n sodanige vermelding van so ' n kategorie, groep , afdeling of soort, op enige grond wat hy raadsaam ag, 'n verskil trek .

(2)

Die Minister kan op dieselfde wyse ' n kragtens subartikel

( 1 ) gepubliseerde kennisgewing intrek of wysig.

(3 )

Die Minister kan, onderworpe aan die bepalings van sub-

artikel (4) indien daar na sy mening spesiale omstandighede bestaan wat vrystelling regverdig, enige persoon , by vergunning deur die direkteur onderteken , òf in die algemeen òf met die beperkings wat hy goedvind en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy oplê en vir die tydperk deur hom vermeld, vrystel van almal of enigeen van die bepalings van hierdie Wet of van enige leervoorwaarde voorgeskryf kragtens artikel 10( 2 ) wat in ' n kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) gepubliseerde kennisgewing voorgeskryf is.

(4 )

Die Minister mag geen vrystelling kragtens subartikel ( 1 )

of ( 3 ) verleen nie tensy die Raad sodanige vrystelling aanbeveel het .

463 .

Vrystellings van leervoorwaardes.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

Dade of versuime van bestuurders, agente of werknemers.

30.

(1)

Wanneer ' n bestuurder, agent of werknemer van ' n werk-

gewer ' n daad of versuim begaan wat 'n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet sou wees as die werkgewer dit begaan het , dan , tensy dit bewys word -

(a)

dat , toe hy daardie daad of versuim begaan het , die bestuurder, agent of werknemer sonder die oogluikende toelating of die vergunning van die werkgewer gehandel het ; en

(b)

dat die werkgewer alle redelike stappe gedoen het om so 'n daad of versuim te voorkom ; en

(c)

dat ' n daad of versuim, hetsy wettig of onwettig, van die ten laste gelegde soort onder geen voorwaarde of omstandigheid binne die bestek van die bevoegdheid of in die diensloop van die bestuurder, agent of werknemer geval het nie ,

word veronderstel dat die werkgewer self die daad of versuim begaan het, en kan hy ten opsigte daarvan skuldig bevind en gevonnis word ; en die feit dat die werkgewer 'n daad of versuim van die betrokke soort verbied het, strek op sigself nog nie tot voldoende bewys dat hy alle redelike maatreëls getref het om die daad of versuim te voorkom nie .

(2)

Wanneer ' n bestuurder, agent of werknemer van 'n werk-

gewer ' n daad of versuim begaan wat ' n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet sou wees as die werkgewer dit begaan het , kan hy ten opsigte daarvan skuldig bevind en gevonnis word asof hy die werkgewer was.

(3)

So ' n bestuurder, agent of werknemer kan, benewens die

werkgewer, aldus skuldig bevind en gevonnis word .

(4)

Wanneer die bestuurder, agent of werknemer van ' n werk-

gewer ingevolge die bepalings van hierdie artikel aan ' n oortreding van artikel 24( 1 ) of van ' n in artikel 31 ( 1 ) bedoelde misdryf skulg bevind word, gee die hof kragtens artikel 24 ( 2 ) of artikel 32 ( 3 ) na gelang van die geval , ' n bevel teen die werkgewer , en die bepalings van genoemde artikels is mutatis mutandis ten opsigte van so ' n bevel van toepassing, en so ' n bevel word nie teen so ' n bestuurder, agent of werknemer gegee nie .

464.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

31.

( 1)

Oortredings en strawwe.

Iemand wat -

(a)

' n bepaling van ' n leerlingskontrak of ' n leervoorwaarde wat hom verbind, daaraan te voldoen, of

(b)

oortree

of versuim om

die bepalings van artikel 8 (7 ) , 8 ( 8 ) , 8 (9) , 14 ( 2 ) , 17 (2 ) , 18 (4 ) (b) , 19 ( 3 ) of 22 oortree of versuim om daaraan te voldoen , of

(c)

die bepalings van artikel 9 , 11 ( 1 ) , 11 ( 3 ) , 12 , 16 (4) , 18 ( 1 ) of 25 oortree of versuim om daaraan te voldoen , of

(d)

versuim om te voldoen aan enige voorwaarde wat kragtens artikel 18 ( 3 ) ( a ) of 29 opgelê is , of aan ' n bevel wat kragtens artikel 15 ( 1 ) , 19( 2 ) of 19 ( 5 ) gegee is, of

(e)

hom valslik voordoen as ' n inspekteur, of

(f)

weier of versuim om na sy beste wete te antwoord op ' n vraag wat deur 'n inspekteur by die uitoefening van sy bevoegdhede ingevolge artikel 27 aan hom gestel is, of

(g)

weier of versuim om na die beste van sy vermoë te voldoen aan enige eis of lasgewing van ' n inspekteur ingevolge artikel 27 ( 1 ) ( b ) of 27 ( 1 ) (f) , of

(h)

' n inspekteur by die verrigting van sy werksaamhede ingevolge artikel 27 hinder, of

(i)

die bepalings van artikel 24( 1 ) oortree , of

(j)

versuim om aan ' n bevel ingevolge artikel 24( 2) (a) te voldoen , of

(k)

enige bepaling van artikel 28 oortree of versuim of weier om enige aantekening op die aanvraag kragtens bedoelde artikel van ' n inspekteur of ondersoekbeampte ter insae te toon, of

465 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974 .

(1)

'n inskrywing in enige aantekening kragtens artikel 28 maak, wetende dat die inskrywing vals is, of

(m ) as ' n getuie by ' n ondersoek gehou kragtens artikel 8 'n valse antwoord gee of ' n valse verklaring maak onder eed of bevestiging in verband met enige aangeleentheid, met die wete dat die antwoord of verklaring vals is, is aan ' n misdryf skuldig en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar -

(i)

in die geval van ' n in paragraaf ( a) bedoelde misdryf (wat nie uit ' n versuim om aan ' n vakleerling ' n betaling te doen , bestaan nie ) of van ' n in paragraaf (b) bedoelde misdryf, met ' n boete van hoogstens een honderd rand of met gevangenisstraf

vir

' n tydperk van hoogstens drie

maande of met beide sodanige boete en sodanige gevangisstraf;

(ii)

in die geval van ' n in paragraaf ( a ) bedoelde misdryf wat uit ' n versuim om aan ' n vakleerling ' n betaling te doen, bestaan, of van ' n in paragrawe (c) tot en met (h) en ( k) en ( 1) bedoelde misdryf, met ' n boete van hoogstens twee honderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens ses maande , of met beide sodanige boete en sodanige gevangenisstraf;

(iii)

in die geval van ' n in paragraaf ( i) bedoelde misdryf, met ' n boete van hoogstens ses honderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens twee jaar,

of met beide sodanige

boete en sodanige gevangenisstraf;

(iv)

in die geval van ' n in paragraaf (j) bedoelde misdryf, met ' n boete van hoogstens vyf rand vir elke

(v)

dag waarop

die

misdryf voortduur;

en

in die geval van ' n in paragraaf (m) bedoelde misdryf, met ' n boete van hoogstens twee honderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens ses maande .

466 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

(2)

Paragraaf ( a) van subartikel ( 1 ) is nie van toepassing nie ten

opsigte van ' n versuim om ' n klas of kursus by te woon of om op ' n plek aanwesig te wees , as gevolg waarvan ' n lasgewing kragtens artikel 17(3 ) gegee is.

(3)

Die bepalings van artikel 351 van die Strafproseswet , 1955

(Wet 56 van 1955 ) is nie ten opsigte van ' n in paragraaf (i) van subartikel ( 1 ) bedoelde misdryf of van 'n misdryf wat bestaan uit ' n versuim om aan ' n vakleerling ' n betaling te doen, van toepassing nie .

32.

(1)

( a)

Wanneer ' n werkgewer skuldig bevind is ingevolge artikel 31 ( 1 ) (a) aan ' n versuim om 'n betaling te doen, dan moet die hof wat hom skuldig bevind die verskil ondersoek en vasstel tussen die bedrag wat hy betaal het en

die bedrag wat hy sou betaal het as die

versuim waaraan hy skuldig bevind is nie plaasgevind het nie: Met dien verstande dat indien die hof uit al die getuienis, of dit voor skuldigbevinding afgelê is of daarna, nie in staat is om bedoelde verskil presies vas te stel nie , hy dan die verskil tot die beste van sy bekwaamheid moet beraam. (b)

As geen bedrag betaal is nie , word die bedrag wat betaal sou gewees het, indien die versuim nie plaasgevind het nie , vir die doeleindes van hierdie artikel geag die verskil te wees.

(c)

(2)

Die aldus vasgestelde verskil of die bedrag waarop dit aldus beraam is, word in hierdie artikel die onderbetaalde bedrag genoem.

Die verrigtinge van die hof kragtens subartikel ( 1 ) moet

plaasvind voordat die vonnis uitgespreek word , en word geag deel van die verhoor uit te maak.

(3 )

Nadat die hof ooreenkomstig subartikel ( 1 ) die onder-

betaalde bedrag vasgestel of beraam het, moet die hof die skuldigbevonde persoon beveel om genoemde bedrag , by wyse van paaiemente of andersins soos die hof mag bepaal , binne ' n deur die hof vasgestelde tydperk aan ' n deur die hof aangewese beampte (hieronder die aangewese beampte genoem) te betaal .

(4)

Die hof kan te eniger tyd op aansoek van die skuldig-

bevonde persoon, as voldoende gronde aangevoer word , die tydperk

467.

Bevel aan werkgewer om onderbetaalde bedrag te betaal.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

waarin genoemde bedrag aan die aangewese beampte betaal moet word , verleng , of die bedrae van die paaiemente verander.

(5 )

' n Bevel kragtens die bepalings van hierdie artikel gegee ,

het die uitwerking van en kan ten uitvoer gelê word soos ' n siviele vonnis ten gunste van die Regering van die Transkei , en die aangewese beampte moet enige bedrag wat hy ingevolge die bevel ontvang, aan die vakleerling ten opsigte van wie die versuim plaasgevind het, oorbetaal , of as hy 'n minderjarige is, aan sy voog.

(6) Dit is geen verweer op ' n aanklag van ' n in subartikel ( 1 ) bedoelde versuim om te bewys dat die versuim waarvan die beskuldigde aangekla word , aan ' n gebrek aan middele te wyte was nie .

Bewyslewering en vermoedens.

33. ( 1 ) Bewys van die publikasie in die Amptelike Koerant van 'n kennisgewing kragtens artikel 10 of 29 is afdoende bewys dat aan alle bepalings van hierdie Wet met betrekking tot sake wat die bekendmaking van die kennisgewing voorafgaan of daarmee in verband staan , voldoen is.

(2) Wanneer by ' n proses ingevolge hierdie Wet onvoldoende bewys voorhande is aangaande die ouderdom van 'n persoon , word vermoed dat die ouderdom van daardie persoon dié is wat ' n inspekteur volgens sy verklaring as die waarskynlike ouderdom van daardie persoon beskou, maar enige belanghebbende persoon wat ontevrede is met daardie verklaring kan, op eie koste , eis dat die persoon wie se ouderdom in geskil is, voor ' n distriksgeneesheer verskyn en deur hom ondersoek word , en ' n verklaring vervat in ' n sertifikaat deur die distriksgeneesheer wat daardie persoon ondersoek het , omtrent sy mening oor die waarskynlike ouderdom van daardie persoon is, dog alleen sover dit bedoelde proses aangaan, afdoende bewys betreffende die ouderdom van daardie persoon.

(3 )

Wanneer daar by ' n proses ingevolge hierdie Wet bewys

word dat ' n persoon te eniger tyd teenwoordig was op ' n perseel waar ' n aangewese bedryf beoefen is, word daardie persoon , tensy die teendeel bewys word, vermoed op daardie tyd in daardie bedryf in diens te gewees het by die persoon wat toe daardie bedryf daar beoefen het .

(4 )

' n Vakleerling of ander persoon word vermoed in ' n aan-

gewese bedryf werksaam te wees gedurende enige tydperk gedurende

468 .

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

welke hy aanwesig is op ' n perseel waarin daardie bedryf beoefen word: Met dien verstande dat as daar bewys word dat ' n vakleerling of ander persoon nie gedurende enige gedeelte van so ' n tydperk gewerk het nie die vermoede by hierdie subartikel bepaal nie ten opsigte van die vakleerling of ander persoon met betrekking tot daardie gedeelte van die tydperk van toepassing is nie. (5)

By ' n proses ingevolge hierdie Wet is ' n verklaring of in-

skrywing wat vervat is in enige boek of geskrif wat deur ' n werkgewer of deur sy bestuurder, agent of werknemer gehou word , of wat gevind word op ' n perseel wat deur daardie werkgewer geokkupeer word, toelaatbaar by wyse van getuienis teen hom as ' n erkenning van die feite in daardie verklaring of inskrywing uiteengesit , tensy bewys word dat die verklaring of inskrywing nie deur daardie werkgewer of deur ' n bestuurder agent of werknemer van daardie werkgewer in die loop van sy werk as bestuurder of in die loop van sy agentskap of diens gemaak is nie .

(6) ' n Verslag wat die notule van ' n vergadering van die Raad heet te wees en onderteken te wees deur iemand wat homself as voorsitter of waarnemende voorsitter beskryf, is by voorlegging daarvan deur enige persoon ontvanklik as prima facie bewys van die daarin genotuleerde verrigtings.

(7)

By ' n proses ten opsigte van ' n beweerde oortreding

artikel 16 (4) word vermoed, totdat die teendeel bewysm l te betaa en die direkteur nie die diens of die lening waarop die e d n rk enige tydpe edure king het, gemagtig het nie. leerlingskontrak ingevolge hiervan versuim om aan ' n vak s was die gebonde was , en dat die beskuldigde soon ingevol hom (8) in dien iemand Wanneer g de e k komsti orwaar a i r ten ops kont of ooreen enige leervo ling ging da was om ' n sekere bedrag aan daardie vakleer as besoldi d k e e e r ten opsigt van daardi tydpe te betaal , word vermo , totdat die digde ie aardie edrag an el l e s d u y d n k w r e t s e e o e a e i t w b , d b d n d b a

r nee ge rsoon daarvan aangekla word dat hy, in Wan (9) ing enaial pe l e r i e d e r l a da vak het nie . bet

469.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974 .

stryd met artikel 24( 1 ) enige persoon uit sy diens ontslaan het of die skaal van sy besoldiging verminder het of sy diensvoorwaardes andersins tot voorwaardes wat vir hom minder gunstig is, verander het , of sy posisie met betrekking tot ander persone in sy diens tot sy nadeel verander het, op grond van ' n vermoede of geloof in daardie artikel bedoel en in die aanklag vermeld , en bewys word dat die beskuldigde daardie persoon uit sy diens ontslaan het ,

of die skaal van sy be-

soldiging verminder het, of sy diensvoorwaardes tot voorwaardes wat vir hom minder gunstig is, verander het , of sy posisie met betrekking tot ander persone in sy diens tot sy nadeel verander het, word vermoed , totdat die teendeel bewys word, dat die beskuldigde aldus gehandel het op grond van die vermoede of geloof in die aanklag vermeld . ( 10 )

Wanneer daar by ' n proses ingevolge hierdie Wet bewys

word dat enige onjuiste verklaring of inskrywing voorkom in ' n aantekening wat enige persoon ingevolge artikel 28 gehou het, word vermoed, totdat die teendeel bewys word , dat hy daardie verklaring of inskrywing gedoen het wetende dat dit onjuis is .

( 11 )

(a )

By

prosesverrigtings

ingevolge

hierdie

Wet , is 'n

beëdigde verklaring wat heet afgelê te wees deur die Minister of die direkteur ten opsigte van enige aanwysing, vrystelling , toestemming, beslissing , magtiging, bevel , bepaling of enige ander aangeleentheid in hierdie Wet genoem by blote voorlegging deur enige persoon by daardie verrigtinge, maar behoudens die bepalings van paragraaf (b) , prima facie bewys van die daarin genoemde feite .

"ersoon wat presideer by die verrigtinge waarby bewyss.adelinge verklaring ofinsgelyks die as bewysstuk voorgelê word is as getuienis af te lê, direkteur na gelang van die die f baar.

werkg opvir sigbeantwoorvan een of aanteewker versuim het om teom ) dpAs ' n enings te hou wat hynvolgentse hie ande(r12ty rdie Wet erk die - beëdigde ter

470.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974 .

moet hou, of versuim het om daardie aantekenings vir die voorgeskrewe tydperk te behou, of daardie aantekenings vervals of laat vervals het, dan word , by ' n proses ingevolge hierdie Wet, vermoed dat 'n vakleerling wat by hom in diens was gedurende die tydperk ten opsigte waarvan die versuim of vervalsing plaasgevind het , gedurende die hele tydperk van sy diens wat binne die tydperk val ten opsigte waarvan die versuim of vervalsing plaasgevind het , nie minder in sy diens gewerk het nie dan die aantal ure wat gebruiklik is in daardie nywerheid of die aantal ure waarvoor voorsiening gemaak word in die leerlingskontrak of in enige leervoorwaarde wat op daardie vakleerlingvan toepassing is, na gelang van die geval : Met dien verstande dat as daar bewys word welke ure so ' n vakleerling werklik gedurende 'n bepaalde tydperk in sy diens gewerk het, die vermoede by hierdie subartikel bepaal nie ten opsigte van daardie vakleerling met betrekking tot daardie tydperk, van toepassing is nie.

34.

Ondanks andersluidende wetsbepalings, besit ' n magistraatshof

Regsbevoegdheid.

regsbevoegdheid om enige straf op te lê wat hierdie Wet voorskryf of om enige geregtelike bevel te gee waarvoor hierdie Wet voorsiening maak.

35.

Die bepalings van hierdie Wet maak geen inbreuk nie op enige

reg wat ' n werkgewer of werknemer mag hê om ' n siviele geding teen die ander party in te stel om te voldoen aan die leervoorwaardes of om skadevergoeding te verhaal .

36.

Die Minister kan regulasies uitvaardig betreffende enige aange-

siviele regte van vakleerling en werkgewer.

Regulasies.

leentheid wat hy nodig of raadsaam ag om voor te skryf vir die bereiking van die oogmerke en doelstellings van hierdie Wet , met inbegrip van enige regulasies wat die vorm van enige dokument benodig of die gelde betaalbaar vir enige handeling verrig kragtens hierdie Wet, voorskryf: Met dien verstande dat enige regulasie wat sodanige gelde voorskryf in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies uitgevaardig moet word.

37.

Die wette genoem in die Bylae word hierby herroep .

38. Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Wet op Vakleerlinge , 1974 en tree in werking op ' n datum wat deur die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant vasgestel word .

471 .

Herroeping van wette.

Kort titel en inwerktreding.

TRANSKEISE WET OP VAKLEERLINGE , 1974.

BYLAE WETTE HERROEP.

No. en Jaar van Wet No. 37 van 1944

Kort titel.

Wet op Vakleerlinge , 1944

No. 28 van 1951

Wysigingswet op Vakleerlinge , 1951

No. 29 van 1959

Wysigingswet op Vakleerlinge , 1959

No. 46 van 1963

Wysigingswet op Vakleerlinge , 1963

472.

UMTHETHO OWENZA UMBANDELA WEMFUNDO YASETRANSKEI , 1974 . UMTHETHO UMTHETHO

WE 11 KA 1974.

(Obhalwe ngesi Xhosa usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla 30 Septemba 1974) Wokwenza umbandela kuMthetho weMfundo yaseTranskei , 1966 .

KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YINDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo :-

1. Esiqendwini 9 so Mthetho weMfundo yaseTranskei , 1966 ngo- Ulwenziwo-mbandela esiqendwini kwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana 9 soMthetho 9 wowe 1966 . ( 1 ) esi siqendwana singezants'apha:

"(1) (a)

Igunya lokwalathela okanye lokunyusela nawuphi na umntu abe sesikhundleni kwisigxina-sitafu

ekuthe-

thwe ngaso esiqendwini 8 liya kuthi, lilawulwa yimi gaqo yalo Mthetho -

(i)

Xa isisikhundla sengqonyela okanye isekelangqonyela kuso nasiphi na isikolo esithe tyi, ikholeji yengqeqesho , isikolo sengqeqesho , okanye isikolo sobugcisa bezandla , libe kuMphathiswa eqhuba ngengcebiso yeQumrhu leNkonzo kaRhulumente ; lize ke

(ii)

(b)

2.

kuso ngasinye esinye isikhundla , libe kuMphathiswa.

Kulawula imigaqo yalo Mthetho, uMphathiswa uya kuba negunya -

(i)

lokutshintsha naliphi na igosa lesebe ; okanye

(ii)

lokugxotha enkonzweni yeSebe naliphi na igosa lesebe. "

Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho owenza uMba- Igama elifutshane.

ndela weMfundo yaseTranskei , 1974.

473.

TRANSKEIAN EDUCATION AMENDMENT ACT , 1974.

ACT NO . 11

ACT

OF 1974.

(Xhosa text signed by the State President) (Assented to on 30 September 1974) To amend the Transkei Education Act, 1966.

BE IT ENACTED BY THE TRANSKEIAN

LEGISLATIVE AS-

SEMBLY, as follows:Amendment of section 9 of Act 9 of 1966 .

1.

Section 9 of the Transkei Education Act , 1966 is hereby

amended by the substitution for subsection ( 1 ) of the following subsection :

"(1) (a)

The power to appoint or to promote any person to a post on an establishment contemplated in section 8 shall, subject to the provisions of this Act -

(i)

in the case of a post of principal or vice-principal in any high school, training college, training school or vocational school, be vested in the Minister acting on the recommendation of the Public Service Commission; and

(ii)

(b)

Subject to the provisions of this Act, there shall be vested in the Minister the power -

(i)

(ii)

Short title.

2.

in every other case , be vested in the Minister.

to transfer any departmental official ; or

to discharge any departmental official from the service of the Department. "

This Act shall be called the Transkeian Education Amendment

Act, 1974.

474.

TRANSKEISE WYSIGINGSWET OP ONDERWYS , 1974 .

WET NR. 11 WET

VAN 1974.

(Xhosa teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 30 September 197

Tot wysiging van die Transkeise Onderwyswet, 1966 . DAAR WORD BEPAAL DEUR DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING , soos volg:-

1.

Artikel 9 van die Transkeise Onderwyswet, 1966 word hierby

gewysig deur subartikel ( 1 ) deur die volgende sub-artikel te vervang:

"(1 ) (a)

Wysiging van artikel 9 van Wet 9 van 1966 .

Die bevoegdheid om iemand in ' n pos op ' n in artikel 8 beoogde diensstaat aan te stel of te bevorder, berus , behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet -

(i)

in die geval van ' n pos van prinsipaal of viseprinsipaal in

' n hoërskool,

opleidingskollege ,

opleidingskool of beroepskool , by die Minister handelende op die aanbeveling van die Regeringsdienskommissie ; en

(ii)

(b)

in elke ander geval, by die Minister.

Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet , berus daar by die Minister die bevoegdheid -

(i)

om enige departementele amptenaar te verplaas , of

(ii)

om ' n departementele amptenaar uit die diens van die Departement te ontslaan . "

2.

Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Wysigingswet op Onderwys, 1974.

175.

Kort titel

Printed for the Transkei Government by Thanda Press, King William's Town

Stanford Law Library

3 6105 063 310 689